Loc8 Product sourcing partner by Loc8

INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT

CATALOGUE 2013 EDITION

Available on the

Toll Free 800-LOC8 (5628) | Tel +971 4 368 1565 | Email contact@loc8.ae | Website.loc8.ae

App Store

WELCOME Welcome to the 2013 edition of the Loc8 Product Sourcing Catalogue. As always we have our regular ranges, however, we are also pleased to highlight many new featured ranges (see some below) and to show our improved catalogue layout. The layout has been changed to reflect both the project and direct sales elements of our business, and the projects section will give you a good insight into the sort of work we carry out on a daily basis for our clients. Our field sales team are all fully trained to give advice on all of our product offerings and will be pleased to come and visit you to discuss your requirements. In addition our website has been updated to better show our range of core products and a helpful chat function is provided should you require specific information or assistance. I hope you find the catalogue to be useful and easy to work with and we look forward to getting involved where we can.

Our project team will design, supply and install many storage and handling solutions e.g. Racking, shelving, mezzanine floors, dock solutions, work shop equipment etc that all meet UAE municipality requirements.

Free site survey and consultations and being able to offer multi product turnkey solutions we feel we are the ideal partner to help you with all your Materials Handling needs.

ISO Certificates

Quality assurance goes without saying in Loc8 Group as we always pride our selves in quality products and services and take great pride in the ISO accreditation we have been awarded. AIRLINE™

some of our New Products F A B R I C A I R T U Nin N E L this years Issue

Page 14

Page 48 Unit shown with optional mounting installation.

LOWER ENERGY COSTS AND INCREASE EMPLOYEE PRODUCTIVIT Y. The AirLine Fabric Air Tunnel delivers balanced ambient airflow with Spot-On™ Air Outlets every 15" throughout the length of the fabric air tunnel. Available in lengths of 30' to 80', the AirLine reduces energy consumption, as well as eliminates airflow obstructions and noise associated with both floor and wall mounted fans.

Page 58

Page 64

Page 29

We provide AutoCAD & Simulation design

.........347 ............ ............ ............... 234 ............ ........ Dumpers gs ................ 6 Ba 14 e .. Dunnag ............ 380 ............ ............ ............ or ........ ............ ..145 Dock Do ers ................ ............ dd ............ ... 142 ..... 278 Dock La ler ................ E ............ ............ .... .... 2 5 .... .... 16 ve .......... lleys .... Dock Le ........................ .................... 15 5 Carry Tro ........................ ...... 234 t .... Cash & .... .... ............ Dock Lif .......... 37 3 ............ Boards 5 ............ hts ........ 42 Caution ........................ .................38–4 Dock lig er .................... .................. 15 ............ 8 .... .... 23 50 ad ............ .... .234 CC Strap ........... Dock Lo ing Lights ........ ................... ............ ............ ............ 5 ............ Fan .... ........................ ........... 81 ad ........ 281 ............ Ceiling Dock Lo Pockets ........ 0, 224, .... Ear Plug ction ............ .................... 38 cks ........ ............ ....... 12 212, 390 401 nt Chair tru Room Locker ge Prote s .................... .................31 ........... 7 . Docume ........................ A Ed .... .... .... .... y g0 ard .... ........ ........ 50 Changin & Toiletries Trolle ................. 47 Dollies ers ................ .. 212, 39 Elbow Gu ive ................ ..................3 .... 9 g 0 ............ rri l Dr 13 ........ nts ........ Industries .... 25 Changin Door Ba ........................ ............ 212, 39 Electrica der Picker .... .....................3 l Absorbe al 77 0 .... ck Or ........ .. 230 .........164 Chemica Pharmaceutic .....................4 Door Lo or Gates ........ ............ 212, 39 Electric ............ er ........ ............ .... 164 77 .... emical & ic Stack ........................ .............474 ............ .... or Sciss Barriers ........ ................ 505 ed Roll ..........4 ts Ch ctr s Do .... rat uc nd Ele .... od rfo Sta .... .... .... 7 ng .... l Pe er 75 nt Pr 8–43 tor .... Response .... ............ ................. 47 ....... 81 or Warni Steps ............ ..........4 Chemica ..3 va Absorbe Rolls & Dispens .... .... Do s .... .... Ele .... ck .... .... l So 3 nt ........ 403 ........ 504 Sided cy Spill ............ ............ ..212, 390 Chemica Absorbe ............ ............ ............ ............ Double r Locker ........ .................... 18 Emergen nt ................ l Wipes ............ 72 ............ 4 63 nts ........ ............ .... Tie me ..59 Chemica cking Table .... ...................... Absorbe ........................ ..................... ............ ............ .................... 45 Double Environ ............ Pa .... .... als ........ -Gate .... ............ . 504 nt ........ ........ 71 Clinical with chain Access Drain Se binets ............ ............ Expand-A Internal Signs ............ ... 71 Equipme load gate .................... .........136 l& er Ca .. 224 akroom isure Products .... na .... aw .... Clo Access ter .... Dr .... .... .... Ex .... .... .... Steps room/Le with Hangers .... ........... 299 ............ .......... 193 ............ ........... 279 ak .... ets um Clo .... Access Dr bin .... .........3....47 9 ........ 7 m Unit ............ ............ rage Ca ............ ............ ... 214 Dollies Cloakroo Containers .... iners ......... 10 Acid Sto Board Trolleys s ................ 35 ories............ 234........ .... ....... ................ om 8 e 4 nta le nd Access ................ 225 Bo ........ Dumpers tat Drum Collapsibl Distribution Co .................. 29 Adjustab Work-Mate Sta .................. 14 F 146 RoBags ........or/ ..................... 1 Dunnage .............. e 8 ........................................ .... 380 rrier/ .... le 54 ........Ca .... 22 .. 29 ........ um Collapsibl Mesh Sides .... ................ Adjustab d Dock Leveler ..................... Dock Door ers ................ Dr..................145 ............ ..................... 1 142 ocks ..... 278 7 ................................um esys .............................. .... E .... ere 38Ladd ...............Ch . Dock SidTrolle ... 54 psible 162 .... 3, 39 .... re .... lla Leveler ................Dr .... 155 .... 21 .... Wi .... Co Dock Air-Pow y Identification ........ ........ .... 234 Dock Lift3 ........ ........................ .......... 375 tchers .... ........ ....... & Carry ........ .... ........ s .... ...................... 43 r .... 5 Clu ible Metal Cash Ba 49lights ........ ............ ......... 380 Board.... cto 22 & ps .. 155 42 ................ on.... .... ........ .38– um pa ...... ... le lla Cauti ........ .... ........ .... ........ .... Dock ........ 38–43 Dr ........ .... ........ Co om ........ .... Ais .... rs Strap ........ .... .... 34.... r/C................................ ... 238 ................ ........... 50 ....385 ................ hePlug ............ Dock Load ............ ............ .........2 8 er Lightetss........ 2 ................ ... 81 Protecto CCCeilin rkers .... ................ ............ ................ 224,Cr 92 281us g Fan .... Loading ............ ................ ........ .... Dock .364 ............ ............ Ear 120, .... ................ .31 ..........1 Dr... um ....401 23 Pock ColumnA Aisle Ma -Tread Stairs .......... 26 trucks ........Locker ................ ............ ersction ................ ............ ........ .... ........... Document ........................ ......... 212, 390 heEdge ........ ............ ............ adProte Room ds ........ .................... 1........ ........................ um 6 ............ 390 50 e ........ Chair Trolley ........ ng ........ ..... 477 3, Dollie 39sBarri 212,De Changing..........................3 215 86 ............ ............ Elbow Guar & Toiletries ........................ rsging.... ers .............. 212, 390 259 Drive Dr 13 .......... ................ Combifil .. ....21 Alternati Platform Truck ................... 50 s .... r ........ Door undeChan ................ ....tries Electrical Fan .... stem ............ oards ............ ........ Absorbent ....Indus -ro.164 ................ 212, 390 llies ric Order Picke ................ .........3.... 230 Lock 8 ........ all 3 .... aceutical .........477 m .... 7 t Chemical .... .... Do Door 48 24 Elect .... ................ 164 ac .... 21 Sy Gates ........ ........ niu pb .............. 74 .... .. er ........ & Pharm Roll ................ ......4 or .... ... 77 ........ um .... ........ mi ... ical 505 Cu .... mp Stack .... on ........ Sciss .... .... Dr ........... 81 Electers ric .... ers .................... ......277 Co cts ........ gs ........ Alu .... .............4 its Chem ........ ..................... 477 Door Warn Festo Perforated ........ ing Barri ................ Un ............ rbent Produ & Dispenser Stand 8–43 ......475 onse ........ mpElevatorgency........ t Security cks ............ .136 Chemical .... ........ 5Sided ............ m Steps 1 tin ck ........ ....... 331 Abso Steps ................................ Du .... 27 tan ................ ....403 .. Door Socks ........ ................ ....504 ..............3 390 Spill Resp .... ac 19 niu ical Tru 183 .... rbent Rollsmp ........ sis ........ le um .. .... y mi .... ........ 12, Chem .... Abso ........ ........ Tru Dr ........ ....454 Emer er .... .... Co ........ Wa .......... 72 Doub Alu ..........................................2.... .... et .... Wipes ........ ................ ............ Fire Re Tier Lock ........................ rbents ........ ........................ ..... 63 ..59 .... bin .... ers onment .... Chemical ing Table ........ Double minium ........ GrippEnvir Ca ............ 229 .... ........ ................ m Three ocks ............ ....... 472 Abso 6 71 ..125 Alu se ................ ute -Gate ........rpo ........ al Pack ................ ............ .... . 504 ys chain r Seals ........ ........................ 21 ets niu nd-A ad lle ........ Clinic with Access ment um .. Signs Drain mi mp Expa bin al ........ Pu Dr .............. 224 Exter Cogate................................ Alu 36 Tro room Equip Products ........ .... l Ch & Intern ss load e Ca ........... 71 Drawer6Cabinets Firm Lo ........... Cloak ............ 87 ure ........ ........ lernalAll ick.....1ing ................ 299 Steps 193 nd ........r/P ....... 279 m Whee ........................ ........ 484 Acce ... Ha .... Hangers 30 s ................................ le Storag ............ etsine Cloakroom Access ge Cabin 69 ............ ..../Leis .............. Unit with ........................ nta .......Drum ....room ................ ........um Dr 357 ....Cloak CoBoard Aluminu Dollie .... ......... 109 ....... 214 iners Trolleys s .................... Acid Stora s ........ nt .................1 8 es ........ ........ Flammab nveyor ............ ..................3 e Conta ....n.... 144 Containers .......... 298 225 ndler Boom ........ .....Ha Standrs .... ue ........ 75Accessori ............ .........127 Adjustable Collapsibl Fme -Mateine .............. 54 ........ Co er/Rotator/ ........um ........ .58 Work ........ lleeyDistributio ......2Drum ... 21 . e Tro nta ler ........ . 221 ....... 298 Drum Carri ks ................Dr Co Collapsibl Mesh Sides ........ ........ Anti Fatig pes & Treads ........ Adjustable .... Dock Leve ........................ Flexible es ................ ................ 391 ............ e rag ........ ling Equip .................... 216 387 ... 54 owered ion r Sto ....Sides Drum 4Choc hers ........................ Collapsibl Meta l Wire ificatine Ta ...213,Hand ............ ................ 493 ................ ............ e .... 57 an Bay Ident .... 89 Air-P .... 30 um –43 nta ................ .............. ................ ................. 380 ....psibl.... Drum Clutc er/Compactor ............................38.... ....... 225 Aisle & Co Dr Anti-Slip Containers .... ers ........ ........... ys Colla ........ ........238 Protectors ............ Crush Floor Cr hic Markers .... ....................... ................ 92 ............ lle262 s ........ Drum .... .....364 Column ........ Aisle Mark -Tread Stairs ........ ............ .................... .... Tro .............. ck 1 5 ........ ................ ........ aders ........ ......................1 .... r .... .... tic ........ Ja 18 89 29 ........ Dehe 391 506 .... ifile 215 ating ........ ine .... 56 . .... ... .... .. ap ........ 8Truck ....86 ..1 Drum um .. 213,17 Altern Co rm .... all-rounders ............ nta ........ .... ........ ................ Fan ........ .... s ........ Dr........ ........... Platfo ................ ... 243 ....Comb Anti Sta System rity Cupboards e Boxes ............ Floor Gr fication ........ ...................... ... 217 ............ Drum Dolliepers ................ Compact g Units ........ .......... 488 Aluminium Steps ................ ........ s on.... ........cks .... ......277 terFesto ................ ..Lif ............ 84Dum ers ................Dr s ........ tant Secu Truck ................ ...... 275 ..1Drum 9 actin........ Truck r Tru....... 331 l Storag iner ................ .... nti 57 Comp.... Wayine Aluminium Three .... et ........ ........ 191 .........136 ........ Fire Resis Aluminium um .... ........ 25 ................ ... 472 9 uter Cabin g Trolleys ................ CoWheenta ets ........ Archiva ........ 18 ...22.... Drum Gripp ler All Purpose Carrier Aluminium Floor Ide Marking Tape ....................... ........ l Chocks .......... 216 ..............1 Firm Be484rmsComp ge Cabin ................ e Load .... ........ t .... Conta Hand 306 .... 2 iner/Pickin ................ en ................ ........Mo ................ .187 bil mable Stora ................ .... ve ..369 ....... Drum .... ........ 24 Conta ........ Aluminum ................ 95 ........ 2 .... oti ........ inm Flam ne .... ............ge Trolley ........ .... .................................58 ..........1 um ue nta ................ .....127 ....... Drum Handlersling EquipmentDr........ ..275 218 Conv er Autom Anti FatigCo s & Treads adseyor ........ BoomConta Flexib ......... 36 ................ 304 ............... 216 Floor La tion Labels .... ................ .... LoleCrane Tape .... ............ Hand t t 89 sContainers .... iner Stora .... ................ .... ................ .... ...57 ........ lle ................ ...............Pa .... en Drum Anti-Slip Containersinm ............ .... 67 ers ........ ys ........ Floor ........ .... 87 .... s ........ ... ca .1 ........um ..189 hic Mark ........ 295 iner Trolle ........................ ................ .......... 56 nta 178Drum Jack s ................Dr Conta.... ....181.... Anti Static Boxes ............................. ck .... .... Co Floor Grap ....... ............ .................... 57 ion ........ .... ................ .... ........ Trucks 84 Storage Floor Lo ............ 6 Lifter .... .... ................ Identificat ing Tape ........ .... .... er ........ ............ 189 llets .... s .... Drum ....... 57 Container nt Berm iner ........ible Tru Archival ..............1 2 4 Carri Floor .... ........ le Conta .... ........ Pa 23 ........ .... 0 Mark .... ........ Mobi 21 ....Booms ................................ 362 ........ um......195 ........ Conta ....inme Automotive ls.... ...... Drum Floor Lane tion .... Dr ........ ............. 57 ........... t Loader Convert or Scale g ................ .......24 er ........Labe........ inment ......... 14 Flo Loca ................ ........ ............................... 67 Drum Palle ts .........................................187 sitFloor .... ard ....Contaertibl ........ .... ion .... Gu 5 .... ........ .... e Truck llin 1 Palle 234 ........ .... ........ Po or 216 ....d ..........................................5.... 23 5 na Drum .... ............. 140 ........ ....Guar Floor Scale lling ........ 3, 39 ............... ............ ioner ........ Drum ....eyor B ConveyB ....Conv ........ ........ 335 ... 21 ers ........ ................ Drum Posit ioners ................ ....... 213, 391 Floor Sig .................... or Tape ........ 33 ............23 ............ Floor Signa ................ Tape .... 35 ................ 195sitionSlats ........ ........ Floor.... 35Posit s ........................ h ........ Conv Po Drum ...... 110 .... ts Floor cations Applications .....2 .... ............... Flo 5 .2 ....s &.... Appli ........um nsashash Appli ................ 196 ....... 195 108 Bag Cordlas ....cator ...... 110 tioCordl Drum Rack Stack ........Dr Cordl ...........23 ....Large tio Floor Sla Applicators & ns ns Containers ............................... ................ 222 Dunnage Appli s Tape catio ca pli....ca 398 ...389 ckFloor 5Rack Units ................ Ap........ ............ CordstrapgStrap ....... 519 h ........ Appingpli Foldable ...............Ra ................ 42 ... 23 196 as........ .................... ........um 238 Small Conta Batrap rdl........ ....iners .... Drum ........ ................ ........ Drum Rack ................Dr ................ ....... 222 iners .... ............... 108 Co or Tape ............ ageCords ........ 273............ Foldable ck ........ nta ........ .... .42 Trolley Flo ................ Rings s ns 280 nn l trolleysDu....... Steps r Protectors d Glove 223 ck Sta ................ Co .... .509 ........ ble ........ Drum whee tio ........ Corne ........ Bactainer .... 9 ........ 8 ........ ........ .... Folda four- tra........ p ........ .... 285 gCottoAp rge ca ................ ...........39 ........ Ra Dotte 4 ... 38 Slings 39 n Drillpli Shelf Truck age and rds ......................................311 ........... 222 ........ um Drum iners ........ ..213, 391 ............ Dr........ Folding its ........ iners .... ............... 519 ........ ........ Co ................ ............ ldable La Truck ........ ............................. pin ............ 8 Bagg Spill Conta ................ 226 nta Fo .191 .373 ap .... Un .... ng Steps ........................ .... ............ ..............240 Drum Co Coverall ........ Baggage ........ ........ s ........ Foldi ........ Str .... ers ck ........ ........ 42Stack High Lift ........ ........ .... Carts........ Ra 192 ced Truck ........tra ............ ................ ........ Small .... 395 ....... 380 .... .....375 Cradl ........ 273 ... 222 ........... ............ ........Drum Footbrake .... limber rds ........p........ .... ....e.... Drlsum ................ 285 ............ s ........ Co ................ 374 ........ ............ lleys ............ 23 Balan Steel Forks ............ ....... 79 ...... rs Crawler Stairc ers ........ Drum Stand s For Steel Barre ............ 199 Foldable 87,.... Ball Table ........................ ............ .... Forged.... Protectors ........ .............1 ........cto ................ 234 es ............ 2Standge Pallet Systems........um -Over Ladd 196 gs r Trolley .... 55 ................ tro ....... ........ Drum ......161 Steps .... r sPr........ote 223 09 ed Truck ............ ...........Rin Fork Blade ............ ........ ves................ ... 280 Bar Cradl ................ 281 alanc rne ............ ................ .........4 Glo 5 Dr ........ ws/B Co ............ .... d Cross Bactaine d four-wheel Drum Stora ge Units ........ ................ ................tte ......... 320 ........ 201 Cupboards ........................ Stand ............ 1 ....sions ............ Foldable elf Truck ........ .....................5 Fork Exten ............ 285 Barro .... ers ........ ............ ................ ........ill Do 200ngs Lift Cages er .... ........37 4Stora .... 318 .187 ....Floor ......280 ................ ............... Drum CW Strap .... Bay Mark ys ................ Sli e an Dr Fork ............ Front Load Sh ................ 3 ................ ....DoubleersSided rs sed um...... 200 tedine Store ........ EncloDr Trolle tto........n........ ........ der ....0 ... 39 ....32 ...37 ........ 227........ ................ ............ ................ ......311 Co Baggag ..213, 39 Fully Fork Moun ........ ............ 6 Beam ............ nta Folding Lock .... Cylin .... Trolley ................ ted Jibs y ........................ 201 ill CoMoun 73 ............ ....Stand ...................321 ..2Drum .... .... t Floor Drum .......... 85 Cylinder .... Bedding ............ .... ..........Sp ................l................ Fork 40Storess Horizontal ........ Heigh ............ pers .....3 e Truck ........ ........ Fork Cadd ral ....Low Conveyor ve ................ .......... 320 . 222 um ........ .... Drum Store s Vertical ........ ........ 469 .....191 Brush Swee................ 371 Cylinder ng Steps .................... .............373 .... Dr Fork Truck Moun .... .... ted.... ......... 22 Belt Co ............ Baggag .... ldi ................ 189 .... Stand ................ ........................ .... Pallet Cage Floor .... s Store .... 321 468 Fo .... ........ ........ der hes 512 ... ers ck .... Truck ....... .... Drum ....... ........ ........ .... Cylin .... .... ........ Fork .... lever ........ e Sided .... rts 0 ........ ........ Stack .... 5 Benc hes Cantiad ........ ........ Singl.... d Tru Ca........ Tow Balls t............ ............ 295 ........ 513 ................ s ............13 le........ Drum Tiers porter ................ Duty Cylin um .......... 191 ... 192 rake .... rks ................ .............375 Forktruck Steps .............. ....9 ... 38 r derder.... ........ ............ ................ 39 Benc Lif Dr ................ 1 ........ .... Medium Stand ........ -Up Cage .... h Balance otb Trans .... ed 300 beCylin ..320 188 hesCr Steps .... ... .... Fo Paint lim Arrow ....29 .... Drum le Hig ........ r ........ Lock Benc rs ........ ls ........ Fort ge ........ Mobi ........irc 157 rre 159 Stora 5 le Corlettetaw s .... ................ ing Traile Sta 79Transporte 190 nd Heavy Duty ...321 ........ Aisle ........ ....... Sta ................ .... SteerBa ....... Cylinder Racks 199 ler ............ Steel Fo Fort .... 374 rman el Narrow ........ .......Drum ................ ............... Storage Palle ........ ........................ ... 124 ers der Drr um 219 r Ste Ball Table .................... .....321 .......... 28 BicycBag Cr ........ Drum Truck rsal Transporte ................ ............... 314 Units ........ Fol Acke Forged ........ ............ 6 dd Cylin ........... Four Whee ctors .... .............187, .... ........ ................ La Storage .... r ........ ........ 220 nds Emptying Skip ................ ms ........ 4Unive der ................................ ............ ........ 55 BigBins ........ge........Units les ve Drum .... ........ ........ ........ ......... 382 Cylinder ....ys Sta ....... 177 ste........ Front de Prote .... Sy........ s-O um 8 ................ ... 19 0 ..161 ric Stack der Trolle ... 310 .... Dr........ lleert ........ Drum UpenBasins ................ ........... 23 Bar Crad alanced Trucks Bin StoraCros .... ...........19 Full ElectPa ...........28 ................ .... Cylin.... Fork Bla sions ............ ................ ................ .................... 98 rage .... ............ 201 ............ 0–26 Reten 0tion ing ........................ 1 BollardsHole........ ............ ............ ........ rs ........ /B .............1 Funnels rds Sto ...............1 370 Castopb oa........ ........ Trolleys ........ ten ............ 375 um ... .... Sump Floor ts ................ ........ ............ D nd ......... 32 Dr........ ......... 188 FurnitureUnits Cu Barrows rs .................... .................... 28 Bolt ................ .... Shelving Fork Ex 106.... ............ ............ ............ Sump ................ Truck ........ ...... 213, 391 rage Boltless ............ 8PalleDrummpac ............ Sto rke ap........ 28 335 s ................Str ........ Floor Sta ............ 31 tor ........um......2 ............ ........... 200 t Cages nt Loader ........ .........187 Universal ......280 Boom ............ ed .............. Lif .... ........ Dr ................ er/Co .... CW .... Bay Ma ........ .... rk Sid 25 ........ 284 Crush s .... ........ .... Fo eyor .... G .... ........ ub.........le431 .......186–2 87 re .... ........ ...........402....Drum 0 Belt Conv 7 Boxe Sweeperlin lleys Do........ Sto8 r ........ 32Drive ............ 3 ................ um s ........ .....1 ................ unted Fro ............ closed Drum .. 200 ling Truckde........................ 332 ........ ling ........ ................ Dr .................... Cy ..410 Beam Tro lley ............ .................... 22 Brush ........ Bulk Hand Fully En ..........264 Fork Mo ted Jibs ........ Drum Hand ling Equipment ....................18 ........... 37 ys ers Day Care Trolle ............ ................ ................ nd .................... 34 7 res 1 ........................ ........um Trolley Tro ........r Lock Sto Tanks ........ .............2 ...Drum 32Hand or nSta ............ ............21 .. 85 Bulk ........ ........de 201 ........ un tal .... ........lin .. .... Flo .373 Trucks .... 470 89 on t Mo ..... ersCy ntaminatio ........................ .... tedDr Lifter 236 .... y .... .... Load ......1 .... riz Bedding ........ Deco rk Bump ....... Moun igh Drum .... dd .... ........ ........ ........ Fo .... Ca Deck Firm 34 ............ pers .... ................ 189 res Ho ................ 0 sleFork 9 eyor .... ........Sto s ........ Low He Desiccants ........ 363 .............2 .. Drum ........ ............ Galvanized ........................ 32Lifter Lock.... 1 Carrier ck Fork h Swee ................ 87 .... .502 l Code.... ................ ................ ............ um al............ ..364 ..... 222 Drum Mobi t Loader ........ Dr CylindeCr llet CageDigita .............1 Gantries Belt Conv .................... .................... 46 ............ ................ ........ ........ 37 s ........ ................ 282 Fork Tru Mounted Brus Vertic ................ ..........168 res ........ nd ............. 42 ............ Dispensers or Sta ........ Drum Palle 1 ........ Gantry Crane s Portable ........ .... ............ 9 ........ Sto r Pa s .... 468 2 Stand ........ .92... 32 Positioner Systems 213, .... 18 ................ ........ 139 391 ........ ck de y Crane ........ 51 ... ... .... ............ .... DisplayFloDusk Mask ........ ................ lin .... inment Drum Drum Tru .... Gantr ed .... ....... .... .... .... ........ Cy .... Conta Benche er rk iner .... .... Sid Disposablen/Packing Rails ........ 163 254 .... Fo lls Conta ................ ....ent.... ......... 272 ........ gle. 324 Drum Rack .287,.... s ........ ................................ ................ 189 rsGarm 9 ers &........ ............ ............ der Cage s Cantilev Duty ................ ...... 295 ............ Stack .... 279....Drum inment um k Tow Ba der........Sin Distributio .... ......137 ............ .. 191 Gas Cylin Trucks.... ................ .... 13 n Trucks ge Conta .... 513 Dr...................Tie 6 ........ Cyeslin Benche .... ................ Purporse ....ets ........................ 137 ........ m Distributio ................ge Forktruc Steps ............ s ............ Drum Stora porter ................ ................. 190 Gene ................ Cabin poralrte nd34–3132.... ............... ................ ............ 291 ys 149 ........ ........ Ca ........ Sta Bins Trans . 191 nsGeneral Storage 302 20 8 r s Mediu ........................ ........ 300 Cable bridg p ed ps DIY Trolle ........Tra s ........ Drum rs ........ d ........ ..3 18 .............. 49 ........ Flat Top de he -U int Rack ................ ge Pa um row Ste porte .... ........ ... lin nc ck 150 77 e Reel Ar ........ .... Dr Stora Trans Plate ........ r .... ........ .... ..... ....... e LoDock Be bil rs Cable Cy .... ........ Drum .... ........ r Zinc .... .............1 Generalrte ys ........ cades Fort ................ s ........ 188 nspoFibre Trolle lever Rack Trans ........ ... 334 ................ Door.... ............ ... 190 1Truckporte Dock Barri .... ..... 328 n.... Storag Duty Mo Steering Traile ... 159 ............ ....... 157 Canti Corlette r Tra 32 Glass Inserts le ............... y ................ ... 150 ...Drum ................ .... ................ le de PVC lin s Bug Scree ........um av Ais 88 334 ........ and yc ........ .... ck .... Dock .....1 w He ....... Dr Aisle ........ .... Card Cy ........ .... ........ 150 Drum Truck Narrow ........................ Bic .... rro ................ e Ra Dock BumperersRetra ............ Fort e ........ ........ ................rag rman .... ..... 328 r ........ Drum 4 Cargo Bars ................r ........ ....ctabl Sto.............. 21 Universal Drum Truck Na ............ 9 Pallet .... .... 359 Deckerslin eel Acke ip .................... ....... 314 ................ ......... 149 de................ Dock Shelt nsporte ........ Drum Truck ........ ....153.....3 ers ........ ................ ....... 21 Cyping ........ Big Bag ........................ ................... 12 Cargo e Units Strap Four Wh .... ........ ms ........ Dock Shelt c Syste.... rag... 374 ........... iversal Tra ............ ................ ........ .... ............ .... 280 r Sto ................ 7 ............ ptying Sk Dock Traffi .... . 382 Cargo de........ Carousels lin........ ................ 433 ........ s ........ Drum Un der ................ ................ 220 Cy........ Bins .... e Units ............ Poles ............ ................ ........ .......ys Front Em Stacker ........ ................... 17 Dockboard lle en .... 0 Carpett TrolleCarty ........ Tro ... 278 ........r........ ............ ic 0 .... ........ de ................ lin ....... 31 Carpe Drum Up Basins ............ ............... 198 Bin Storag .................... Carry-OutCy Nestable ........ Full Electr ........................ ................... 28 Carry ............ .... n .... .... 26 Cash & .... tio 98 .... .... 0– .... .1 rds ten .... .... .... .... ...1 Re Bolla Funnels ys ........ stors .... .................... oring .... ........................ . 188 lle 0 Ca Flo le 37 Tro e Ho ... mp .... .... Su .... Bolt Furnitur ts ........ ........................ 391 ............ elving lle 6 .... Sh Pa 10 .... ss ck D Sump 213, Boltle ............ 5 ............ .......... l Drum Tru ............ ............ Universa r/Compactor .... ..............228 ............ Booms .......... 33 ............ 4 ............ ........ ushe 25 Boxes .... per ................ ................. 28 G Drum Cr Conveyor ...............186–2 1 ee ........ ive Belt 87 ... 402 Brush Sw ling Trucks .... .................... 43 Drum Dr ling ................ .....................1 ............ 10 .... 2 .... 8 .... nd nd 33 .... .... ......4 Bulk Ha y .................... .................... Drum Ha ling Equipment .................... 18 lleys .... .................... .234 Tro lle .... nd .... re 217 64 .... s .... .... Day Ca Bulk Tro Drum Ha ............ ............ ............ tion Tank .................... 470 s ..........2 6 .... .... .... na .... .... mi ter 89 ad Truck ......... ............ Deconta Bumpers Drum Lif s Fork Mounted ..................1 Firm Lo ........... 23 nts ........ ........................ .........234 ter 3 ............ ........ 189 ed Deck s Desicca Drum Lif e Carrier .... .... ............ Galvaniz ........................ .................... 36 de Lock 02 ............ bil ............ 87 ............ Digital Co .................... .....................5 ......364 ntries Drum Mo t Loader ........ .....................1 .... .... Ga .... .... .... es 42 .... ers lle 68 2 .... an ........ C Dispens nd ................ ..................... ........ 28 Drum Pa ioner ............ stems ..........1 Gantry Cr es Portable .... ............ 1 Sta .92 y Cran um Posit ntainment Sy 213, 39 ............ ................ 139 Display Mask .... r ................ ntr Dr ... .... sk Ga .... .... Du .... Co 2 ine .... 3 ble .... ck t Rails ............ 87, 254 Disposa /Packing Conta ................. 27 Drum Ra ers ................ t ................ 16 Garmen .........2 Cages 9 4 on 9 ........ s ........ ..............137 Cylinder um Stack e & Containmen ............... 18 ......... 32 Distributi Trucks ........ .................... 27 ck s Dr .... Ga Tru .... se on .... rag ........ ........ ........ –36 Purpo . 190 137 Distributi .................... ............ ....... 34 2 Drum Sto porter ............ General Cabinets s ................ 2 ............ 9 ys dges .... ............ ns ............ ......... 191 Storage Bin 30 ........ 14 DIY Trolle Cable bri Racks ............ .................. 13 Drum Tra porters ........ General Flat Top ............ ............ .... el 49 ns ted ........ 77 ............ Storage ............ ..... 150 Dock Cable Re Rack ................ ................... Drum Tra porter Zinc Pla .....................1 General ys ........ ............ rricades .... er re Trolle Trans ........ ... 188 Fib Dock Ba Screen Doors .... ............... 334 s ........ ................. 328 .... .... um ss Cantilev ert .... Dr .... Gla Ins .... .... .... d PVC ............ ........... 150 ck Bug .188 Truck .... w Aisle ........ ... 334 .... Do .... ............ .... .... um Card an .... .... .... Dr .... ers .... .... .... mp rs .... ............ ck Narro ............ . 328 Dock Bu er Retractable ................ 150 Cargo Ba ers ................ Drum Tru Universal .... ............ elt .... 9 ck ck ............ . 149 Dock Sh ers ................ Cargo De ping ............ .......... 35 Drum Tru ............ elt 4 ap ............ ............ ... 153 Dock Sh Cargo Str ........................ .................. 37 Systems ............ ls ck Traffic ........................ 8:10 AM ............ ............. 280 Do .... Carouse .... 9 9:4 les .... 3/23/0 ards .... ............ 433 Dockbo Carpet Po lley ................ ........... 8 ............ Carpet Tro Cart ................ ................... 27 .... ut .... -O rry ble Ca sta Carry Ne Cash &

T IND C U D O PR

3 Easy STEPS X

CT INDE

PRODU

STEP

SOURCING A PRODUCT?

Our easy to use Alphabetical Index (Page 500-502) will enable you to quickly search through all of our products with ease.

9:48:10 3/23/09

Xindex

STEP

1.indd

MATER IAL HAN DLING & LIFTING

GIC81Y

Model

HIGH LO

acity

GP166H

300 kg

Platform LxW x H mm

1185 x

580 x

315

Overall LxW x H mm 1220 x

690 x

900

Non Mar king Wheels 125 mm 2 Fixe Cushion d, 2 Swiv el

Weight (kg) 27

ALUMLN

GIC82Y

252 For Handling

1.indd

252

Model mor

e in fo

rma

tion

, vis i

GIC82Y t ww w

.loc

8.ae

or c all

toll

free

Maximum Load 300 kg

800-

LOC

Platform LxW x H mm

1500 x 8 (5 62

475 x

940

Weight (kg) 20

3/23/09

LIAISON EXECUTIVE

IUM • Fold ing han FOLDING • Ligh dles tweight CompacPLATFORM • Non t design. TRUCK Markin Aluminium Fitted with 4 g Wheels x 125mm position manoeu ed fixed whe swivel whe els, and els, this vre. Folded 2 unit is Height: both stabx 125mm cen 275mm trall le and easy to y

Material

CALL AGENT

Weight (kg)

For a wi de se call lection, r 800-L OC 8

Retention Rod Stops etc. SlidinCartons g off platform the

ADING • High CASH AN platform • Rea D r neslinq for ease of load CARRY GP 100 of facility 166H these , allowin ing. nes occupie d by 25 table trolleys g easy acc ess to can be conven trolleys tional stor units (30m ed in the . space ). Model normally Cap

Simply call us on our freephone number 800-LOC8 (5628) and state the page number or model number where stated to our Call Agent.

CUSTOMER

LEY

Overall Dimensi ons LxW x H mm 960 x 570 x 950

GIC81Y

HD Attra ctive Plastic Platform

REQUEST FOR QUOTES

STEP

TROLLEY

E TROL

• Maxim • Hea um Load: 100 vy • Fold Duty Attract kg ing Top ive Pla Basket stic Pla tform The top addition ‘tip up’ basket easily al items. Wh is ideal for nes transpo en not in platform ted due to rting the tip use, the troll up tray Easily . eys manoeu and hing are swivel vrable ed bas rub on 4 x e Colour: ber castors 100mm , 2 with Red non-ma brake. rking

524

Xinde

CARRY

NESTABL

d 524 x 1.ind

CASH &

ENQUIRY INFORMATION

10:06:28

Our Call Centre Agent will log your enquiry into our CRM system and the relevant Liaison Executive will contact you to provide you with a detailed offer, delivery information or technical details, etc... Volume enquiries w ill improve un it prices in most cases .

FREEPHONE NO. : 800-LOC8 (5628) INTERNATIONAL : +971 4 3681565

FAX SERVICES : +971 4 3688017

EMAIL ADDRESS : contact@loc8.ae

ONLINE ACCESS : www.loc8.ae

CONTENTS PROJECTS 8-15

• Mezzanine • Shelving • Mobile Shelving • Racking • Mobile Racking • Workbenches

ENVIRONMENT 44-49

• Industrial Ceiling Fan • Airline Fabric Air Tunnel • Industrial AIR Coolers

LOADING DOCKS 50-59 • Loading Table • Dock Lift • Hydraulic Dock Leveler • Mechanical Dock Leveler • Air-Powered Dock Leveler • Under-Leveler Seal • Sectional Dock Door • Loading Dock Seals & Shelters • Scissor Dock Lift • Dock Lights

STORAGE 60-127

SHELVING 16-35

• Mesh Partitions • Anti-Collapse Systems • Industrial Netting • Wire Shelving • Plastic Storage • Cloakroom Equipment • Lockers • Security Cupboards • Storage Bins • Stack Nest Containers • Pallet Boxes • Storage Racks • Storage Vaults • Floor Slats • Archive Solutions • Roll Cages & Retention Units

• Boltless Shelving • Office Shelving • Shelf Ladders • Hand Pull/Push Drive • Mechanical Drive • Electrical Drive

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION 128-141

• Numbers & Letters • Location Labelling • Stores Identification • Rack Holders • Label Holders • Document Pockets • Rack Identification

RACKING 36-39

• Mobile Racking • Drive-In Racking • Narrow Aisle Racking • Cable Reel Racks • Rack A-Frame • Pallet Racking

MEZZANINE 40-41 • Mezzanine Floors • Multi-Tier • Pallet Gates

WEAPONS STORAGE 42-43 • Military Weapons Storage

INDUSTRIAL PARTITIONING 142-143 • Double Skin Partitions • Mesh Partitions

WASTE MANAGEMENT 144-159 • Waste Containers • Runner Trolley • Mall Bins • Trash Cans • Spill Control & Containment • Skip Trucks • Hygiene Trolleys • Absorbent Rolls & Dispenser Stands

SPILL CONTAINMENT 160-179

• Spill Decks • Drum Rack Containment Systems • Stacking Shelf • Safety Cabinet Bladder Systems • Spill Drum Storage • Spill Pallet • Spill Tray • Spill Collectors • Spill Sump • Containment Berms

PACKAGING 364-373

• Packing & Workstation • Mini-Packing Station • Quality Management Station

SAFETY & SECURITY 374-375

• Security Wallets • Key Wallets • Reusable Security Pouch • Security Seals & Caters

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT 376-411

DRUM HANDLING 180-203 • Fork Extensions • Drum Transporter • Drum Lifter • Drum Pallet Loader • Drum Stands • Drum Dollies • Drum Mesh Pallets • Drum Store • Drum Rack Stack • Drum Shelving • Stackable Drum Carriers • Drum Flooring • Drum Dumpers • Drum Grippers • Drum Controller • Drum Craddles • Drum Chocks

• Key Storage Box • Safety Matting • Headrail System • Drawer Cabinets • PVC Strip Curtains • Medium Duty Benches • Tool Trolleys • Cantilever Work Benches • Sliding Track • Mobile Tool Cabinet

CLOAKROOMS 412-415

• Leisure Products • Cloakroom Equipment • Benches

PREMISES 416-425

• Anti-Graffiti Wipers • Pacer System • General Purpose Absorbents • Line Marking & Paint

OFFICE 426-457 MATERIAL HANDLING 204-363

• Conveyors • Forklift • Tractors • Trolleys • Pallet Trucks • Netting • Pallet Wrapping Machines • Warehouse Doors • Dimensioning & Volumetrics • Strapping • Pushing Wheeled Load • Gantries • Sack Trucks • Cargo Trucks • Trailers • Garment Rails • Lifting Equipment • Yard Ramps • Bumps • Carousels • Electronic Weight Scales • Upholstery Element Cart • Automotive Container • Tyre Stacking Rack• Guard Rail Systems • Laundry Bags • Linen Cars • Mesh Pallets • Bicycle Corlette • Carts • Skates • Rolcontainers • Cylinders • Stabilizing Jacks

• Computer cabinet • Notice boards • White boards • Office Filing Systems • Noticeboards • Furniture • Office Screens • Cabinets • Drawing Hanger • Chair Mats • Seating • Canteen Tables

MAILROOM 458-465

• Whiteboards • Mailroom Benches • Sorting Systems • Distribution Trolleys

VISITOR MANAGEMENT 466-469 • Visitor Pass • Inspection System

ACCESS 470-491

• Kick Steps • Handy Steps • Folding Steps • Aluminium Steps • Ladders • Work Platforms • Office Steps • Tilt & Pull Steps • Mobile Platforms

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT 492-499 • First Aid Kits • Trolleys • Hygiene Trolleys

LOC8 Projects LOC8 has an established projects division that has been carrying out warehouse refurbishment projects since 2005. This is a small selection of the products and services we can offer you in addition to the items in this catalogue. 1. Trakline™ PLUS The simple, low maintenance, high speed design for large openings up to 400 sq. ft. 2. Steel-Rite™ II Sectional Door Simple, straightforward, impactable design that helps reduce maintenance costs and downtime from sectional door damage. 3. Dock Levelers Designed for easy servicing and built to handle your most demanding dock operations. All models offer exceptional durability, reliability and the lowest lifetime ownership costs. 4. G-Flex™ Universal Door This modular dock door withstands most inadvertent fork truck impacts. Its flexible design allows for ventilation panels and/or Day-Lite translucent slats for natural light. 5. Eliminator-GapMaster™ II Soft-Sided Dock Shelter The industry’s only full access dock shelter that also provides high sealing efficiency and can save hundreds of dollars per year per dock position by preventing energy loss through exposed trailer door hinge gaps. 6. STR4000 Dok-Lok® Vehicle Restraint The industry’s only rotating hook restraint that stabilizes the truck trailer, which helps prevent catastrophic and chronic accidents and provides a smooth

loading dock. 10. DokSaver™ Dock Bumper Backed by a 10 year warranty, its revolutionary design protects your dock equipment and building wall by distributing trailer impacts over its entire back plate. 11. Dok-Lok® Vehicle Restraint Helps prevent all types of trailer separation using a unique rotating hook design, such as aggressive early departure, trailer creep and dock walk, as well as trailer tipover from landing gear collapse or trailer up-ending. 12. RainGuard™ Header Seal Exclusive weighted seal uses gravity to divert rain and melting snow off sides of trailer, keeping water out of the dock area. 13. ComboShelter™ II Dock Shelter Fully impactable dock shelter stands up to the unique challenges of docks that serve a variety of trailer traffic including trailers with liftgates and other rear extensions.

17. Thinman™ Truck Leveler Eliminates pit wall and bumper obstructions to efficiently access below-dock loads. Global Wheel-Lok Restraint comes standard. 18. Shelter Hoods Available in fabric or metal, hoods are designed to prevent damage to dock seals caused by ice and snow build-up or heavy rain. 19. TP II Series Dock Seal Constructed with durable foam side pads that cushion an incoming truck while providing the tightest seal possible between the truck and the loading dock. Standard Firefighter protection in header

14. Global Wheel-Lok™ Vehicle Restraint Secures

transition between the loading dock floor and trailer bed.

7. PitMaster™ Under-Leveler Seal The industry’s first and only seal to complete the job of the dock seal or shelter by simply and effectively sealing the 4th side of the dock opening, beneath and around the dock leveler. 8. Insulator™ Dock Sealing System with Firefighter™ Head Pad Provides extended life and highest performance, without the need for wear pleats. Includes the exclusive heat-dissipating Firefighter header seal to protect against burning from the heat of trailer marker lights. 9. Dok-Guardian™ Heavy-Duty Safety Barrier This simple, easy-to-use barrier helps prevent fork trucks, pallet jacks, and pedestrians from falling off the

trailers without ICC bars by engaging the trailer’s rear tire with one 20” barrier to provide safe engagement of virtually all trailer types. 15. Survivor™ Impactable Dock Shelter Affordable alternative to rigid shelters. Durable poly side frames can take a hit from off-center trailers without suffering costly damage. 16. BugShield™ Screen Door Screen mesh design blocks the infiltration of pests into a facility. Available in either a roll-up model, or a convenient sliding model for larger openings

prevents burning from trailer marker lights. 20. Safe-T-Strut™ Support System Unique through-the-lip design keeps strut in place to prevent the collapse of dock levelers during maintenance. 21. VBR-500 Dok-Lok® Vehicle Restraint Recessed vertical barrier stores beneath the dock leveler pit, providing a “clean” dock face and the flexibility to service a wide variety of trailers, including specially trailers and trailers with liftgates.

24 28

29 30

31 32

22. Barrier Systems Choose from several new heavy-duty or light-duty products to help separate and protect distinct areas of your facility. 23. FasTrax™ High Performance Door Designed around a single operational platform, these doors can match virtually any high cycle interior exterior, high-wind, cooler or freezer application. 24. Revolution™ HV/LS Fans This industrial ceiling fan makes employees more comfortable and productive, while driving down your energy costs. 25. Caljan Conveyors Telescopic belt and roller conveyors can be used to load/unload parcels, packages, boxes or any other form of loose-loaded cargo. 26. DuctSox® Fabric Air Dispersion System

Fabric design is used to distribute and disperse air in open ceiling architecture and are a cost effective and aesthetically attractive alternative to metal ductwork. 27. Barrier Glider Cold Storage Door Innovative design combines fast operation and a superior seal with multiple panel choices to fit your specific application requirements.

innovative, energy-efficient freezer door. 33

31. Barrier® Vertical Lift Cold Storage Door Seamless fiberglass panels are 4” or 6” thick for superior insulation and are designed to help maintain temperatures, reduce energy costs and ensure food safety. 32. RHV Vertical Dock Leveler Vertical design offers maximum environmental and security control and a smooth transition between the warehouse floor and the trailer bed.

28. Barrier® Infitting Cold Storage Door Insulated fiberglass personnel door assures environmental separation. Ideal for interior or exterior applications.

33. TS-2000 Trailer Stand Designed to help prevent landing gear collapse and trailer up-ending by providing secure support when placed under the nose of a trailer.

29. Safe-T-Sprint Power Door Fast-acting bi-roll door opens horizontally to provide immediate vision and material access.

34. Racking Solutions

30. FasTrox™ FR Cold Storage Door Combining the Thermal-Air™ System with the InsulMax R-4 insulated curtain provides an

projects Mezzanine Floors Mezzanine Flooring Mezzanine floors are designed to utilise the headroom available in a building to provide the largest floor space from the smallest foot print and enable expansion without the need to relocate. Should you choose to relocate in the future the advantage with a mezzanine floor is that you can dismantle mezzanines and move them with you we have 7 years experience of designing and installing mezzanines / raised storage areas to suit many different applications and we always deliver on time and within budget

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mezzanine Floors

Projects

We also provide CAD designs and simulation

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

projects Mobile Shelving MOBILE SHELVING We have been designing and installing mobile storage systems for archives, medical records, office stationery / consumables, general filling, museums and many other different office warehouse and stockroom applications Mobile shelving or Roller Racks as they are sometimes called can either increase your storage capacity by up to 60% or reduce your storage footprint by 40-50% This space saving can reduce the need to relocate and often give you a very rapid return on investment

Manual Systems

QuickSpace Systems

Powered Systems

Mechanical Assist Systems

Modular Bi-File Systems

Mobile Art Rack Systems

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

shelving

Shelving Storage Systems

Projects

1 Boltless Shelving

Specializing in the design and installation of shelving and racking systems, over the years

2 Office shelving

we have provided solutions to many industry sectors, such as:

3 Shelf Ladders

Warehousing, General industry & manufacturing, Automotive,

4 Hand Pull/Push Drive

Medical & pharma, Museums and Banks & other financial institutions.

5 Mechanical Drive

We have a solution to fit your needs so call for a free consultation on 800-5628 6 Electrical Drive

Solve your storage problems with our flexible, versatile shelving systems & we also provide CAD designs

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

projects mobile racking MOBILE RACKING Mobile racks as they are some times called can either increase your storage capacity up to 100% or reduce your storage footprint by 40-50% This space saving can reduce the need to relocate and often give you a very rapid return on investment

How to get 100% more storage, and make better use of your space

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Racking

Projects

RACKING SYSTEMS 1 Drive in Racking 2 Narrow Aisle Racking 3 Cable Reel Racks 4 Rack A Frame 5 Pallet Racking

Solve your storage problems with our flexible, versatile racking systems & we also provide 2D + 3D designs and simulations

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

projects Workbenches & Cabinets WORKBENCHES & CABINETS INSTALLATION Providing workshop system designed for the most demanding of applications the Lista range covers drawer cabinets, cupboards, workbenches & storage and transport solutions.

ils r full deta Call us fo ) (5628 800-LOC8

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Workbenches & Cabinets

Projects

Workbenches see page 490 ff

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ShelvingShelving

1 7

3 14 10 4

15 5

11 17

1 Starter Bay

10 MULTI-STABIL

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

2 Mesh Back Panel

11 Trough bin shelf with dividers

3 Mesh Shelf Dividers

12 Fully clad bay

4 Anti-spill trough shelf fronts

13 Back cladding

5 Plain shelf dividers

14 Drawer Block top with central locking

The shelving and small parts storage system for those applications where space utilisation is paramount. Our modular programme allows for easy specifying, quick delivery and a professional installation. From only two system components ( frames and shelves) combined with a comprehensive accessory range we can offer solutions from a simple bay of shelving to a custom built small part store.

6 Plinth

15 100 mm drawer

7 Add-on Bay

16 200 mm drawer

8 Open frame

17 Base for Drawer Block

9 Open fronted plastic storage

18 Door set

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving

SHELVING

Standard frame heights: 2000, 2200, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4300, 4500 mm

Solve your storage problems with our flexible, versatile shelving systems Typical applications are parts stores, industrial, commercial and trade locations or even VMI (Vendor Maintained Inventory) applications where its versatility ensures the most efficient layout can be achieved. • Individual shelf capacity up to 400 kg udl • Bay load up to 3700 kg • Shelves adjustable at 25 mm vertical pitch • Shelves perforated at 50 mm centres to accept divider accessories • Stepped beams for flush inlay chipboard decks (perorated for divider accessories at 200 mm centres) • Shelves S100, MS 230 // and MS 330 // all with safety factor of 2X udl.

Standard frame depths: 300, 400, 500, 600, 800 mm

675 mm

Standard widths: 750, 1000, 1250, 1300 mm

875 mm 1.075 mm 1.275 mm 1.675 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving Boltless Shelving

• Easily asssembled boltless system • Versatile shelving system for workshop, warehouse, store room, showroom, office etc. • Dealer tip: Use takeaway effect - META SET sale in your sales business with the META merchandise fixture • Easy handling, simple transport: fix and ready packed items Easy boltless assembly • Shelves prepared for system accessories like shelf dividers, mesh dividers etc. by perforation at 50 mm centres • Shelves adjustable at 25 mm vertical centres • Bay load capacity up to 1260 kg • Shelf-/bay loads based on uniformly distributed load and on runs of three or more bays • Finish RAL 7035 light grey possible on request Boltless shelving SET Standard 100 - Shelf load 115 kg

QUICK SET V150, pre-galvanised

Starter bay: 2 frames 4 shelves Fixing accessories Planning information: Shelf width + 56 mm Shelf depth + 36 mm Add-on bay: 1 frame 4 shelves Fixing accessories Planning information: Shelf width + 6 mm Shelf depth + 36 mm

Outer dimensions (H x W x D) 2000 x 3068 x 536 mm, 4 shelves and 150 kg per rack 1 Starter and 2 Add-on bays

Solve your storage problems with our flexible, versatile mobile shelving systems

• Standard Frame height: 2000 – 3000 mm • Standard Frame depth: 500, 600, 800 mm • Standard Bay widths 1000 mm 2000 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Boltless Shelving

Shelving

We can design your warehouse according to your requirements!

Qualified advice, high-modern CAD and the personal assistance of our colleagues can help you to achieve your project quickly and effectively. The conception, planning and installation can transform your warehouse in no time at all. We would be very happy to provide you with an individualised planning suggestion and personal offer. For larger requests please enclose a draft with detailed specifications.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving Wire SHELVING Wire Shelving ECLIPSE SHELVING Multi-purpose shelving systems full of advantages ESD Compliant with Optional Accessories - Call for Details Bolt Free Assembly Fully Adjustable Easy to Clean 300kg Shelf Loading Static or Mobile Options Accessories available - Call for Details

CHROME The open wire design offers improved lightpenetration & better air circulation making it an ideal system for Catering Retail Display Medical Authorities & Hospitals Electronic Engineering Industries Office

PERMA PLUS With the added bonus of an anti-bacterial additivethat will help fight the build up of germs & improvehygiene standards, making it an ideal system for Catering Medical Authorities & Hospitals Food Production Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms s Damp & Corrosive Environments price

r full o f s u ils Call nd deta a

COMPLETE 4 SHELF UNITS: 1625 MM HIGH Shelf Length

Depth 305mm

Depth 355mm

Model

Depth 460mm

Model

Depth 610mm

Model

EC39

Eclipse Shelving - Chrome 460mm

610mm

EC40

EC47A

760mm

EC32

EC35

EC43

EC47

915mm

EC37

EC36

EC44

EC48

1070mm

EC34

EC33

EC51

EC54

1220mm

EC38

EC30

EC45

EC49

1370mm

EC53

EC56

1520mm

EC46

EC50

1820mm

EC52

EC55

EASY BUILD

Eclipse Shelving - Perma Plus 460mm

EPP40

610mm

EPP40

EPP47A

760mm

EPP32

EPP35

EPP43

EPP47

915mm

EPP37

EPP36

EPP44

EPP48

1070mm

EPP34

EPP33

EPP51

EPP54

1220mm

EPP38

EPP30

EPP45

EPP49

1370mm

EPP39

EPP53

EPP56

1520mm

EPP41

EPP46

EPP50

1820mm

EPP42

EPP52

EPP55

*Units are available with fewer or more shelves. Ask for details and prices.

Size (Diameter)

Model

Capacity

Wheel/Housing

75mm unbraked

R75UB

70kg

Rubber/Zinc

75mm braked

R75BR

70kg

Rubber/Zinc

100mm unbraked

R100UB

80kg

Rubber/Zinc

100mm braked

R100BR

80kg

Rubber/Zinc

120mm unbraked

R120UB

100kg

Rubber/Zinc

120mm braked

R120BR

100kg

Rubber/Zinc

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Hygienic Shelving

Shelving

FREEZERACK - ALUMINIUM & PLASTIC The ultimate non-corrosive, easy to clean, shelvingsystem. Pre-Assembled Aluminium frames & shelfsupports with Plastic, dishwasher proof, shelf panels NF Compliant Temperature Range: -20째c to +60째cBolt Free Assembly Designed for use in Medical Authorities & Hospitals Food Production areas Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms Loadings 60-100kg per shelf.udl Total capacity 600kg. udl. between 2 ladder frame

90 DEGREE CORNER SUPPORTS 425mm D eep U nit

Shelf Length mm 800

600mm D eep U nit

Model

CS2/3

CS1/1

Complete 4 Shelf Unit - 1700mm High (2 Frames & 4 Shelves)

Add-on Unit (1 Frame & 4 Shelves)

425mm Deep Unit

600mm Deep Unit

425mm Deep Unit

Model

600mm Deep Unit Model

FR48

FR58

AFR48

AFR58

905

FR49

FR59

AFR49

AFR59

1015

FR410

FR510

AFR410

AFR510

1125

FR411

FR511

AFR411

AFR511

1230

FR412

FR512

AFR412

AFR512

1340

FR413

FR513

AFR413

AFR513

1450

FR414

FR514

AFR414

AFR514

1560

FR415

FR515

AFR415

AFR515

1665

FR416

FR516

AFR416

AFR516

PLASTIC PLUS SHELVING Easy to assemble shelving system which can be cleaned by a commercial or utensil dishwasher NSF accredited & is also approved as an alternative to Stainless Steel by the MOD under specification 42 Temperature Range: -30째c to +90째c Resistant to moisture, grease, acids & alkalis Loadings 60-90kg per shelf.udl Total capacity 360kg. udl

Vented Shelf

Call us for full prices and details Solid Shelves

Vented Shelves

Shelf Length mm

460mm Deep Unit

610mm Deep Unit

460mm Deep Unit

Model

610

8168S

8184S

8168V

8184V

760

8169S

8185S

8169V

8185V

915

8170S

8186S

8170V

8186V

1070

8171S

8187S

8171V

8187V

1220

8172S

8188S

8172V

8188V

1370

8173S

8189S

8173V

8189V

1520

8174S

8190S

8174V

8190V

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

610mm Deep Unit

Shelving Adjustable Shelving RANGE OF ADJUSTABLE STEEL SHELVING UPRIGHTS- single sided, wall fixed Size

Model

430 mm (16 /4")

DU430

710 mm (28")

DU710

1000 mm (39 /4")

DU1000

1220 mm (48")

DU1220

1600 mm (63")

DU1600

1980 mm (78")

DU1980

2400 mm (941/4")

DU2400

Size

Model

120 mm (5")

DB120

170 mm (7")

DB170

220 mm (9")

DB220

270 mm (101/2")

DB270

320 mm (12 /2")

DB320

370 mm (141/2")

DB370

370 mm (14 /2")

DMDB370

470 mm (18 /2")

DB470

610 mm (24")

DB610

1 1

High gloss epoxy Polyester paintfinish to 50 microns ensuring impact & scratch resistance,durability & easy maintenance Safety feature to preventaccidental shelf dislodgement

STRAIGHT BRACKETS

Manufactured from high grade Steel to ensure maximum weight loading capacity. Uprights areproduced from 2mm thick Steel & the brackets from 1.6mm thick Steelloading capacity. Uprights areproduced from 2mm thick Steel & the brackets from 1.6mm thick Steel

Also suitable for Wood,composite & Glass shelves

STEEL SHELVES Size

Model

1m x 170 mm (39 /4" x 7")

DSS1017

1m x 220 mm (391/4" x 9")

DSS1022

1m x 270 mm (39 /4" x 10 /2")

DSS1027

1m x 320 mm (393/4" x 12")

DSS1032

1m x 370 mm (39 /4" x 14 /2")

DSS1037

1m x 470 mm (393/4" x 181/2")

DSS1047

1m x 610 mm (39 /4" x 24")

DSS1061

500 x 170 mm

DSS517

500 x 220 mm

DSS522

500 x 270 mm

DSS527

500 x 320 mm

DSS532

500 x 370 mm

DSS537

500 x 470 mm

DSS547

500 x 610 mm

DSS561

SHELF ENDS Size

Model

150 mm Shelf End Pair

DSE150

200 mm Shelf End Pair

DSE200

250 mm Shelf End Pair

DSE250

BOOK SUPPORTS

STRONGBEAM BRACKETS Manufactured from high grade Steel to ensure maximum weight loading capacity. Uprights areproduced from 2mm thick Steel & the brackets from 1.6mm thick Steelloading capacity. Uprights areproduced from 2mm thick Steel & the brackets from 1.6mm thick Steel Size

Model

100 x 75 mm

DRB10

Size

Model

150 x 125 mm

DRB15

Square

FSB150

200 x 150 mm

DRB20

Square

FSB200

250 x 200 mm

DRB25

Square

FSB250

200 x 200 mm

DMB200

(6") Spring Rod (Pairs)

DFB150

250 x 250 mm

DMB250

(73/4") Spring Rod (Pairs)

DFB200

300 x 300 mm

DMB300

(93/4") Spring Rod (Pairs)

DFB250

350 x 350 mm

DMB350

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

cantilever shelving

Shelving

COMBI UNIT

CSCODMY Combi Frame shownwith 6 x CS60T6C Series 1 Trays,2 x CSFWS6C Flat Writing shelves

SERIES 2 UNIT

CSCODMY Combi Frame shownwith 6 x CS60T6C Series 1 Trays,2 x CSFWS6C Flat Writing shelves

FRAME OPTIONS

Buy the frame & add the trays/shelves tosuit your need &application Trays & Tube Infil shelves incorporatetwo notches enabling them to be positioned flat or at an angle Combi Units willaccommodate anytray/shelf size option

Static Frames Weight Model kg Single Sided Frames

Description

Frame Size L x W x H mm

Series 1 Unit

890 x 500 x 1400

Series 2 Unit Combi Unit

1750 x 500 x 1400

Mobile Frames Weight kg

Model

CS60SSZ

CS12SSZ

CSCOSSZ

CS60DMY

Double Sided Frames Series 1 Unit Series 2 Unit Combi Unit

890 x 920 x 1400 1750 x 920 x 1400

CS60DSZ

CS12DSZ

CS12DMY

CSCODSZ

CSCODMY

TRAY & SHELF OPTIONS Overall Size L x W mm

Trays & Shelves to Suit Frames...

Series 1 Tray

865 x 410

Series 1 & Combi Units

CS60T6C

Series 2 Tray

1730 x 410

Series 2 & Combi Units

CS12T12C

Series 1 Tube Infil Shelf

865 x 410

Series 1 & Combi Units

CSTI6C

Series 2 Tube Infil Shelf

1730 x 410

Series 2 & Combi Units

CSTI12C

Flat Writing Shelf

865 x 410

Series 1 & Combi Units

CSFWS6C

Description

TRAYS & TUBE INFIL SHELVES CAN BE POSITIONED FLAT ORAT AN ANGLE TO MEET YOUR NEEDS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

Shelving plastic or Aluminium Storage Systems Shelving Systems suitable for Food, Pharmaceutical or general Factory use Shelving Systems available with ananti-microbial finish - Call for Details 4Tier Units more or less tiers available 400mm clearance between shelves Load Capacity per unit: 900kg Colour options available

Beige

Red

Blue

Green

White

please specify when ordering

Mobile Unit

FLAT PACK FOR EASE OF TRANSPORTATION Height of racks: Static - 1495mm

Mobile Unit

Mobile - 1560mm L to R clearance between bays 1000mm Rack -

Call us for full prices and details

915mm

1200mm Rack - 1115mm 1500mm Rack - 2 x 687mm 2000mm Rack - 2 x 937mm 1000mm Long Single Bay Depth 400mm1 5" 500mm2 0" 600mm2 4" 1200mm Long Single Bay Depth 400mm1 5" 500mm2 0" 600mm2 4" 1500mm Long Double Bay Depth 400mm1 5" 500mm2 0" 600mm2 4" 2000mm Long Double Bay Depth 400mm1 5" 500mm2 0" 600mm2 4"

Plastic Static Model 4104 4105 4106

Aluminium Mobile Model 4104C 4105C 4106C

Static Model 4104A 4105A 4106A

Mobile Model 4124C 4125C 4126C

Static Model 4124A 4125A 4126A

Mobile Model 4154C 4155C 4156C

Static Model 4154A 4155A 4156A

Mobile Model 4204C 4205C 4206C

Static Model 4204A 4205A 4206A

Plastic Static Model 4124 4125 4126

Aluminium

Plastic Static Model 4154 4155 4156

Mobile Model 4124AC 4125AC 4126AC Aluminium

Plastic Static Model 4204 4205 4206

Mobile Model 4104AC 4105AC 4106AC

Mobile Model 4154AC 4155AC 4156AC Aluminium

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mobile Model 4204AC 4205AC 4206AC

Boltless Shelving

Shelving

Ideal presentation for better sales. Ideal presentation for better sales. The final decision is made by the customer at the point of sale only. And particularly in the specialist trade it is apparent how the success of your business benefits from the professional storage- and presentation techniques. META retail market equipments are successful. Examples: • Tool- and machinery trade, sanitary industry • Wholesaler for industry at combined retail market and warehouse equipments Thus you will also always have the right solution in stock!

META market is a practical equipment concept for retail markets.

• Traditional sales forms now lose ground toward competition. Those who don‘t adapt to the changing conditions, fail on the market.

• META market means: More market by freedom with regard to the retailmarket design in form and colour in an environment where products and buying become an advanture.

• META market means: Analysis, advice, projection, delivery and assembly by META in cooperation with the customers, architects and planners.

• Example of use : 1. Counters with swing door

• Example of use : 2. Counters without swing door

Swing-door bay width : 800 - 1300 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving Boltless Shelving COMPLETE RACKS WITH PLASTIC BINS • Complete racks with plastic bins • The plastic bins in polypropylene correspond to the food legislation

• Demounted, completely boltless META QUICK S3

frame

• Bay load capacity: 1100 kg • Shelf load capacity: 100 kg • All load capacities based on uniformly distributed load (u.d.l.)

• Bay loads based on runs of three or more bays • Pictures show each 1 starter- and 1 add-on bay 1

Kit 1: with 40 Euro containers 400 x 300 x 210 mm Kit 2: with 30 Euro containers 600 x 400 x 210 mm Kit 3: with 16 Euro containers 600 x 400 x 320 mm

All load capacities are uniformly distributed load . Euro containers made of polypropylene.

Planning information: Starter bay: Shelf length + 56 mm Shelf depth 36 mm

Complete Bays with plastic bins

Add-on bay: Shelf length + 6 mm Shelf depth + 36 mm

Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

No. of levels

Assortment

Starter bay

Add-on bay

2000

1000

300

90231

90232

2000

1000

400

90233

90234

2000

1000

400

90235

90236

2000

1000

500

90237

90238

2000

1000

500

90239

90240

Safety Note: Racks with a height to depth ratio greater than 5:1 should be fixed to avert tipping by fixing to the floor or wall. Bay loads are based on runs of 3 or more bays.

Storage bins: 1 30 x PLK 3 blue (230x150x125) 30 x PLK 3 red (230x150x125) 2 12 x PLK 2a blue (350x213x200) 16 x PLK 2a red 3 16 x PLK 2 blue (330x213x150) 20 x PLK 2 red

4 12 x PLK 1 blue (500x315x200) 9 x PLK 1 red 5 12 x PLK 1c blue (500x315x150) 15 x PLK 1c red

META SPEED-RACK with Euro containers pre-galvanised

• Scope of delivery:

4 supporting profiles 16 / 20 stepped beams 8 / 10 A-cross support bars 4 clip-in feet 4 supporting sheet 4 / 5 chipboards/shelves

• red Euro containers according to table

Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

No. of levels

Shelf load kg

Bay load kg

pre-galvanised Complete bays

1970

2500

400

2800

86995

1970

2500

600

400

2800

87005

1970

1700

600

500

3000

87006

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

OFFICE Shelving

Shelving

META COMPACT Bolted Shelving with and without top shelf • Bay heights : 1850, 2200, 2550 mm • Bay depths : 300 and 600 mm • Finishes : RAL 7035 light grey or pre-galvanised

META COMPACT Bolted Shelving with and without top shelf • Bay heights : 1850, 2200, 2550 mm • Bay depths : 300 mm • Finishes : RAL 7035 light grey

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving SHELF LADDERS

Top roller fitting

Bottom roller fitting

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Frame WRX

Shelving

Frame WRX Count on the FrameWRX™ storage system from Spacesaver to give you the exact storage you need. Highly customizable and easily relocated, the unique design of this system means it freely adapts to meet your changing needs. Options, such as WRX Wheels™ transport system for easy mobility, FrameWRX™ HD (high density) storage system for ultimate capacity and EZ Rail™ element for added flexibility, offer unlimited storage possibilities. The FrameWRX storage system can be exactly what you need it to be now and in the future.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving EZ Rail Element EZ Rail Element

Any time … Any space …

Any storage system …

key features Simple one-piece design Installs without fasteners Two versions allow horizontal or sloped installation of a variety of industry standard hanging bins Horizontal version fits a variety of pegboard and slatwall accessories Horizontal version fits many UWR storage system barrel and pistol supports Fits industry standard hanging bins and standard pegboard and slatwall accessories

Design variations for horizontal or 17-degree sloped installation

EZ Rail™ element provides innovation and opportunity

For 4-Post, Case and UWR storage systems

EZ Rail™ element adds flexibility to new installations. It offers renewed utility to existing storage. And it creates opportunities for creating enhanced, superior functionality in a range of applications

EZ Rail element multiplies your options, so customizing storage solutions is simple and cost-effective. And because your choices stay flexible, any future demands can be met easily, within tight budgets. Here’s a solution that won’t be obsolete tomorrow

Evidence processing work station

Easily changes between bins, barrel supports and more

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mobile shelving

Shelving

MECHANICAL DRIVE Mechanical Drive system aisles by rotating ergonomic drive handles. Basic safety systems are available. Ideal for medium-sized storage systems with higher activity levels, heavier load factors, greater carriage lengths and a larger number of system ranges.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Load Carrying Capacity Each Modular Storage System carriage has a load capacity of 700 lb. (1,050 kg.) per linear foot (meter). Your local Area Contractor can provide weight analyses and offer structural strategies to accommodate system floor loads Standard Carriage Lengths For mechanical assist, the maximum length of Space saver Modular Mobile Storage System carriages is 15 feet (4.5m). For manual, the maximum length is 9 feet (2.7m). System widths will allow up to six movable carriages Modular Rail Design The systemâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s modular rail design is engineered to be placed directly on top of existing floors. To insure a proper match with its environment, the systemâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s modular floor can be installed using virtually any type of floor covering Flexible Rail Options Spacesaver Modular Mobile Storage Systems are available with two extruded rail options. Shown on the left is a levelable rail with modular floor and ramp that includes in-rail antitip devices. Shown on the right is a low-profile, floorless rail that provides additional system height clearance For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving Mobile shelving ELECTRICAL DRIVE Reconfiguring

Choose from a wide range

Lighting Add optional overhead lighting

The optional Power Link remote

of available colors, finishes

for safety and convenience.

PC interface capability ensures

and end-panel materials.

Open an aisle, and lights turn

fast, convenient reconfiguring

On request, weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll customize

on automatically over just that

as your needs change for full

your Eclipse end panels

aisle or the entire system

operational flexibility

Design options

with a functional, aesthetic look that complements your environment

Housings Virtually any type of storage housing can be mounted on Eclipse mobile carriages â&#x20AC;&#x201C; even your existing shelving and cabinets. Case-type, four-post and cantilever shelving is available, too, as well as drawers, bins, trays, lateral files, doors, industrial rack shelving and storage accessories

Control Available in standard lengths

Carriage length and load

from 3 feet (0.9 meters) up to

Available in standard lengths

81 feet (24.6 meters), each

from 3 feet (0.9 meters) up to

Eclipse Powered System car-

81 feet (24.6 meters), each

riage has a minimum load-

Eclipse Powered System car-

carrying capacity of 1,000

riage has a minimum load-

pounds per linear foot or 1,500

carrying capacity of 1,000

kilograms per linear meter

pounds per linear foot or 1,500 kilograms per linear meter

Safety A full range of standard and optional automatic

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

passive, in-aisle safety systems protect your personnel, from waist-high and aisle-entry sensors to photoelectric or mechanical floor-level sweeps

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mobile shelving

Shelving

Eclipse Powered System Standard Features Standard Features Safety / Security • Light-Immune Photo Sweep • Programmable Carriage Follow Distance • Core Logic Accommodating up to 3 Safeties per Side Ease of Use / Productivity • Programmable Speed • Simple, Three-Button Control

Light-Immune Photo Sweep

Mechanical Safety Sweep

Aisle-Entry Safety Sensor

Zero Force Sensor System

PowerLink Remote 24/7 Monitoring

Auto Move Interface

Rechargeable Power Override Unit

Infrared-Capable Control with Remote User Key

Reliability • Sure, Dependable Connections • Static Discharge Protection • Fail-Safe Technologies • Non-Contact Distance Sensors

Available Options Safety/Security • Zero Force Sensor Automatic Passive Safety System • Aisle-Entry Safety Sensor • Mechanical Safety Sweep • Building Interface Module (Fire/Sprinkler/ Security) • Environmental Monitoring • Automatic Brake Ease of Use / Productivity • Programmable Auto Moves • Carriage Lengths up to 81 Feet (24.6 Meters) • Split Carriages Capability to Maximize Storage • Auto Reset • Programmable Aisle • PowerLink Remote 24/7 Monitoring Convenience • Infrared-Capable Control with Remote User Key • Works-In-A-Drawer • “Plug-In-The-Wall” Power Reliability • Optional Drive & Guidance Systems • Automatic Battery Back-Up • Rechargeable Power Override Unit

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelving Mobile shelving CoreSTOR patient server is designed to put 80% of the most frequently used supplies for patient care 10 steps from the bedside

Build a decentralized nurse station right into each patient’s room – equipping nurses to spend less time “hunting and gathering” and more time caring for patients Reduce traffic though the patient room by stocking supplies from outside the room – minimizing patient exposure and interruptions Optimize floor plan and patient-room design, yielding more usable space – maximizing cost-per-square foot

Reduce steps enable nurses to “go the distance” for patients, not supplies A nurse’s time should focus on patient care. But often, existing facility models actually take nurses away from direct patient care to spend hours “hunting and gathering” supplies every day

Totally accessible from inside the patient room. The entire shelf width is within easy sight and reach – just steps from the bedside.

Extends fully outside the room for easy stocking. The CoreSTOR unit’s patented slide design provides complete shelving access for increased efficiency.

Smooth starts and stops are ensured by durable bearings combined with a proprietary “smooth-stopping” device. This protects supplies and makes opening and closing the unit easy – even when fully stocked.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mobile shelving

Shelving

CORESTOR

Built for long service life, the sturdy carriage is engineered from lightweight aluminum and offers a 300 lb. load capacity

Flexible storage options let you design the storage that fits to a “T,” from traditional 4-Post shelving to productive innovations such as the patent pending EZ Rail™ and FrameWRX™ storage systems

Highly configurable, with a wide selection of carriage widths and lengths as well as shelving heights, to accommodate your floor plan and enable you to comply with building codes

Adaptable storage solutions can include shelves, bins, hooks, pegs in a variety of colors and styles – optimized for today’s needs, ready to change for tomorrow’s

Easy-care paint options are available in a broad range of standard colors to compliment any decor. The electrostatically applied powder-coat paint is durable and easy to clean – anti-microbial finishes are also available

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Racking Racking

For all cking your ra nts me require OC8 -L call 800 us il or ema 8.ae lo t@ c contac

Giving you 100% accessibility to all pallets, first in first out principle and extremely dense storage, mobile racking can be the ideal space saving solution. Using 50% of warehouse space compared to conventional racking this can produce significant build cost savings. Particularly cost effective for a cold store environment.

How to get 100% more storage, and make better use of your space

RACK ACCESSORIES

Pallet support bar

Standard Flat

Fork entry bar

Shelf panel

Frame guard

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Wide upright

Racking

DRIVE-IN RACKING

Racking

NARROW AISLE SOLUTIONS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Racking Cable Reel Rack A-FRAME • META A-Frame Cable Reel Racks are

particularly suited to the storage and display of cabling and tubing in a Trade Wholesale environment.

• The META - Cable Reel rack system

enables the efficient storage, handling and visible control of all types of cable supplied from the reel.

• The bolted framed system allows racks adapted to meet varying requirements.

• Racks can be adjusted and supplemented

with extra components in a modular way to meet changing needs.

• All accessories are easy to install into the racks.

• All the components such as beams, cable reel holders, feet and ground fixings are included. The cable reel bars must be ordered separately.

• The standard units consist of: - Starter bay 2 A-Frames - Add-on bay 1 A-Frame

• The racks are delivered knocked-down for on-site assembly.

• A-Frame heights 3300 – 4900 mm • A-Frame base depths 900 – 1100 mm • Bay location widths 900, 1100, 1300 mm • Beams are powder coated RAL 2001 safety orange

• Frames with powder coated uprights

in RAL 5010 Enzian blue, Diagonal and horizontal cross bracing pre-galvanised

• The META - Cable Reel rack system enables the efficient storage, handling and visible control of all types of cable supplied from the reel.

• The bolted framed system allows racks adapted to meet varying requirements.

• Racks can be adjusted and supplemented

with extra components in a modular way to meet changing needs.

• All accessories are easy to install into the racks.

Planning information: Starter bay = beam length + 170 mm Add-on bay = beam length + 85 mm Only for manual operation

• Frame heights 2200 - 5500 mm • Frame depth 1100 mm • Bay location widths 900, 1100, 1300 mm • End Frames with powder coated uprights in RAL 5010 Enzian blue

• Diagonal and horizontal cross bracing pregalvanised

• Beams are powder coated RAL 2001 safety orange

• All the components such as beams, cable reel holders, feet and ground fixings are included. The cable reel bars must be ordered separately.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mesh safety fence

Racking

A Pallet rack mesh safety screen which helps prevent accidents whilst handling and storing goods.

Panels are available in 3 sizes with a choice of various mounting brackets.

Spec ific for p prices r are a ojects upon vailable call request, 800LOC 8

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mezzanine Mezzanine Floors

SINGLE LEVEL MEZZANINES MULTI-TIER MEZZANINES IN-RACK MEZZANINES RETAIL SHOP MEZZANINES

Safety hand and mid-height rails with kickboard

For all your mezzanine floor requirements, please call 800-LOC8 or email contact@loc8.ae

Flooring material in steel panel 38 mm

Sliding access load gate

Retail, Office, Production & Storage

Stairs with hand rails

Releasing dead or unused space by installing a mezzanine floor is often the ideal solution for companies needing to expand or consolidate its operations without the expense and disruption of relocating the business. The additional space can be used to accommodate offices as well as offering increased storage and production space. The secret to unlocking the wasted space most efficiently lies in good design and ensuring the mezzanine floor is specified most appropriately for its intended use.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Multi-Tier

Mezzanine

Easy on site assembly and wide spans between columns

Pallet rack system with mezzanine floor

Wholesaler for industry

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mezzanine Mezzanine Pallet Gates weapons Storage UWR and UWR mini Storage Systems

Military Weapons Storage The Universal™ Weapons Rack (UWR™ storage system) and UWRmini™ storage system is ready for secure military weapons storage for a variety of purposes such as, M16 racks, pistol racks, gear bag cabinets, or optics cabinets all utilizing the same secure cabinet frame. Multiple weapons storage in one weapon cabinet, and doing so without the need to disassemble or zero the weapon is a huge boost to your operational and combat readiness. Spacesaver weapons racks combine thoughtful design and unmatched features to create a weapons storage system that’s thoroughly dependable and instantly deployable under any circumstance. Keeping operational readiness in mind, the Universal Weapons Rack storage system is both versatile and flexible.

Barrel Supports

Visibility

Security Handles Allow for easy comfortable lift

Barrel Supports

Easy to Carry

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

weapons Storage Mezzanine Easy to Travel

Weapons Mobile Storage

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ENVIRONMENT Industrial Ceiling Fan

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

One revolution after another. With the Rite-Hite Revolution, you get more. More air movement. More employee comfort. More energy savings. All with the fewest blades of any HV/LS fan on the market. Traditional ways of moving air in a large facility just don’t cut it. High-volume air movement from conventional high-speed ceiling or industrial floor fans is unpleasant and disruptive. Air speeds beyond four or five miles per hour usually offer little, if any, added cooling benefit. High-speed fans are expensive to operate and many are required for effective cooling. And they can’t destratify air to keep temperatures consistent from floor to ceiling. Large, high-volume/low-speed (HV/LS) fans offer big benefits over high-speed ceiling or floor fans, by circulating and dispersing air more efficiently and effectively.

Increased employee comfort and productivity. In summer, air from a high-volume/low-speed fan gently passes over your employees to keep them cooler, comfortable and productive. In winter, the same fan pushes air from the ceiling down to the floor to keep employees warmer. Greater energy efficiency and cost savings. A large Revolution Fan costs just pennies an hour to operate and can lower your energy costs by as much as 30%. Better circulation and ventilation. A Revolution Fan continuously circulates air within a facility, helping keep floors and products drier where needed. At Rite-Hite, we’re putting a whole new spin on HV/LS fan performance.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Industrial Ceiling Fan

ENVIRONMENT

• More air movement • More employee comfort • More energy savings

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ENVIRONMENT Industrial Ceiling Fan Additional Benefits of Revolution Fans: • Cooler workers make less errors and work more safely. • Improved Air Circulation & Ventilation: • Reduce condensation on floors • Help keep products and packages dry • Minimize energy loss • Improve quality control for stored products by keeping temperatures consistent from floor to ceiling

• Eliminate smaller fans: • Provide a safer work environment • Reduce clutter and open up floor space • Reduce potential for eye injuries • Reduce noise • Reduce maintenance costs • Use less energy (see chart on opposite page) • Free up low voltage power

Move more air to every corner of your facility.

Unique Propell-Aire™ blade design • Made of strong, durable, lightweight aluminum • Varies in width along entire length of blade • Ideal contour and twist for maximum air movement • Complex jig-formed shape is not possible with extruded blades

Upward blade tilt • Increases airflow and reach • E xtends reach of air movement up to 85 feet from the fan's center in all directions • Directs air outward from fan’s center in a conical shape

Optimized airflow • Stronger, more uniform air velocity o dead air “holes” under center of fan • N • Moves more air than other fan designs • Available in 8', 12', 16', 20' and 24' diameters • Available in 2 or 4 blade configurations

Go “Green” with HV/LS fans. Stop Wasting Energy and Start Saving Money in Your Facility. Determine your Return on Investment. Your Rite-Hite Representative can perform a free energy savings analysis at your facility.

Winter Savings Reduce heating bills by 20–30% when you use a Revolution Fan to gently mix warm air from the ceiling with cooler air below.

After

Before 91° (32°C) at the ceiling

76° (24°C) at the ceiling

59° (16°C) on the floor

75° (23°C) on the floor

Generally, the temperature rises 0.5° to 1°F for every foot in ceiling height above the thermostat. The Revolution Fan helps keep temperatures consistent from floor to ceiling.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Industrial Ceiling Fan

ENVIRONMENT

APPLICATIONS • Aviation Facilities • Gymnasiums/Athletic Facilities • Manufacturing Facilities • Warehouse/Distribution Centers • Automotive Repair Shops • Health Clubs/Fitness Centers

Resilient blade/hub connection • Vibration-absorbing material reduces stress to the hub by 50 to 75% • Rotationally balanced blade/hub • Used for over 40 years in the most demanding applications worldwide • Designed for over 10 times the force and stress generated by the Revolution Fan

Simple, easy-to-use controls • U L listed to U.S. and Canadian Safety Standards NEMA 12/13 control box • Solid State variable-frequency drive • Touch-Safe components • Remote mounted control options operate up to 30 fans

Robust mounting system • Stabilizing cables, beam clamp and motor housing • Extruded, precision-milled aluminum hub • Three-way motor-to-hub safety connection

Summer Savings Use Revolution Fans instead of air conditioning or to supplement Existing air conditioning for employee comfort. • The cooling effect of the breeze from a Revolution Fan at full speed is up to 15 degrees. • The wind from an HV/LS Fan allows up to a 5 degree increase in thermostat setting with no change in employee comfort. Electric bill savings is 4% for each degree, saving up to 20%.

For your free video demonstrati on, call 800-LO C8

Compare energy use when replacing ten less efficient fans. Type of Fan

Electricity Type

One 24’ Revolution Fan

Cost to run per week*

# of weeks

Total cost/year*

3.15A/460V

$104

6.4A/115V

$21

$546

Ten 3’ Fans

8.1A/115V

$26

$676

Ten 4’ Fans

9.1A/115V

$29

$754

Ten 2’ Fans

* Based on $.07/kwh, 40 hours per week and fans running at full speed.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

AIRLINE™

R I C A I R T fabric UNNEL ENVIRONMENTF A Bairline air tunnel

AIRLINE FABRIC AIR TUNNEL A new cooling sytem is about to get off the fround that’s causing people to rethink their floor plans by taking up l;ess space. It all starts with simple understanding : The best way to improve condition on the fl;oor is by improving them in the air. Introdcing , Airline - Fabric air Tunnels The AirLine Fabric Air Tunnel delivers balanced ambient airfl ow with SpotOn™ Air Outlets every 15” throughout the length of the fabric air tunnel. Available in lengths of 30’ to 80’, the AirLine reduces energy consumption, as well as eliminates airfl ow obstructions and noise associated with both fl oor and wall mounted fans. Unit shown with optional mounting installation.

Air Movement Guidelines Standard Spot-On ™ Air Outlet configuration LOWER ENERGY COSTS AND INCREASE EMPLOYEE PRODUCTIVIT Y.

15"

The AirLine Fabric Air Tunnel delivers balanced ambient airflow with Spot-On™ Air Outlets every 15" throughout the length of the fabric air tunnel. Available in lengths of 30' to 80', the AirLine reduces energy consumption, as well as eliminates airflow obstructions and noise associated with both floor and wall mounted fans.

1' 2' 3' 4'

8' 5 o’clock

7 o’clock

Total AirLine Length Distance from Spot-On Air Outlets

30’

40’

50’

60’

70’

80’

1’

2’

3’

4’

Fan’s Types

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Industrial AIR Coolers

ENVIRONMENT

36” Three Speed Cooler 36”, 1/2 h.p. Three - Speed Motor Cools 2,500 Sq.ft 32 Gallon water capacity New easy rolling polyolefin caster Cord wrap • lowers temperatures up to 30 degrees • Energy efficient 11.2amps for pump and motor • 3/4” garden hose connection for longer running • Durable one-piece, rust-free, leak-proof molded polyethylene housing • Environmentally friendly efficient and effective resource use • Cools for a fraction of the cost of air conditioning • Cools without chemicals or refrigerants • Long-term dependability - near maintenance - free operation

48” Two Speed Cooler

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

48” , 1 h.p. Two-speed motor cools 4000 sq.ft Water Supply increased to 40 gallons quieter running fan easy rolling caster cord wrap

• lowers temperatures 15-25 degrees • Heavy-duty, easy rolling, polyolefin casters • New cord - wrap storage • Water capacity increased to 40 gallons • New three-blade, quieter operating fan blades • Expanded cooling areas - up to 4000 sq.ft • 3/4” garden hose connection for longer running • Durable one-piece, rust-free, leak-proof molded polyethylene housing • Environmentally friendly efficient and effective resource use • Cools for a fraction of the cost of air conditioning • Cools without chemicals or refrigerants • Long-term dependability - near maintenance - free operation

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Loading Docks

Dock Lift

Loading Table

• Heavy duty design • For loading and unloading goods between ground and containers or trucks • Removable lifting eye to facilitate handling and loading table installation Model Capacity (kg)

HY2500 2500

Lowered Height (mm)

130

Raised Height (mm)

1700

Platform Size L x W (mm)

2000 x 2600

Base Frame Size (mm)

1900 x 2510

Lift Time (sec) Power Pack Net Weight (kg)

60~70 380V/50HZ, AC 2.2kw 1700

Dock Lift • Level

transfer from any dock height to any truck bed height • Leveler can go all the way down to grade level • No ramps or inclines • Capacities to 5000kgs

Model Capacity (kg)

5000

Lowered Height (mm)

600

Raised Height (mm)

2630

Platform Size L x W (mm) Net Weight (kg)

TL5000

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

2000 x 3000 1700

Loading Dock Leveler

Loading Docks

Hydraulic Dock Leveler Great performance and easy to use, Rite-Hite Hydraulic Dock Levelers require minima maintenance and have the lowest lifetime ownership costs.

2-1/2” lip cylinder Cylinder return lines Low pressure hydraulic system 4” main lifting cylinder

1 HP motor

• Push-button activation • Fully hydraulic platform positioning and lip extension • Free leveler movement through full working range • Heavy-duty toe guards • Advanced hydraulic system for full-range leveler float and automatic free-fall protection

• Exclusive SAFE-T-LIP barrier protects against vacant dock drop-off (optional) • Automatic recycle returns leveler to safe dock level position • Biodegradable fluid outperforms traditional industrial-grade fluid and is environmentally friendly • Hydraulic velocity fuse safety stop system halts rapid leveler descent within 3”

Mechanical Dock Leveler Rite-Hite Mechanical Dock Levelers provide an economical, reliable solution for basic dock leveler applications. • Simple operation with smooth, consistent walk-down • Superior design of heavy-duty ramp control system features the most proven hold-down device in the industry • Safe, positive lip extension provides consistent operation • Dual safety stops are provided to stop the leveler platform should the lip become unsupported

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Loading Docks Loading Dock Leveler MECHANICAL EDGE-O-DOCK LEVELER • Saves time and space : Eliminates need to store, find and move portable plates to correct dock positions. • Easy, ergonomic operation : Leveler operating handle allows for simple operation without bending over the dock. • Easily upgradable tohydraulic operation : All mechanical units come ready for hydraulic upgrade. • High strength construction Ramp and lip made of high strength, low-alloy steel. • Grease fittings : Improve operation and reduce maintenance.

IDEAL FOR DOCKS SERVICING TRUCKS WITH MINIM AL HEIGHT DIFFERENC E, OR WHER E SPACE IS A PROBLEM.

Pitmaster UNDER-LEVELER SEAL Dirt. Debris. Pests. Heat. Cold. The many reasons you’ve installed a seal or shelter on your loading dock are the very same reasons you need a PitMaster Under-leveler Seal from Frommelt. • PitMaster is the industry’s first and only seal to complete the job of the dock seal or shelter by simply and effectively sealing the 4th side of the dock opening. With a variety of optional components, PitMaster can dramatically improve:

• Facility Cleanliness - Helps keep dirt, debris and refuse out of leveler pit; closes gaps around leveler that allow dirt, dust and insects into the building. Improves industrial hygiene and sanitation, and reduces white space to help pass AIB inspections. • Energy Savings - Seals gaps to prevent heating or cooling energy from escaping the building through air flow, and reduces heat transfer through steel leveler deck. Can save up to $900 per year per dock position in total energy savings, depending on climate. • Simple Installation and Maintenance - “One-sizefits-all” design installs easily on all Rite-Hite and Genisys levelers, and on many other leveler makes and models as well. Quick-disconnect feature allows main sealing curtain to be released for access to the leveler pit. PitMaster sealing components require no regular maintenance of their own.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Loading Dock Door

Loading Docks

Steel Rite ii Sectional Dock Door Simple, straightforward design helps reduce maintenance costs and downtime from sectional door damage. • Rugged construction with durable Aketon™ facing and insulation added to the bottom two panels to provide enhanced impactability • Unique pivoting roller assemblies allow bottom two panels to separate from track upon impact -- simply reset the roller assemblies and the door continues to operate smoothly • True 24-gauge roll formed steel doors are ideal for moderateduty applications • Full perimeter seal and insulated inner core help minimize energy costs

FasTrax High Performance Doors Designed around a single operational platform, these highly versatile doors can match virtually any interior, exterior, high-wind, cooler or freezer high-cycle application - reducing the complexity of maintaining multiple door models in one facility. • Versatile track designs allow the door curtain to store in multiple track configurations and will fit in almost any application with fewer costly building modifications. • The industry’s safest door with multiple safety features including the standard Soft-Edge™ Technology, thru-beam photo eyes and optional I-Zone™ make FasTrax an easy choice for safety. • The industry’s highest operating speeds with operating speeds up to 100” per second, the fast cycle time maximizes productivity and energy savings.

For your free video demonstrati on, call 800-LO C8

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Loading Docks Loading Dock Seals & Shelters Eliminator-GapMaster and Insulator SEALS & SHELTERS • Frommelt L-Pad dock seals are constructed with durable L-shaped foam side pads that flex against the sides of a truck as it backs in, creating an effective seal without causing foam to protrude into the trailer and obstruct access to loads. Plus, standard Firefighter™ Header Protection prevents the risk of burning from trailer marker lights. • Firefighter Header Protection - Ultra durable head pad or head curtain design features heat-dissipating, triple-layer foil construction between fabric layers, eliminating the risk of burning from trailer marker lights. Friction-resistant Durathon™ fabric face provides ultimate protection against wear. • Rugged ArmorPleats™ - Available on full length of side pads, ArmorPleats provide additional abrasion protection to extend the life of the dock seal. Available in high-strength, friction-resistant Durathon fabric for greatest resistance to wear. • Custom-Fit Design - All Frommelt dock seals are custommanufactured to fit the specifics of your dock and the trailer traffic you receive, to ensure the most efficient seal possible. • More Energy Savings at your Dock: Check out the PitMaster underleveler seal, to shave hundreds of dollars per year per dock position off your facility’s heating or cooling costs, while also preventing infiltration of dirt, debris and insects into your building and eliminating white space.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Unique, innovative designs offer sealing solutions to: • Trailer hinge gaps • Damage from trailer impact • Rain flowing off top of the trailer • Inadequate trailer access • Liftgate trailers • Damage from air-ride trailers

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Dock Lift

Loading Docks

Premium Truck Scissor Dock Lifts

OPTIONS

Save time and reduce man-hours where there are no docks. Pit or surface mount with the optional approach ramp. Engineered and designed for maximum safety and efficiency. Checkered plate deck is made of heavy gauge steel for years of use. Hydraulic cylinders feature emergency velocity fuse if line breaks. Complete with upper travel limit switch and overload relief valve. Push-button control is 24V AC on a 20 foot long coil cord. Prewired control box includes magnetic starter and overload fuse. High visibility removable handrails with fixed toeboards are standard. Includes beveled toe-guards and electric toe-guards around perimeter of platform. External 6.5 HP 208-230/460V, 3-phase, 60 Hz motor may be located up to 8 feet away from lift. OSHA and ANSI compliant.

REMOVABLE HANDRAILING AND TOEBOARDS model WL-RHT

STOP SIGNAL SIGN model WL-SSS

GALVANIZED FRAME AND DECK model SPO-WL-LS-ZRC

A A) ALUMINUM BRIDGE • WL-SATB B) STEEL BRIDGE • WL-SSTB

Shown with Optional Aluminum Bridge

MODEL NUMBER

PLATFORM SIZE )W x L(

LOWERED HEIGHT

RAISED HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL FRAME )SIZE (W x L

.NET WT )POUNDS(

WL-100-5-48 WL-100-5-68 WL-100-5-78 WL-100-5-88 WL-100-5-610 WL-100-5-710 WL-100-5-810 WL-100-6-68 WL-100-6-78 WL-100-6-88 WL-100-6-610 WL-100-6-710 WL-100-6-810 WL-100-8-68 WL-100-8-78 WL-100-8-88 WL-100-8-610 WL-100-8-710 WL-100-8-810 WL-100-10-68 WL-100-10-78 WL-100-10-88 WL-100-10-610 WL-100-10-710 WL-100-10-810 WL-100-10-612 WL-100-10-712 WL-100-10-812 WL-100-12-68 WL-100-12-78 WL-100-12-88 WL-100-12-610 WL-100-12-710 WL-100-12-810 WL-100-12-612 WL-100-12-712 WL-100-12-812

"x 96 "48 "x 96 "72 "x 96 "84 "x 96 "96 "x 120 "72 "x 120 "84 "x 120 "96 "x 96 "72 "x 96 "84 "x 96 "96 "x 120 "72 "x 120 "84 "x 120 "96 "x 96 "72 "x 96 "84 "x 96 "96 "x 120 "72 "x 120 "84 "x 120 "96 "x 96 "72 "x 96 "84 "x 96 "96 "x 120 "72 "x 120 "84 "x 120 "96 "x 144 "72 "x 144 "84 "x 144 "96 "x 96 "72 "x 96 "84 "x 96 "96 "x 120 "72 "x 120 "84 "x 120 "96 "x 144 "72 "x 144 "84 "x 144 "96

"8 "8 "8 "8 "8 "8 "8 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "10 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12 "12

"68 "68 "68 "68 "68 "68 "68 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "70 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72 "72

5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000

"x 93 "41 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "86 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "86 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "86 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "86 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "86 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "86 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "86 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "86 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "86 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "62 "x 93 "86 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "86 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "62 "x 118 "86

3125 3485 3706 3952 3823 4027 4107 3648 3788 4167 3939 4038 4301 4396 4592 4698 4807 4913 5157 5804 5991 6177 6037 6224 6410 6504 6690 6876 6387 6573 6731 6620 6807 6993 7098 7225 7436

LIST PRICE EACH

$5,843.00 6,274.00 6,909.00 7,308.00 7,187.00 7,505.00 7,823.00 $6,551.00 7,171.00 7,788.00 7,607.00 7,798.00 7,836.00 $9,195.00 9,668.00 9,830.00 9,927.00 10,230.00 10,667.00 $11,097.00 11,714.00 12,030.00 12,052.00 12,229.00 12,601.00 12,782.00 12,889.00 14,657.00 $11,885.00 12,524.00 12,632.00 12,713.00 13,005.00 13,340.00 13,232.00 13,478.00 15,323.00

DC-20/FC-70

Premium Truck Scissor Dock Lift Options SPLIT ALUMINUM TRUCK BRIDGE: Standard steel bridge can be replaced with an aluminum bridge 72" wide x 18" long. Ideal for government applications. Model WL-SATB.

ADDITIONAL HYDRAULIC LINE: To order, tag model number with suffix WL-HH-(the amount of line needed in feet). Model WL-HH. (8 foot hose standard)

SPLIT STEEL BRIDGE: An additional split steel bridge can be added to opposite side of unit. 72" wide x 18" long. Model WLSSTB.

APPROACH RAMP FOR 8" LOWERED HEIGHT LIFTS: 60" wide x 65" long. 7° ramp angle. 308 lbs. Model WL-AR8.

REMOVABLE HANDRAILS/TOEBOARDS: When mounting this lift in a pit, this option allows platform to be flush with the floor for fork truck cross traffic. Deduct 7½" from overall width for usable width. Model WL-RHT. WARNING BEEPER & STROBE: Sounds and flashes during lifting and lowering operations. 80 decibels. Model WL-WB.

APPROACH RAMP FOR 10" LOWERED HEIGHT: 60" wide x 82" long. 7° ramp angle. 395 lbs. Model WL-AR10. APPROACH RAMP FOR 12" LOWERED HEIGHT: 60" wide x 98" long. 7° ramp angle. 474 lbs. Model WL-AR12. **APPROACH RAMPS MUST BE ANCHORED TO THE FLOOR**

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Loading Docks Strip Curtains Vinyl Strip Doors • Helps to control noise, dust, fumes, and smoke • Reduces lost time opening and closing doors • Simple low cost design • Shipped ready to install - just unroll and attach • Easy to maintain

• Visual clarity provides speed without sacrificing safety • Fire resistant material is self-extinguishing • Minimizes drafts, reduces illnesses and accidents • Provides two way simultaneous traffic in larger doors • Reduce heating and cooling costs

MODEL FORMAT TG

SERIES

OVERLAP

MOUNTING

WIDTH (")

SERIES

SERIES STRIPS ARE 6" WIDE x 0.06" THICK "600" SERIES STRIPS ARE 8" WIDE x 0.08" THICK "800" SERIES STRIPS ARE 12" WIDE x 0.12" THICK "1200" SERIES STRIPS ARE 16" WIDE x 0.16" THICK "1600"

OVERLAP

S" FOR STANDARD 2/3 OVERLAP" F" FOR FULL OVERLAP"

MOUNTING

)W" FOR WALL MOUNT (EXTRA COST"

HEIGHT (")

)H" FOR HEADER MOUNT (STANDARD" DC-25/FC-85

HEADER MOUNT BRACKET

PRICE FORMULA )IN FEET(

TG-600-S TG-600-F TG-800-S TG-800-F TG-1200-S TG-1200-F TG-1600-S TG-1600-F

PRE-ASSEMBLED STRIP DOORS ALL DOORS ARE SHIPPED PRE-ASSEMBLED AND READY FOR INSTALLATION

STRIP DOOR MATERIAL STRIP DOOR OPTIONS

H - HEADER MOUNT W - WALL MOUNT RIBBED MATERIAL (8" & 12") LOW TEMPERATURE MATERIAL (-50°F) BRONZE WELD SCREEN MATERIAL (8" & 12") ORANGE OPAQUE MATERIAL (6", 8", 12" & 16")

STANDARD ADD 6% ADD 80% ADD 25% ADD 60% ADD 60%

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

STRIP DOOR NET WEIGHT FORMULA (IN FEET)

MOUNTING TG-600-S TG-600-F TG-800-S TG-800-F TG-1200-S TG-1200-F TG-1600-S TG-1600-F

(3.5 x WIDTH') (3.5 x WIDTH') (3.5 x WIDTH') (3.5 x WIDTH') (3.5 x WIDTH') (3.5 x WIDTH') (3.5 x WIDTH') (3.5 x WIDTH')

STRIPS + + + + + + + +

(0.75 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT') (1.00 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT') (1.00 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT') (1.25 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT') (1.30 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT') (1.60 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT') (1.75 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT') (2.15 x WIDTH' x HEIGHT')

STANDARD 2/3 OVERLAP

FULL OVERLAP

NOTE: WIDTH AND HEIGHT IS SIZE OF DOOR OPENING IN FEET REPLACEMENT STRIPS

STRIP -

)WIDTH (6, 8, 12, 16 INCHES

LENGTH IN FEET

6 INCH x .06 INCH 8 INCH x .08 INCH 12 INCH x .12 INCH 16 INCH x .16 INCH

(300 FEET/ROLL) (300 FEET/ROLL) (200 FEET/ROLL) (100 FEET/ROLL)

76#/ROLL 135#/ROLL 172#/ROLL 156#/ROLL

8 INCH RIBBED 12 INCH RIBBED

(150 FEET/ROLL) (150 FEET/ROLL)

55#/ROLL 120#/ROLL

NOTE: STRIP DOORS ARE CUT TO SIZE, THEREFORE THEY ARE NON-RETURNABLE

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Yard Ramps

Loading Docks Aluminum Yard Ramps • 18" x 5" Mold-On-Rubber Tires (standard) • 4" Curb Height • Flow Control Valve • Service Height Range is 37" to 63" • Safety Anchor Chains • Hand Pump Hydraulic Lift • Fork Towbar Standard

ALUMINUM GRATING series AY

Portable Aluminum Yard Ramps have a unique design that allows one person to position, raise/lower, and then load/unload trailers from ground level. Available with steel or rust resistant aluminum grating.

STEEL GRATING series SY

ALUMINUM YARD RAMPS WITH STEEL GRATING MODEL CAPACITY OVERALL NUMBER (POUNDS) WIDTH

SY-167230 SY-168430 SY-169330 SY-167236-L SY-168436-L SY-169336-L SY-207230 SY-208430 SY-209330 SY-207236-L SY-208436-L SY-209336-L SY-257230 SY-258430 SY-259330 SY-257236-L SY-258436-L SY-259336-L SY-307230 SY-308430 SY-307236-L SY-308436-L

16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000

"72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "72 "84

USABLE WIDTH

LENGTH (FEET)

NET WT. (POUNDS)

"66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "66 "78

30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 36 36

3518 4043 4515 4305 4830 5303 3623 4148 4620 4410 4935 5408 3675 4200 4725 4463 4988 5513 3728 4253 4515 5040

18" x 5" Mold-On-Rubber Tires are Standard

Hand Pump Hydraulic Lift Standard

DC-20/FC-TL

ALUMINUM YARD RAMPS WITH ALUMINUM GRATING

MODEL NUMBER AY-167230 AY-168430 AY-169330 AY-167236-L AY-168436-L AY-169336-L AY-207230 AY-208430 AY-209330 AY-207236-L AY-208436-L AY-209336-L AY-257230 AY-258430 AY-259330 AY-257236-L AY-258436-L AY-259336-L AY-307230 AY-308430 AY-307236-L AY-308436-L

CAPACITY (POUNDS) 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000

OVERALL WIDTH "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "93 "72 "84 "72 "84

USABLE WIDTH "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "87 "66 "78 "66 "78

LENGTH (FEET) 30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 36 36

NET WT. (POUNDS) 2783 3150 3465 3360 3728 3990 2888 3255 3570 3465 3833 4095 2940 3308 3675 3578 3885 4200 3092 3360 3570 3938

Pneumatic Tires OPTION Service Range will be 40" to 66" suffix PNTR

6" CURB HEIGHT OPTION suffix CRB6

YELLOW SAFETY CURBs OPTION suffix YEL

DC-20/FC-TL

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Loading Docks Gas Model Gas Model Aluminum manual ramp with the assistance of a gas piston. The Ramp canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t move from itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s place ,but it rotates around an iron support that has to be solded on the platform

CODE CR-GAS120A CR-GAS160A CR-GAS200A CR-GAS120B CR-GAS160B CR-GAS200B

WIDTH mm 1650 1650 1650 2000 2000 2000

LENGHT mm 1200 1600 2000 1200 1600 2000

WEIGHT mm

H MIN/MAX mm

70 90

300/250 350/300

110 90 105

400/350 300/250 350/300

125

400/350

Gas Model Capacity Max 400 KG The ramp is supplied assembled and tested It is possible to place the ramp manually thanks to a lateral rigid pole this surface is very big and a gas piston bears the 90% of all the weight the ramp slide on an iron or aluminum rails WIDTH mm 1650 1650 1650

CODE GAS120A GAS160A GAS200A GAS120B GAS160B GAS200B

2000 2000 2000

LENGHT mm 1200 1600 2000 1200 1600 2000

WEIGHT mm

H MIN/MAX mm

70 90

300/250 350/300

110 90 105

400/350 300/250 350/300

125

400/350

Iron rail can be selled only by pieces of 3000mm

Aluminum rail can be selled only by pieces of 2400 mm and of 3000mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Dock lights

Loading Docks

CoolMan 2500 Trailer Fan Designed for manual parcel loading and unloading. Cool Man 2500 Trailer Fan swivels on unique bracketing to service two loading dock openings. Easily moves out of opening for full access fork truck traffic. Pivots for directional air flow. Conditions trailer environment to warmer or cooler facility temperature.

Specifications

• Frommelt /2 hp, 5 FLA, 3 speed motor • Low speed 1600 CFM, middle speed 2000 CFM, high speed 2500 CFM • Heavy-duty polyethylene housing • 25’ power cord • Heavy-duty 11 gauge positioning arm with swiveling and pivoting bracketing

Optional dock light for trailer lighting

HD-LED Dock Light

• 15 watts • Minimum life of 50,000 hours at 70% lumen maintenance • Always cool-to-the-touch • 5-year warranty

Standard Cool-Head

Flexible spring arm design

Flexible Spring Arm

Light Communication Kit Establish a clear line of communication between drivers and dock personnel • 12 1/8” high x 6 3/16” wide x 2” deep (light cover projects 3 5/8 “) • Clearly visible green and red lights • Black polypropylene housing • Two 12-volt automotive bulbs • Inside toggle switch manually changes lights between green and red • Middle switch position provides “red-red” safety condition • One inside and two outside caution signs • UL Listed

Flexible arm springs back from overhead door and fork truck impacts INSIDE CONTROL BOX

OUTSIDE LIGHT BOX

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE GARMENT RAILS & UTILITY CUPBOARDS MEDIUM DUTY GARMENT RAILS Epoxy powder coated Black Welded tubular Steel construction Mobile models are mounted on4 x 50mm PVC swivel castors O/A Size LxWxH

Static Model Single Bar

Max Load

Mobile Model

80kg

1200 x 490 x 1800

GSG14Z

GSG14Y

1800 x 490 x 1800

GSG16Z

GSG16Y

Double Bar 1200 x 490 x 1800

GSG24Z

GSG24Y

1800 x 490 x 1800

GSG26Z

GSG26Y

shelving &

GS8053

GSG16Z

2X GSG36N

NESTING FRAME RAIL

NESTING GARMENT RAIL

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 490 x 1800 1800 x 490 x 1800

Model GS8053

1220 x 500 x 1760

HEAVY DUTY RAIL

Z frame rails constructed from welded tubular SteelRail Height: 1770mm Mobile on 50mm PVC castors

Chrome, finished in Black paint Adjustable Centre Rail 990 / 1142 / 1295mm Mobile on 125mm cushion castors Overall Size L x W x H mm

GSG44R

Model GSG34N GSG36N

Welded tubular Steel construction Mobile on 125mm Rubber castors Rail Height: 1920mm Handle Height: 1030mm Overall Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 500 x 1930 1800 x 500 x 1930

Model GSG44R GSG46R

PLASTIC CUPBOARDS Manufactured from high quality PlasticIdeal Ideal for many applications including Kitchens/Cafeterias Janitorial Closets Schools, Offices etc Hygienic - easy to clean

Features 4 Shelves

Overall Size L x W x H mm Large Cupboard 650 x 450 x 1800

Weight kg

Model

CE1804

CE180U

Utility Cupboard 3 Half Shelves, 1 Full Shelf & Divider

650 x 450 x 1800

CE1804

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Wire Mesh Lockers

STORAGE

Bright Electroplated Zinclockers which offer full throughventilation & high visual security Single tier lockers come complete with a Hat Shelf & Coat Hook Single & two tier lockers comecomplete with a coat hook Powder coated in

Yellow Blue Red - please specify when ordering Other colours available - Call for Details

UNITS CAN BE MANUFACTURED TO YOUR SPECIFICATION - CALL FOR DETAILS Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame.Each locker is fitted with floorfixing brackets with provision tobe fitted back to back, to the wall& to the floor (fixings not included The Single & Double compartmentlockers have 3 point locking system& the rest of the lockers are fittedwith a Hasp & Staple for use witha padlock (not included

Description

Locker Size H x W mm 305mm Deep Lockers

Single Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Single Compartment - Nest of Two each Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Two Compartment - Nest of Two each Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Three Compartment - Nest of Two each Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Four Compartment - Nest of Two each Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Five Compartment - Nest of Two each Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Six Compartment - Nest of Two each Six Compartment - Nest of Three 457mm Deep Lockers Single Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Single Compartment - Nest of Two each Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Two Compartment - Nest of Two each Two Compartment - Nest of Three Three Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Three Compartment - Nest of Two each Three Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Four Compartment - Nest of Two each Four Compartment - Nest of Three Five Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Five Compartment - Nest of Two each Five Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Nest of One 1980 x 305 Six Compartment - Nest of Two each Six Compartment - Nest of Three

Model WM305SD WM305SDN2 WM305SDN3 WM3052D WM3052DN2 WM3052DN3 WM3053D WM3053DN2 WM3053DN3 WM3054D WM3054DN2 WM3054DN3 WM3055D WM3055DN2 WS3055DN3 WM3056D WM3056DN2 WM3056DN3 WM450SD WM450SDN2 WM450SDN3 WM4502D WM4502DN2 WM4502DN3 WM4503D WM4503DN2 WM4503DN3 WM4504D WM4504DN2 WM4504DN3 WM4505D WM4505DN2 WM4505DN3 WM4506D WM4506DN2 WM4506DN3

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE Wire Mesh Lockers • Electro galvanised finish. • Full through ventilation. •C ontents can be visually inspected. • 150 mm high legs as standard. • Three point locking on single and two compartment lockers.

Wire mesh lockers are ideal for most applications and offer excellent ventililation and high visual security. Manufactured from 25 mm x 25 mm x 2.5 mm weld mesh on a 8 mm rod frame. 1980 mm high x 305 mm wide x 305 mm or 450 mm deep. All lockers are fitted with legs as standard enabling easy access for cleaning. All lockers can be nested side by side or back to back and include floor fixing brackets. Doors are fitted with a hasp and staple for use with padlock. (padlock not included) Single and two compartment lockers are fitted with coat hooks.

Description Single Compartment - Initial Locker Single Compartment - Nest of Two Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Initial Locker Two Compartment - Nest of Two Two Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Initial Locker Four Compartment - Nest of Two Four Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Initial Locker Six Compartment - Nest of Two Six Compartment - Nest of Three Single Compartment - Initial Locker Single Compartment - Nest of Two Single Compartment - Nest of Three Two Compartment - Initial Locker Two Compartment - Nest of Two Two Compartment - Nest of Three Four Compartment - Initial Locker Four Compartment - Nest of Two Four Compartment - Nest of Three Six Compartment - Initial Locker Six Compartment - Nest of Two Six Compartment - Nest of Three

Dimensions H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 457

CM010BZP0002 CM010BZP0004 CM010BZP0006 CM010BZP0020 CM010BZP0022 CM010BZP0024 CM010BZP0056 CM010BZP0058 CM010BZP0060 CM010BZP0074 CM010BZP0076 CM010BZP0078 CM010BZP0014 CM010BZP0016 CM010BZP0018 CM010BZP0032 CM010BZP0034 CM010BZP0036 CM010BZP0068 CM010BZP0070 CM010BZP0072 CM010BZP0086 CM010BZP0088 CM010BZP0090

POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

The picture above shows a nest of three single compartment lockers. Nested Lockers are cost effective when runs of lockers are required. Check out the price table.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Tool Cupboards

STORAGE

An extensive range of high quality tool cabinets for use in workshops, factories & warehouses All Steel construction - add extra drawers shelves to suit your application

984H x 915W x 505D mm

684H x 450W x 300D mm

Model: CH961EGU..29S12

Model: CA521EGU..00S11

Description

Width mm

Model

Sloping Top Desk Unit

480

CDE56TGU

Mobile Chassis for low cabinets Only Extra Drawer Extra Galvanised Shelf

480

984H x 915W x 505D mm Model: CH961TGU..29S37

1Adjustable 2 Shelves 984H x 480W x 505D mm

DW56THY

Model: CH661TGU..29S35

CSH56TGT

2Shelves, 2 Drawers 4Shelves 1820H x 480W x 505D mm

2Shelves, 2 Drawers

1820H x 480W x 505D mm

8Shelves

Model: C1661TGU..29S35

1820H x 915W x 505D mm

1820H x 915W x 505D mm Model: C1961TGU..29S44

Model: C1961TGU..29S32

Model: C1661TGU..29S31

Standard Colour Choice

984H x 480W x 505D mm Model: CH661EGU..29S12

1Adjustable & 1 Shelves

CCH56TGU

480C

2 Adjustable Shelves

1Adjustable Shelves

2Adjustable Shelves

BODY/DOOR COLOURO Light Grey (RAL 7035) Code GU

PTIONAL DOOR COLOURS Blue (RAL 5002) Code CF

Red (RAL 3020) Code RD

Green (RAL 6001) Code PD

Burgundy (RAL 3002) Code RM

Yellow (RAL 1003) Code YD

Dark Grey (BS 00 A 11) Code HY

Insert the code of the door colour required to the product code when ordering. For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE Public Safety Lockers

FREE STYLE Lockers PEOPLE. EQUIPMENT. STORAGE REQUIREMENTS. Here’s a locker system that changes just as fast. Start with sizes that fit your space, and configurations that meet your demands. Then include a range of accessories that adapt to your needs.

Make it your own – it could be the last locker system

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Public safety lockers

STORAGE

EVIDENCE STORAGE Lockers

The pass-thru locker is built into the wall, allowing evidence to be deposited from one side and retrieved from another. The full-size rear door allows the evidence technician to efficiently remove items and reset the locker openings for use. To further enhance security, we offer an optional front-lock-out system. This feature will automatically lock the front doors when the rear door is opened preventing unauthorized access to the evidence and property room through a locker opening.

refrigerated Lockers Your local appliance distributor doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t understand the importance of the chain of custody of evidence. So why would you store your critical biological evidence in a standard residential refrigerator with a chain and padlock? Our refrigerated evidence lockers offer the same performance, reliability and security that our standard evidence lockers come with, both with pass-thru and non-pass-thru functionality.

The small refrigerator unit is designed to stand alone or fit into any lower â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; size opening of our evidence lockers. Can be installed on-site into existing evidence lockers as well. Comes standard with four lockable compartments.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE PERSONNEL LOCKERS Personnel Lockers A comprehensive range of lockers with a superior finish designed and built to last. Ideal for schools, offices, factories and sports centres etc. Powder Coated as standard offering unbeatable value for money. Single Compartment Lockers 300 mm and 450 mm deep, fitted with hat shelf and double coat hook. Rail as standard on 450 mm deep lockers. Two compartment lockers fitted with double coat hook in each compartment.

Perforated Lockers Designed to allow the contents to be visually inspected and allow thorough ventilation.

Features - Semi-concealed hinges for security and clean line. Door stiffeners for added strength and security. Vents in top and bottom for improved air circulation. Recessed Camlock with plastic card holder. Plinth Base for rigidity. All lockers pre-drilled for nesting.

Specification - Riveted/Welded construction, cold rolled mild steel. Finish - Epoxy powder coating electrostatically applied, producing an exceptionally high quality chip-resistant finish in the following Colours:Light Grey/Light Grey, Light Grey/Blue, Light Grey/Red, Light Grey/Green. Other Colours available, please ask for details. HEIGHT WIDTH

DEPTH

Standard MODEL

SINGLE TIER 1800 mm 300 mm 300 mm

M3030/1

1800 mm 300 mm 450 mm

M3045/1

1800 mm 450 mm 450 mm

M4545/1

Single Tier

Two Tier

Three Tier

Six Tier

Perforated Locker

TWO TIER 1800 mm 300 mm 300 mm

M3030/2

1800 mm 300 mm 450 mm

M3045/2

1800 mm 450 mm 450 mm

M4545/2

THREE TIER 1800 mm 300 mm 300 mm

M3030/3

1800 mm 300 mm 450 mm

M3045/3

1800 mm 450 mm 450 mm

M4545/3

FOUR TIER 1800 mm 300 mm 300 mm

M3030/4

1800 mm 300 mm 450 mm

M3045/4

1800 mm 450 mm 450 mm

M4545/4

SIX TIER 1800 mm 300 mm 300 mm

M3030/6

1800 mm 300 mm 450 mm

M3045/6

1800 mm 450 mm 450 mm

M4545/6

* Prices available for Nest of 2/3 models. Four Tier

Clean & Dirty Locker Paint Finish Fitted with a central partition below shelf. A very useful locker for the factory or anywhere Door Colours with Light Grey body RAL 7035 where clean and dirty/wet and dry clothes are in use. Coat hooks fitted beneath shelf. Nurses Locker Has a central partition below shelf, one side fitted with coat rail and the other fitted with three fixed shelves. Two Person Locker Provides secure storage compartments for two. A small compartment 9â&#x20AC;? high for personal items and a 50â&#x20AC;? high compartment fitted with coat hooks. One key passes both compartments.

Nurses locker

Two Person locker

Red - RAL 3020

Green - RAL 6001

Grey - RAL 7035

DEPTH

MODEL INITIAL

CLEAN/DIRTY

1800 mm

450 mm

CDL

AED 395.15

NURSES

1800 mm

450 mm

NRL

AED 395.15

TWO PERSON

1800 mm

450 mm

TPL

AED 395.15

HEIGHT

Clean & Dirty locker

Blue - RAL 5002

WIDTH

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Yellow - RAL 1003

VALUE RANGE

STORAGE

Value Range

Available in one Colour only. Delivered from stock. The ideal product when budgets are tight. A quality product at a value for money price. e ee th To s nge, a full r -LOC8 800 call

Specification - Riveted/Welded construction, cold rolled steel. HEIGHT WIDTH

DEPTH

MODEL

INITIAL

SINGLE TIER 1800 mm

300 mm

300 mm M3030/1V

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm M3045/1V

TWO TIER 1800 mm

300 mm

300 mm M3030/2V

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm M3045/2V

FOUR TIER 1800 mm

300 mm

300 mm M3030/4V

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm M3045/4V

1800 mm

300 mm

300 mm M3030/6V

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm M3045/6V

SIX TIER

Two Tier

Single Tier

Four Tier

Cube Lockers Ideal where space is limited, can be nested in any configuration. HEIGHT

WIDTH

DEPTH

MODEL

12” (305) 12” (305)

12” (305)

12C

15” (381) 15” (381)

15” (381)

15C

18” (457) 18” (457)

18” (457)

18C

Quarto Lockers

INITIAL

QUARTO lockers offer individual personal security in the workplace as ‘stacked’ units or to fill spaces above standard lockers. Units can be bolted together on the top

Six Tier

Garment Dispensers This range is ideal for the secure storage and distribution of clean garments with single and multi change of garments available from unmanned dispensers. The user is issued with a key to gain access to his or her own compartment. Two keys are supplied with each compartment. The service key is used to open the main door, this enables all compartments to be loaded. The service key also opens the collector. Collector Locker For the secure storage of soiled garments, avoiding losses and keeping the area tidy. Soiled garments are deposited through the opening in the top of the door. A galvanised anti-theft shelf is fitted below the opening.

HEIGHT WIDTH

DEPTH

70”(1778) 15” (381)

18” (457) 5 DOOR

70”(1778) 15” (381)

18” (457) 10 DOOR

70”(1778) 15” (381)

18” (457) 15 DOOR

70”(1778) 15” (381)

18” (457) Collector

MODEL

INITIAL

Postal Slot Locker Allows sorted mail to be posted via a slot into secure compartments which can only be accessed by the keyholder. HEIGHT WIDTH

DEPTH

MODEL

PRICE

Post Locker with 10 compartments HEIGHT

WIDTH

DEPTH

MODEL

511 mm 511 mm

300 mm 300 mm

300 mm 450 mm

MQ3030 MQ3045

INITIAL

457 mm POST 10 1778 mm 381 mm Post Locker with 15 compartments 1778 mm 381 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

457 mm

POST 10

STORAGE LOCKERS SERIES 111

Traditional Locker Outfit of each compartment • Top shelf with coat-hanger rod • Umbrella holder with drip-tray • Card holder Closing systems • Nylon handle that can be padlocked • Metal handle that can be padlocked • Cylinder lock Model Dim W x D x H

111/01

111/02

111/03

35 x 35 x 180

70 x 35 x 180

105 x 35 x 180

SERIES 113

Double Tier Locker Equipment • Back coat-hanger • Card holder

Optionals • Plastic shell for feet • Door colours • Shelf for Shoes • Sloping roofs

Closing systems • Nylon handle that can be padlocked • Metal handle that can be padlocked • Cylinder lock Model Dim W x D x H

111/01

111/02

111/03

35 x 35 x 180

70 x 35 x 180

105 x 35 x 180

SERIES 717/P Changing-Room Locker Equipment • Top shelf with coat-hanger rod • Card holder • Clean/dirty clothes partition • Umbrella holder with drip-tray

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Closing systems • Nylon handle that can be padlocked • Metal handle that can be padlocked • Cylinder lock Optionals • Plastic shell for feet • Door colours • Shelf for Shoes • Sloping roofs Model Dim W x D x H

717/01P

717/02P

717/03P

40 x 50 x 180

80 x 50 x 180

120 x 50 x 180

Volume

Article

0.36

0.72

1.08

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

INSIGHT LOCKERS

STORAGE

Insight lockers Insight lockers are designed for use in areas where there is a need for a visual inspection of contents without compromising the security of items stored. The clear polyethylene panels allow easy inspection of contents, acting as a deterrent to workplace pilfering or providing quick visual stocktaking of items stored. When used in public areas Insight Lockers provide security staff with the ability to check that items stored are not inappropriate or pose no security threat. 2 Door locker has double coat hook in each compartment.

HEIGHT

WIDTH

DEPTH

MODEL

INITIAL

2 DOOR 1800 mm

300 mm

I3030/2

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm

I3045/2

1800 mm

300 mm

500 mm

I3050/2

1800 mm

300 mm

I3030/3

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm

I3045/3

1800 mm

300 mm

500 mm

I3050/3

1800 mm

300 mm

I3030/4

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm

I3045/4

1800 mm

300 mm

500 mm

I3050/4

1800 mm

400 mm

450 mm

I4045/4

1800 mm

400 mm

500 mm

I4045/4

1800 mm

300 mm

I3030/6

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm

I3045/6

1800 mm

300 mm

500 mm

I3050/6

1800 mm

300 mm

I3030/8

1800 mm

300 mm

450 mm

I3045/8

1800 mm

300 mm

500 mm

I3050/8

3 DOOR

4 DOOR

6 DOOR 2 Door

6 Door

4 Door

3 Door

8 Door

Paint Finish - Door Colours with Light Grey body - RAL 7035

8 DOOR Grey RAL 7035

Red RAL 3020

Blue RAL 5002

Green RAL 6001

Yellow RAL 1003

Personal Item Lockers Personal lockers can be supplied in singles or nests of two. The locker units can be hung on walls or bolted one on top of the other and side by side to form banks of lockers. All units are fitted with a standard deadlock and are available with either a solid or perforated doors and with or without sloping tops at no extra price. Please specify at the time of ordering. HEIGHT

WIDTH

DEPTH

MODEL

INITIAL

SINGLE - 4 DOOR WITHOUT GROMMETS

915 mm

250 mm

155 mm A10641A01

WITH GROMMETS

915 mm

250 mm

155 mm A10641A81

WITHOUT GROMMETS 915 mm

250 mm

155 mm A10681A01

915 mm

250 mm

155 mm A10681A81

SINGLE - 8 DOOR WITH GROMMETS

DOUBLE - 4 DOOR WITHOUT GROMMETS

915 mm

475 mm

155 mm A10642A01

WITH GROMMETS

915 mm

475 mm

155 mm A10642A81

DOUBLE - 8 DOOR WITHOUT GROMMETS

915 mm

475 mm

155 mm A10682A01

WITH GROMMETS

915 mm

475 mm

155 mm A10682A81

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE LOCKER ACCESSORIES LOCKER STANDS are manufactured from 25 x 25 x 16 Swg square tube, epoxy polyester powder coated to match locker body. Hardwood slats fitted to seats and benches, finished with 2 coats of varnish. Delivered fully assembled with adjustable feet. A range of free - standing benches are also available on request. NUMBER OF LOCKERS WIDE SIZE mm

Sloping Tops for Lockers (factory Fitted) Keep your changing room clean and tidy. Eliminate the possibility of items being stored or left on top of lockers.

MODEL LS3030/3

LS3030/4

LS3045/2

LS3045/3

LS3045/4

1800h x 450w x 450d STAND

LS4545/1

LS4545/2

LS4545/3

LS4545/4

1800h x 300w x 300d ST/SEAT

LSS3030/1

LSS3030/2

LSS3030/3

LSS3030/4

1800h x 300w x 450d ST/SEAT

LSS3045/1

LSS3045/2

LSS3045/3

LSS3045/4

1800h x 450w x 450d ST/SEAT

LSS4545/1

LSS4545/2

LSS4545/3

LSS4545/4

12” CUBE

STAND

662001

662002

662003

15” CUBE

STAND

662101

662102

662103

18” CUBE

STAND

Number Plates available in a range of Colours with matching key ring if required.

662201

662202

Bridge Unit Packs Are designed to fit between two lockers and provide additional clothes hanging space or support for LOCKERS.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

MODEL

PRICE

LOCKER ACCESSORIES BRIDGE UNIT TOP

BUT

BRIDGE UNIT BOTTOM

BUB

IVORENE NUMBER PLATES

INP

NUMBERED KEY RINGS

NKR

CAPTIVE COAT HANGER - CHROME

CCHAC

CAPTIVE COAT HOOK - CHROME

CCHOC

PISTOL GRIP PADLOCK FITTING

PISTOL

COIN RETAIN LOCKS (FITTED)

Pistol Grip Lock For use with padlock (padlock not supplied). Numbering system available.

Cube Locker Stand

662203

four

LS3030/2

LS3045/1

three

LS3030/1

1800h x 300w x 450d STAND

two

Locker Stand/Seat

TYPE

1800h x 300w x 300d STAND

one

Locker Stand

COIN RETURN LOCKS (FITTED) 3 POINT LOCKING - 1 TIER LOCKER ONLY

3PL

SPARE KEY 95/97 AND 66/68 SERIES

MASTER KEY 95/97 AND 66/68 SERIES

COMBINATION LOCK

SLOPING TOP - FACTORY FITTED

Tool Lockers

300 x 300 mm

ST3030

300 x 450 mm

ST3045

450 x 450 mm

ST4245

Tool Locker ‘A’ with one adjustable shelf.

Tool Lockers ‘D’ with two adjustable shelves.

Tool Lockers ‘DDTL’ two adjustable shelves and three point locking.

HEIGHT

WIDTH

DEPTH

30” (762)

18” (457)

12” (305)

36” (914)

18” (457)

36” (914)

18” (457)

DDTL

No. OF SHELVES MODEL

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

PRICE

Mobile & Roller Shutter Cabinets

STORAGE

HEAVY DUTY ROLLER SHUTTER DOOR CABINETS Heavy Duty welded construction in 1.2mm sheet Steel Counter balanced Galvanised Steel Roller Shutter door Matching heavy duty security pin locks Modular construction to accommodate a wide range of accessories 5colour options available

Green

Blue

RAL3020 RAL6032

Red

RAL5015

Grey

Mid Grey

RAL7031

RAL7001

please specify when ordering

Description 3 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 2 Drawers & 2 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 6 Drawers & 1 Shelf Full Louvre Panel Extra Shelf to Suit 1000W Models3 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 2 Drawers & 2 Shelves 1/2 Louvre Panel, 6 Drawers & 1 Shelf Full Louvre Panel Extra Shelf to Suit 1200W Models-

Overall Size H x W x D mm 2000 x 1000 x 500

2000 x 1200 x 500

Model 90215A 90215C 90215D 90215E 90S15 902215A 902215C 902215D 902215E 90S25

MOBILE STORAGE CUPBOARDS Heavy Duty welded construction in1.2mm sheet Steel With 2 or 3 bolt in adjustable shelves 4colour options available

Red

Green

Blue

Grey

please specify when ordering

Strong full length piano type hinges Secured by a 3 point locking handle Tubular push/pull handle & 4 rubber corner buffers Mobile on 125mm castors, 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked

Overall Size H x W x D mm 900 x 900 x 600

No of Shelves 2

81996

1200 x 900 x 600

81296

1500 x 900 x 600

81596

900 x 1200 x 600

81926

1200 x 1200 x 600

81226

1500 x 1200 x 600

Extra Shelf to Suit 900 x 600 Units-

Extra Shelf to Suit 1200 x 600 Units-

Model

81S9

81526 91S12

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE Tote Pans & Racks 1 STACKING RACK SYSTEM

Can be stacked up to 3 high, storing pans 4 wide Horizontal or tilted shelves for ease of component viewing

2 HIGH DENSITY RACK SYSTEM Allows for the most economical use of available space Stacking up to 2 racks high, storing 4 pans wide Safety stops allow access without the full withdrawal of pans

3 TILTED RACK SYSTEM Welded construction with pan retainers With tilted shelves for component viewing

4 HORIZONTAL RACK SYSTEM As the Tilted Rack System except with horizontal shelves for component viewing

GALVANISED TOTE PANS These are the classic pan for storage & work in progress Strong construction of Galvanised Steel with half-lift handles, card holders, re-inforced rim & stacking brackets Ideal for bulk storage & item picking Load Capacity: 25kg each

2x GST13 No of Pans High

Overall H x D x W mm

Weight kg

Suitable For Pan

Horizontal Model

Tilted Model

Stacking Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks

3 Pans

640 x 305 x 1350

12xGTP01

GSH01

GST11

640 x 455 x 1350

12xGTP02

GSH02

GST12

640 x 610 x 1350

12xGTP03

GSH03

GST13

High Density Rack System - Horizontal shelves only 5 Pans

GDR03

GRT13

900 x 305 x 1350

20xGTP01

GDR01

900 x 455 x 1350

20xGTP02

GDR02

900 x 610 x 1350

20xGTP03

GDR03

Horizontal/Tilted Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks 6 Pans

8 Pans

1230 x 305 x 1350

24xGTP01

GRH01

GRT11

1230 x 455 x 1350

24xGTP02

GRH02

GRT12

1230 x 610 x 1350

24xGTP03

GRH03

GRT13

1620 x 305 x 1350

32xGTP01

GRH04

GRT14

1620 x 455 x 1350

32xGTP02

GRH05

GRT15

1620 x 610 x 1350

32xGTP03

GRH06

GRT16

Galvanised Tote Pans

5x GTP03

GRH03

For use with totepans in transportingspare parts etc

Nylon Rubber

1040 x 610 x 980

Nylon Rubber

305 x 255 x 150

GTP03

GTP11

455 x 255 x 150

GTP12

610 x 225 x 150

GTP13

Easy to manoeuvreusing a push/pull handle

Mobile on 2 fixed &2 swivel 125mm castors N.B. Tote pans to beordered as additionalitems

1040 x 455 x 980

GTP02

610 x 305 x 150

Fitted with either 2 or 3shelves with 85mm sides

Framework paintedblue with 3 Galvanised sheet shelves

Wheels

GTP01

WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

TOTE PAN TROLLEY

Overall Size L x W x H mm

305 x 305 x 150 455 x 305 x 150

Mobile on 2 fixed& 2 swivel 125mmcastors

Weight kg

Model GTT21N GTT31R GTT41N GTT51R

No of Shelves

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Shelf Heights mm

Weight kg

Model

1015 x 635 x 805

150, 720

SS-WI202Y

150,435,720

SS-WI203Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Visible Storage Cabinets 2

A comprehensive range ofvisible storage cabinets

STORAGE

Available in two cabinet heights 290 & 550mm Strong Polypropylene frame Galvanised Steel shelves Crystal clear Polystyrenedrawers

Series 290

Price includes frame, drawers & self-adhesive labels

ACCESSORIES Cross & length dividers Bench top spacemiser Spacemiser Stands & trolleys Series 550

SPACEMISER Needs only 0,25 m2of floor space Unit includes ball bearing base, dividing trays & top plate

Frame Size D x W x H mm

Series 290 1 22

180 x 310 x 290

Clear Drawers

Model

Quantity

Type

30 pcs

DL-00

D290-3

4 pcs

DL-01

D291-3

2 pcs

DL-04

D294-3

pcs

DL-07

D297-3

60 pcs

DL-00

D550-3

8 pcs

DL-01

D551-3

24 pcs

DL-04

D554-3

12 pcs

DL-07

D557-3

46 Series 550

The assembly holds 12 cabinets of 550 high ordered separately Load capacity: 400 kg

8 94

180 x 310 x 550

10 11

Extra Clear Drawers

Size D x W x H:500 x 500 x 1730 mm

Cross Dividers

Outer dims Pack H x W x D mm pieces 37 x 55 x 175 120

DL-00

Model each DV-00

37 x 69 x 1759

DL-01

DV-01

DL-02

37 x 138 x 175 59 x 92 x 1754

Model

Price per pack

Pack drawer

Length Dividers Pack pieces -

DV-012

DV-02

DL-04

59 x 277 x 175

DL-06

DV-04 DV-06

81 x 138 x 175

DL-07

DV-07

Model pack -

DV-0456 DV-078

BENCH TOP SPACEMISER Includes a ball bearing base & abaseplate. This unit holds 2 cabinetsof series 290 or 550 which are ordered separately Load capacity: 50 kg Complete assemblyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Size D x W x H: 310 x 360 x 300/560 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE Stands & Trolleys 6

CABINET STANDS Effective storage of thousands of small components Ideal for Workshop, Production or Store use Includes 3 Aluminium rails

DOUBLE STANDS Holds 8 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Epoxy powder coated Steel free standing frame Includes 3 Aluminium rails Load Capacity: 100 kg Size - D x W x H:600 x 760 x 1585 mm

Series 290

Model: DBS-550T

SINGLE STAND Holds 4 visible storage cabinets 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Load Capacity: 50 kg Size - D x W x H:420 x 760 x 1585mm Model: DBS-550l

TROLLEY Series 550

Series 290 5 6

180 x 310 x 290

7 Series 550 12

Clear Drawers Quantity Type 12 pcs DL-02 4 pcs DL-06 12 pcs DL-01 3 pcs DL-04 1 pcs DL-06

Model D292-3 D296-3 D290C-3

24 pcs

DL-02

D552-3

8 pcs

DL-06

D556-3

24 pcs 6 pcs 2 pcs

DL-01 DL-04 DL-06

D550C-3

DBS-550T

Frame Size D x W x H mm

Holds 8 visible storage cabinets of 550 high (ordered separately) Construction as double stand Bottom shelf of 12 mm laminated board 4castors Ă&#x2DC; 100 mm, 2 with brakes Load Capacity: 150 kg Size - D x W x H:600 x 760 x 1700 mm Model: DBT-550

DBS-550L

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DBT-550

Small Parts Storage

STORAGE

HIGH DENSITY STORAGE CABINETS Freestanding storage units for use in workshop, stores & many other applications A compact storage system, uses a floor area of only 0,25 m2 Robust construction: Steel frame holding Polypropylene bins Adjustable feet Backstops prevent the drawers from being pulled out of the frame Load Capacity: 240kg with castors 150kg

ROBUST & SPACE SAVING 2440-4840

Cabinet

Outer Size D x W x H mm

Model

Divider Pack

Bin Quantity

Red

Blue

Grey

Model

2440-5

2440-6

2440-3

D-20

4840-5

4840-6

4840-3

D-10

410 x 605 x 870

Castor Set

Set of 4 Castors (2 with Brake)

PS-LH

HIGH DENSITY STORAGE CABINETS Comprehensive range Depths of 300, 400, 500 & 600 mm Specifically designed for standard metric shelving, automated storage systems & “kanban” trolleys Smooth vertical sides allow maximum use of valuable shelf space Full width label with protective shield isincluded with the bin Corrugated base for easeof picking items Polypropylene withstands the effects of most oils, acids & solvents

HIGH DENSITY STORAGE CABINETS Crystal clear bins are of Polystyrene (PS), temperature tolerance of -40 ...+65°C Coloured bins of Polypropylene (PP), temperature tolerance of -20 ... +80°C

Bin

Outer Size D x W x H mm

Model

Pack

Clear 3010-1

3010-5 3010-6

3010-3

4010-1

4010-5 4010-6

4010-3

5010-1

5010-5 5010-6

5010-3

3015-1

3015-5 3015-6

3015-3

4015-1

4015-5 4015-6

4015-3

5015-5 5015-6

5015-3

6015-5 6015-6

6015-3

300 x 186 x 82

3020-1

3020-5 3020-6

3020-3

400 x 186 x 82

4020-1

4020-5 4020-6

4020-3

5020-1

5020-5 5020-6

5020-3

6020-1

6020-5 6020-6

6020-3

300 x 92 x 82 400 x 92 x 82 500 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100 400 x 132 x 100 500 x 132 x 100 600 x 132 x 100

500 x 186 x 82 600 x 186 x 82

30 20 15

Red

Blue

Grey

Divider Pack

Model

D-10

D-15

D-20

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE Turntable Assemblies HIGH DENSITY STORAGE CABINETS Easy assembly without toolsCompact storage systems for service, workshop, production & storage areas etc Space saving & practical Assemblies offer storage for up to 1,792 different items This unit holds 16 Bin Cabinets of Series 300 or 400 in four layers, which are ordered separately, see below Special offer kits include baseunit, 8 x 8 Drawer units &8 x 16 Drawer units

OFFERS STORAGE OF UP TO 1792 SEPARATE ITEMS

Overall Size D x W x H mm 700 x 700 x 1680 800 x 800 x 1680

Load capacity 800 kg 800 kg

For cabinets (ordered separately) 0830/1630 0840/1640

Model

D16-300 KIT

D16-300 D16-400

D16-400 KIT

BIN CABINETS Can be wallhung, stoodon a worktopor used with space saving turntables ComprisesSteel frame, shelf bins, labels& backstops Compact & robust

Cabinet

Type

Series 300

Series 400

Outer Size D x W x H mm

Bin Quantity

Clear

Model

Divider Pack

Red

Blue

Grey

Model

0830-1

0830-5

0830-6

0830-3

D-20

1630-1

1630-5

1630-6

1630-3

D-10

0840-1

0840-5

0840-6

0840-3

D-20

1640-1

1640-5

1640-6

1640-3

D-10

300 x 400 x 395

400 x 400 x 395

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

FIRE RESISTANT SECURITY CUPBOARDS/SAFES

STORAGE

• I deal in the office, for the safe keeping of paper documents and valuables.

FS1024

• Five versatile sizes available, for total flexibility.

FS1020

•H eavy-duty, 3-way locking mechanism & continuous ‘dog bar’ to protect hinge edge, for maximum security. •S tandard locking - CEN/VDS approved double bitted 8-lever safe lock & 2 keys. •D ouble walled construction filled with fire resistant material to DIN4102 & offering 30-minute protection at 750 degrees. omplete with shelve(s), which are adjustable every •C 25mm. •O ptions include: Electronic locking, inner compartments and pull-out frames. • Not suitable for computer media protection. • Finish - Light Grey. * Capacities shown are for A4 lever arch files, 80mm wide

FS1021 FS1022 FS1023

External (mm) HxWxD Internal (mm) HxWxD Weight No. of Shelves 860 x 600 x 520 690 x 490 x 405 87 1 1220 x 600 x 520 1050 x 490 x 405 110 2 1580 x 600 x 520 1410 x 490 x 405 135 3 1950 x 930 x 520 1780 x 820 x 405 205 4 1950 x 1200 x 520 1780 x 1090 x 405 235 4

Capacity - Lever Arch Files 12 18 24 50 65

Model Price FS1023 FS1022 FS1021 FS1020 FS1024

Fire Resistant Document Safes • Designed for office or home use. 1 hour fire resistant document safe, independently tested and certified in Sweden to NT Fire 017-60 Paper std. • Ideal for the safe keeping of paper records, insurance policies, deeds, passports etc... • Easy to use programmable digital keypad (4-14 digits), with dual user code option. • Access to the power supply is via a front panel. • Keypad features an anti tamper alarm which sounds in the event of an attack. • Includes a key storage hook bar on rear of door & sliding drawer for smaller items. • Supplied with non-invasive fixing system, Batteries, Installation and operating instructions. • Registration system to prevent lockout situation. • Safe will be replaced should the contents be destroyed in fire.

External (mm) HxWxD

350 x 410 x 360 415 x 350 x 430 520 x 405 x 440

Internal (mm) HxWxD

Weight

Adjustable Shelf

Model

260 x 320 x 235 320 x 260 x 305 410 x 300 x 300

41 48 65

0 1 1

FV0 FV1 FV2

Price

Fire Resistant Data Safes • Designed for office or home use. 1 hour fire resistant data safe Independently tested and certified in Sweden to NT 017-60 Data Std. Ideal for the safe keeping of backup tapes, floppy discs, CD’s & videotapes etc... • Easy to use programmable digital keypad (4-14 digits), with dual user code option. • Access to the power source is via a front panel. • Keypad features an anti tamper alarm which sounds in the event of an attack. • Supplied with non-invasive fixing system, Batteries, Installation and operating instructions. • Registration system to prevent lockout situation. • Safe will be replaced should the contents be destroyed in a fire.

External (mm) HxWxD

415 x 350 x 430 520 x 425 x 440

Internal (mm) HxWxD

Weight kg

Fixed Shelf

Model

213 x 153 x 172 303 x 193 x 172

47 66

1 1

DV1 DV2

Price

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE STORAGE BINS Corrugated Fibreboard Storage Bins • Economical storage solutions. • Supplied flat packed for easy assembly. • Extensive range of sizes available, all ex-stock. • Incorporating K-Bins patented locking system.

K-Bins are supplied in flat form, saving valuable space prior to use. They are self-locking and assembled in seconds. All bin dimensions shown are External measurements, designed to fit metric and imperial shelf sizes to maximise the use of available space.

RANGE A All 100mm Height

DEPTH 150mm

DEPTH 200mm

DEPTH 300mm

DEPTH 400mm

DEPTH 450mm

DEPTH 500mm

DEPTH 600mm

For m ore ide call 8 as, 00-LO C

Width Model mm 50 A1505 75 A1507 100 A1510 150 A1515

Price Per Pack (50)

Width Model mm 50 A2005 75 A2007 100 A2010 150 A2015 200 A2020

Price Per Pack (50)

Width Model mm 50 A3005 75 A3007 100 A3010 150 A3015 200 A3020 250 A3025

Price Per Pack (50)

Width Model mm 100 A4010 150 A4015 200 A4020

Price Per Pack (50)

Width Model mm 50 A4505 75 A4507 100 A4510 150 A4515 200 A4520

Price Per Pack (50)

DEPTH 450mm

Width Model mm 100 A5010 150 A5015 200 A5020

Price Per Pack (50)

Width Model mm 50 A6005 75 A6007 100 A6010 150 A6015 200 A6020

Price Per Pack (50)

RANGE B 8

All 200mm Height

H W

DEPTH 400mm

DEPTH 500mm

DEPTH 600mm

Width Model mm 200 B4020 250 B4025 300 B4030

Price Per Pack (25)

Width Model mm 150 B4515 200 B4520 250 B4525 300 B4530

Price Per Pack (25)

Width Model mm 200 B5020 250 B5025 300 B5030

Price Per Pack (25)

Width Model mm 150 B6015 200 B6020 250 B6025 300 B6030

Price Per Pack (25)

25 PACK 50 PACK

•M atch your shelf depths. • A bin to fit all metric and imperial shelves. • No more wasted space.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

POLYPROPYLENE STORAGE BINS

STORAGE

Polypropylene Bins

wider For a on, selecti OC8 -L 0 0 8 ll ca

RANGE TPA • Manufactured in strong twinwall fluted polypropylene.

All 100mm Height

• Self-adhesive labels are supplied loose with all TPA K-Bins, for front panel identification. • Wipe clean surfaces (inside and out).

• Oil, grease and moisture resistant. • Resistant to most chemicals. • Supplied flat packed for easy assembly.

• Incorporating K-Bins patented locking system. • Long shelf life. • Entire range available in four Colours Red, Blue, Silver/Grey and Orange, all ex-stock. (Other Colours available to special order) DEPTH 150mm

• These products are available to special order subject to a minimum order quantity. PLEASE ENQUIRE DEPTH 225mm

DEPTH 300mm

Please add the following letters to the code to indicate the Colour(s) required: DEPTH 450mm

Width Model mm 75 TPA1507

Price Per Pack (25)

Width Model Price mm Per Pack (25) 75 TPA2207 ✱ 100 TPA2210 150 TPA2215 200 TPA2220 Width Model Price mm Per Pack (25) 75 TPA3007 ✱ 100 TPA3010 150 TPA3015 200 TPA3020 Width Model mm 100 TPA4510 150 TPA4515 200 TPA4520

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price Per Pack (25)

STORAGE ARCHIVE STORAGE BINS Economy Archive Storage Boxes

• Holds maximum 20kg • Large labelling area

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Dimensions(External) W x D x H mm

Dimensions(Internal) Model Price W x D x H mm Per 20

350 x 445 x 265

325 x 405 x 255

AB02

POA

Business Boxes Dust free storage for documents • Strong corrugated fibreboard multi-use boxes • Supplied flat packed with pre-glued base- Simply squeeze the box to open, then fold down sides • Suitable for the storage of complete lever arch files or as filing module on shelving. Takes five A4 lever arch files with 75mm spine or seven with 50mm spine

Shown flat

•C omplete with self adhesive labels for box identification • Available in Green, Terracotta or Blue with or without black lids. Please state Colour required when ordering

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Cardboard Storage Trays

STORAGE

Cardboard Storage Trays Manufactured from a heavy duty Cardboard Supplied in flat pack form to save space when not in use Easy to assemble - No need for tapes or glue etc An ideal way to utilise the maximum shelf space Trays are designed with a finger hole to pull them off the shelf

Overall Size H x D x W mm

Model

110 x 300 x 115

T113011

110 x 300 x 175

T113017

110 x 300 x 235

T113023

110 x 300 x 355

T113035

HEAVY DUTY CARDBOARD

All the above trays can be manufactured in a ‘conductive’ material ideal for storage of electronic components, subject to minimum order quantities, price on application

CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL AVAILABLE (P.O.A) CALL FOR DETAILS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE HEAVY DUTY STORAGE UNITS 00701

Attached Lid containers • Plastic container with integral plastic lid that will not become separated and lost • Secure stacking up to 6 to 8 containers high – when full and lids are closed • Nests to save up to 75% of space when container is empty and lids are open • Tamper evident security seal availale • Most have Euro sizes in order to fit onto Euro Pallets 1200

00473

x 1000 or 1200 x 800mm

10020

10010

Capacity

10040

Ext dims (mm)

Int dims (mm)

1006B

10125

Colours

Weight (kg)

Model

Price

4 litres

300 x 200 x 130

245 x 160 x 101

Green/green

0.70

10005

POA

6 litres

300 x 200 x 200

235 x 152 x 174

Green/green

0.85

10010

POA

20 litres

400 x 300 x 252

325 x 246 x 222

Green/green

1.65

10020

POA

25 litres

400 x 300 x 320

321 x 244 x 295

Green/green

1.87

10025

40 litres

600 x 400 x 250

515 x 343 x 215

Green/green, grey/red, grey/yellow, grey/blue, grey/green

54 litres

600 x 400 x 320

508 x 335 x 285

Green/green, grey/red, grey/yellow, grey/blue, grey/green

POA 2.79 10040 POA 3.20 1005B POA

64 litres

00 x 400 x 365

501 x 328 x 330

Green/green

3.38

1006B

POA

80 litres

710 x 460 x 368

597 x 374 x 330

Green/green (drainage holes in base)

4.30

10082

POA

1130 litres 1160 x 480 x 360

1000 x 370 x 332

Grey/red

7.55

10125

POA

4.00

91005

POA

Dolly for one 600 x 400mm container or two 400 x 300mm containers (4swivel ø 100mm castors} Pack of 1000 green tamper evident seals

n/a

00701

Clear label cover for refs 10020/25/40/5B/6B and 10552 DISTRIBUTION/PiCKING CONTAINER Ideal for storage, distribution and picking. All the benefits of the attached lid containers (above) but also with drop front and flip back lid

Model. 10552 Ext dims Int dims Door aperture Weight Colour

54 litres 600 x 400 x 320mm 505 x 334 x 292mm 290 x 165mm 3.2kg Green/green

POA 00473

POA

ProducE trays

Stack/nest bale arm trays

18 & 36 litre trays for hygienic storage and distribution of fresh and frozen produce. Vented sides and base

5 litre plastic container stacks with metal 7 bale arms closed and nests to save space with bale arms open Seperate lid is available

15036

10552

n/a

Model. 15036 36 litres Ext dims 600 x 400 x 200mm Int dims 544 x 343 x 184mm Weight 1.50kg Colour Green Model. 15018 18 litres Ext dims 400 x 300 x 200mm Int dims 359 x 252 x 184mm Weight 0.70kg Colour Green

lid + 10076 61075

Model. 10076 Ext dims Int dims Nested height Weight Colour

75 litres 710 x 460 x 350mm 599 x 378 x 310mm 80mm 4.20kg Grey, red

Lid Model. 61075 Dims 717 x 480 x 43mm Weight 1.30kg Colours Grey, red

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACK NEST CONTAINERs Item No.

External/mm

STORAGE

Internal/mm Version Weight/kg Volume/l

Colour

Pallet unit

4130.760 600 x 400 x 350 490 x 340 x 345

2.5

4130.710 600 x 400 x 350 490 x 340 x 345

2.3

Green

4.0

Green

7931.860 800 x 400 x 350 690 x 340 x 340 A, K

Green, blue, white 68

LIDS

6410.820 Lid External 400 x 300 mm Weight 0.4 kg Colour Grey Carton unit 20

7907.823 Lid External 600 x 400 mm Weight 0.9 kg Colour Green Version G Carton unit 15

JUPITERâ&#x201E;˘

Grey 502

Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

8100.760

600 x 400 x 200

457 x 335 x 177

A, E

8100.720

600 x 400 x 200

457 x 335 x 177

8101.760

600 x 400 x 300

8101.720

7907.820 Lid External 600 x 400 mm Weight 0.9 kg Colour Green, grey, white Carton unit 15

7907.822 Lid External 600 x 400 mm Weight 0.9 kg Colour Green, grey Version L Carton unit 15

7931.830 External Weight Colour Pallet unit

Lid 800 x 400 mm 1.1 kg Black 160

.Material: Polypropylene

Version Weight/kg

Volume/l

Colour

Pallet unit

1.6

Grey

C, E

1.4

Grey

457 x 335 x 274

A, E

2.2

Grey

100

600 x 400 x 300

457 x 335 x 274

C, E

1.9

Grey

100

8102.760

600 x 400 x 400

457 x 335 x 372

A, E

2.8

Grey

8102.720

600 x 400 x 400

457 x 335 x 372

C, E

2.5

Grey

2280.760

600 x 400 x 250

570 x 355 x 245

B, E

2.2

Grey

LIDS

8103.820 Lid External 600 x 400 mm Weight 0.7 kg Colour Grey Carton unit 30

8103.822 Lid External 600 x 400 mm Weight 0.8 kg Colour Grey Version L Carton unit 30

2280.820 Lid External 600 x 400 mm Weight 1.0 kg Colour Grey Version L Carton unit 22

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE STACK NEST CONTAINERs Integraâ&#x201E;˘ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the complete secure returnable packaging solution The Integra range has several design features, which dramatically improves productivity and reduce distribution costs in retail, wholesale and industrial applications. It is designed for both automated and manual handling. The containers secure the distribution of all sorts of valuable goods with an easy-to-attach security seal that guarantees that the container can not be opened without detection. When nested the .containers save up to 70% in return transport. The Integra containers are UN certified

Flat base Reinforced base Attached lid for security seals Detachable lid for security seals

Blue 626

A B C D

Orange 207 1325.830 Seal for Integra Classic, min. qty: 4000 pcs. 1826.830 Seal for Integra QSB, min. qty: 500 pcs.

INTEGRA CLASSIC Pallet unit

Colour

Volume/l

Weight/kg

Version

Internal/mm

External/mm

.Item No

Blue

1.6

A, C

x 237 x 235 328

x 300 x 250 400

1325.850

Blue

1.7

A, C

x 235 x 285 327

x 300 x 300 400

1325.851

Blue

3.0

A, C

x 344 x 235 529

x 400 x 250 600

1310.851

Blue

3.3

A, C

x 342 x 285 527

x 400 x 300 600

1311.851

Blue

3.6

A, C

x 341 x 335 526

x 400 x 350 600

1312.851

INTEGRA QSB

1826.100 (QSB M3) 300 x 200 x 120

280 x 156 x 112

A, D

0.8

4.8

Orange

384

1827.100 (QSB M4) 400 x 300 x 236

320 x 224 x 215

A, D

1.7

15.5

Orange

152

1828.100 (QSB M6) 600 x 400 x 325

460 x 320 x 293

A, D

3.6

Orange

172

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACK NEST CONTAINERs

STORAGE

Euro containers â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for logistical efficiency Our broad range of Euro containers offer many opportunities for efficient materials handling. The multitude of sizes and designs means that they can be tailored to the flow of goods in most situations. The design of the containers gives stability in transport, while their straight For a wider selec call 8 tion, 00-LO C8

sides and modular sizes simplify stacking and storage.

A Solid base and walls B Solid base and perforated walls C Perforated base and walls D Reinforced base E With handholes

Grey 502

Red 215

F Integrated label holder, one short side G Integrated label holder, one long and one short side H Lid with hooks I Attached lid for 87-series J Lid for 64-series Black 930

Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

Version

Weight/kg

Volume/l

Colour

Pallet unit

6496.760

200 x 150 x 145

160 x 110 x 140

0.3

Grey

224

8715.005

300 x 200 x 120

257 x 158 x 117

A, G

0.5

Grey

272

6487.760

300 x 200 x 145

260 x 155 x 142

0.5

Grey

112

8700.000

400 x 300 x 75

356 x 256 x 62

0.6

Grey

240

8701.005

400 x 300 x 120

365 x 265 x 115

A, G

0.7

Grey, red

2340.720

400 x 300 x 120

365 x 265 x 115

C, D

0.6

Grey

6468.001

400 x 300 x 145

355 x 255 x 142

0.9

Grey

8702.005

400 x 300 x 175

365 x 265 x 170

A, G

0.8

Grey

2341.720

400 x 300 x 175

365 x 265 x 165

C, D, E

0.7

Grey

6469.001

400 x 300 x 230

355 x 255 x 225

1.3

Grey

6469.760

400 x 300 x 230

355 x 255 x 225

A, E

1.3

Grey

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE STACK NEST CONTAINERs Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

Version

Weight/kg

Volume/l Colour

Pallet unit

8703.005

400 x 300 x 235 356 x 256 x 222

A, G

1.1

Grey

8703.720

400 x 300 x 235 356 x 256 x 222

C, E

0.9

Grey

2343.750

400 x 300 x 270 365 x 265 x 265

A, E

1.3

Grey

2343.720

400 x 300 x 270 365 x 265 x 255

C, D, E

1.1

Grey

2344.400

400 x 300 x 320 365 x 265 x 305

A, D, E

1.6

Grey, red

2344.720

400 x 300 x 320 365 x 265 x 305

C, D, E

1.2

Grey

6497.500

600 x 400 x 75 With fixed dividers

1.8

Grey

136

6497.000

600 x 400 x 75

555 x 355 x 70

1.1

Grey

136

6499.000

600 x 400 x 75

555 x 355 x 65

1.0

Grey

132

8707.005

600 x 400 x 75

556 x 356 x 62

A, F

1.2

Grey

136

6470.750

600 x 400 x 100

555 x 355 x 95

1.3

Grey

6471.750

600 x 400 x 100

555 x 355 x 90

1.1

Grey

8708.005

600 x 400 x 120 556 x 356 x 107

1.3

Grey, red

2361.720

600 x 400 x 120 560 x 360 x 108

C, D, E

1.1

Grey

6472.750

600 x 400 x 145 555 x 355 x 140

A, E

1.8

Grey

6474.750

600 x 400 x 145 555 x 355 x 140

C, E

1.5

Grey

8710.005

600 x 400 x 175 556 x 356 x 162

A, F

1.6

Grey 56

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACK NEST CONTAINERs Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

Version

Weight/kg

Volume/l Colour

2362.720

600 x 400 x 175

560 x 360 x 165

C, D, E

1.3

Grey

2362.750

600 x 400 x 175

560 x 360 x 170

A, E

1.7

Grey

6479.750

600 x 400 x 230

555 x 355 x 225

A, E

2.2

Grey, red

8711.005

600 x 400 x 235

556 x 356 x 222

A, F

1.9

Grey

8711.720

600 x 400 x 235

556 x 356 x 222

C, E

1.5

Grey

6476.750

600 x 400 x 280

555 x 355 x 275

A, E

2.7

Grey, red

6478.750

600 x 400 x 280

555 x 355 x 270

C, E

2.1

Grey

8712.005

600 x 400 x 320

556 x 356 x 307

A, F

2.6

Grey

8712.760

600 x 400 x 320

556 x 356 x 307

A, E, F

2.6

Grey, red

2367.720

600 x 400 x 320

560 x 360 x 310

C, D, E

2.4

Grey

3640.750

600 x 400 x 410

555 x 355 x 400

A, E

3.7

Grey

3640.720

600 x 400 x 410

555 x 355 x 400

C, E

2.8

Grey

8713.005

600 x 400 x 410

556 x 356 x 397

A, F

3.4

Grey

STORAGE

Pallet unit

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE STACK NEST CONTAINERs Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

Version

Weight/kg

Volume/l

Colour

Pallet unit

2368.750

600 x 400 x 440 560 x 360 x 420

A, D, E

3.7

Grey

2368.720

600 x 400 x 440 560 x 360 x 420

C, D, E

3.6

Grey

6488.005

800 x 400 x 200 760 x 360 x 196

A, F

2.7

Grey

6489.750

800 x 600 x 200 750 x 550 x 195

A, E

4.1

Grey

6491.750

800 x 600 x 300 750 x 550 x 290

A, E

4.5

123

Grey

6440.000

800 x 600 x 415

750 x 550 x 400

8.1

165

Grey

6440.750

800 x 600 x 415

750 x 550 x 400

A, E

8.1

165

Grey

8716.005

1000 x 400 x 214 947 x 350 x 210

A, F

3.4

Grey

LIDS

4160.820 Lid External 300 x 200 x 27 mm Weight 0.3 kg Colour Grey Carton unit 68

5787.820 Lid External 400 x 300 mm Weight 0.4 kg Colour Grey Version H, J Carton unit 36

8705.820 Lid External 400 x 300 x 26 mm Weight 0.4 kg Colour Grey Version I Carton unit 40

8705.821 Lid External 400 x 300 x 26 mm Weight 0.4 kg Colour Grey Version H, I Carton unit 40

5786.820 Lid External 600 x 400 mm Weight 0.8 kg Colour Grey Version H, J Carton unit 15

8714.820 Lid External 600 x 400 x 26 mm Weight 0.8 kg Colour Grey Carton unit 20

8714.821 Lid External 600 x 400 x 26 mm Weight 0.8 kg Colour Grey Version H, I Carton unit 20

2626.800 Lid External 800 x 600 mm Weight 2.6 kg Colour Black Carton unit 70

INSERT TRAYS

8717.005 Insert Tray, 176 x 92 x 56 mm 4591.000 Divider, 600 x 85 mm Weight 0.08 kg. Colour Grey Colour Grey Volume 0.7 l. Carton unit 60 Carton unit 100

4507.830 4508.830 4509.830

Insert Tray, 274 x 174 x 110 mm Weight 0.40 kg. Carton unit 24 Insert Tray, 174 x 137 x 110 mm Weight 0.25 kg. Carton unit 48 Insert Tray, 137 x 87 x 110 mm Weight 0.15 kg. Carton unit 96 Colour Grey

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Small Parts Storage & Bin Units

STORAGE

THE ORGANISER CARRY CASE Ideal for all yourD.I.Y. needs: nuts,bolts, fuses, screws etc

MSC18H

Complete with 18individual removable containers which have their own divider& belt clip

Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip

MSC18H MSC18H

Overall Size L x W x H mm 330 x 330 x 130

Weight kg 1.6

Model MSC18H

BIN STANDS & TROLLEYS Model GILR2Y is mobile on 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes Length of the hanging strip: 840mm Height between hanging strips: 130mm Ideal when small parts storage is anessential part of the day to day operations Fully assembled

Overall Size L x W x H mm Single Sided - Static 940 x 280 x 1150 Double Sided - Mobile 940 x 500 x 1250 Description

Wt kg 22 23

GILR1Z with additional bins

Model

GILR1Y with additional bins

GILR1Z GILR2Y Size 1322

MAXI BINS

Size 3730

Size 4145

Size 1012

All bins have slots for labels/barcodes Available in; Red, Green, Blue & Yellow please specify when orderingSize 1012 is available in Blue or Red only Overall Size W x D x H mm

Load Cap. kg

Volume Pack Litres Size Maxi Bins

100 x 125 x 60

2.3

0.4

GDM1012

100 x 175 x 85

4.5

0.75

GDM1017

135 x 225 x 125

2.1

185 x 300 x 145

4.25

185 x 450 x 145

370 x 300 x 145

410 x 450 x 215

Divider

To fit Bin:

Pack Size Dividers

1332

GDMDL1322

Side - Side

1830

GDMDL183

GDM1322

1845

GDMDL184

GDM1830

1830

GDMDF183

7.2

GDM1845

1845

GDMDF184

GDM3730

3730

GDMDF373

GDM4145

4145

GDMDF414

Model

Front - Back

Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE Storage Bin Racks MAGNA BIN RACKS These units come complete with Polypropylene bins These units incorporate a unique magneticstrip at the top of the unit which isideal for storing your tools

GIL16Z

No of Bins

Bin Quantity

Bins Sizes W x D x H mm

4 Small & 3 Large

12 Small & 4 Large

Small - 100 x 165 x 75 Large - 150 x 235 x 130

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

460 x 240 x 405

GIL07Z

640 x 250 x 560

GIL16Z

GIL07Z

Organise your small parts easily & efficiently BIN RACKS

BIN RACKS These units come complete with Polypropylene bins

This unit comes complete with 24 Polypropylene bins

No of Bins

Bins Size W x D x H mm

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

95 x 280 x 100

790 x 300 x 600

GIL24Z

LOUVRED PANEL WITH BINS

No of Bins 15 26

Bin Quantity

Bins Size W x D x H mm

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Small 540 x 255 x 405 100 x 165 x 75 Large 16 Small 900 x 305 x 765 & 10 Large 150 x 235 x 130 15 Small

Weight kg

Model

GIL15Z

GIL26Z

Manufactured from 2mm cold rolled Steel Louvres securely support the bins Complete with 15 Bins(5 Red, 5 Yellow &5 Blue) - 140L x105W x 75H mm Overall Size L x W x H mm 550 x 200 x 355

Weight kg 4

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model WMS09Z

Storage Bin Rack & Trolleys BIN RACK

STORAGE

BIN TROLLEY

This units comes complete with 47Polypropylene bins; 32 small & 15 large:Small Bins: 100W x 165D x 75H mmLarge Bins: 150W x 235D x 130H mm

This unit comes complete with 46 Polypropylene bins; 30 medium & 16 large: Medium Bins: 120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins: 150W x 240D x 120H mm Mobile on4 x 75m swivel castors,2 braked

GIL46Y GIL47Z

No of Bins

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

No of Bins

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

930 x 285 x 1150

GIL47Z

660 x 560 x 1120

GIL46Y

BIN TROLLEY These units come complete with Polypropylene bins.GIL60Y comes with 24 small bins, 20 medium bins& 16 large bins & the GIL90Y comes with 36 small bins,30 medium bins & 24 large bins

GIL60Y

Small Bins:90W x 135D x 50H mm Medium Bins:120W x 175D x 100H mm Large Bins:150W x 240D x 120H mm Mobile on 4 x 75mmswivel castors, 2 braked

No of Bins

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Weight kg

Model

660 x 570 x 1120

GIL60Y

660 x 570 x 13202

GIL90Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE PANEL TROLLEYS PANEL TROLLEYS Panel trolleys allow components & tools to be easily transported around the workplace The panels can be fitted into two positions - upright or at a slight incline to suit your requirement Available in 2 heights, all models are supplied with push/pull handle & 125mm castor set 2 fixed, 2 swivel brake

C A

4 x Perforated

Overall Size W x D x H mm 1000 x 650 x 1200

4 x Perforated 6 x Perforated

Panels

A B C D

Accessories

Model

Empty

10403033.11

1000 x 650 x 1200

40 piece Hook Kit

07002132.11

1000 x 650 x 1600

Empty

14026013.11

6 x Perforated

1000 x 650 x 1600

60 piece Hook Kit

07002134.11

4 x Louvred

1000 x 650 x 1200

Empty

14026022.11

4 x Louvred

1000 x 650 x 1200

108 piece Bin Kit

13031181.11

6 x Louvred

1000 x 650 x 1600

Empty

14026015.11

6 x Louvred

1000 x 650 x 1600

108 piece Bin Kit

14026017.11

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Storage Cabinets

STORAGE

Hook-on bins are manufactured from durable Polyethylene with moulded-in back hooks for secure hanging. Front edges are lowered for easy visibility & picking Complete withlabel holder

CABINET COMPLETE WITH HOOK-ON BINS 14Gauge Steel Fully welded Steel construction Flush style double doors 152mm base which raises the unit off the floor Complete with either 137 or 171 hook-on bins Description Cabinet c/w 137 Hook-on Bins Cabinet c/w 171 Hook-on Bins

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1219 x 610 x 1981

Sturdy 3-point locking handle with 2 keys

Weight kg

Model

236

JC482478-BDLP 137-3S-95

236

JC482478-BDLP 171-95

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE STACK NEST CONTAINERs Safe and secure transportation Pallet covers are available in two sizes, 1200 x 800 and 1200 x 1000 mm. They fit over the contents of a pallet to create a secure unit for either storage or distribution. The covers can be etched or marked with, for example, a company logo.

Q With grooves S With grooves and 4 straps T With raised safety corners U With raised safety corners and 4 straps

Black 900

Blue 626

Item No.

External/mm

Version

Weight/kg

Colour

Pallet unit

6015.830

1205 x 808 x 94

6.1

Black

6015.831

1205 x 808 x 94

6.1

Blue

6015.833

1205 x 808 x 94

6.1

Black

6018.820

1230 x 817 x 87

5.8

Black

6018.823

1230 x 817 x 87

7.5

Black

6017.830

1229 x 1030 x 84

7.2

Black

6017.833

1229 x 1030 x 84

7.2

Black

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACK NEST CONTAINERs

STORAGE

foldable small containers The design and construction of PreLog makes it Europeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s leading returnable container. PreLog is an efficient, hygienic distribution tool for either manual or automated handling. PreLog has a minimum of recesses outside and inside, making it easy to wash and keep clean. Smooth walls and base protect the contents, whilst perforated sides ensure a good air flow to promote produce freshness. The upper rim is manufactured by using gas-assisted injection moulding and designed with reinforcement ribs. This gives a rigid container with the lowest possible weight. A Solid base and walls C Perforated base and walls E With handholes F With frame grips G Integrated label holder, one long and one short side H Integrated labelholder on short side Green 481

Grey 515

Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

Version

3220.750 (43170 P) 400 x 300 x 170 366 x 266 x 151 C, E, H

Weight/kg Volume/l Colour 1.2

Green

Pallet unit 200

Capacity 12 kg. Max. stack load 250 kg (dynamic).

3225.750 (43235 P) 400 x 300 x 235 360 x 260 x 220

C, E

1.6

Green

144

Capacity 15 kg. Max. stack load 250 kg (dynamic).

3213.750 (64115 P) 600 x 400 x 115 566 x 366 x 101 C, E, H 1.6

21 Green 100

Capacity 15 kg. Max. stack load 250 kg (dynamic).

3218.750 (64165 P) 600 x 400 x 165 566 x 366 x 151 C, E, H 1.8

30 Green 100

Capacity 15 kg. Max. stack load 250 kg (dynamic).

3212.750 (64190 P) 600 x 400 x 190 566 x 366 x 176 C, E, H 1.9

36 Green 100

Capacity 20 kg. Max. stack load 250 kg (dynamic).

3211.750 (64235 P) 600 x 400 x 235 566 x 366 x 221 C, E, H 2.1

47 Green 100

Capacity 20 kg. Max. stack load 250 kg (dynamic).

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE STACK NEST CONTAINERs Magnumâ&#x201E;˘ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; foldable large containers Magnum is the complete returnable packaging system, which offers many advantages and gives significant cost savings over one trip alternatives. The containers also increases safety in transportation and provides for improved hygienic handling. The magnum containers are made of expanded PEHD or solid PP and 100% recyclable. When folded for storage or return transport they saves up to 60% of valuable space. The container can be supplied with access doors and with different pallet versions.

A Solid, flat base with drain holes B Solid base C Perforated base D Solid long side walls E Solid short side walls F Perforated long side walls G Perforated short side walls H Solid door short side wall I Solid door long side wall

J Solid door long side walls K Perforated door short side walls L Perforated door long side walls M No doors N 2 skids O 2 skids and feet P 9 feet Q Wheels

Green 481 Grey 502 Grey 540 Black 930

Item No. 2620.410 (SH 760 P)

External/mm 800 x 600 x 760

Internal/mm

Version

Weight/kg Volume/l Colour

750 x 550 x 620 C, F, G, K, L, N

250

Green

Max. load per container 150 kg. Stacking: Static 2 on 1. Dynamic 2 on 1.

2620.450 (SH 760 S)

800 x 600 x 760

750 x 550 x 620

B, D, E, H, I, N

250

Grey

Max. load per container 150 kg. Stacking: Static 2 on 1. Dynamic 2 on 1.

2620.460 (SH 780 SW) 800 x 600 x 780

750 x 550 x 620 B, D, E, H, I, N, Q

250

Grey

Max. load per container 150 kg. Stacking: Static 2 on 1. Dynamic 2 on 1.

2640.110 (SH 680 HD) 800 x 600 x 680

740 x 540 x 530

B, D, E, M, N

212

Grey 540

Max. load per container 700 kg. Stacking: Static 3 on 1. Dynamic 1 on 1.

2630.610 (SH 835 HD) 800 x 600 x 835

740 x 540 x 705

B, D, E, J, N

282

Grey 540

Max. load per container 700 kg. Stacking: Static 3 on 1. Dynamic 1 on 1.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACK NEST CONTAINERs

STORAGE

Big Boxâ&#x201E;˘ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; hygienic and stable Big Box has straight, smooth double-skinned walls which make them easy to stack. Our Big Box is designed with rounded rims and corners. This gives maximum load capacity and protection of the goods. Accessories include access doors, castor wheels, skids and lid as well as drainage plugs and taps. Perforated sides and base can also be specified.

A Solid base and walls C Perforated base and walls D 4 feet Grey 554

E 4 wheels F 3 skids G With door

Grey 502

Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

Version

Weight/kg

Volume/l

Colour

Pallet unit

4403.100

1200 x 800 x 760

1110 x 710 x 610

A, D

34.5

535

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 4500 kg (dynamic).

4403.105

1200 x 800 x 915

1110 x 710 x 610

A, E

47.0

535

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 500 kg (dynamic).

4403.150

1200 x 800 x 760

1110 x 710 x 610

A, D, G

34.5

535

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 500 kg (dynamic).

4403.300

1200 x 800 x 790

1110 x 710 x 610

A, F

41.0

535

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 4500 kg (dynamic).

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE STACK NEST CONTAINERs Item No. 4401.100

External/mm

Internal/mm

1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610

Version

Weight/kg

Volume/l

Colour

Pallet unit

A, D

39.5

670

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 4500 kg (dynamic).

4401.105

1200 x 1000 x 915 1110 x 910 x 610

A, E

44.0

670

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 500 kg (dynamic).

4401.150

1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 A, D, G

39.5

670

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 4500 kg (dynamic).

4401.300

1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610

A, F

45.5

670

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 4500 kg (dynamic).

4401.600

1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610

C, F

45.5

670

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 4500 kg (dynamic).

4401.400

1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610

C, D

38.5

670

Grey

Max. load per container 500 kg. Max. stack load 4500 kg (dynamic).

BIG BOX ACCESSORIES

BIG BOX LIDS

4409.820 Lid External 1200 x 800 mm Weight 6.5 kg Colour Grey Pallet unit 30

4410.820 Lid External 1200 x 1000 mm Weight 7.8 kg Colour Grey Pallet unit 30

A 192701000 Drain tap for 1” opening

A 192704000 Plug for 1” opening

A 192702000 Drain tap for 2” opening

A 192706000 Plug for 2” opening

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

PALLETS Item No. 1881.004 (BiPP 1210 MR+ 5R)

STORAGE

External/mm

Version

Weight/kg

Colour

Pallet unit

1200 x 1000 x 160

B, C, H

Black

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 750 kg.

2712.510 (BiPP 0890 MCD)

1200 x 800 x 140

A, C, L

9.4

Grey

Max. dynamic flat load 500 kg.

2714.510 (BiPP 0833 MCD)

1200 x 800 x 165

A, C, E

18.5

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 1000 kg.

BiPP HEAVY

1871.005 (BiPP 1140 HR 6R)

1140 x 1140 x 170

B, C, I

24.5

Black

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

1872.002 (BiPP 1208 HR 3R)

1200 x 800 x 160

B, C, E

15.5

Black

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 750 kg.

8550.200 (BiPP 1208 HR 3R II)

1200 x 800 x 191

B, C, E

Grey

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 1000 kg.

1923.002 (BiPP 1208 HR 3R III)

1200 x 800 x 160

B, C, E

15.5

Black

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 750 kg.

8550.200 (BiPP 1208 HR 3R II RG)

1200 x 800 x 191

B, C, E

Black

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1000 kg.

1873.002 (BiPP 1210 HR 3R)

1200 x 1000 x 165

B, C, E

20.5

Black

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

1921.002 (BiPP HI)

1200 x 800 x 160

B, C, E

Grey

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 800 kg. For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORAGE PALLETS A Closed deck B Open deck C Deck rim

BiPP HEAVY Item No. 8551.200 (BiPP 1210 HR 3R II)

E 3 skids F 4 skids H 5 skids

I 6 skids J 4 feet K 6 feet

Black 930/093 (recycled)

L 9 feet M Double feet N Nestable

Green 041

External/mvm

Version

Weight/kg

Colour

Pallet unit

1200 x 1000 x 191

B, C, E

Black

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

8551.200 (BiPP 1210 HR 3R II RG)

1200 x 1000 x 191

B, C, E

Grey

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

1873.005 (BiPP 1210 HR 6R)

1200 x 1000 x 165

B, C, I

21.0

Black

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

1875.005 (BiPP 1311 HR 6R)

1300 x 1100 x 165

B, C, I

23.5

Black

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

1876.002 (BiPP Europal 800)

1200 x 800 x 150

A, C, E

23.0

Black

23*

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 500 kg.

1887.002 (BiPP Recypal 1208 HR 3R)

1200 x 800 x 150

A, E

23.0

Black

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

1878.002 (BiPP Recypal 1210)

1200 x 1000 x 150

A, C, E

28.0

Black 23*

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

1879.005 (BiPP Recypal 1210 HR 5R)

1200 x 1000 x 165

A, C, H

Black

Max. dynamic load 2000 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

BiPP CLEANROOM 1907.102 (Trans BiPP 0833 C)

1200 x 800 x 160

A, C, E

17.6

Anthracite/Green reinforced skids

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

8634.100 (BiPP Everest 1208 HR 3R II) 1200 x 800 x 150 (handholes, lips, antislip)

A, C, E

Black

Max. dynamic load 1250 kg. Max. racking load 1000 kg.

1902.102 (Trans BiPP 1033 C)

* Stacked upside down

100

1200 x 1000 x 160

A, C, E

22.6

Anthracite/Green reinforced skids

Max. dynamic load 1500 kg. Max. racking load 1250 kg.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Grey 502

Grey 564

Modular Bins

STORAGE

Modular bins Bins with large inner volume for depths 300, 400, 500 and 600 mm. The easy-access open fronts may be fitted with transparent flaps. Convenient handgrips front and back. The sturdy profiled design allows stacking whenever needed. Material polypropylene. Red 215

Blue 624

p.q = pack quantity

Yellow 316 Item No. 9067.000

9068.000

Green 415 External mm

300 x 230 x 150

400 x 230 x 150

Volume l

Weight kg

8.0

0.5

11.0

0.6

Colour

Pallet unit

Red, blue, yellow 192

9067.300 Width-way divider (p.q 50) 9069.500 Length-way divider (p.q 50) 9067.400 Transparent flap (p.q 50) 9067.830 Label (p.q 100) 4534.835 Adhesive label 102 x 25 mm. (p.q 2000)

Red, blue, yellow 144

9067.300 Width-way divider (p.q 50) 9068.500 Length-way divider (p.q 50) 9067.400 Transparent flap (p.q 50) 9141.835 Adhesive label 70 x 24 mm (p.q 3600)

9069.005

500 x 230 x 150

14.0

0.8

Red, blue, yellow

9069.500 Width-way divider (p.q 50) 9067.300 Length-way divider (p.q 50) 9067.400 Transparent flap (p.q 50) 9067.830 Label (p.q 100) 4534.835 Adhesive label 102 x 25 mm. (p.q 2000)

9070.000

600 x 230 x 150

17.0

0.9

Red, blue, yellow

9067.300 Width-way divider (p.q 50) 9070.500 Length-way divider (p.q 50) 9067.400 Transparent flap (p.q 50) 9067.830 Label (p.q 100) 4534.835 Adhesive label 102 x 25 mm. (p.q 2000)

Storage bins Our spacious storage bins provide maximum strength and stability. They fit panels and rails with handgrips front and back. Optional flaps, dividers and labels. Material polypropylene. Some bins also available in conductive or recycled material.

Ergoget (p.q 20)

Carrybox with 9 bins 9075 (p.q 8)

Width-way divider Length-way divider Transparent flap

Colour

Label

Item No.

External mm Volume l Weight kg

Pallet unit

9076.000

96 x 105 x 45

0.2

0.04 Red, blue, yellow, green 1920

9075.000

170 x 105 x 75

1.0

0.1 Red, blue, yellow, green

640

9074.005

250 x 148 x 130

3.7

0.3 Red, blue, yellow, green

512

9073.005

350 x 206 x 150

8.8

0.5 Red, blue, yellow, green

160

9073.500 Divider (p.q 36) 9073.400 Transparent flap (p.q 72) 9073.830 Label (p.q 100)

9063.000

350 x 206 x 200 11.0

0.6

120

9063.400 Transparent flap (p.q 56) 9073.830 Label (p.q 100) 4534.835 Adhesive label 102 x 25 mm. (p.q 2000)

9071.000

500 x 310 x 200 25.0

1.2 Red, blue, yellow, green

9071.500 Divider (p.q 32) 9071.400 Transparent flap (p.q 70) 4534.835 Adhesive label (p.q 2200)

9072.000

500 x 310 x 250 33.0

1.6 Red, blue, yellow, green

9072.500 Divider (p.q 24) 9072.400 Transparent flap (p.q 50) 9072.830 Label (p.q 100) 9143.835 Adhesive label 190 x 30 mm. (p.q 900)

9050.000

370 x 175 x 300

9075.200

width 105

Red, blue, yellow

9075.400 Transparent flap (p.q 300) 9075.830 Label (p.q 100)

9074.400 Transparent flap (p.q 120) 9074.830 Label (p.q 100) 4534.835 Adhesive label 102 x 25 mm. (p.q 2000)

Grey with red bins

Grey

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

101

STORAGE Storage Trays Three ranges of storage trays

Our storage trays with a flat profile.

Our storage trays, available in three heights, are superior space savers for handling small parts, and excellent for shelves and paternoster systems. Fitted with labels and dividers these trays can easily be adapted to any shelf and storage system. Certain sizes are also available in conductive material, black (ESD) and recycled material (Grey 050). Red 215

Blue 624

91-SERIES

92-SERIES Item No.

Ext. mm

Vol. l W. kg Colour P.q

9221.760 500 x 115 x 62 2.3 0.3

Blue

520

9223.760 500 x 230 x 62 4.8 0.5

Blue

260

9231.760 600 x 115 x 62 2.9 0.4

Blue

390

9233.760 600 x 230 x 62 5.9 0.6

Blue

195

Item No.

Ext. mm

Vol. l W. kg Colour P.q

9101.760 300 x 115 x 100 2.4 0.3 Blue, red 560

9103.760 300 x 230 x 100 4.9 0.4 Blue, red 280

9111.765 400 x 115 x 100 3.4 0.3 Blue, red 480

9113.765 400 x 230 x 100 7.1 0.5 Blue, red 240 Divider 115 mm Transp. 660 9241.760 Divider 230 mm Transp. 330 9243.760

9121.765 500 x 115 x 100 4.4 0.4 Blue, red 320

Label w. protector 115 mm 9241.830 100 Label w. protector 230 mm 9243.830 100

9123.765 500 x 230 x 100 8.7 0.6 Blue, red 144

45-SERIES 4533.760 300 x 94 x 80 1.5 0.2

Blue

840

4531.760 300 x 188 x 80 3.1 0.3

Blue

420

4532.760 400 x 94 x 80 2.4 0.3

Blue

600

9131.765 600 x 115 x 100 5.2 0.5 Blue, red 320

9133.765 600 x 230 x 100 10.2 0.7 Blue, red 160

115 mm Transp. 480 9141.761 Divider Divider 230 mm Transp. 240 9143.761

4530.760 400 x 188 x 80 4.3 0.4

Blue

300

4537.760 500 x 94 x 80 3.0 0.3

Blue

480

4536.760 500 x 188 x 80 5.3 0.5

Blue

240

Divider 94 mm 4535.760

Blue

480

Divider 188 mm Blue 4534.760

500

Label w. protection 94 mm 4535.830

Blue

240

Label w. protection 188 mm Blue 4534.830

500

Label w. protector 115 mm 9141.830 500 Label w. protector 230 mm 9143.830 500 Adhesive label 70 x 24 mm 9141.835 3600 Adhesive label 190 x 30 mm 9143.835 900

Adhesive label 102 x 25 mm 4534.835 2200

102

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Storage Bins

STORAGE

System 9000â&#x201E;˘ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a complete storage system whithout limitations System 9000 is a complete storage system for efficient small parts handling in industry and trade. Based on a wide range of durable bins and storage trays, System 9000 provides outstanding versatility. The design of our bins and trays assures easy identification of and access to the contents, as well as full utilisation of space. The system also includes complete bin cabinets, racks, panels, trollies etc.

BIN CABINET with 80 storage trays 9221 and 44 storage trays 9223. Size 2000 x 980 x 500 mm. Pack quantity 1. Item No. 9008.832

BIN CABINET

Storage and modular bins with transparent front flaps.

with 16 storage trays 9111, 12 storage trays 9113 and 4 modular bins 9068. Size 1000 x 960 x 400. Pack quantity 1. Item No. 9041.831

Length and width way dividers.

Labels for identification on tray fronts and dividers.

BIN CABINET

with 48 storage trays 9111, 32

with 40 modular bins 9068.

with 72 storage bins 9074.

storage trays 9113.

Size 2000 x 980 x 400 mm.

Size 2000 x 950 x 250 mm.

Size 2000 x 980 x 400 mm.

Also available in depth

Pack quantity 4.

Also available in depth

500 mm. Optional.

Item No. 9006.830

500 mm. Optional.

Pack quantity 1.

Item No. 9007.830

Item No. 9007.831

The shelf supports the back edge of the tray for easier picking.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

103

STORAGE Anti Static Containers Products in conductive material - for the electronic industry The electronic industry demands precision and cleanliness. The ideal solution is to deliver components directly from the supplier to the clean production area, without unpacking. The containers have to be made from approved conductive material. Schoeller Arca Systems supplies a range of selection of containers, pallets, storage bins and trays in antistatic material.

A Solid base and walls H Lid with hooks J Lid for 64-series

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Black 920

Item No.

External/mm

Internal/mm

Version Weight/kg Volume/l

Colour

Pallet unit

6487.900

300 x 200 x 145

260 x 155 x 142

0.5

Black

112

6468.900

400 x 300 x 145 355 x 255 x 142

0.9

Black

6469.900

400 x 300 x 230 355 x 255 x 225

1.3

Black

6470.900

600 x 400 x 100

555 x 355 x 95

1.3

Black

6472.900

600 x 400 x 145 555 x 355 x 140

1.8

Black

6479.900

600 x 400 x 230 555 x 355 x 225

2.2

Black

6476.900

600 x 400 x 280 555 x 355 x 275

2.7

Black

LIDS

5787.920 External Weight Colour Version Carton unit

104

Lid 400 x 300 mm 0.4 kg Black H, J 36

5786.920 External Weight Colour Version Carton unit

Lid 600 x 400 mm 0.8 kg Black H, J 15

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

4591.900 External Weight Colour Carton unit

Divider 600 x 85 mm 0.4 kg Black 100

freestanding Panel Racks

STORAGE

PERFO WALL Perfo Wall is a freestanding tool storage system utilising upright members to provide support to standard Perfo Panels Perfo Wall makes an ideal workshop divider Start with an initial bay then add any amount of additional bays to form your custom layout Please note: All bays should be firmly fixed to the floor using the footplates supplied Economical workshop divider wall Freestanding, no additional support required Single or double sided 90oturns possible in any direction T & + junctions can be achieved from standard bays Simple design allows quick & easy assembly - full instructions are supplied Available in 500mm & 1000mm widths, all models 1850mm high Tool holding accessories are not supplied, see page 157 for details Width mm 500

Rack Type Single sided

Bay Type Starter

500

Double sided

Starter

140 35 020.11

500

Single sided

Additional

140 35 027.11

Model 140 35 019.11

500

Double sided

Additional

140 35 028.11

1000

Single sided

Starter

140 35 043.11

1000

Double sided

Starter

140 35 044.11

1000

Single sided

Additional

140 35 051.11

1000

Double sided

Additional

140 35 052.11

LOUVRED PANEL PACK These louvre panel racks are designed tobe totally stable when fixed to the floor The sturdy endplates ensure that the louvred panels & bins are supported to take the heaviest of loads Single & double versions available Can be used as independent bays, or built into longer runs Supplied flat packed with detailed assembly instructions Perfect for use where wall space is limited Ideal partitioning for manufacturing cells Available as a starter bay or additional bays Please note, for maximum stability & safety all units must be firmly fixed to the floor The storage rack is shown fully kitted outwith Plastic storage bins The Plastic bin kit represents the bins requiredto fit out a single side of the storage rack.It contains 32 No. 2 bins, 36 No. 3 bins,8 No. 4 bins, colours as shown Bins Sizes No 2 - 103W x 165D x 83H mm No 3 - 148W x 240D x 128H mm No 4 - 209W x 356D x 164H mm

Single

Starter

Overall Size W x D mm 1015 x 455

Single

Additional

1013 x 455

121 02 093.11

Double

Starter

1015 x 905

121 02 094.11

Double

Additional

1013 x 905

121 02 095.11

Rack Type

Bay Type

Plastic Bin Kit

Model 121 02 092.11

13031145

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

105

STORAGE ROLL CAGES & RETENTION UNITS XtraWall™ heavy-duty double-sided panel systems are designed to hold a large amount of tools and parts, using a fraction of the wall space normally required. These turnkey systems offer dense tool storage on minimal wall surface by expanding the pegboard storage surface when wall space is at a premium. Each unit comes with 1/4” perforated and tempered pegboard that attaches to a heavyduty powder coated steel frame system. (Model W1- D uses 1/4” durable polypropylene pegboard for heavy power and hand tools or large items.) Steel pivot wall brackets can be mounted to cement block or wood stud walls. Wood stud installation will require 2” x 6” headers (not provided). Wall mounting bracket and hardware are included (requires assembly). For best holding results on XtraWall™ swing panels, use DuraHook™ 70000 series locking hooks. B1/B1-2 1 or 2 - 24” x 48” Panels (Assembly Required)

P/N

Finished Size

Load Rating

16 sq. ft.

33”

24” W x 48” H

275 lbs.

B1- 2

32 sq. ft.

33”

(2) 24” W x 48” H

275 lbs. ea.

32 sq. ft.

56”

48” W x 48” H

475 lbs.

48 sq. ft.

56”

48” W x 72” H

575 lbs.

W1- D

48 sq. ft.

56”

48” W x 72” H

575 lbs.

No. of Panels Total Surface Area Swing Radius

MagClip™ magnetic storage products are the ideal solution for storing long and short sockets of all sizes (standard and metric) and hand tools, using magnetic technology to keep all items in place. These strong, commercial grade magnetic storage products hold sockets and tools tight without magnetizing them. They stay put in a tool chest drawer or expand your storage space by mounting vertically on the outside of a tool chest, steel cabinet workbench. Power Mat™(s) are for

Mag-Clip • Will not magnetize sockets • Securely holds shallow or deep, standard or metric sockets on any smooth metal surface

• Magnets retain strength permanently • Grease, oil and chemical resistant • Tough polymer base • Rust resistant

P/N

72401 2 1/4” x 9” Mag-Clip Strip

72402

Description

interchangeable Power Pegs for socket storage, or to keep hand tools in place, even when opening and closing tool chest drawers. Mag Mounts lock onto any 1/4” or 1/8” pegboard to hold hard to store tools.

Color Drive Sz.

2” x 15 5/8” Mag-Clip Strip

72403 1 7/8” x 16 5/8” Mag-Clip Strip

Red

1/4”

Red

3/8”

Red

1/2”

POWER MAT

72405

• Use with Power Pegs (sold separately) in any combination • of 3 drive sizes – 1/4”, 3/8”, or 1/2” – to customize your workspace.

Mag-Clip Strips with INTERCHANGEABLE PEGS P/N

• Place in drawers to

Color

D rive Sz.

72400 1 7/8” x 16 5/8” Mag-Clip Strip

Red

1/4”

72404 1 7/8” x 16 5/8” Mag-Clip Strip

Red

3/8”

72405 1 7/8” x 16 5/8” Mag-Clip Strip

Red

1/2”

Description

organize sockets or store a variety • of hand tools.

72401 72402 72403 P/N

Includes 10 interchangeable Power Pegs - use any combination in 3 drive sizes to customize your work space!

Power Pegs P/N

Description

Drive Sz.

72441 Power Pegs - Pk. of 10 1/4” 72442 Power Pegs - Pk. of 10 3 /8”

72426• Flexible design allows the • Power Mat to be used Color • almost anywhere!

Description

72424 12 1/8” x 10 1/4” 2-Panel Mat

Black

72425 18 3/8” x 10 1/4” 3-Panel Mat

Black

72426 18 3/8” x 10 1/4” 3-Panel Mat

Black

(Includes 84 Asst. Power Pegs)

72443 Power Pegs - Pk. of 10 1/2”

Mag-Clip Strip UNIVERSAL MAGNETIC TOOL HOLDER

Mag Mounts

Holds screwdrivers, pliers and other Color tools while keeping P/N Description them right at your 72453 Mag Mounts - 3 pcs. per pk. Black fingertips!

P/N Description

Color

72460 1 7/8” x 16 5/8” Magnetic Tool Holder

106

Socket Caddy

Interchangeable steel posts in 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” drive sizes – use with power mat, socket caddy and mag-clip strip for the ultimate tool storage system!

Black

72455

Mag Mounts - 5 pcs. per pk. Black

Magnetic tool storage mounting system for use with 1/4” or 1/8” pegboard. Holds tool securely without the use of hooks or bars.

P/N

Description

Color

Drive Sz.

72421 6 1/8” x 10 1/4” Socket Caddy R ed 72422 6 1/8” x 10 1/4” Socket Caddy R ed 72423 6 1/8” x 10 1/4” Socket Caddy R ed

72453

Customize the storage of some of the messiest areas of the average tool box... the socket drawer. Made of high impact plastic magnetic grid, this Socket Caddy includes 28 interchangeable Power Pegs. (Additional Power Pegs in 3 drives sizes sold separately.)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

1/4” 3/8” 1/2”

ROLL CAGES & RETENTION UNITS

STORAGE

Material Handling and Storage Solutions For Insdustry SECURE, DURABLE, DEPENDABLE! Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Think Outside the Toolbox...

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

107

STORAGE Dura Hook DuraBoard is a heavy-duty white polypropylene pegboard. 4 times greater holding power over traditional pegboard. Durable, weather resistant and washable. Available in 2’ x 4’ and 4’ x 8 ’ sheets. Full 1/4” thick for maximum holding capacity.

DURABOARD

P/N 73210

Spring Clip - Standard P/N 76528

Double Closed End Loop P/N 76342

Spring Clip /Spray Can Holder P/N 71613

Single Rod

DuraBoard

Accommodates entire line of 70000 series DuraHook™ locking pegboard hooks and 1/4” standard pegboard hooks. Mount with 70015 Spacer Kit (page 4).

P/N

Description

Color

Qty./Pk.

DB-2

White

16’ sq. ft.

1” o.c.

DB-4

(4) 24” x 48” x 1/4” DuraBoards

White

32’ sq. ft.

9 /32”

1” o.c.

DB-96

(1) 48” x 96” x 1/4” DuraBoards

White

32’ sq. ft.

9 /32”

1” o.c.

CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE

DuraBoard KITS P/N

Hole Spacing

Hole Size 9 /32”

Total Sq. Ft.

(2) 24” x 48” x 1/4” DuraBoards

Description

Storage

THE TOTAL STORAGE SOLUTION... Asst. Hooks & BinClips

Plastic Hanging Bins

P/N 70015 Spacer Kits

DB-2 Kit

(2) 24” x 48” x 1/4” DuraBoards

16 Sq. Ft.

DB-4 Kit

(4) 24” x 48” x 1/4” DuraBoards

32 Sq. Ft.

An assortment of DuraHook™ locking pegboard hooks, plastic hanging bin system, wall mounting hardware and Tempered Wood COMMERCIAL PEGBOARD spacer system. Tempered hardwood 1/4” commercial grade pegboard P/N Description Storage will not fray or dry out like standard paper based pegboard. TPB-2 (2) 24” x 48” x 1/4” Heavy Duty Tempered Pegboard 16 sq. Ft. Holds 2 times the weight of standard pegboard and is comTPB-4 (4) 24” x 48” x 1/4” Heavy Duty Tempered Pegboard 32 sq. Ft. patible with all DuraHook™ products.

* CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE IN QUANTITY*

108

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Dura Hook Board surface is ideal for creating silhouettes of tools to be stored and managed. For a better way to install, DuraHook™ pegboard spacer kits eliminate framing hassles and expense. Suitable for cold and food environments. Ideal for DuraHook pegboard hook and standard pegboard hooks.

STORAGE

Spacer System For Pegboard, Plywood & Duraboard ™

WALL MOUNT SPACER KIT totally eliminates framing hassles and expense, requiring no special tools. Includes 15 pieces of each: #12, 2” length wood screws, plastic wall anchors and 3/8” steel wall spacers.

Double Closed End Loop

P/N

Creates Space

Spacer Diameter

3/8” 1 3 /16” 70015

Qty. / Pack 15 Sets

BINKIT “The first complete hanging bin systems that enable users to store small tools and loose parts on any 1/8” or 1/4” pegboard.”

P/N BK-210

P/N BK-220

P/N BK-235

P/N

BK-210

5 3 /8” L x 4 1/8” W x 3” H

Size of Bins

Yellow

Color

Pkg. Qty. 24

Qty. of BinClips 24

Divider P/N 4-210

BK-220

7 3 /8” L x 4 1/8” W x 3” H

Yellow

4-220

BK-235

10 7/8 ” L x 11” W x 5” H

Yellow

4-235

DBC-4

DuraBoard

XTRA WALL™ SWING PANEL WALL STORAGE SYSTEM

TOOL CART with TRAY W1-D

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

109

STORAGE LOCBOARD LocBoard “A heavy-duty steel pegboard system with square holes!” • Offering heavy-duty storage solutions that will

always ensure the ultimate in holding strength.

• All steel boxed construction with hidden • mounting flanges. • Highest industry load ratings.

• Surface of board is ideal for silhouetting • of tools and other stored items. • Boards can be securely mounted • horizontally or vertically. • Mounting hardware is hidden from sight • for a clean, durable appearance. • Attaches to walls, benches, tool carts, • wire cages and other vertical surfaces. • Accommodates all 50000 series Loc Hooks. • Epoxy powder coated finish. • 3 board sizes to choose from.

2 & 4 POINT CONTACT

P/N 55230

LocHook Curved Hook P/N 56660

LocHook Multi-Prong Tool Holder P/N 53130

LocHook Extended Spring Clip P/N 56528

P/N 57500

LocBoard LocHook BinClip™

LocHook Double Closed End Loop

LB2-W

LocBoard

LB18-W

The steel pegboard with square holes. Use in conjunction with 50000 series LocHook™

P/N

LB1-W

Description (2) 24” x 24” x 9/16” LocBoards

TOOL CARTS with TRAY (LBC-4 & LBC-18 Featured on

LB1-W

Finish

Total Sq. Ft.

Gauge

Load Rating

White Epoxy

8’ sq. ft.

18 ga.

300 lbs. Each

LB2-W

(2) 24” x 42 1/2” x 9/16” LocBoards

White Epoxy

14.1” sq. ft.

18 ga.

400 lbs. Each

LB18-W

(2) 18” x 36” x 9 /16” LocBoards

White Epoxy

9’ sq. ft.

18 ga.

350 lbs. Each

LB-MHK 12 pc. Mounting Hardware Kit for LB1-W, LB2-W and LB18-W

LocBoard KIT A COMPLETE STORAGE SOLUTION...

P/N LB18-CK

Description (2) 18” x 36” x 9 /16” LocBoards

Storage

Asst. Hooks & BinClips

Plastic Hanging Bins

9 Sq. Ft.

LB-MHK Mounting Kit 1

** LocBoard load ratings are based on proper mounting to solid concrete wall systems.

110

Includes an assortment of LocHook™ locking hooks for steel pegboard with square holes, plastic hanging bin system and mounting hardware.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

LOCHOOK

“Designed to meet the toughest commercial and industrial applications when combined with LocBoard”

LOCHOOK

• Special LocScrews hold hooks securely in place

• Patented 2 and 4 point contacts attach

horizontally and vertically while preventing any accidental removal. • Heavy-duty steel construction, zinc plated with chromate dip to offer years of secure holding power. • Use with LocBoard™ steel pegboards with square holes.

to LocBoard™ for metal to metal holding confidence. • Hooks can be mounted vertically or horizontally and can be combined with other hook styles to create custom storage solutions for virtually any tool shape or weight.

LocHook Pegboard Shelf

LocHook Single Rod

LocHook Double Rod

Length Material

Degree/ Height/Bend

P/N

Description

“A”

Bend “B”

51013

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1/2”

51110

Single Rod (Straight)

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1 1/2”

51113

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1”

51119

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

Qty.

Per Pack

Per Case

“E”

3 /4”

3 /16”

N/A

25 Pk.

3 /16”

N/A

25 Pk.

1/2”

3 /16”

N/A

25 Pk.

1”

5 /8”

3 /16”

N/A

25 Pk.

51219

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

2”

5 /8”

3 /16”

N/A

25 Pk.

51310

Single Rod (Straight)

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

3”

3 /16”

N/A

25 Pk.

51323

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

3”

1/2”

1/4”

N/A

25 Pk.

51413

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

4”

1/2”

3 /16”

N/A

25 Pk.

51629

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

6”

3 /4”

1/4”

N/A

25 Pk.

51813

Single Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

8”

1/2”

1/4”

N/A

25 Pk.

52113

Double Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1”

1/2”

3 /16”

1 11/32”

25 Pk.

52119

Double Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1”

3 /4”

3 /16”

1 11/32”

25 Pk.

52213

Double Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

2”

1/2”

3 /16”

1 11/32”

25 Pk.

52313

Double Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

3”

1/2”

3 /16”

1 11/32”

25 Pk.

52319

Double Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

3”

3 /4”

3 /16”

1 11/32”

25 Pk.

52419

Double Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

4”

3 /4”

1/4”

1 5 /8”

25 Pk.

52628

Double Rod

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

5 3 /4”

3 /4”

1/4”

1 5 /8”

25 Pk.

P/N

Description

Material

Hold

Projection

53105 Spring Clip - Extended

Zinc Plated / Chromate Dipped Steel

7/8”

53107

Spring Clip - Extended

Zinc Plated / Chromate Dipped Steel

2 ”

53120

Spring Clip - Extended

Zinc Plated / Chromate Dipped Steel

53130

Spring Clip Extended /

Range

Qty.

Per Pack

Per Case

1 /4” - 1/2” 3 /4” - 1 1/4” 3 /4” 1” - 2”

25 Pk.

Spray Can Holder

Zinc Plated / Chromate Dipped Steel

3 3 /4”

1 1/2” - 2 3 /4”

25 Pk.

53205

Spring Clip - Standard

Zinc Plated / Chromate Dipped Stee

1 1/4”

1/4” - 1/2”

25 Pk.

53210

Spring Clip - Standard

Zinc Plated / Chromate Dipped Stee

1 1/2”

1/2” - 1”

25 Pk.

P/N

Description

Length

Material

Rod Thickness Inside Dia.

“A”

“D”

“E”

3 /16”

Qty.

Per Pack

Per Case

54105

Single Ring Tool Holder

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1 1/8”

1/2”

25 Pk.

54110

Single Ring Tool Holder

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1 5 /8”

3 /16”

1”

25 Pk.

54117

Single Ring Tool Holder

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

2 1/2”

3 /16”

1 3 /4”

25 Pk.

55200

Curved Hook

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

2 1/4”

3 /16”

2”

25 Pk.

55230

Curved Hook

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

3 3 /4”

1/4”

3 3/32”

25 Pk.

56201

Closed Hammer / Pliers Holder

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1 3 /8”

3 /16”

1 3 /4”

25 Pk.

LocHook Multi-Ring Tool Holder

P/N

Description

Material

I.D.

Load

Depth

Width

Rating

Rod Thickness

Inside Dia.

Qty.

“D”

“E”

Per Pack

Per Case

56186

LocBoard Shelf

Gray Epoxy Powder Coated

6 1/2”

1 8”

7/16” & 13 /16”

1 Unit

6 Units

56660

Multi-Prong Tool Holder

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1 13 /32”

9”

3 /16”

3 /4”

50 Pk.

56666

Multi-Ring Tool Holder

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

1 5/8”

9”

3 /16”

3/4”

25 Pk.

57500

BinClip™

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

Rated 100 lbs.

5 50 Pk.

NOTE: BinClips accommodate all types of bins designed for hanging systems and are compatible with ALL steel LocBoard.

P/N

Length

Description

Material

“A”

Degree/

Height/

Bend “B”

Bend “C”

Rod Thickness

I nside Dia.

“D”

“E”

Qty.

Per Pack

Per Case

56528

Double Closed End Loop

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

5”

2”

3 /16”

2 3/4”

25 Pk.

56828

Double Closed End Loop

Bright Zinc Plated Steel

8”

2”

3 /16”

2 3/4”

25 Pk.

LocHook Assortment Kits

LocHook Extended Spring Clip

Inside Dia.

“D”

LocHook Curved Hook

LocHook Standard Spring Clip

Rod Thickness

“C”

LocHook Double Closed End Loop

STORAGE

Dimension Reference “A”

P/N

Description

LH1-Kit

46 Pc. LocHook Assortment

LH2-Kit

63 Pc. LocHook Assortment

LH3-Kit

28 Pc. LocHook Assortment and 2 Plastic Hanging Bins

“E” “C”

Qty.

“B”

“D”

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

“A” “E” “E”

111

STORAGE LocBoard™ Stainless Steel LocBoard

“The ultimate commercial pegboard wall storage system that ensures maximum ” holding strength, even in extreme temperatures!

• Constructed of 304 brushed stainless steel with square holes that accommodate stainless steel LocHook™(s). • Perfect storage solution for sterile or harsh environments in health, medical, food, marine industry and commercial applications. • Sturdy mounting flanges make it easy to attach LocBoard™(s) to almost any wall or other vertical surface. • Box construction eliminates the need for spacers between board and wall.

• Stainless steel LocBoard™(s) have a lifetime warranty and will not rust or corrode in extreme hot or cold temperatures. • Includes stainless steel mounting screws that will be hidden from sight after installation, providing a clean and attractive appearance. • Commercial construction allows for years of heavy duty use, while maintaining a shiny, polished surface.

P/N

Description

LB-18S

(2) 18” x 36” x 1/2” 304 Stainless Steel LocBoard w/Wall Mounting Hardware

LB18S-KIT Stainless Steel Kit with 32 LocHook Assortment & 3 Plastic Bins

66186

Total Sq. Ft.

Gauge

Load Rating

9 sq. ft.

18 ga.

800 lbs.

9 sq. ft.

18 ga.

800 lbs.

N/A

18 ga.

100 lbs.

(1) 18” x 6 1/2” Stainless Steel LocBoard Shelf

STAINLESS STEEL LOCBOARD SHELF PROVIDES A SECURE LOCKING STORAGE SHELF SOLUTION... Designed for use with stainless steel LocBoard™(s) to offer a flat surface storage shelf with a front lip, ideal for keeping bottles, cans, instruments, etc. in place. Patented 4 point locking system holds the shelf securely fastened, making it ideal for most commercial applications. Also compatible with Triton stainless steel mobile tool carts. Lifetime warranty.

“Stainless steel LocHook™ industrial strength hooks offer the ultimate building block for secure organization and storage.”

Stainless Steel Lochook • Patented stainless steel LocHook™(s), with 2 and 4 point interlocking tabs attach vertically or horizontally, locking to stainless steel LocBoard™ with stainless metal screws. Repositioning hooks will not damage the board. • LocHooks are offered in unique styles, including extended and standard spring clips, and Bin Clip™(s) to mount plastic hanging bins. • Heavy-duty boxed stainless steel construction offers years of dependable holding power - especially for heavy or oddshaped items.

• Stainless steel LocHook™(s) used with stainless steel LocBoard™(s) provide a stainless storage solution, ideal for medical, health care, restaurant, food, marine and commercial applications. Made from 304 brushed stainless steel. • Lifetime warranty - won’t rust or corrode, even in extreme temperatures.

Multi-Prong Tool Holder

Single Rod Hook

Standard Spring Clip

Multi-Ring Tool Holder Curved Hook

Extended Spring Hook

Double Rod Hook

Hold

Qty.

Projection

Range

Per Pack

Per Case

Stainless Steel Spring Clip - Extended

7/8”

3 /4” - 1 1/4”

50 Pk.

Stainless Steel Spring Clip - Extended

2 ”

1” - 2”

50 Pk.

2 3 /4”

1/4” - 1/2”

50 Pk.

Length

Degree/

Height/

Rod Thickness

Inside Dia.

Qty.

P/N

Description

“A”

Bend “B”

Bend ”C”

“D”

“E”

Per Pack

Per Case

61113

Stainless Steel Single Rod Hook

1”

1/2”

3 /16”

N/A

50 Pk.

61323

Stainless Steel Single Rod Hook

3”

1/2”

1/4”

N/A

50 Pk.

61629

Stainless Steel Single Rod Hook

6”

3 /4”

1/4”

N/A

50 Pk.

4”

3 /4”

1/4”

1 5 /8”

50 Pk.

2 1/4”

N/A

3 /16”

2”

50 Pk.

Inside Dia.

Qty.

62419

Stainless Steel Double Rod Hook

65200

Stainless Steel Curved Hook

P/N

Description

63107

63120

63205

Spring Clip - Standard

P/N

Description

66660

Stainless Steel Multi-Prong Tool Holder

66661

Projection

Width

Degree/

Height/

Bend “B”

Bend ”C”

“E”

Per Pack

Per Case

3 /8”

13 /32”, 3/4”

50 Pk.

1 13 /32” 8 5 /32” 30 1 7/8”

Stainless Steel Multi-Ring Tool Holder

9”

N/A

3 /4”

N/A

50 Pk.

P/N

Description

67500

Stainless Steel BinClip Hanging Bin Holder

Qty.

Projection

Height

Per Pack

Per Case

3 /8”

2 1/2”

50 Pk.

P/N

LB-MHKS Stainless Steel LocBoard Mounting Hardware Kit

Description

Dimension Reference “A”

“E” “C”

“B”

“A”

Stainless Steel

“E”

“D”

“E”

LocBoard TOOL CARTS with TRAY

**LocBoard load ratings are based on proper mounting to solid concrete wall systems.

112

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Use stainless steel BinClips to mount LocBins onto stainless steel LocBoards.

LOCBIN

STORAGE

“The first hanging and stacking bins that interlock using a patented dual channel system!

LocBin • Channeling system allows users to stack and lock bins together or connect and hang bins one below the other using the Triton wall hanger system (5-600). • Interlocking feature guarantees bins will not collapse, cave in or topple into one another, spilling or mixing contents. • Anti-slide stops in the channels ensure stacked or hanging interlocking bins will not slide out from the front. • Durable, water repellent LocBin™(s) are available in red, yellow or blue high density polypropylene, in a variety of sizes. Suitable storage for corrosive environments. • Unique nesting feature allows bins to be stacked, maximizing counter and wall space.

• Sloped front allows for trouble-free removal of stored items. • Extra deep groove system accepts bin dividers and keeps them in place. • Built-in rear-hanging tab enables bins to be mounted on pegboard with Triton wall hangers, louvered panels, hanging rails, or bin cabinets. BinClip™(s) can also be used to attach LocBins securely to pegboard. • LocBins are easily transportable in the stacked, interlocked position. • Front of each bin is molded to hold a storage identification label (included).

3-235Y and 3-235B LocBins being interlocked.

“Their uses are endless!!”

3-235Y LocBins stacked and interlocked, sitting on a sloped surface.

3-235Y and 3-235B LocBins, interlocked and hung on wall with 5-600 wall hanger.

Model

No.

Description

Material

Outside Dimensions

Inside Dimensions

Load

Divider

Qty.

L x W x H

Capacity

Slot Qty.

Per Case

3-210Y

Yellow LocBin High Density Polypropylene

5 3/8” x 4 1/8” x 3”

4 3/4” x 3 9/16” x 2 13 /16”

12 lbs.

3-210B

Blue LocBin

High Density Polypropylene

5 3/8” x 4 1/8” x 3”

4 3/4” x 3 9/16” x 2 13 /16”

12 lbs.

3-210R

Red LocBin

High Density Polypropylene

5 3/8” x 4 1/8” x 3”

4 3/4” x 3 9/16” x 2 13 /16”

12 lbs.

3-220Y

Yellow LocBin High Density Polypropylene

7 3/8” x 4 1/8” x 3”

6 3/4” x 3 9/16” x 2 13 /16”

12 lbs.

3-220B

Blue LocBin

High Density Polypropylene

7 3/8” x 4 1/8” x 3”

6 3/4” x 3 9/16” x 2 13 /16”

12 lbs.

3-220R

Red LocBin

High Density Polypropylene

7 3/8” x 4 1/8” x 3”

6 3/4” x 3 9/16” x 2 13 /16”

12 lbs.

3-235Y

Yellow LocBin High Density Polypropylene

10 7/8” x 11” x 5”

10 1/4” x 10 1/8” x 4 3/4”

55 lbs.

3-235B

Blue LocBin

High Density Polypropylene

10 7/8” x 11” x 5”

10 1/4” x 10 1/8” x 4 3/4”

55 lbs.

High Density Polypropylene

3-235R

Red LocBin

10 7/8” x 11” x 5”

10 1/4” x 10 1/8” x 4 3/4”

55 lbs.

3-240Y

Yellow LocBin High Density Polypropylene

14 3/4” x 8 1/4” x 7”

14” x 6 11/16” x 6 3/4”

65 lbs.

3-240B

Blue LocBin

High Density Polypropylene

14 3/4” x 8 1/4” x 7”

14” x 6 11/16” x 6 3/4”

65 lbs.

3-240R

Red LocBin

High Density Polypropylene

14 3/4” x 8 1/4” x 7”

14” x 6 11/16” x 6 3/4”

65 lbs.

Model

No.

Description

Material

4-210

Black LocBin Divider for 3-210 LocBin

ABS Thermoplastic

Load

Qty.

Capacity

Per Pk.

Per Case

N/A

4-220

Black LocBin Divider for 3-220 LocBin

ABS Thermoplastic

N/A

4-235

Black LocBin Divider for 3-235 LocBin

ABS Thermoplastic

N/A

4-240

Black LocBin Divider for 3-240 LocBin

ABS Thermoplastic

N/A

5-600

Black LocBin Wall Hangers

ABS Thermoplastic

3-210Y LocBins stacked and interlocked, with identification labels added.

3-220R LocBins with 4-220 divider.

Triton offers the ONLY wall hangers that hold multiple bins!

NOTE: 5-600 Wall Hangers hang (4) 3-210 & 3-220 or (2) 3-235

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

3-210R and 3-235R LocBins mounted to wall with 5-600 wall hangers... with space left for attaching additional bins!

3-210Y LocBins, nested and interlocked.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

113

STORAGE Mobile Tool Carts “A flexible and secure storage solution that enhances maintenance operations, service performance • Dual-sided storage allows users to efficiently organize, and aids in plant-wide standardization.” manage and store precision tools, hand tools, equipment and

Mobile Tool Carts

small parts without clutter. • Tools and equipment can be transported virtually anywhere within a plant or service environment; a secure locking system ensures items stay in place. • Pull handle and durable neoprene casters (2 fixed and 2 swivel locking) make it easy to roll the mobile tool carts anywhere across flat surfaces. • Fully visible storage system improves tool accountability and proper • tool usage while increasing overall performance. • Narrow base allows the user to transport tools around tight corners and through narrow door openings.

• Items can be secured on the tool cart with Triton’s patented locking DuraHook™(s) for DBC-4 or LocHook™(s) with 2 and 4 point contact locking features for LBC LocBoard™ tool carts. • Cart frames are made of extra heavy-duty 10 gauge aluminum and equipped with a sturdy aluminum bottom tray for tool boxes, paint cans, lumber and large items. • Highest load rating in the industry!

LBC-4

LocBoard

DBC-4

TOOL CARTS with TRAY Equipped with heavy-duty, epoxy powdercoated steel LocBoards with square holes, the LBC-4 tool cart is load rated at 850 lbs., has a total of 28.3 sq. ft. of storage surface and 8 sq. ft. of space on the tray located at the bottom of the cart!

LBC-18

The LBC-18 has a load rating of 800 lbs., a total storage surface of 18 sq. ft., 4.9 sq. ft. of bottom tray storage, plus an additional top storage tray. 5000 Series LocHooks, with 2 and 4 point contact locking features (see page 6), securely hold all types of tools and equipment in place and on the move!

DuraBoard TOOL CART with TRAY

DuraBoard™ mobile tool cart is equipped with industrial strength, impact resistant, 1/4” thick polypropylene pegboards and has a 650 lb. load rating, 32 sq. ft. of storage space and 8 sq. ft. of tray space. Use P/N Description Frame Assembled Dimensions with Triton’s 70000 series DuraHook™ DBC-4 DuraBoard Tool Cart Aluminum 48”L x 511/2”H x 29 3 /4”W double-locking pegboard hooks for secure LBC-4 LocBoard Tool Cart Aluminum 48”L x 46”H x 26 5/8”W storage solutions that can be conveniently LBC-18 LocBoard Tool Cart Anodized Alum. 36 3/4”L x 39 1/4”H x 211/4”W transported within a service environment. LBC-18S Stainless Steel LocBoard Tool Cart Anodized Alum. 36 3/4”L x 39 1/4”H x 211/4”W

Load Rating

Ship Wt.

32 sq. ft./8 sq. ft. Tray

Storage

650 lbs.

80 lbs.

28 1/3 sq. ft./8 sq. ft. Tray

850 lbs.

92 lbs.

18 sq. ft./4.9 sq. ft. Tray

800 lbs.

61 lbs.

18 sq. ft./4.9 sq. ft. Tray

800 lbs.

56 lbs.

Stainless Steel

LBC-18S

LocBoard

TOOL CART with TRAY

MOBILE Tool Cart SYSTEMS

P/N

Description

The LBC-18S stainless steel tool cart is LBC-18H LocBoard Tool Cart with Anodized Aluminum Frame, manufactured to be the ideal mobile storage 56 Pc. LocHook Assortment and 4 Hanging Bins solution for medical, food and marine LBC-18SH Stainless Steel LocBoard Tool Cart with Anodized Aluminum Frame, 60 pc. Stainless Steel LocHook Assortment and 3 Hanging Bins environments when used with stainless steel 60000 series stainless LocHooks. The sturdy frame is constructed of anodized aluminum and the stainless steel LocHook pegboards are made of 304 brushed aluminum that will not corrode or rust, even in extreme temperature changes! Storage surface =18 sq. ft with 4.9 sq. ft. of tray storage and a convenient storage shelf at the top of the cart. Load rating is the highest in the industry at 800 lbs!

114

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Wall Storage & Accessories Modular Wall Storage & Accessories • Storability™ Modular Wall Storage is an expandable, versatile and interchangeable wall mounted storage system, with accessories that fasten and lock securely on a 14-gauge epoxy coated steel frame system. • Modular systems feature remarkable holding strength and provide years of heavy-duty use. • Storability™ offers a wide choice of accessory items to expand your system to any size wall space available. • Change placement of accessories on the frame from one area to another in seconds. • Storability™ is the ideal commercial storage solution for maintenance, back room, janitorial and tool crib areas, factory floor and more. • Utilize empty wall space for tools, equipment and other large and heavy items currently sitting on floors, workbenches and work areas, or in office and service areas. • Modular design makes it easy to install, simple to expand and cost effective.

STORAGE

“Storability™ offers wall storage options never before available to fit all of your organization requirements! ”

1785

1795

Complete Modular Wall Storage Kits

P/N

1785

Projection Description

Load

Qty. Per

from Wall

Kit Includes

Capacity

Case

16”

1- Top Track; 2 - 64”L 3 pcs. Hang Rail; 1 each: 31”L Wire Shelf, Combo Rail,

500 lbs.

450 lbs.

36”L x 64”H Modular Wall System Kit

Wire Basket, LocBoard Toolboard; 3 - Hang Bins; 3 - Assorted Combo Rail Hooks,

and 11 Assorted Toolboard Hooks

1-Top Track; 2-64”L 3 pcs Hang Rails, 3-31” Wire Shelves

1795

34”L x 32”H Wall Mount Unit

16”

Framing System Components

Projection

1700

Qty. Per

P/N

Description f rom Wall

Case

1700

34”L Top Track Frame w/Wall Mounting Hardware

1 1/4”

1701

63”L 3 pc. Vertical Hang Rail w/Wall Mounting Hardware

1 1/4”

1702

32”L Vertical Hang Rail Height Extender

1 1/4”

1701

Modular Accessory Items

1705

Projection

Qty. Per

P/N

Description

from Wall

Case

1705

31”L x 19”H Epoxy Coated Steel LocBoard

1 1/4”

1710

31” Combination Rail for Hanging Bins or Accessory Hooks

2”

1715

31”W Wire Basket w/2 Lock-on Hang Brackets

8”

1720

31”W Wire Shelf w/2 Lock-on Hang Brackets

16”

1725

31”W Adj. Universal Storage Rack/Tire Holder

17 3/4” – 25 1/2”

1735

10 pc LocHook Assortment for Steel LocBoard

4 7/8”

1738

2 pk. Large Tool Keepers - Mount on Top Track

6 1/4”

1740

Wall Mount Unit with Storage Board & Hooks

16”

1745

4 pc. Combo Hook Set for Combination Rails –

5”

15 1/2”

16”

Round, Single, Double, Clamp

1748

Hang Rail Hooks (2 per pk.)

1750

Wall Unit w/2 Storage/Recycle bags, Shoe Racks

& Clothes Hanger

1755

31” W Large Steel Shelf

16”

1760

Wall Mount Unit w/Large Tool Hooks & 1 Storage/Recycle Bag

16”

1770

15” Combination Rail

2”

1775

15” W Small Wire Basket with 2 Lock-on Hang Brackets

8”

1780

15” W Wide Steel Shelf with 2 Lock-On Hang Brackets

16”

1720

1710

1725

1735

1738

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

115

STORAGE STORAGE RACK

GVR01 GVR24

VERTICAL STORAGE RACK

• Distance between support bars: 250 mm Designed to provide organised storage facilities for lengths of bar, pipe, timber and similar materials. Fully welded construction, finished in stove enamel blue. Pre-drilled ready for bolting to the floor (fixings not supplied). Overall Height x Depth mm

Overall Number of Weight Length mm Sections Kg

Model

VERTICAL SHEET RACK

Ensures the safe storage of sheet steel, plywood, etc. Bolted and welded construction. Supplied Knock Down - flatpack - welded sections. Flatpack size: L x W x H 1240 x 1530 x 120 mm. Size L x W x H: 2120 x 1240 x 1530 mm.

Price

1500

1200

70 GVR24 AED 1,372.15

1800

100 GVR26 AED 1,621.95

600

2400

120 GVR28 AED 1,906.50

For use with Sheet Size 21/2 m x 11/2 m

Opening mm

Weight Kg

Model

Price

150

140

GVR01

AED 3,703.60

GSR34

SHEET RACKING • Distance between uprights: 160 mm Designed for the vertical storage of sheet materials. An all welded unit available with a choice of 4 - 10 bays. Units have intermediate floor bracing for supporting the sheet materials.

GVR31

VARIABLE HEIGHT SHEET RACK • Distance between uprights: 160 mm Designed for the vertical storage of different height sheet materials, with 5 support bars at heights of 400, 550, 700, 850, and 1000 mm. Fully welded construction, finished in stove enamel blue.

116

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1400 x 800 x 1000

GVR31

AED 1,603.40

Overall Height Overall Number x Length mm Width mm of Bays 1200 4 1400 5 1050 1600 6 x 1800 7 2040 2000 8 2200 9 2400 10

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Weight Kg Model Price 135 GSR34 AED 4,958.10 160 GSR35 AED 5,953.70 180 GSR36 AED 7,000.80 200 GSR37 AED 7,826.90 215 GSR38 AED 8,665.10 235 GSR39 AED 9,660.35 255 GSR40 AED 11,598.95

Cantilever Rack

STORAGE

the see To range, 8 full 0-LOC 80 call

GCR120

CANTILEVER RACKING

Ideal for the storage of pipes, tubes, bars etc. Available single sided or double sided and with a choice of ‘parallel’ arms or ‘tapered arms’ of welded construction, each arm has end stops to help prevent items slipping. • We suggest loading heavy materials at lower levels.

GCR110

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Parallel Arms Single Sided - 2 Bay Single Sided Extra Bay i.e. One upright & 3 support stays Double Sided - 2 Bay Double Sided Extra Bay i.e. One upright & 3 support stays

2580 x 610 x 2100

106

GCR110

Increases Length by 1225 mm per bay

GCR111

2580 x 1110 x 2100

143

GCR210

Increases Length by 1225 mm per bay

GCR211

AED AED AED AED

3,252.15 1,479.65 3,671.45 1,717.65

AED AED AED AED

4,049.10 1,875.10 3,915.80 1,815.70

Tapered Arms Single Sided - 2 Bay Single Sided Extra Bay i.e. One upright & 3 support stays Double Sided - 2 Bay Double Sided Extra Bay i.e. One upright & 3 support stays

2580 x 650 x 2030

GCR120

Increases Length by 1225 mm per bay

GCR121

2580 x 1190 x 2030

125

GCR220

Increases Length by 1225 mm per bay

GCR221

GSR01 2 x GSR11

4 x BRP11Z

BRP11Z

BAR PalletS

A versatile and flexible bar storage system of an all welded construction, stacks 5 high. Load capacity of 1000kg per unit - maximum load of 5000kg. Internal Size mm

Overall Size mm

Weight

Model

620 x 400

700 x 480

19 kg

BRP01Z

920 x 400

1000 x 480

22 kg

620 x 520

700 x 600

22 kg

920 x 520

1000 x 600

24 kg

BAR STORAGE RACKS

Free standing, storage racks with horizontal storage arms. Space between arms is 250 mm, each arm having a load capacity of 1000 kg. Single or double racks are available. • We suggest loading heavy materials at lower levels. Overall Size L x W x H mm

Tiers Single / Per Unit Double 5

BRP02Z

AED 898.00 1150 x 575 x 1500 AED 913.15 1150 x 575 x 1870

BRP11Z

AED 919.60 1150 x 1000 x 1500

BRP12Z

AED 935.45 1150 x 1000 x 1870

Weight

Model

Price

Single

40 kg

Single

60 kg

GSR01 AED 1,887.95 GSR02 AED 1,959.50

Double

50 kg

GSR11 AED 2,230.45

Double

80 kg

GSR12 AED 2,329.95

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

117

STORAGE HEAVY DUTY STORAGE UNITS

SSC02Z

SSC01Z

Storage Cabinet - SSC01Z

• Lockable handle on double doors. • Clear space between shelves, 550 top, 540 bottom shelf. • Two removable storage shelves of 25 x 25 mm mesh, • 1115 x 520 mm. • Finish stove enamel red. Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate and the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51. Adjustable vent meets the requirements of both Flammable Storage (vent closed) and Agrochemicals (vent open). All welded unit conforming to the A. P. E. A. Construction requirements. Produced from 1.6 mm sheet steel and provides a half hour protection from collapse and the passage of fire. Overall Size W x D x H mm

1125 x 560 x 1535

Drip Tray Capacity 1 drip tray located within the base. 85 ltr.

Weight 120 kg

Model

Price

SSC01Z AED 3,935.95

petroleum cupboard

• Constructed from 1.6mm steel with spot welded seams. • Fitted with 150 mm deep, leak proof sump to contain spillage. • Doors fitted with vapour seal. • Finish stove enamel red. Suitable for “CLASS A” storage (1986) and labelled in accordance with Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928, conforming to BS5378 & E.C. Directive 92/58 EEC. Designed and constructed to comply with A.P.E.A. requirements. The shelves within the unit are adjustable to 75 mm centres with the doors fitted with a locking handle. Units are provided with a floor stand which raises the cupboard by 610 mm from the ground. The floor stand has a fixed shelf which is 310 mm from the ground. N.B - A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units Overall Size W x D x H mm 1220 x 610 x 1220 915 x 560 x 1219 915 x 560 x 915 915 x 560 x 762 610 x 560 x 915 610 x 560 x 762

No of Shelves 2 2 2 1 2 1

Weight kg 201 104 80 71 53 47

Model SSC07Z SSC02Z SSC03Z tSSC04Z SSC05Z SSC06Z

Price AED 4,868.40 AED 4,329.90 AED 4,100.20 AED 3,858.75 AED 3,827.75 AED 3,573.80

Petroleum Storage chests SSB10Z

Suitable for “Class A” storage (1986) and labelled in accordance with Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928, conforming to BS5378 & E. C. Directive 92/58 EEC. Designed and constructed to comply with A. P. E. A. requirements. Fitted with a hasp and staple to enable padlocking. Produced with a sloping roof to aid protection against the weather. To assist in the cleaning of any spillages, each unit is fitted with a removable sump. General Specification • Constructed from 1.6mm steel with spot welded seams. • Fitted with 150 mm deep leak proof sump to contain spillage. • Finish stove enamel red.

Overall Size mm Weight L x W x H front H rear kg

118

Capacity

Model

610 x 630 x 655 - 810

.25 cubic metres SSB09Z

965 x 630 x 655 - 810

.34 cubic metres SSB10Z

1270 x 630 x 655 - 810

.4 cubic metres

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SSB11Z

Price

STORAGE VAULTS

STORAGE

STORAGE VAULTS Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate and the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51. Adjustable vent meets the requirements of both Flammable Storage (vent closed) and Agrochemicals (vent open). All welded units conforming to the A.P.E.A. Construction requirements. Produced from 2.5 mm sheet steel. These vaults provide a half hour protection from collapse and the passage of fire. Multi-lockable for high security, and fitted with a lift up action lid assisted by gas struts. For extra protection and fork lifting the units have skids on the base. Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z and SSV02Z to enable larger items to be stored on the base level. Model SSV03Z has a central partition and four shelves.The two middle shelves fold away and the two top shelves are made in 3 sections. The back section is fixed in position and the front two sections removable. All models have a liquid-tight base to contain spillage.

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload all these vaults

SSV02Z

Safety Note Before storage of herbicides and petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance. • Health & Safety Inspector • Trading Standards Officers • Environmental Health Officers • Fire Officers

SSV03Z

Overall Dimensions Liquid Tight Sealed L x W x H mm Base Unit Capacity 700 x 850 x 1270 120 Litre 1370 x 850 x 1270 250 litre 2500 x 1080 x 1270 550 Litre

Shelves mm 2 x Shelves: Top: 690 x 400 fixed Middle: 690 x 400 pivots 2 x Shelves: Top: 1360 x 400 fixed Middle: 1360 x 400 pivots 4 x Shelves: 1220 x 500

Weight kg 180

Model SSV01Z

AED 5,375.85

260

SSV02Z

AED 7,493.10

460

SSV03Z

AED 14,127.20

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price

119

STORAGE HEAVY DUTY STORAGE UNITS HEAVY DUTY CABINETS Made from 1.2mm Sheet Steel

HEAVY DUTY Storage Cabinets General Specification • A robustly constructed range of cabinets providing safe storage for Flammable Liquids. • Manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel for extra strength and improved protection from fire penetration.

ider aw For ction, 8 sele 0-LOC 80 call

• Designed to comply with Flammable Liquid Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate and Health and Safety Guidance notes HSG51 and CS19. • Comply with Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No. 1 Parts 3 and 4. • All formed welded seams. Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels to prevent distortion. • Produced with return flange around doors and joints to prevent the passage of flame. • Fitted with all metal security locks and two keys. • Adjustable galvanised shelves to 75 mm centres. Shelves are also reversible which allows them to be used as a Tray. • Base of each unit is fitted with a large capacity removable sump to contain any spillage. • Floor stands are available for the five smallest sizes, raising the units by 450 mm.

FSC Range

Highly Flammable Storage Cabinets •F inished in stove enamel yellow. • Supplied with appropriate labels to BS5378 standard. • All other details as general specification.

Acid Storage Cabinets • • • • •

Supplied with the Acid warning label conforming to BS5378 and 92/58 EEC. Stove enamel carcase with the shelves and sump tray finished in white polyester powder coating which is impervious to most Acids & Alkalis. All other details as general specification.

Overall Size

No of

Shelf Depth

Sump

Doors

D x L x H mm Shelves (as a tray) Capacity

ASC Range

120

Weight g k

Highly Flammable Model

Price

Acid Model

Price

*483 x 458 x 765v

38mm

14 litres

Single

FSC01Z

ASC01Z POA

POA

*483 x 458 x 915

38mm

14 litres

Single

FSC02Z

POA

ASC02Z

POA

*306 x 610 x 610

24mm

12 litres

Double

FSC03Z

ASC03Z POA

POA

*483 x 915 710

34mm

33 litres

Double

FSC04Z

POA

ASC04Z

POA

*483 x 915 x 915

34mm

33 litres

Double

FSC05Z ASC05Z POA

POA

483 x 915 x 1220

34mm

33 litres

Double

FSC06Z ASC06Z POA

POA

483 x 915 x 1500

34mm

33 litres

Double

FSC07Z POA

ASC07Z

POA

483 x 915 x 1830

34mm

33 litres

Double

100

FSC08Z POA

ASC08Z

POA

POA FSC09Z

ASC09Z

POA

* Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

HEAVY DUTY STORAGE UNITS

STORAGE

SAFETY NOTE Before storage of herbicides or petroleum based products takes place the advice of the following should be sought for specific guidance. • Health & Safety Inspector • Trading Standards Officers • Fire Officers

PSC Range

HEAVY DUTY Storage Cabinets

General Storage Cabinets

GSC Range

•F inished in stove enamel grey. • Supplied complete with general purpose labelling. • All other details as general specification.

Pesticide / Agrochemical Cabinets • • • • • • • •

General Storage Flat Top Bins

Finished in stove enamel red For the safety of the users the doors of the cabinets are fitted with louvre vents. This enables air to circulate freely dispersing any poisonous vapours which may have escaped from one of the stored containers Supplied with the currently approved labels to BS5378 and EEC directive 92/58 All other details as general specification.

Overall Size No of Shelf Depth Sump Doors Weight

General Price

Pesticide Model

*483 x 458 x 765

38mm

14 litres Single

25 GSC01Z POA PSC01Z

POA

*483 x 458 x 915

38mm

14 litres Single

35 GSC02Z POA

POA

*306 x 610 x 610

24mm

12 litres Double 23 GSC03Z POA PSC03Z POA

*483 x 915 710

34mm

33 litres Double 45 GSC04Z POA PSC04Z

POA

*483 x 915 x 915

34mm

33 litres Double 55 GSC05Z POA PSC05Z

POA

483 x 915 x 1220

34mm

33 litres Double 65 GSC06Z POA PSC06Z

POA

483 x 915 x 1500

34mm

33 litres Double 80 GSC07Z POA PSC07Z

POA

483 x 915 x 1830

34mm

33 litres Double 100 GSC08Z POA

PSC08Z

POA

POA GSC09Z

PSC09Z

POA

PSC02Z

The base of each unit is fitted with skids to prevent deterioration. Finished in grey stove enamel and labelled to comply with current regulations.

Manufactured for the storage of flammable materials from 1.2mm sheet steel with all formed welded seams. The flanged lid is fitted with a hasp and staple for locking. Each unit is supplied with a removable 100 mm liquid tight drip tray for ease of cleaning.

D x L x H mm Shelves (as a tray) Capacity

* Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes)

Model

• • • •

Price

Overall Size D x L x H mm 625 x 335 x 508 610 x 610 x 610 1220 x 610 x 610

Weight kg 32 34 70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model GSB10Z GSB20Z GSB30Z

Price POA POA POA

121

STORAGE HAZARDOUS STORAGE UNITS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE CABINETS General Specification • Manufactured from 0.9mm sheet steel with formed and welded seams • Doors are fitted with vertical reinforcement panels to prevent distortion. • Produced with return flange around doors and joints to prevent the • passage of flame. • Fitted with security locks and two keys. • Removable galvanised, self Colour shelves and drip tray. • Shelves can be used as flush shelves or as a tray and are • adjustable to 75mm centres. • Meets requirements of COSHH Regulations • Locks and handles are all metal to eliminate melting under fire attack • Stove enamel yellow

HSC02Z

HSC08Z

HSC03Z

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE CABINETS Designed for the safe storage of hazardous substances. Clearly identify the hazard, and meet the requirements of COSHH and other regulations.

Overall Size No of Doors Weight D x L x H mm Shelves kg Model 483 x 458 x 915 1 Single 27 HSC02Z 306 x 610 x 610 1 Double 18 HSC03Z 483 x 915 x 915 2 Double 50 HSC05Z 483 x 915 x 1830 3 Double 83 HSC08Z

122

Price POA POA POA POA

HSC05Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CYLINDER STORAGE

STORAGE

GAS CYLINDER CAGES • Galvanised or Painted finish

• Provision for Padlock

• Complete with ‘Highly flammable’ sign • Usable distance between shelves - 720mm Frame manufactured in angle iron with sides, end and top infilled with metal strip. Base of inverted angle. These complete security cages have hinged lockable doors. Mobile models have a push handle at one end. All models to carry a maximum of 16 calor-gas type cylinders. Available with either stove enamel blue paint or galvanised finish.

GCC01N Description

Finish

Overall Dimensions

Static Unit Mobile Unit 2 fixed, 2 swivel

Internal Size Weight

Model

Price

GCC02Z

POA

GCC12G

POA

840

GCC01N

POA

GCC11G

POA

L x W x H mm

L x W mm

Painted

1610 x 890 x 1800

1560

Galvanised

1610 x 940 x 1800

Painted

1690 x 890 x 1900

Galvanised

1690 x 940 x 1900

GCC12G

200mm Nylon

cylinder storage lock-up cages • Galvanised or Painted • Provision for Padlock • Permanently fixed or Pallet Based unit • Complete with ‘Highly flammable’ sign Frame is constructed in angle iron, infilled with tough iron mesh. The base is drilled for fixing points. The cylinders are held in position with a retaining chain. Available with either stove enamel blue paint or galvanised finish.

CP601Z

Overall Dimensions

Description

L x W x H mm

Cage only

1360 x 1095 x 1840

Cage with Pallet Base

Painted finish Model

Price

Galvanised finish Model

Price

CS501Z POA

CS511G

POA

1360 x 1095 x 1990

CP601Z

CP611G

Cage only

1360 x 1715 x 1840

CS502Z POA

CS512G

Cage with Pallet Base

1360 x 1715 x 1990

CP602Z

CP612G

POA

POA POA POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CS511G

123

STORAGE Wire Baskets Wire Baskets • For warehouse/bulk storage • The simplest & most effective way to display stock • Tough & durable, constructed from welded Steel wire with Plastic coating to prevent corrosion • Designed by engineers & built to withstand the rigours of harsh environments • Safe & stable, the interlocking design of these baskets ensures safe stacking • Plastic coating which protects the goods from scratches & other damage

• Open front containers which allow easy access to even bulky goods • 3 colour options available: Red

Green

Blue

• Finish: Durable Plasticcoating • Dividers available

External Size WxDxH mm 660 x 460 x 350 980 x 460 x 350 980 x 680 x 480 1220 x 680 x 480

124

Mesh Size mm

24 x 46

46 x 46

Weight kg

Cap. kg

Model

0.088

MT8

0.140

C12

0.300

C2DS

Model Divider

120

D2 0.400

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Retail Display Baskets DUMP BASKETS

DISPLAY BASKETS

• White Plastic coated

• Top quality build & finish • Bright Zinc finish • Space utilisation • Self stacking • Free standing

D2400

STORAGE

D1600

Description

• D2100: Round Dump Bin • D1600 & D2400: Square collapsible basket with adjustable base

475 x 300 x 250 475 x 400 x 250 Basket A 475 x 450 x 300 475 x 500 x 300 Plinth to Suit 475 x 500 580 x 300 x 250 580 x 400 x 250 Basket B 580 x 450 x 300 580 x 500 x 300 Plinth to Suit 580 x 500 980 x 300 x 250 980 x 400 x 250 Basket C 980 x 450 x 300 980 x 500 x 400 Plinth to Suit 980 x 500 Data Strip - 450L x 39H mm Data Strip - 550L x 39H mm Data Strip - 950L x 39H mm Hook On Price Tag1 20 x 40 Hook On Price Tag 165 x 80P EPOS Strip 980 x 60Colour Insert-

D2100

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

400 x 400 x 726

D1600

600 x 600 x 726

D2400

533 dia. x 635 height

D2100

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model SB475-300 SB475-400 SB475-450 SB475-500 PLINTH-A SB580-300 SB580-400 SB580-450 SB580-500 PLINTH-B SB980-300 SB980-400 SB980-450 SB980-500 PLINTH-C

PPB PA -

SHOPPING BASKETS

Universal Plinth

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Plastic Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green) 430 x 300 x 230

Model Code PSB4330

Wire Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green)

450 x 320 x 190

WSB4532

Plastic Trolley Basket (Red, Blue or Green)

460 x 350 x 400

PTB4635

Universal Plinth

UPSB

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

125

STORAGE FLOOR SLATS Floor slats – a good surface is important Our floor slats have a specially designed cushioned profile. This reduces the strain placed on the back and legs from constant standing. The slats can be combined and interlocked as you choose. Ramps and corners, for dolly and trolley traffic, are available. The slats withstand most chemicals, oils and weak acids and are suitable to use in temperatures between -10°C and +80°C.

Green 403

Blue 630

Orange 230

Item No.

External/mm

Weight/kg

Colour

Pallet unit

1200 x 600 x 25

4.0

Green, blue, orange

External/mm

Weight/kg

Colour

Carton unit

6401.500 Corner

112 x 112

0.1

Green, blue, orange

6401.400 Ramp

600 x 112

0.3

Green, blue, orange

External/mm

Weight/kg

Colour

Pallet unit

600 x 600 x 15

0.9

Beige, brown

220

6401.000 Floor slat

Item No.

Item No. 4500.000 Floor slat

Beige 340

Floor slat lightweight (4500) suitable for wet areas, changing rooms and lighter industrial environments.

126

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Brown 820

STORAGE

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

127

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

location labelling

• Design, manufacture and installation of code labelling • Custom printed to your design • Can include bar codes and colour coding • Free on-site consultations • Installed by our in-house team The management of a modern warehouse needs clear and precise identification that can be quickly and easily understood by all concerned. As specialists in the design, manufacture and installation of code labels we provide a cost effective solution to your labelling needs.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

A wide variety of base materials are available for the manufacture of hard wearing code labels including: • Coloured Vinyl’s • Polypropylene • Over Laminated • Deep Freeze

128

• Magnetic • PVC • Styrene

Colour coding offers an additional quick check facility that the operator has picked the correct stock item.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STORES IDENTIFICATION

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

Magnetic Numbers and Letters • Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets as a combination of mixed alpha or numeric digits • Two tile heights, either 43mm with a 39mm high digit or 23mm with a 17mm high digit • Available with black digits on a white or yellow background. • Allows for fast and easy labelling on any steel surface

Ref

Tile (h)

Characters Per Sheet

Colour

M43MIXW/N

43mm

5 x (23456789) 9 x(1)10x(0)

White

M43MIXW/L

43mm

1 x (JKQWXY) 2 x (BCDFGHLMOPVZ) 3 x (AINRSTU) 4 x (E)

White

M23MIXW/N

23mm

9 x (9) 17 x (2345678) 9 x (1) 10 x (0)

White

M23MIXW/L

23mm

2 x (XY) 3 x (QW) 5 x (KP) 6 x (BHV) 7 x (DFGLU) 8 x (CMST) 9 x (R) 12 x (AO) 14 x (J) 21 x (E) 11 x (N)

White

M43MIXY/N

43mm

5 x (23456789) 9x(1) 10x (O)

Yellow

M43MIXY/L

43mm

1 x (JKQWXY) 2 x (BCDFGHLMOPVZ) 3 x (AINRSTU) 4 x (E)

Yellow

M23MIXY/N

23mm

9 x (9) 17 x (2345678) 9 x (1) 10 x (0)

Yellow

M23MIXY/N

23mm

2 x (XY) 3 x (QW) 5 x (KP) 6 x (BHV) 7 x (DFGLU) 8 x (CMST) 9 x (R) 12x(AO) 14x(J)21 x(E)11 x (N)

Yellow

Consecutive Number Tiles • Sets of high visibility self-adhesive labels from 01 through to 100, • Printed black on yellow

Ref

Size (hxw)

Pack

CN23

30 x 25 mm

100

CN50

50 x 50 mm

100

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

129

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

RACK holders

Self Adhesive and Magnetic Ticket Holder • Ideal for identifying locations on shelving and pallet racking • Pull-forward front allows easy loading and updates of information • Barcodes can be scanned without removing the insert • Pre-cut sizes from stock • Special sizes on request - up to 3M lengths With a choice of 4 heights this clear PVC strip is supplied with either an aggressive adhesive backing for permanent locations, or with a magnetic option which offers the flexibility to change locations and is suitable for cold storage applications.

Magnetic

Self adhesive Size (hxw)

Pack

Size (hxw)

Pack

•

TS210

25mm x 100mm

100

•

TS210M

25mm x 100mm

100

•

TS220

25mm x 200mm

•

TS220M

25mm x 200mm

•

TS25M/10

25mm x 1M

TS25M/20

25mm x 2M

Ref

•

130

Ref

TS25/10

25mm x 1M

TS25/20

25mm x 2M

TS25/60

25mm x 2M

•

TS310M

38mm x 100mm

100

TS25/100

25mm x 2M

•

TS320M

38mm x 200mm

TS25/250

25mm x 2M

125

•

TS38M/10

38mm x 1M

TS38M/20

38mm x 2M

•

TS310

38mm x 100mm

100

•

TS320

38mm x 200mm

•

TS510M

54mm x 100mm

100

•

TS38/10

38mm x 1M

•

TS520M

54mm x 200mm

TS38/20

38mm x 2M

•

TS54M/10

54mm x 1M

TS38/60

38mm x 2M

54mm x 2M

TS38/100

38mm x 2M

•

TS810M

80mm x 100mm

100

TS38/250

38mm x 2M

125

•

TS820M

80mm x 200mm

•

TS80M/10

80mm x 1M

TS80M/20

80mm x 2M

•

TS510

54mm x 100mm

100

•

TS520

54mm x 200mm

•

TS54/10

54mm x 1M

TS54/20

54mm x 2M

TS54/60

54mm x 2M

TS54/100

54mm x 2M

TS54/250

54mm x 2M

125

•

TS810

80mm x 100mm

100

•

TS820

80mm x 200mm

•

TS80/10

80mm x 1M

TS80/20

80mm x 2M

TS80/60

80mm x 2M

TS80/100

80mm x 2M

TS80/250

80mm x 2M

125

TS54M/20

Additional white card inserts are available for all of the above. Ref

Size (hxw)

Pack

TS210

25mm x 100mm

100

TS220

25mm x 200mm

TS250

25mm x 1000mm

TS310

38mm x 100mm

100

TS320

38mm x 200mm

TS350

38mm x 1000mm

TS510

54mm x 100mm

100

TS520

54mm x 200mm

TS550

54mm x 1000mm

TS810

80mm x 100mm

100

TS820

80mm x 200mm

TS850

80mm x 1000mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

LABEL holders

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

• Instant and highly visible identification • Easy to update and cut to size • Standard sizes supplied from stock Our magnetic and self-adhesive label holders are supplied from stock in pre-cut lengths but special sizes can be supplied on request. Each holder is supplied with white card inserts and a cover strip (Other colours available please specify). Pre-printed inserts can also be supplied for each of the holders incorporating barcodes and location codes. Please contact our sales office for further details.

Magnetic Label Holders

Magnetic are ideal for applications where regular changes are required, easier and quicker to move then adhesive backed holders. They are also suitable for use in cold stores.

Self-adhesive Label Holders

Self-adhesive offers a long term option of fixing label holders and more stability in environments where the labels need to be changed frequently. Also suits areas where magnetic holders may be accidentally knocked off by personnel or boxes/pallets.

Ref

Size (hxw)

Pack

Ref

Size (hxw)

Pack

ML18

15mm x 80mm

100

AL18

15mm x 80mm

100

ML28X

20mm x 80mm

100

AL38

30mm x 80mm

100

ML28

25mm x 80mm

100

AL58

50mm x 80mm

100

ML38

30mm x 80mm

100

AL1/10

15mm x 1M

ML48

40mm x 80mm

100

AL3/10

30mm x 1M

ML58

50mm x 80mm

100

AL5/10

50mm x 1M

ML150

15mm x 500mm

ML250X

20mm x 500mm

ML250

25mm x 500mm

ML350

30mm x 500mm

ML450

40mm x 500mm

ML550

50mm x 500mm

MLR1

15mm x 50M

MLR2X

20mm x 50M

MLR2

25mm x 50M

MLR3

30mm x 50M

MLR4

40mm x 50M

MLR5

50mm x 50M

card and PVC inserts

Additional card and PVC inserts are available for the label holders. Please specify the colour of the card and whether it is to be used with the self adhesive or magnetic holders. Size (hxw)

Pack

Card / PVC Ref

15mm x 80mm

100

LC18

20mm x 80mm

100

LC28X

25mm x 80mm

100

LC28

30mm x 80mm

100

LC38

40mm x 80mm

100

LC48

50mm x 80mm

100

LC58

15mm x 500mm

LC150

20mm x 500mm

LC250X

25mm x 500mm

LC250

30mm x 500mm

LC350

40mm x 500mm

LC450

50mm x 500mm

LC550

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

131

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION DOCUMENTS POCKETS FRAMES4DOCS Frame any sign, chart ordocument in seconds Colour coded frames.Colours conform with British Safety Standards Self-adhesive or Magnetic fixings Ideal for displaying importantmessages in 5S & Lean Manufacturing Frames can be used verticallyor horizontally Suitable throughout industry todisplay all types of literature,certificates & information. Suitablefor documents up to 1.5mm thick colour options available Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Black

Available as pack of the same colour or a mixed pack of 2 of each colours please specify when ordering

Self-adhesive frames have an aggressive adhesivethat has been selected to adhere to most surfaces Magnetic frames have a very strong pull force & can be applied to any flat Steel surface Offers 2 way viewing on glass surfaces

To Suit Documents

Quantity per Pack

A5 A4 A3

Magnetic Model MFD5/10 MFD4/10 MFD3/10

Self-Adhesive Model SFD5/10 SFD4/10 SFD3/10

DOCUMENT POCKETS

WRAP-A-ROUND POCKETS Three information pockets made from tough Plastic, with a Magnetic header that is designed to wrap around the meshof an industrial cage or trolley handle

Self-adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape on reverse for permanent fixing Magnetic pockets for Steel cabinets or racking & shelving Manufactured in tough clearPolypropylene with welded edges, providing ample room forA3, A4, A5, A6 & A7 documents Pockets supplied in packs of 10 except A7 size which is supplied in packs of 100 Overall Size H x W mm 316 x 436 436 x 316 215 x 310 310 x 220 155 x 230 215 x 160 110 x 155 150 x 110 60 x 110 110 x 110 110 x 220

132

Self-Adhesive Model AP3H/10 AP3V/10 AP4H/10 AP4V/10 AP5H/10 AP5V/10 AP6H/10 AP6V/10 AP7H/100 AP1111/10 AP1122/10

Magnetic Model MP3H/10 MP3V/10 MP4H/10 MP4V/10 MP5H/10 MP5V/10 MP6H/10 MP6V/10 MP7H/100 MP1111/10 MP1122/10

Size H x W mm 297 297 148 148 105 105

x x x x x x

210 210 210 210 210 210

Type A4 Vertical A5 Horizontal A6 Horizontal

Pack

Model

10 50 10 50 10 50

WRP4V/10 WRP4V/50 WRP5H/10 WRP5H/50 WRP6H/10 WRP6H/50

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

RACK IDENTIFICATION

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

Magnetic Easy Wipe Racking Strip • Write on - wipe off • Easily cut to size • Cost effective The magnetic easy wipe racking strip provides a fast and cost effective updating system for identifying product codes and stock level information, etc.

Ref

Size (hxw)

Pack

MSR1

10mm x 10M

MSR15

15mm x 10M

MSR2

20mm x 10M

MSR25

25mm x 10M

MSR3

30mm x 10M

MSR4

40mm x 10M

MSR5

50mm x 10M

MSR6

60mm x 10M

MSR7

70mm x 10M

MSR8

80mm x 10M

MSR9

90mm x 10M

MSR10

100mm x 10M

WET Wipe MARKERS PEN

Our black marker pens allow for easy updates and text can be wiped clean with a damp cloth Supplied in packs of 5 or 10. Ref

Colour

Pack

PB/5

Black

PB/10

Black

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

133

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION AISLE & BAY Aisle Markers • Markers to identify aisles or bays • Supplied pre-drilled unless stated • Improves identification • Prices include printing of required characters up to the maximum allowed Our range of robust end of aisle identification markers are available in various sizes and designs for instant product and aisle locating. Suitable for use in the factory, warehouse or office environments.

AM2/2

AM3/3

AM4

AM1T

AM6

Custom made markers can also be produced to show company logos, various colours, different sizes and markers for external use, please contact our sales offices for further details. Ref

134

Size (hxw)

No of Characters

Colour

Fixing

AM1

95mm x 160mm

With up to 3

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM1F

95mm x 130mm

With up to 3 each on side

White/Yellow

Self-adhesive

AM1FM

95mm x 130mm

With up to 3 each on side

White/Yellow

Magnetic

AM1T

95mm x 130mm x 130mm

With up to 3 each on side

White/Yellow

Self-adhesive

AM1TM

95mm x 130mm x 130mm

With up to 3 each on side

White/Yellow

Magnetic

AM2/1

220mm x 270mm

With 1 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM2/2

220mm x 270mm

With 2 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM3/1

220mm x 450mm

With 1 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM3/2

220mm x 450mm

With 2 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM3/3

220mm x 450mm

With 3 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM3X/1

300mm x 300mm

With 1 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM3X2

300mm x 300mm

With 2 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM4

660mm x 343mm

With 1 x 180mm

Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM6/1

600mm x 600mm

With 1 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

AM6/2

600mm x 600mm

With 2 x 180mm

White/Yellow

Drilled 4 corners

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

AM1F

AM1

AISLE & BAY

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

Bay Markers

• Clear Identification • Fixed or relocated in seconds • No drilling required Our high visibility bay and aisle markers offer clear identification throughout the warehouse. A formed aluminium section with either a magnetic or self-adhesive edge, enables the marker to be easily mounted onto steel racking without drilling. When locations need to be changed the magnetic marker can simply be lifted and relocated. High Visibility Black on Yellow vinyl characters for above. Specify letter or number and quantity required. Ref

Size (hxw)

230mm x 140mm

Ref

Size (hxw)

Accommodates (per side)

Type

BA1

260mm x 167mm

One Character

Self-adhesive

BA2

260mm x 310mm

Two Characters

Self-adhesive

BM1

260mm x 167mm

One Character

Magnetic

BM2

260mm x 310mm

Two Characters

Magnetic

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

135

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION WAREHOUSE Floor Lane Marking Tape • Tough, durable self-adhesive tapes • Highlights hazards or restricted areas • Easy to use applicator available Our range of lane marking tapes can be used to mark stairways, colour code walkways, workstation or storage areas within the stores and warehouses. Available in a range of colours, with general uses as follows: Black/yellow highlights general hazard areas and obstacles Red/white highlights fire protection equipment Green/white highlights medical stores/safety equipment Ref

Colour

Size (hxw)

Pack

LMT/B

Blue

50mm x 33mm

LMT/G

Green

50mm x 33mm

LMT/R

Red

50mm x 33mm

LMT/W

White

50mm x 33mm

LMT/Y

Yellow

50mm x 33mm

LMT/BY

Black/Yellow

50mm x 33mm

LMT/GW

Green/White

50mm x 33mm

LMT/RW

Red/White

50mm x 33mm

Lane Marking Applicator

• Easy to apply tapes without the necessity to bond down • Ensures accurate and quick delineation of areas Ref

Description

FTA1

Tape Applicator

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

136

Pallet Marker • Enables quick and easy identification of pallets • Adjustable fit • Water, grease and oil resistant Identifying stock on pallets has always been a problem. Our Pallet Marker is designed to fit securely around the corner upright of a Euro pallet, yet will adjust to fit most other pallets. Manufactured in flexible white PVC, this unique Pallet Marker can be written on with a marker pen, or labels can be adhered to the smooth surface Ref

Size

Pack

PM/50

75 x 470mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

FLOOR IDENtification

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

Floor Signalling • A simple but effective solution for marking areas on the warehouse floor • Tough PVC with an aggressive adhesive • Capable of withstanding everyday traffic of a fully operational warehouse A range of inexpensive high visibility yellow signals to highlight walkways, fork truck routes and pallet positions on the warehouse floor. The range includes circles for walkways, directional arrows as route markers to indicate traffic flow. L’ shape corner for marking out block stack pallet areas, T for between pallets and a ‘+’ for centre pallet positions.

Floor Location Labels

Ref

Size (hxw)

Pack

FS/+

300mm x 300mm

FS/T

200mm x 300mm

FS/L

200mm x 200mm

FS/O

90mm x 300mm

100

FS/A

300mm x 300mm

100

To obtain a price please simply provide the following information: size, colour,

text, any barcodes or graphics and quantity to contact@loc8.ae • High visibility location labels • Designed totally to your specification • Can include alpha, numerics, graphics and barcodes Our high visibility floor location labels are suitable to identify areas of the warehouse or factory floor. The labels can be totally customised for identification of pallet positions, item numbers and any specific area such as packing and quarantine areas, etc. Printed to your design with black text on either a white or yellow background. The labels have an aggressive self-adhesive backing to withstand the everyday traffic in the workplace.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

137

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION FLOOR IDENTIFICATION

Floor Graphic Markers

Ref

Dimensions

FM01 - FM15

430mm • Hi-visibility graphic floor signs • Designed to highlight warnings or special requirements • Independently tested for slip resistance • Each sign is 430mm diameter Each of the highly visible markers are printed onto the underside of a clear PVC film and then laminated on the back surface with an aggressive permanent adhesive. They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat se’aled surfaces and although designed for the floor, the markers can be used on walls or anywhere a tough permanent sign is required.

Floor Identification Markers A-Z or 0-9 • Hi-visibility floor markers • Designed to identify aisle, bay or other warehouse floor areas • Each marker is 190mm diameter Manufactured to the same high standards as our graphic markers these 190mm diameter floor markers are printed with a bold black alpha or numeric digit of your choice on a yellow background. They are suitable for use on dry, clean flat sealed surfaces and have been independently tested for slip resistance, performing well in all conditions.

138

Ref

Dimensions

FMC/ - (State digit)

190mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

EXTERNAL

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION TRAFFIC SIGNS

The signs are available either as ground mounted or even wall mounted. Used extensively in the car parking areas of major Hotels and Malls, These signs are manufactured with a strong visual appeal. Functional, sleek and durable. These traffic signs effectively serve the purpose they are intended to.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

SAFETY SIGNS

Our range includes different materials like brass, stainless steel. Aluminium or glass. These can be wall mounted, ceiling suspended or simply projected. Using SPD’s stainless steel components gives these internal signs a look of style, elegance and functionality.

HEALTH CARE SIGNS

These white on green signs are associated with ‘Green for Go’. They are used to show the way to safety in time of emergency.

SPDHC 007

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

139

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

LINE MARKING / CODING

Line Marking Tape Easyline® Line Marking Tape is a highly visible, hard-wearing PVC film that can be used to create internal demarcation lines. Available in a range of colours (50mm width) it is suitable for use on a vast range of internal floors and produces up to 33 metres of a line from a single roll. The tape can be easily applied using the Easyline® Line Marking Tape Applicator. Features and Benefits • Manufactured from a hard wearing PVC film

which produces highly durable, conformable

bright lines.

• Available in a range of solid colours and

stripes to meet all your demarcation line

requirements.

• The Easyline® Line Marking Tape Applicator

enables demarcation lines to be created quickly

and easily with negligible down-time.

• Can be removed in minimum time and with

minimum effort enabling re-routing of

demarcation lines.

Line Marking Paint Easyline® Line Marking Paint is a two component, water based epoxy, suitable for application by hand using a brush or roller. It produces up to 150 metres of a low odour, solvent free paint line. Easyline® Line Marking Paint is extremely durable and chemical resistant, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor application. It is ideal for providing durable, high quality sight lines on steps and demarcation lines in factories, warehouses and car parks. Easyline® Line Marking Paint is suitable for use on concrete, tarmac, metal and timber. Features and Benefits • A two part epoxy paint which provides superior

durability and chemical resistance.

• Suitable for use in heavy traffic areas with a life

expectancy of up to three years.

• A water based, low odour paint which is solvent free and

can be applied directly onto damp substrates. Suitable for

use in solvent sensitive areas (e.g. food processing).

• A usable life of two hours once mixed, ensures that a

150 metre long, 50mm wide line can be painted in one

application.

• Available in white or yellow and suitable for both

internal and external concrete, tarmac, metal or timber.

Available in 8 colours Caution / Hazard

General Marking

Danger / Prohibited

Information / Direction

Mandatory / Protection

Physical Hazard

Fire Protection Equipment

Safety Hazard

140

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

141

Industrial Partitioning DOUBLE SKIN PARTITIONS Excalibur Ideal for offices, facility areas, machine enclosures etc, where sound reduction and insulation are important. Options: • • • •

Fire Rating Double Glazing Ceilings Venetian Blinds

Spec ific for p prices r are a ojects upon vailable call request, 800LOC 8

Standard Powder Coated Colours: • Sandstone • Medium Grey • Light Grey • White

142

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MESH PARTITIONS

Industrial Partitioning

Scimitar A necessity for all storage and security applications where mesh walls and ceilings are required. AVAILABLE OPTIONS

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

• Powder coated or galvanised finish • Hinged or sliding doors • Variety of locking arrangements (AMF Eurofile; lock barrel; padlock)

ces pri ific jects c e Sp r pro lable fo avai est, u are n req OC8 L upo 800l cal

*Only applicable for standard Grey RAL 7037 finish and a nominal 2200mm standard height.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

143

WASTE MANAGEMENT waste receptacles

144

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Litter bins

WASTE MANAGEMENT

push flap bin •

Manufactured in Zintec Steel & powder coated in different colours:

•

Lift-off top assembly incorporates a lightly sprung flap

•

Optional easy lift-out Galvanised liner available- Call for Details

•

Self closing swivel top prevents a fire by excluding the air flow

Blue

Green

Cream

Yellow

White

Grey

SWIVEL TOP BIN •

Body & lift-off top assembly, manufactured in bright polished Stainless Steel or Zintec powder coated Blue

Green

Cream

Silver

White

Grey

•

Optional easy lift-out Galvanised liner available- Call for

•

Details Self closing swivel top prevents a fire by excluding the air flow Description Push Flap Bin Swivel Top Bin Swivel Top Bin Stainless Steel

Capacity Litres 54 60 51 60 51 60

Complete With With Liner Without Liner With Liner Without Liner With Liner Without Liner

SACK HOLDER

Size D x H mm

Model 555PFL 555PF 882L 882 882SSL 882SS

310 x 895 360 x 720 360 x 720

CHROME STEEL BIN

•

Enclosed sack holder solid body

•

Steel construction - pedal operated

•

Dome top litter bin, lift-off top, incorporates a large sprung flap

•

VARIOUS COLOURS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Moulded plastic location ring to keep the bag in place

SWING TOP BIN

SHSB Description Sack Holder Swing Top Bin6

555 ST

•

Fire Retardant

•

Zintec Steel & powder coated

•

Easy swing lid

•

Optional Steel liner

Capacity Litres 70 0

Overall Size W x D x H mm 410 x 230 x 820 310 x 310 x 895

Model

Capacity Litres 50

SHSB 555 ST

Overall Size D x H mm 405 x 832

Model 3385

litter bin

MESH BIN

REFUSE SACKS

•

• •

• • •

• •

Optional Galvanised Metal liner & powder coated in a range of colours- Call for Details Manufactured in zintec Steel An easy to use hingedlid top

•

Supplied with fixing kit

•

Pack of 2

Capacity Litres 20

Overall Size W x D x H mm 395 x 190 x 480

Model 464T

Silver powdercoated Pack of 12

Capacity Litres

Size D x H mm

Model

295 x 350

WLB 290

In a wide range of colours Liner bags Heavy duty, clinical waste, sack holder & clear recycled bags available

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model SACK/C

145

WASTE MANAGEMENT Bins & Containers WASTE BINS • Hygienic wipe-clean Plastic • Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow • Ideal for use in kitchens, offices,shops, warehouses etc

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Capacity Litres 20

Overall Size L x W x H mm 355 x 255 x 500

Weight kg 1.2

430 x 310 x 600

RCY43Z

455 x 320 x 750

2.5

RCY57Z

Model

RCY57Z

RCY43Z

RCY29Z

‘TIDY’ CONTAINERS • Built in handles for easy lifting • Hygienic wipe-clean pale Grey Plastic • Optional bag turns a bin into a janitorial trolley

GIT893, GID812, GIB811 & GIL861

GID812 GIT893 & GIL861

GIT893, GID812 & GIL861 Capacity Litres 37 76 120 167

External Size Dia. x H mm 400 500 560 610

x x x x

Weight kg

430 580 820 930

1.5 3 8.5 13.5

Container Model GIT843 GIT858 GIT882 GIT893

SWING LID DUSTBINS

Lid To Suit Model GIL840 GIL850 GIL856 GIL861

Dolly To Suit Model -

Bag Model GIB811

GID812

HALF ROUND HEAD BINS • Hygienic wipe-clean pale Grey Plastic

• Hygienic wipe-cleanpale Grey Plastic • Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow

GIH808

146

GI5831 Capacity Litres 30

External Size L x W x H mm 380 x 280 x 510

430 x 300 x 660

GI5832 Weight kg 1.5 2

GI5832

Capacity Litres 60

External Size Dia x H mm 510 x 800

Weight kg 3

GIH808

GI5831

100

580 x 900

3.5

GIH807

Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

Litter bins

WASTE MANAGEMENT

STUDLEY RANGE

SIGMA RANGE

• Solid, high quality, fire retardant,retreated Steel construction • 4 standard Lid Colour Options available:

• Stainless Steel construction witha painted Galvanised Steel liner • 4 standard Liner Colour Options available:

Blue

Green

Red

Yellow Blue

• Other lid colours available upon request

Black

Red

Yellow

• Other liner colours available upon request

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x Dia. mm

Model

610 x 245

374

710 x 340

544

750 x 390

644

120

780 x 440

701

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x Dia. mm

Model

Double Liner Recycling Bin 2 x 45 Liners

750 x 390

644RC/DB

Triple Liner Recycling Bin 2 x 22 & 1 x 45 Liners

750 x 390

644RC/TR

ERA RANGE

RECYCLING BINS

• Slim-line & stylish construction with either a Stainless Steel or painted Zintec body • 6 standard Body/Lid Colour Options available:

• Self-closing, fire retardant binsmanufactured in Zintec Steel • Available in a choice of colours & supplied with wrap logo on the flap only. Wording & artworkis an optional extra - Call for Details

Blue

Black

Red

Yellow

Grey

Green

• Other body/lid colours available upon request • Lid graphics are available - Call for Details

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x L x W mm

Painted Zintec Body Model

Stainless Steel Body Model

860 x 290 x 260

ERA-60

ERA-SS-60

Capacity Litres

Overall Size H x L x W mm

Single Unit

Model

100

860 x 385 x 260

ERA-100

ERA-SS-100

895 x 310 x 310

555PF/RC1

555PF/RC4

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Set of 4 Units

147

WASTE MANAGEMENTOffice Recycling Bins INTERNAL

THE ENVIROBIN RANGE

C B The Envirobin ‘Family’ range of recycling bins has capacities which range from a compact 55 litres to a generous 140 litres

ENVIROBIN 100

• Capacity: 100 Litres • Size: 448W x 448D x 807H mm • Liner: Sack retention • Labels: Choice of WRAP compliant lids & labels • Colour: Warm Grey body Type

Colour

Model

Plastic

Red

81155/1041

Cans

Grey

81155/1021

MIDI ENVIROBIN

• Capacity: 82 Litres • Size: 302W x 541D x 866H mm • Liner: Sack retention • Labels: Choice of WRAP compliant lids & labels • Colour: Warm Grey body

Type

Colour

Model

Plastic

Red

81720/11/81 81720/11/62

Paper

Blue

81155/1000

Cans

Grey

General

White

81155/1202

Paper

Blue

81720/1/11

Mixed

Lime Green

81155/1060

General

White

81720/21/04

Split

Please Specify

81155/2001

Mixed

Lime Green

81720/51/80

MINI ENVIROBIN

• Capacity: 55 Litres • Size: 302W x 523D x 660H mm • Liner: Sack retention • Labels: Choice of WRAP compliant lids & labels • Colour: Warm Grey body Type

148

CAVALIER - CATERING BINS

Maxi ENVIROBIN

• Capacity: 140 Litres • Size: 550W x 615D x 1220H mm • Liner: Sack retention • Labels: Choice of WRAP compliant lids & labels • Colour: Warm Grey body

Colour

Model

Type

Plastic

Red

81691/11/81

Cans

Grey

81691/11/62

Paper

Blue

General Mixed

Colour

Model

Plastic

Red

81692/21/81

Cans

Grey

81692/21/62

81691/1/11

Paper

Blue

81692/1/11

White

81691/21/04

General

White

81692/1/04

Lime Green

81691/41/80

Mixed

Lime Green

81692/61/80

• Heavy Duty & Robust • Suitable for Catering applications • Capacity: 100 Litres • Liner: Sack Retention • Choice of colours.(see chart below) Overall Size W x D x H mm 448 x 448 x 899

COLOURS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model 81155/1

Recycling Bins

WASTE MANAGEMENT

CONFIDENTIAL RECYCLING BIN

polo triple recycling bin

• Manufactured in Zintec Steel • Self closing, fire retardant Metal bins • Large, lightly sprung flap for ease of use • Available with easy lift Galvanised liner,self-adhesive wording & lock- Call for Details

• Robust construction, manufactured in powder coated Zintec Steel • Self closing, fire retardant metal bins • Security Triangle LockUnique Bag Tidy Rings • Tops in any colour & recycling logo- Call for Details

Description Push Bin Recycling Bin

Capacity Litres

Overall Size W x D x H mm

310 x 310 x 895

With Lock

Model 555PF 555CB 555CB/K

Capacity Litres 270

Overall Size W x D x H mm 1120 x 420 x 810

Model POLOTRIPLE

RECYCLING CENTRE

• Fire retardant metal bins • Manufactured in Zintec Steel • For paper, general waste & cans/bottles • Available with easy lift Galvanised liner &self-adhesive wording - Call for Details • Other colours available- Call for Details • Supplied as a set of 3 - singles available

• Manufactured in Zintec Steel with Stainless Steel tops • Separate your waste prior to disposal • For paper, general waste & cans/bottles • Galvanised liner included • Self-adhesive wording- Call for Details • Supplied as a set of 3 - singles available

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Description Without Liner With Liner

Capacity Litres 60

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

310 x 310 x 895

555 RCT 555 RCTL

Capacity Litres 120

Overall Size Dia. x H mm 455 x 760

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model 701 REC

149

WASTE MANAGEMENT Recycling Bins RECYCLING PEDAL BINS

RECYCLING CENTRE BINS - SET OF 3

• Recycling centre ideal for office & industrial use • Stainless Steel casing & Plastic pedal bin lids make these bins easy to clean & hygienic • Removable Plasticinners for easy cleaning

• Supplied as a set of 3 bins • Suitable for Paper, Plastic & Can/Tin waste • Manufactured from Steel

RCJ30Z

Compartments 23 34

Capacity Litres 04 5

Overall Size L x W x H mm 10 x 340 x 485

Weight kg 4.5

RCJ30Z

605 x 340 x 485

6.4

RCJ45Z

Model

Overall Size Top Ø x Capacity Weight Litres each Bottom Ø x H mm each kg each 8 49 390 x 320 x 580

RCJ49Z

RECYCLING BINS - SET OF 3

• Manufactured from 100% recycled material • Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: General Waste (White), Paper (Blue), Plastic (Red), Food & Drinks Cans (Dk Grey) & Glass (Green) Simply select the ones you want to use • Hygienic wipe-clean Plastic

• Supplied as a set of 3 complete with 5 stickers: General Waste (White), Paper (Blue), Plastic (Red), Food & Drinks Cans (Dk Grey) & Glass (Green)Simply select the ones you want to use • Ideal for offices, warehouses & factories etc • Hygienic wipe-clean Plastic

Set of 3 RCY63Z

Set of 3 RCY33Z

Capacity Litres each 30

150

Model

Overall Size L x W x H mm each 430 x 310 x 600

Weight kg each 1.75

Model RCY33Z

Capacity Litres each 60

Overall Size L x W x H mm each 320 x 455 x 800

Weight kg each 2.75

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model RCY63Z

External Banks & Bins

WASTE MANAGEMENT

ECO options, look out for the ‘recycled logo’ below which means that the bin liner has been manufactured using recycled Plastic materials. Plus choose our 100% recycled Black colour to cut down on virgin material usage

A D

HERITAGE

• Capacity: 100 Litres • Liner: Recycled Plastic • Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing

Overall Size H x Dia mm

Model

1072 x 570

81440/2

METRO

• Size Midi: 965H x 460 dia. mm • Size Maxi: 1025H x 575 dia. mm • Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing Item

Model

Midi - 84 Litres

85053/1

Maxi - 120 Litres

85054/1

• Capacity: 100 Litres • Liner: Galvanised Steel • Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing Overall Size H x Dia mm

Model

1082 x 547

81495/2

CONSORT

• Capacity: 100 Litres • Liner: Recycled Plastic • Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing Overall Size H x Dia mm

Model

1075 x 560

81192/2

OCTAPLUS

F A

HIPPO

• Liner: Steel • Stability:Integral ballast filling or ground fixing

MONARCH

• Capacity: 96 Litres • Liner: Recycled Plastic • Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing Item

Model

Free Standing Model

80836/3

Decorative Mounting

85037/5

VARIOUS COLOURS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

• 30L: 395W x 235D x 525H mm • 50L: 430W x 290D x 645H mm • Liner: Galvanised Steel • Including fixings but no post or banding Capacity

Model

30 Litres

85700/1

50 Litres

85701/1

Model

1100 x 700

86050/1

ECO PIONEER

• Capacity: 130 Litres • Size: 1170H x 680W mm • Liner: Galvanised Steel • Stability: Integral ballast filling or ground fixing Item

Colour

Model

ECO Pioneer Recycle

Lime Green & Black

81485/32

ECO Pioneer Litter

Black

81485/1

REGENT OPEN

Overall Size H x Dia mm

REGENT HOODED

• Size: 440W x 320D x 760H mm • Liner: Polyethylene Sack • Including fixings but no post or banding

Capacity

Model

50 Litres

87003/1

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

151

WASTE MANAGEMENTExternal Litter Bins OUTDOOR OPEN TOP LITTER BINS • Capacity: 75 Litres • Open top bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface • Comes complete with Zinc coated liner, lock & base • 4 Colour Options Available: Blue

Black

Red

Yellow

• Optional Concrete ballast base orfloor fixings are available - seebelow for details

SOC75Z

Overall Size H x dia. mm

Description Coloured Bin

745 x 485

Victorian Bin

SOV75Z

Model SOC75Z SOV75Z

Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts

SOF75Z

Concrete Ballast Base

SCB75Z

SOC75Z

OUTDOOR HOODED TOP LITTER BINS

SHB75Z

SHV75Z

• Capacity: 75 Litres • Hooded bin range which has a smooth easy to clean surface & prevents ingress of rainwater • Comes complete with liner, lock & base. The body is removable for easy cleaning • 4 Colour Options Available:

SHB75Z

Overall Size H x dia. mm

Description Coloured Bin

1000 x 485

Victorian Bin

152

Model SHB75Z SHV75Z

Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts

SHF75Z

Concrete Ballast Base

SHC75Z

Blue

Black

Red

Yellow

• Floor fixings are available - see table for details

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SKIP TRUCKS

WASTE MANAGEMENT

Heavy Duty Industrial Waste Truck SK206Y

• Load Capacity: 300 kg • Fitted as standard with a DEFLECTOR panel at the base of the waste truck to allow gradual safe and controlled emptying. This heavy duty, sturdy waste truck is fitted with 6 x 4" Nylon Swivel Castors for mobility whilst also being fork liftable under the handles. It features a hinged drop away base for easy emptying and can be supplied with a rodent-proof lid.

SK206Y

Overall Overall height mm width mm

Internal Load Bin height Capacity x width mm

Weight

Model

Price

1210 x 720

100 kg

SK206Y

POA

17 kg

SK206Z

POA

1460

1150

0.8 cu m

Lid for above

Tilting Skip • Maximum Load Capacity: 300kg Chassis produced from welded square hollow sections, fitted to a sheet steel body with reinforced edges. The body has a tubular steel handle to aid the manoeuvring and safe tipping of the skip. Safety catch avoids accidental tipping of the body. Paint finish Blue.

Swarf Skip SK202Y • Maximum Load Capacity: 300kg Manufactured to the same specification as the tilting skip SK201Y but produced with an internal drain. Liquid contents can be drained off through the waste pipe at the base of the unit and solid waste can then be tipped away by the use of the tilting body facility.

SK201Y

Overall Size Weight Wheels Description Capacity Model Price L x W x H mm kg mm 2 x Swivel 150 mm Tilting Skip 1350 80 SK201Y POA Cushion Tyred Castors x 930 .49 cu m 2 x 200 mm Cushion Swarf Skip x 1105 82 SK202Y POA Tyred roller bearing Wheels

Side Emptying Skip • Four way entry fork pockets. • Load Capacity of 400 kg (0.3 cum) • Fully Welded Construction. This side emptying skip is capable of tipping its contents from either side. The balanced tipping action is engaged by the use of a foot operated release mechanism and incorporates a dampening system for controlled emptying. SK204Y

Overall dim L x W x H mm

SK204Y

Internal dim L x W x D mm

Weight kg

Wheels mm

2 fixed 2 swivel 1335 x 800 x 1110 1000 x 750 x 600 78 125 mm Nylon wheels

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model Price SK204Y

POA

153

WASTE MANAGEMENTSKIP TRUCKS fork guide. 1⁄2 Cubic metre - side entry 1 Cubic metre - back entry

TILTING SKIP/TRUCK • Extremely Robust

r wide For a tion, c sele -LOC8 800 call

• Safe • Including Fork Pockets Chassis of all welded construction from heavy gauge steel. Skips of all welded construction from 12 gauge. Skip top press formed for additional rigidity and safety giving no sharp edges. The unit is fitted with a positive skip lock mechanism. Unit fitted with integral sideguards as standard, which totally encloses tip skid. The skip truck has fork lift pockets fitted as standard, complete with retaining bars. Ideal for handling swarf or any waste materials safely.

Mobile model SK101Y

1 Load Capacity: ⁄2 Cubic Metre / 300 kg Overall Body Size Wheels Height mm Length 1220 mm Width 600 mm 1115 Height 700 mm 1080

Weight

Model

Price

2 ﬁxed 160 mm Nylon 2 swivel 160 mm Nylon

85 kg

SK101Y

POA

—

85 kg

SK103Z

POA

Weight

Model

Price

2 ﬁxed 200 mm Nylon 2 swivel 200 mm Nylon

116 kg

SK102Y

POA

—

116 kg

SK104Z

POA

Load Capacity: 1 Cubic Metre / 500 kg Overall Body Size Wheels Height mm Length 1220 mm Width 1200 mm 1150 Height 700 mm 1080

Static Model SK104Z

FRONT EMPTYING SKIP

• Sturdy Robust Construction • Including Fork Pockets • Load Easily Discharged • Stackable — 2 High. Chassis welded from heavy gauge construction. Highly adaptable, each load can easily be discharged. The front emptying action allows discharging without the operator leaving vehicle. Auto release built into base for emptying into a larger skip. Load Capacity: 1 Cubic Metre / 500 kg Internal Skip Size L x W x H mm

154

1420 x 1320 x 1020

Overall Size Weight L x W x H mm kg

Nylon Wheels mm

1600 x 1500 130 x 1260

2 fixed 152 2 swivel 152

Model

Price

SK105Y

POA

SK105Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

HYGIENE TROLLEYS

WASTE MANAGEMENT JANITORIAL CLEANING TROLLEY Manufactured from durable plastic this janitorial trolley is available in either blue or grey. Fitted with 2 x 200 mm wheels at the back and 2 x 75 mm swivel castors at the front. Complete with a strong yellow PVC sack.

HI318Y Description Janitorial Trolley Blue

HI308Y

Janitorial Trolley Grey

Overall Size Shelf Load Weight Model Price L x W x H mm Heights Capacity 1140 x 500 x 972

580, 100 kg 9 kg 970mm

HI308Y

POA

HI318Y

POA

MH102Z

MH101Z HI101Y

HI102Y

MOPPING TROLLEYS

The lightweight aluminium mop handle is suitable for both mops. The mops are made from 70% cotton, 30% polyester to ensure maximum absorption and long life.

A range of 4 mopping trolleys suitable for heavy duty use. Fitted with 4 x 75 mm swivel wheels and a heavy duty plastic wringer. Models HI102Y and HI202Y have plastic corner buffers for added protection. Models HI201Y and HI202Y have two buckets which sit within a frame. The frame on these two units has a push handle making the unit easily manoeuvrable. Model HI101Y HI102Y HI201Y HI202Y

Overall Size (excluding Handle) L x W x H mm 480 x 285 x 560 680 x 410 x 720 540 x 440 x 670 840 x 430 x 700

Load Capacity 20 litre 36 litre 36 litre 60 litre

Weight kg

Price

5 kg 8 kg 7 kg 13 kg

POA POA POA POA

MHD24Z

HI201Y

Description

Model

Mop Handle

MHD24Z

1250 mm long Mops MH101Z Pack of 10

HI202Y

Mops MH102Z Pack of 10 CAUTION BOARDS • Supplied in packs of any 2 - Please specify when ordering • Fold flat for storage • Overall Size (open) H x W x D mm 610 x 310 x 340 These double sided caution signs are lightweight and easy to use. Designed for use in areas where a hazard or restriction exists.

Description

‘Out of Service’

Model

Price

CB001Z POA

‘Repair In Progress’ CB002Z POA ‘Cleaning in Progress’ CB003Z POA ‘No Entry’ CB002Z

CB004Z

CB001Z

CB003Z

CB004Z POA

‘Caution Wet Floor’ CB005Z POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

155

WASTE MANAGEMENTSPILL CONTROL & CONTAINMENT Fork Lift Chemical Kit (with drain cover) & Fork truck Oil & Fuel Kit (with drain cover)

Emergemcy Spill Kits Handy Battery Acid Kits & Handy Oil & Fuel Kits • 20 Litre Capacity • Contains socks, pads, disposal bag and instruction card • Model CSK 2 ideal for battery recharge areas and fork trucks • Model OSK 2 ideal for fork trucks and oil fuel storage areas

• 45 Litre Capacity • Contains socks, pads, disposal bag, drain cover and instruction card • Model CSK 4 ideal for battery recharge areas and fork trucks • Model OSK 4 ideal for fork trucks and oil fuel storage areas

OSK2

CSK4

OSK2

CSK2

Description

Model

Handy Battery Acid Kit

CSK2

Fork Lift Chemical kit - with drain cover

CSK4

Handy Oil & Fuel Kit

OSK2

Fork Lift Oil & Fuel Kit - with drain cover

OSK4

Large Chemical Spill Kit

OSK9

Fuel Bowser/Bulk Tank Kit with drain Cover

OSKM

• 90 Litre Capacity

• 255 Litre Oil and Fuel kit

• Contains socks, pads, disposal bag

• Contains socks, pads, disposal bag, drain cover and instruction card

and instruction card • Ideal for battery recharge areas

Description Model Large Chemical CSK9 Spill Kit

• Ideal for bulk oil and fuel storage areas

Price

Description Model Fuel Bowser/ OSKM Bulk Tank kit with drain cover

Drum Storage & Containment Products 619SO Containment Floor Tiles

• Interlocking floor tiles • Each tile 50cm square • 8 tiles per box • Each tile can contain 2.5 litres of spill Description

Model

Containment Floor Tiles

619SO

DT95/619S2

BJS00

WSA07

25 Litre Container Tray

IBC Containment Pallet

Two Drum Spill Pallet

Four Drum Spill Pallet

• Useful 65 Litre Capacity

• Compliant 1100 litre capacity

• Compliant 225 litre capacity

• Compliant 240 litre capacity

• Can store up to 5 x 25 litre

• Size 1850 x 1850 x 660mm

• Size 1300 x 800 x 380mm

• Size 1300 x 1300 x 280mm

• Compatible with most chemicals

• Can store up to two 205 litre drums

• Can store up to four 205 litre drums

• Compatible with most chemicals

containers • Compatible with most chemicals • Size 1000 x 550 x 150mm Description Model 25 Litre container tray DT95/619S2

156

QS00

Price

Description IBC Containment pallet

Model BJS00

Price

Description Two Drum Spill pallet

Model QS000

Price

Description Four drum Spill pallet

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model WSA07

Price

UNIVERsAL ABSORBENT

WASTE MANAGEMENT

Absorbent Rolls & Dispenser Stands • Available in four widths • Durable metal construction • Floor standing or wall mounted • Rolls are double weight, perforated, quality absorbent with low lint finish

AWRD/50

Description

Model AWRD/38 AFRD/38 GRS38/TP AWRD/50 AFRD/50 GT150/TP AWRD/76 AFRD/76 GRS76 AWRD/100 AFRD100 GRSW

380mm Wall Stand 380mm Floor Stand Twin Pack of 380mm Rolls 500mm Wall Stand 500mm Floor Stand Twin Pack of 50cm Rolls 760mm Wall Stand 760mm Floor Stand 760mm Roll 1000mm Wall Stand 1000mm Floor Stand 1000mm Roll

AFRD/50

Absorbent Socks (Mini Booms) • Two lengths available • Brilliant absorbent capacity • Ideal for water and oil leaks and spills

Loose Wood Fibre Absorbent • Can be used as a dispenser • Can be used as a drip pan • Massive 14 litre capacity • Supplied in a case of three • Leight weight and easy to use

GS20

LW14/T

Description

Model

Loose Wood Fibre Absorbent LW14/T

GP25

AWRD/76

• Flexible Sock fits snugly around machine • GS20 and GS08 supplied in a durable dispenser box • Can be incinerated GS16

Descrition

Model

Price

Box of 20 x 1200mm Socks Bulk Box of 40 x 1200mm Socks Box of 8 x 3000mm Socks Bulk Box of 16 x 3000mm Socks

GS20 GS40 GS08 GS16

£39.00 £75.00 £39.00 £75.00

GB100

GRS38/24

Dispenser Pack of Universal Pads

Bulk Pack of Universal Pads

Four-way Rip & Place Roll

• 25 Quality double weight pads

• Multiuse double weight roll

• Pre cut & perforated 1 litre pads

•V alue pack of 100 double weight precut and perforated pads

• Suitable for oils, fuels & mild liquids

• Fully perforated 24 meter roll

• Supplied in a durable dispenser box

• Supplied polywrapped

• Supplied in a portable dispenser box

Description Dispenser Pack of Universal Pads

Model

Price

GP25

£17.00

Description

Model

Bulk Pack of Universal Pads

GB100 £57.00

Price

• Use as a pad, roll or wiper

Description Four-way Rip & Place Roll

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

Price

GRS38/24 £29.00

157

WASTE MANAGEMENT RACK SACK RACK SACK • Easy collection of warehouse waste • Helps waste segregation • Simple fixing and trouble-free handling • Reusable Available Designs • General Waste • Mixed Paper & Card • Plastic Only

The problem of managing warehouse waste is easily and quickly disposed of by hanging the new Beaverswood ‘racksack’ to the end frames around the warehouse. The ‘racksack’ fixes neatly onto most racking and shelving systems that are between 900mm to 1100mm deep by means of two strong ‘S’ locators. The locators simply hook into the holes of the side profile of the end frames and allow the sack to be quickly removed and emptied. (Locators are supplied) The ‘racksack’ is made from tough woven polypropylene that will withstand the rigours of a modern warehouse and features three strong handles, one on each side for carrying and one on the base for emptying. The ‘racksack’ is printed with one of three designs to allow for waste segregation – Mixed Paper & Card, Plastic Only and General Waste. Dimensions: 800mm high x 920mm wide x 400mm deep. Ref

Pack Quantity

RS1

RS5

RS10

Please suffix : /MP for mixed waste /P for Plastics /GW for General Waste

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

158

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

WASTE MANAGEMENT

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

159

SPILL CONTAINMENT SPILL DECKS Low Profile, Modular SpillDecks Allow You To Design And Create A Containment System That Meets Your Specific Needs Ultra-SpillDecks are available in 1, 2 and 4-drum modules. Modules are easily connected together with bulkhead fittings to allow a virtually unlimited number of customized configurations.

Bulkhead fittings allow spills to flow to adjacent sump areas, increasing containment capacity while maintaining a low profile.

All Ultra-SpillDecks offer slip-resistant grating to reduce OSHA slip hazards.

• Polyethylene construction meets a wide range of chemical compatibility needs. • Low profile, 5 3/4” height offers safe and convenient loading/unloading of drums. • Applications include hazardous waste collection, storage of virgin chemicals, drum dispensing and battery storage. • Optional Loading Ramps provide added drum handling safety and convenience. Part No. 1090 Polyethylene P6 System Part No. 1086

Part No. 1072

Part No. 1321

Part No. 1089

Connect your choice of 1, 2 and 4-drum SpillDeck modules to custom design your own secondary containment storage pad.

The bulkhead fittings not only “lock” connected modules together, but allow spilled liquid to flow from one module to the next. Ultra-SpillDeck Containment Systems meet SPCC, EPA and Uniform Fire Code Spill Containment Regulations when assembled in configurations of six (6) drums or more. Ultra-SpillDeck P1 Module

Ultra-SpillDeck P2 Module

Ultra-SpillDeck P4 Module

Ultra-SpillDeck Loading Ramp

Part No. 1321

Part No. 1086

Part No. 1072

Part No. 1089

Dimensions: 25 7/8” x 25 7/8” x 5 3/4”

Dimensions: 52” x 25 7/8” x 5 3/4”

Dimensions: 52” x 52” x 5 3/4”

Dimensions: 24” x 32” x 5 3/4”

Weight: 23 lbs.

Weight: 40 lbs.

Weight: 62 lbs.

Weight: 17 lbs.

Uniformly Distributed Load: 1,500 Lbs.

Uniformly Distributed Load: 3,000 Lbs.

Uniformly Distributed Load: 6,000 Lbs.

Containment Capacity: 11 gallons

Containment Capacity: 22 gallons

Containment Capacity: 44 gallons

Options: 26” T-Strip, 2 required/long side Bulkhead Fitting Sidewall Plug

Available in 6-drum and 8-drum models, Ultra-SpillDecks are perfect for satellite collection of hazardous wastes or storage of virgin chemicals. • One-piece, molded sump with elevated 2’ x 4’ black grates. • Polyethylene grates feature slip resistant, ”diamond plate” surface design. • Deck holds up to 1,500 lbs. per drum UDL (uniformly distributed load). • Designed for use with Ultra-SpillDeck Loading Ramp (Part# 1089)

160

Ultra-SpillDeck P6

Ultra-SpillDeck P8

Part No. 1175

Part No. 1075

Dimensions: 74 1/4” x 50” x 5 1/4”

Dimensions: 98 1/2” x 50” x 5 1/4”

Weight: 86 lbs.

Weight: 110 lbs.

Uniformly Distributed Load: 9,000 lbs.

Uniformly Distributed Load: 10,000 Lbs.

Containment Capacity: 66 gallons

Containment Capacity: 75 gallons

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SPILL DECKS

SPILL CONTAINMENT

Combine High-Strength And Low-Profile Features While Meeting EPA Container Storage Regulations • Low profile positions drum funnels below eye level — significantly reduces the potential for hazardous fluids to splash into the eyes or face. • Nearly 50% lower than standard spill pallets, drum handling is safer and less strenuous. • Forkliftable, all-polyethylene construction. • Removable grates feature a non-slip surface. • Available in 1, 2, 3 and 4-drum configurations.

Superior weight capacity of the 4-drum model also allows use with IBC tanks.

Ultra-Spill Pallet P1 Plus Part# 9606: no drain Part# 9607: with drain Dimensions: 40” x 40” x 12” (1,016 mm x 1,016 mm x 305 mm) Weight: 51 lbs. (23 kg) Uniformly Distributed Load: 800 lbs. (364 kg) Containment Capacity: 62 gallons (235 L) Ultra-Spill Pallet P2 Plus Part# 9610: no drain Part# 9611: with drain Dimensions: 65 1/2” x 40” x 8 3/4” (1,664 mm x 1,016 mm x 222 mm) Weight: 88 lbs. (40 kg) Uniformly Distributed Load: 4,500 lbs. (2,045 kg) Containment Capacity: 66 gallons (250 L) Ultra-Spill Pallet P3 Plus Part# 9626: no drain Part# 9627: with drain Dimensions: 83” x 34.5” x 8 3/4” (2108 mm x 876 mm 222 mm) Weight: 90 lbs. (41 kg) Uniformly Distributed Load: 4,500 lbs. (2,045 kg) Containment Capacity: 66 gallons (250 L) Ultra-Spill Pallet P4 Plus Part# 9630: no drain Part# 9631: with drain Dimensions: 62” x 62” x 8 3/4” (1,575 mm x 1,575 mm x 222 mm) Weight: 140 lbs. (63.5 kg) Uniformly Distributed Load: 9,000 lbs. (4,091 kg) Containment Capacity: 75 gallons (284 L) Optional Loading Ramp: Part# 0678 Fits P1 Plus. Part# 0676 fits P2, P3 and P4 Plus.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

161

SPILL CONTAINMENT Drum Rack Containment DRUM RACK CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

Polyethylene Drum Racks Capture Spills, Keep Your Workplace Clean And Safe • All DrumRack Models tilt the drums slightly forward, allowing maximum drainage — optimize your use of chemicals while minimizing waste. • Ultra-DrumRack Systems improve worker safety by keeping slippery chemicals and oils off the plant floor.

Part No. 2383

Part No. 2380

1-Drum System

2-Drum System

4-Drum System

Part No. 2386 : no drain Part No. 2387 : with drain

Part No. 2383 : no drain Part No. 2384 : with drain

Part No. 2380 : no drain Part No. 2381 : with drain

Dimensions: 52” x 29” x 49 1/2”

Dimensions: 53” x 53” x 44 3/4”

Dimensions: 53” x 53” x 77 3/4”

Weight: 93 lbs.

Weight: 137 lbs.

Weight: 189 lbs.

Load Capacity: 750 lbs.

Load Capacity: 1,500 lbs.

Load Capacity: 3,000 lbs.

Containment Capacity: 66 gallons

Includes : SpillPallet and DrumRack P1

Includes : SpillPallet and DrumRack P2

Includes : SpillPallet & (2) DrumRack P2s

Options: Dispensing Shelf Part No. 2390 DrumRack P1 Part No. 9030 DrumRack P2 Part No. 2389 Locator Pins Part No. 2391

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Part No. 1031: 12” x 48” x 4 3/4”ID Part No. 1034: 24” x 36” x 4 3/4”ID Part No. 1032: 24” x 48” x 4 3/4”ID Part No. 1035: 36” x 36” x 4 3/4”ID Part No. 1033: 30” x 48” x 4 3/4”ID

ULTIMATE TRAY

Keep Messy Drips and Spills Off Warehouse and Factory Floors • Heavy-duty polyethylene construction — will not rust or corrode. • Ribbed bottom keeps cans, pails and other containers elevated above any spills or leaks. • Stackable for easy storage when not in use. • Available in five sizes for a variety of applications.

162

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SPILL BERM & Rack

SPILL CONTAINMENT Part No. 2101 Black Connector Part No. 2102 90° Orange Corner

Decide what shape or configuration is required and use optional Connectors and 90° Corners to complete the area.

Part No. 2100

SPILL BERM

Temporary Berm Seals Off Spills From The Environment, Nearby Drains And Door Stake Wall Model Containment Berms feature a unique design that allows the sidewalls to collapse in either direction and spring back automatically to their upright position! Roll drums over the sidewalls, drive trucks through them, and the sidewalls always return to vertical without assistance. • Standard 10-foot sections can be cut to various lengths to meet custom needs. • Unique, urethane material “weeps” into small cracks and crevices to seal off liquid flow. • SpillBerm is non-absorbing and is easily cleaned for repeated use. • Applications include: • Spill response • Temporary secondary containment • Sealing off of doorways during washdown operations • Flexible Ultra-SpillBerm will bend and turn to form almost any shape while temporarily “bonding” to any smooth surface.

Part No. 2100: Orange • Part No. 2050: Black Dimensions: 10’ x 4” x 2 1/4”

Weight: 31 lbs. per unit Material: Non-absorbing polyurethane Optional Connectors (Part No. 2101) used to connect 10’ sections Optional Corners (Part No. 2102) are used with Connectors to make 90° corners

Rack Containment Tray

Capture Leaks And Spills Underneath Pallet Racking • Low-profile (2 3/4”) slides easily under pallet racking and shelving. • Small leaks and spills from palletized contents above are captured — keeping floors clean and free from slip hazards. • Black, all-polyethylene construction provides excellent chemical compatibility and corrosion resistance. • Multiple tray systems available to fit any size rack or shelf. Additional trays and/ or connectors may be added for larger applications or revised configurations.

Part No. 2370: Single Tray

Part No. 2371: Two Tray System

Part No. 2372: Three Tray System

(Includes two trays and one connector)

(Includes three trays and two connectors)

Dimensions: 23 1/2” x 44” x 2 3/4”

Dimensions: 48” x 44” x 2 3/4”

Dimensions: 72” x 44” x 2 3/4”

Weight: 8 lbs.

Weight: 16 lbs.

Weight: 27 lbs.

Capacity: 16 gallons

Capacity: 24 gallons

Capacity: 8 gallons

Option: Connector — Part No. 2373

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

163

SPILL CONTAINMENTSPILL DRUM storage

Part No. 9612

HARDTOP p2 PLUS

Store Hazardous Drums Safely Outdoors With Pumps And Funnels In Place! • Tall 23 3/4” head space easily accommodates rotary drum pumps and large conical funnels. • Low profile (8 3/4”) containment pallet positions drum-top funnels at a safe, convenient level to pour hazardous wastes. • 100% polyethylene construction will not rust or corrode.

“Swing out” lower doors provide full access to drums for loading and unloading — optional ramp features a non-slip surface. Loading Ramp (Part No. 0676) stores neatly inside the containment unit when not in use.

Ultra-HardTop P2 Plus is lockable with a standard padlock, and can be safely lifted by forklift with drums in place.

164

Ultra-HardTop P2 Plus

Loading Ramp

Part No. 9612: no drain Part No. 9613: with drain

Part No. 0676

Dimensions: 67 1/4” x 41 1/4” x 74”

Dimensions: 46” x 28” x 8 3/4”

Weight: 260 lbs.

Weight: 25 lbs.

Uniformly Distributed Load: 4,500 lbs.

Surface: Non-slip

Containment Capacity: 66 gallons

Construction: Polyethylene

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SPILL DRUM storage

SPILL CONTAINMENT

Part No. 9652

HARDTOP PLUS

Safely Store Multiple Drums Outdoors • Available in 8, 12, 16 and 20-drum models. Extender Kits are available to expand capacity beyond 20-drums. • All polyethylene construction — offers excellent chemical resistance, will not rust or corrode. • Separate, lockable compartments feature a unique “2-way” entry system — allows quick access to all four (4) drums. • Roll-top covers can be easily lifted from waist height to access drum tops. • Swing-out doors provide safety and convenience for loading or unloading drums. • Low-profile (8-3/4” height) containment pallet positions drum-tops at a safe, convenient level to pour wastes into funnels or to use drum pumps. • Rugged, 9,000 lb. uniformly distributed load (UDL) capacity per compartment allows safe storage of IBC tanks as well as drums. • Units ship partially unassembled for freight savings.

Part No. 9654

Part No. 9650: HardTop P8, no drain, 815 lbs. Part No. 9651: HardTop P8, with drain, 815 lbs. Dimensions: 126” x 62” x 79” Capacity: (8) 55-gallon drums

Part No. 9652: HardTop P12, no drain, 1190 lbs. Part No. 9653: HardTop P12, with drain, 1190 lbs. Dimensions: 188” x 62” x 79” Capacity: (12) 55-gallon drums

Part No. 9654: HardTop P16, no drain, 1565 lbs. Part No. 9655: HardTop P16, with drain, 1565 lbs. Dimensions: 250” x 62” x 79” Capacity: (16) 55-gallon drums

Part No. 9656: HardTop P20, no drain, 1940 lbs. Part No. 9657: HardTop P20, with drain, 1940 lbs. Dimensions: 312” x 62” x 79” Capacity: (20) 55-gallon drums.

Use optional Ramp (Part No. 0676) for easier drum handling — stores inside HardTop when not in use.

Part No. 9658: 4-Drum HardTop Extender Kit, no drain, 375 lbs. Part No. 9659: 4-Drum HardTop Extender Kit, with drain, 375 lbs.

Weight Capacity: 9,000 lbs. UDL per compartment Containment Capacity: 75 gallons per compartment Options: Polyethylene Loading Ramp — Part No. 0676

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

165

SPILL CONTAINMENT SPILL PALLET IBC SPILL PALLET

Part No. 1057

Double Stack IBC Tanks And Save Valuable Floor Space! • 16,000 lb. weight capacity accommodates up to twofull IBCs. • 100% polyethylene construction has no metal parts — rust and corrosion are things of the past. Inner polyethylene supports feature a dense pattern of vertical ribs which provide superior strength. Rated at 16,000 lbs. UDL capacity, the Ultra-IBC SpillPallet will provide years of service under rigorous conditions.

Part No. 1057: no drain Part No. 1058: with drain

Containment Capacity: 400 gallons

Dimensions: 58 3/4” x 58 3/4” x 33” 52” x 52” Usable Grating Surface

Uniformly Distributed Load: 16,000 lbs.

Weight: 444 lbs.

Options: Outdoor PullOver Cover, Separate Purchase of 400-Gallon Sump

Part No. 1157

IBC SPILL PALLET Plus

Economical And Portable Containment For IBCs • Low profile, 28” overall height — allows safe and convenient IBC tank handling and dispensing. • All polyethylene construction — offers excellent chemical resistance and will not rust or corrode. • Forkliftable — allows convenient positioning to desired locations. • Low-cost design with value-added feature and benefits. • Large 52” x 52” deck allows safe and convenient placement of IBC tanks. • Small footprint — 62” x 62” unit requires minimal floor space. • Available with optional Bucket Shelf (Part no. 1160) — catches leaks or spills during dispensing.

Part No. 1160 (Bucket Shelf)

Part No. 1159 Optional PullOver Cover keeps rainwater out of sump and helps comply with Stormwater Management Regulations.

Four inner polyethylene columns support uniformly distributed loads of up to 8,500 lbs. All components are easily removed for cleaning.

Ultra-IBC SpillPallet Plus

166

Spills from dispensing that exceed 3 gallons are channeled into the 360-gallon sump through a bulkhead fitting.

Ultra-BucketShelf

Part No. 1157: no drain Part No.1158: with drain

Containment Capacity: 360 gallons

Part No. 1160

Dimensions: 62” x 62” x 28”

Uniformly Distributed Load: 8,500 lbs.

Dimensions: 19 1/2” x 16” x 14 1/2”

Weight: 324 lbs.

Meets EPA Container Storage Regulation 40 CFR 264.175, 264.177(c) and 265.177(c).

Weight: 10 lbs.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SPILL PALLET NESTABLE

SPILL CONTAINMENT

SPILL PALLET NESTABLE MODEL

Low-Profile, Nestable Spill Pallet Reduces Shipping Costs and Storage Space • Large, 66-gallon sump captures leaks and spills from steel or poly drums. • Nestable design allows multiple pallets to be shipped (or stored) in a minimal amount of space. • 100% polyethylene construction — compatible with a broad range of chemicals, including acids and corrosives. • Low-profile (10” height) makes drum handling safer and easier. • 2-way forkliftable — provides easy positioning and relocation. Part No. 1230: no drain | Part No. 1231: with drain Dimensions: 51” x 51” x 10” (1,295 mm x 1,295 mm x 254 mm) Weight: 80 lbs. (36 kg)

Containment Capacity: 66 gallons (250 L) 6,000 lbs. (2,722 kg)

SPILL PALLET

Spill Pallets Are Built For Heavy Loads And Convenient Handling • High load capacity — 6,000 lbs. for 4-Drum Model, 3,000 lbs. for 2-Drum Model. • Bright, safety yellow sidewalls are translucent, offering convenient visual leak detection. • 100% polyethylene construction — compatible with a broad range of chemicals, including acids and corrosives. Ultra-Spill Pallet P4 Part No. 1000: no drain | Part No. 1001: with drain Dimensions: 53” x 53” x 11 3/4” (1,347 mm x 1,347 mm x 299 mm) Weight: 90 lbs. (41 kg) Containment Capacity: 66 gallons (250 L) Uniformly Distributed Load: 6,000 lbs. (2,727 kg) Optional Pull Over Covers, Part No. 1006 Optional Loading Ramp, Part No. 0678

Ultra-Spill Pallet P2 Part No. 1010: no drain | Part No. 1011: with drain

Part No. 1010

Dimensions: 53” x 29” x 16 1/2” (1,347 mm x 737 mm x 419 mm) Weight: 63 lbs. (29 kg) Containment Capacity: 66 gallons (250 L) Uniformly Distributed Load: 3,000 lbs. (1,364 kg) Optional Pull Over Covers, Part No. 1016

Part No. 1000

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

167

SPILL CONTAINMENT SPILL COLLECTOR & OVER PACKS SPILL COLLECTOR

Mobile Secondary Container Provides Maximum Protection For The Inner Drum

Part No. 1040

• Applications include satellite waste collection, general storage of chemical drums and portable drum pumping stations. • Rugged design allows Flat Bottom Model and Pallet Jack • Model to be safely handled by forklift under top flange. • 66 gallon containment capacity.

Part No. 1041

Part No. 1041: Pallet Jack Model

Part No. 1040: Flat Bottom Model

Dimensions: 32 1/2” outside diameter 24 1/4” diameter opening 28 5/8” outside height

Dimensions: 34” outside diameter 24 1/4” diameter opening 27 1/4” outside height

Containment Capacity: 66 gallons

Weight: 28 lbs.

Weight: 27 lbs.

Handling: May be handled with narrow pallet jack. May be lifted with forklift under top flange.

Handling: May be lifted with forklift under top flange. May be wheeled with optional dolly.

Options: Drain Fitting, Dolly (Fits Flat Bottom Model Only)

Part No. 0417 (Optional Dolly)

OVER PACKS

Versatile Ultra-Over Packs Offer The Highest UN And DOT Certifications Available • 95-, 55-, 30- and 20-gallon models comply with UN Packaging Group 1 (X-Rating) and are certified for use as DOT Salvage Drums, 49 CFR 173.3 (c).* • High-density polyethylene construction offers excellent chemical resistance, including acids, caustics and corrosives. • Convenient, “no-tools-required” closures are perfect for clean-up and spill response activities. • Nestable design and low tare weight allow convenient storage and reduced transportation costs.

Part No. 0500 95 gallon

Applications Include: • Overpacking of Damaged or Leaking Packages • Collection and Transport of Soiled Sorbents • Clean-up of Contaminated Sites • Emergency Response • Direct Containment and Transport of Hazardous Solids • Use as Spill Kits

Part No. 0526 55 gallon

Part No. 0510 30 gallon

Part No. 0600, 20 gallon

168

Part No. 0500: 95 Gallon

Part No. 0526: 55 Gallon

Part No. 0510: 30 Gallon

Part No. 0600: 20 Gallon

Top Outside Dia: 31” (788 mm)

Top Outside Dia: 24 7/8” (632 mm)

Top Outside Dia: 21 3/4” (552 mm)

Bottom Outside Dia: 25 1/8” (638 mm)

Bottom Outside Dia: 20” (508 mm)

Bottom Outside Dia: 17” (432 mm)

Bottom Outside Dia: 17 3/4” (451 mm)

Outside Height: 43 1/4” (1,098 mm)

Outside Height: 37 1/2” (952 mm)

Outside Height: 28 1/4” (717 mm)

Outside Height: 16 3/4” (425 mm)

Weight: 49 lbs. (22 kg)

Weight: 24 lbs. (11 kg)

Weight: 17 lbs. (7.5 kg)

Weight: 16 lbs. (7.5 kg)

Rated Capacity: 95 gallons (360 L)

Rated Capacity: 55 gallons (208 L)

Rated Capacity: 30 gallons (113.5 L)

Rated Capacity: 20 gallons (761 L)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

FUNNELS & DRUM TRUCK

SPILL CONTAINMENT

Bung Access Funnel

The Bung Access Ultra-Funnel allows access to the 3/4” drum bung. Installation of our pop-up liquid level gauge in the 3/4” bung allows visual monitoring of waste level in the drum and helps you plan ahead for drum removal. It also eliminates the mess caused by overfilling! Part No. 0482

Part No. 0484

Unique zig-zag channeled surface diffuses splashing. Level surfaces allow filters, paint cans, buckets and bottles to remain upright while draining passively. Part No. 0482: with spout Part No. 0484: with hinged cover, with spout Dimensions: 23 5/8” OD x 5 1/2” (600 mm x 140 mm) 29” x 26 3/4” x 9 1/2” (737 mm x 679 mm x 241 mm) with hinged cover Weight: 10 lbs. (4.5 kg) 17 lbs. (7.5 kg) with hinged cover Capacity: 6 gallons (23 L) Options: Snap-on Cover, Part No. 0485 PopUp Fill Gauge, Part No. 9985

Optional hinged cover keeps dirt and unwanted materials out of your waste stream. It’s also lockable for secure drum management.

Burp-Free Funnel

Part No. 0651

Burp-Free Ultra-Funnels feature a built-in vent. No more splashing or “burping” when pouring liquids! • Threaded brass insert screws into 2” drum bung or tank cap. • All polyethylene construction won’t rust or corrode — provides excellent chemical resistance. • Hinged, lockable lid prevents unauthorized access. • Larger style (Part No. 0656) provides bigger pouring area and easy access. Part No. 0651: Standard

Weight: 6 lbs. (3 kg)

Dimensions: 13 3/8” dia. x 11” H (340 mm dia. x 279 mm H)

Part No. 0656: Large

Weight: 8 lbs. (3.5 kg)

Dimensions: 22” dia. x 11 1/2” H (559 mm dia. x 292 mm H)

DRUM TRUCK

Drum Handling, Dispensing and Containment in One Unit • Rugged polyethylene construction offers excellent chemical resistance. • Unlike alternative products, the open containment sump does not require spills to flow inside the double walls to meet EPA regulations — easy to clean; eliminates residue concerns as related to compatibility. • Can be used with 55- or 30-gallon drums — nylon strap keeps drums secure. • Ergonomically designed for safe and easy handling. • Large 10” wheels roll easily over shop and factory floors. • Part No. 1312 has large, pneumatic wheels for soft or uneven surfaces. Part No. 1310: indoor and smooth surfaces Part No.1312: all terrain use Containment Capacity: 66 gallons

Dimensions: 32” x 72 1/4” x 27” Weight: 118 lbs. Weight Capacity: 600 lbs.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

169

SPILL CONTAINMENTCONTAINMENT BERMS Part No. 8506

ULTIMATE MODEL

Unique, “Living Hinge” Design Allows Hands-Free Drive In/Drive Out — No Need To Manually Raise Or Lower The Endwalls • Entry and exit walls are supported every 12” with a patented “living hinge”. • Once a vehicle has entered or exited, the walls automatically spring back to their vertical position. • Both long sidewalls are held upright by PVC sidewall assemblies. Simply swivel the feet to lower the sidewalls for storage or transport to another location.

Two-way “living hinge” design allows convenient, hands-free drive in/drive out. Dimensions

Part #

Weight

Containment Capacity

12’ x 60’ x 1’

8505

309 lbs.

5,385 gallons

15’ x 50’ x 1’

8506

326 lbs.

5,610 gallons

15’ x 66’ x 1’

8506

405 lbs.

7,405 gallons

Drive-in/drive-out endwalls teamed up with Collapsible sidewalls offer the Ultimate combination — “Hands Free” convenience and an affordable design!

Options: Ground Tarps, Track Belts. Self-Bailer

170

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CONTAINMENT BERMS

SPILL CONTAINMENT

Part No. 8437

Rapid Rise Model

Sidewalls Stay Lowered And Out Of The Way Until They Are Needed • Sidewalls remain down during normal operations, loading and unloading. Vehicles and equipment can drive in and out from any angle, with no sidewall set-up or take-down required. • In the case of a spill, the foam ring around the top perimeter of the Containment Berm rises with the level of spilled liquid. • Custom sizes available. • Standard material of construction is Copolymer 2000™. Dimensions

Part #

Weight

Containment Capacity

4’ x 6’ x 1’

8430

29 lbs.

179 gallons

4’ x 6’ x 1’

8431

35 lbs.

269 gallons

10’ x 10’ x 1’

8432

63 lbs.

748 gallons

12’ x 26’ x 1’

8437

149 lbs.

2,333 gallons

15’ x 50’ x 1’

8433

278 lbs.

5,385 gallons

15’ x 66’ x 1’

8434

357 lbs.

5,610 gallons

Options: Ground Tarps, Track Belts. Self-Bailer,

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

171

SPILL CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT BERMS

Part No. 8612

COMPACT MODEL

Compact Design Folds Into A Tight Package – Minimal Space Required To Store Onboard Trucks And Hazmat Response Vehicles • Compact, lightweight, portable design — no inflation required. • Protect heavy equipment from spills during filling, discharging, cleaning and maintenance. • Smaller sizes provide total containment of drums, tanks, generators, compressors and other equipment prone to leaks and spills. • Sidewalls lower quickly to allow drive in/drive out.

STEP 2: Insert the sidewall struts into their pockets. Compact Berms are ready to go!

STEP 1: Unfold onto the desired location... (note: 12’ x 60’ x 1’ pictured)

172

Dimensions

Part #

Weight

Containment Capacity

4’ x 6’ x 1’

8609

34 lbs.

179 gallons

6’ x 6’ x 1’

8610

39 lbs.

269 gallons

10’ x 10’ x 1’

8611

72 lbs.

748 gallons

12’ x 60’ x 1’

8612

335 lbs.

5,385 gallons

15’ x 50’ x 1’

8613

317 lbs.

5,610 gallons

15’ x 66’ x 1’

8614

404 lbs.

7,405 gallons

Options: Ground Tarps, Track Belts, Protective Storage Bags. Self-Bailer

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CONTAINMENT BERMS

SPILL CONTAINMENT

Part No. 8310

STAKE WALL MODEL

Portable Secondary Containment For Drums, Tanks, Equipment And Vehicles Stake Wall Model Containment Berms feature a unique design that allows the sidewalls to collapse in either direction and spring back automatically to their upright position! Roll drums over the sidewalls, drive trucks through them, and the sidewalls always return to vertical without assistance. • Does not rely on inflation, hinged straps or cumbersome frames to keep sidewalls up. • No set-up required — unfold and the sidewalls automatically spring into their vertical position. • Helps comply with federal and local stormwater regulations. • Custom sizes available. Dimensions

4’ x 6’ x 1’

Weight

10’ x 10’ x 1’

15’ x 50’ x 1’

15’ x 66’ x 1’

Part

8609

8309

8310

8337

8332

Weight

44 lbs.

50 lbs.

100 lbs.

438 lbs.

563 lbs.

Containment Capacity

179 gallons

269 gallons

748 gallons

5,610 gallons

7,405 gallons

Material of Construction

XR5, an ethylene copolymer, is standard. Copolymer 2000TM, polyurethane and other materials are also available on a custom basis.

Options

Track belts, ground tarps, protective storage bags, PullOver Covers. Self-Bailer

Sidewalls collapse, offering convenient loading / unloading on remote locations.

Containment Berms deploy in only seconds, no assembly required... excellent for off-site containment of generators, transformers, fuel tanks, vehicles, etc.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

173

SPILL CONTAINMENT PoP UP POOLS Pop Up Pools Instantly Expand To Capture Leaks From Saddle Tanks, Pipes, Hydraulic Lines And Many Other Industrial Incidents Ultra-Pop Up Pools are available in 400, 250, 150, 100, 66 and 20 gallon sizes. Choose Sprung Steel or Economy Models to meet your needs. Simply remove them from their protective carrying case and give them a quick shake — they instantly expand and are ready for response to any emergency. • Unique, patented design — foam ring rises with level of liquid to raise sidewalls. • Compact folded size — stores efficiently inside spill kits; handles on storage bag* can also be used to hang on a wall near shipping/ receiving docks. • All polyethylene construction — offers excellent chemical resistance, including diesel fuel, antifreeze, acids, caustics and corrosives.

Part No. 8150 or 8153

Economy Models are easily rolled into a tight package. Store them inside the optional Ultra-Cab Mount Container, which can be bolted to the back side of a truck cab

Ultra-Pop Up Pools are perfect for providing temporary secondary containment for drums, leaking packages, etc.

• Helps minimize environmental damage and related clean-up costs. • Excellent for response to damaged saddle tanks and cross-over lines, hazmat spills, leaking containers, machinery and piping. • Other applications include use as a decontamination pool and collection pool for soiled sorbents.

Part No. 8020, 8022

Part No. 8066, 8068

Part# 8100, 8102

Part# 8150, 8153

Part# 8160

Part# 8162

20 gallon capacity (76 L)

66 gallon capacity (250 L)

100 gallon capacity (379 L)

150 gallon capacity (568 L)

250 gallon capacity (946 L)

400 gallon capacity (1514 L)

Filled: Wall 8”, Top 28”, Bottom 35” (204 mm, 711 mm, 889 mm)

Filled: Wall 12”, Top 42”, Bottom 53” (305 mm, 1,067 mm, 1,347 mm)

Filled: Wall 12”, Top 53”, Bottom 64 1/2” (305 mm, 1,347 mm, 1,638 mm)

Filled: Wall 12”, Top 64”, Bottom 76” (305 mm, 1,626 mm, 1,930 mm)

Filled: Wall 12”, Top 73”, Bottom 85” (305 mm, 1,855 mm, 2,159 mm)

Filled: Wall 20”, Top 73”, Bottom 85” (508 mm, 1,855 mm, 2,159 mm)

All Models: Chemical-resistant, 10 mil. polyethylene construction. Reusable after proper decontamination. Note: 250 and 400 gallon Pop Up Pools are orange in color.

CAB MOUNT CONTAINERS

Store Pop Up Pools Behind The Cab — Out Of The Way, But Ready For Any Emergency • Durable, all-polyethylene construction will resist harsh weather effects. • Cover is lockable for security purposes. • Store Pop Up Pools outside of the cab, preserving valuable interior space for other necessities.

Part No. 8155 Dimensions: 28 1/4” x 13” x 10 3/4” (717 mm x 330 mm x 273 mm) Weight: 8 lbs. (3.5 kg) Material: Polyethylene 15’ x 50’ x 1’ 15’ x 66’ x 1’

Part No. 8155

174

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DRAIN SEALS

SPILL CONTAINMENT

DRAIN SEALS

Stop Spills From Going Down The Drain • Reinforcing mesh is “sandwiched” between layers of polyurethane — increases durability and resistance to tearing. • Unique, urethane construction allows the pad to deform and seal off most drains — temporarily “seals” to any smooth surface. • A valuable addition to any emergency response plan, spill kit, SPCC or stormwater management program. • Unlike some alternative products, BOTH sides will quickly seal drains — there is no specified “top” or “bottom.” Part No. 2124

Flexible, non-absorbing material with reinforced, tear-resistant mesh One unit per box, easily cuts to special shapes and sizes Resists oil, water and most aggressive chemicals, cleans with soap and water Prevents contaminants from entering drain Helps comply with SPCC Helps comply with NPDES

Square: Part# 2126: 18” x 18” x 3/8” • 5 lbs. Part# 2127: 24” x 24” x 3/8” • 9 lbs. Part# 2130: 36” x 36” x 3/8” • 10 lbs. Part# 2131: 42” x 42” x 3/8” • 20 lbs. Part# 2132: 48” x 48” x 3/8” • 34 lbs. Part# 2133: 54” x 54” x 3/8” • 41 lbs.

Part# 2140: Fits 18” x 18”, 24” x 24”, 12” dia. and 20” diameter DrainSeals Part# 2142: Fits 36” x 36” and 30” diameter DrainSeals Part# 2143: Fits 42” x 42”, 48” x 48” and 42” diameter DrainSeals

Circular: Part# 2134: 12” dia. x 3/8” • 2 1/2 lbs. Part# 2135: 20” dia. x 3/8” • 5 lbs. Part# 2136: 30” dia. x 3/8” • 10 lbs. Part# 2137: 42” dia. x 3/8” • 20 lbs.

Made of durable polyethylene.

Rectangular: Part# 2124: 18” x 58” x 3/8” • 16 lbs. Part# 2125: 36” x 58” x 3/8” • 30 lbs.

Non-slip handle for easy carrying.

Velcro strap allows quick and easy access.

Mounting hardware included.

Part No. 2134

Part No. 2142

Reinforcing mesh resists tearing.

Optional Ultra-DrainSeal WallMount Units allow quick response to any spill — just “grab and go”!

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

175

SPILL CONTAINMENT Universal Absorbent GENERAL PURPOSE

BX0004 BX0003

BX0005

Description

Sheet/Roll Size L x W mm

Quantity

Model

Centre-feed Roll in a Dispenser Box

200 x 380

175 Sheet Roll

BX0002

Dispenser box with 2-ply perforated Paper Roll

200 x 15,000

1 Roll

BX0003

Dispenser box of Quick-rip perforated Absorbent Roll

310 x 3100

1 Roll

BX0004

Dispenser box of Absorbent Pads

310 x 380

75 Pads

BX0005

OIL & FUEL

IDEAL FOR OIL & FUEL SPILLS

BX0665

BX0664

Description

Sheet/Roll Size L x W mm

Dispenser box of Quick-rip perforated Absorbent Roll Dispenser box of Absorbent Pads

Quantity

Model

310 x 3100

1 Roll

BX0664

310 x 380

75 Pads

BX0665

CHEMICAL

IDEAL IDEALFOR FOR CHEMICAL OIL & FUELSPILLS SPILLS

176

Description

Sheet/Roll Size L x W mm

Dispenser box of Quick-rip perforated Absorbent Roll Dispenser box of Absorbent Pads

Quantity

Model

310 x 3100

1 Roll

BX0774

310 x 380

75 Pads

BX0775

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Spill Control & Containment TANKER & VEHICLE SPILL KIT

SHOULDER BAG SPILL KIT

20Litre or 30 Litre Capacity Contains

50Litre Capacity Contains

• 2 (120cm) Socks • 12 Pads • 1 Disposal Bags

• 2 (300cm) Socks • 20 Pads • 4 Disposal Bags

Oil & Fuel Kit

General Kit

Model

20 Litre Kit

OSK20

GSK20

CSK20

30 Litre Kit

OSK30

GSK30

CSK30

Description

Chemical Kit

90Litre capacity Contains • 4 (300cm) Socks • 30 Pads • 3 Cushions • 3 Disposal Bags

90 Litre Kit

Description

Oil & Fuel Kit

General Kit

Model

OSK50

GSK50

CSK50

50 Litre Kit

Chemical Kit

OIL STORAGE AREA SPILL KIT

WORKSHOP SPILL KIT

Description

SPILL CONTAINMENT

200Litre capacity Contains • 8 (300cm) Socks • 100 Double-weight pads • 3 Disposal Bags

Oil & Fuel Kit

General Kit

Chemical Kit

Model

OSK90

GSK90

CSK90

Description 200 Litre Kit

Oil & Fuel Kit

General Kit

Model

OSK200

GSK200

CSK200

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Chemical Kit

177

SPILL CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT BOOMS

• Total height 20cm x 7.5 m longitudinal section • 5 mm Chain • Ribbed connector (7.5 cm out of the water and 12.5 cm under the water).

Mini Boom

It is an easy to handle boom for emergency situations. Its lightness and manoeuvrability make it particularly suitable for containing small spills of pollutant liquids in small creeks, streams and lakes. Particularly useful to fire brigades and emergency squads. Easy to transport on normal pick-ups. Ifs compact size make it the right solution for road and water transport companies, who may need emergency kits but who have very little storage space. Characteristics • Easy maneuvrability also by just 1 person • Portable. Ideal to reach remote areas by just 1 person • Easy and quick to assemble • Easy transport thanks to a comfortable carry bag

178

Model

Dimensions

Fabric

Chain

BMB 2075

7.5 mt. x h 20 cm

730 g/m2 PVC

5 mm.

BM BAG

730 g/m2 PVC

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CONTAINMENT BOOMS

SPILL CONTAINMENT

Junior Boom

High resistance floating boom with a total height of 45 cm, designed to be long lasting and guarantee reliability, requiring minimum maintenance in spite of many years use. Ideal for frequent use and in the case of exposure to deterioration caused by atmospheric agents and abrasion. It is the perfect floating boom for calm and protected waters with weak tidal currents, suitable for petroleum plants, industries and government organisations of emergency environment aid.

• Total height 45cm x 15 m longitudinal section • 6 mm Chain • ASTM connector (15 cm out of the water and 30 cm under the water).

Characteristics Clamp to hold the fabric with high resistance Rings to allow both towing and anchorage Double fabric to ensure longer durability Handles for easier handling on water and easier recovery

Model

Dimensions

Fabric

Chain

BJB 1210

30 mt. x h 60 cm

730 g/m2 PVC

6 mm.

BJB 1205

15 mt. x h 60 cm

730 g/m2 PVC

6 mm.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

179

Drum Handling DRUM HANDLING EQUIPMENT FORK EXTENSIONS A simple and effective way of lengthening your forks to handle longer loads. Of welded steel construction with a steel retaining strap to prevent fork extensions from sliding off the forks during use. Fits onto forks up to 50mm thick. Extensions should not exceed the length of the fork on which they are installed by more than 50%. Finish: Powder coated yellow

DH622Z Shown with hook in 3rd position

Fork Extension Min.Fork Length Length

Fit Fork Width

102 mm 43 127 mm 49 127 mm 152 mm

1524 mm 1524 mm 1830 mm 1830 mm

1016 mm 1016 mm 1220 mm 1220 mm

Weight

Model

Price

FKE1510 FKE1212 FKE1812 FKE1815

DH623Z Shown with hook in 3rd position

FORK MOUNTED JIBS

• Gives increased versatility • CE Marked and plated Of robust construction, these units convert fork lift trucks into mobile cranes. This gives greater versatility to fork lift trucks, enabling access to items usually not reachable by standard fork lift access. The jib is locked into place by pins behind the fork heels. Overall L x Wx H mm

Load Capacity in pre-set hook positions Load Capacity

Weight 1st@1240mm

2nd@1490mm

3rd@1740mm

Price

Model

4th@1990mm

2050 x 640 x 750

2000 kg

2000

1500

1000

500

100 kg

DH622Z

2050 x 640 x 755

3000 kg

3000

2500

2000

1500

150 kg

DH623Z

DRUM POSITIONER

DH629Z

180

• Can be operated without leaving the fork lift truck • CE Marked and plated This unit is ideal for loading / unloading drums stored horizontally. Designed to lift 210 litre steel and ‘L’ Ring Plastic Drums from the horizontal to the vertical position and vice versa. The positioner is locked into place by pins behind the fork heels. Finish: Stove enamel Red Overall L x Wx H mm

Load Capacity

Weight

Model

x 740 x 700 2190

kg 350

kg 60

DH629Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price

DRUM HANDLING EQUIPMENT

Drum Handling DRUM LIFTER • Safe • Robust • Unique • Maximum Load Capacity: 300 kg • Overall Width: 725mm

This unit has a unique system. Once the drum is in position the operator is able to grip the drum and lift it vertically by pumping the handle. Once lifted the drum is held securely in this position allowing safe transportation. Suitable for use with standard 205/210 litre steel drums.

Max Lift Minimum Lift Lift Height mm Height mm Distance mm DL100Z

375

265

110

Model Price DL100Z POA

DH657S

DH658S

DRUM TRUCK UNIVERSAL

DRUM TRUCK NARROW AISLE

• Maximum Load Capacity: 250 kg

• Dispensing Height: 410 mm

• Handle Height (Upright): 850 mm

• Handle Height (Upright): 985 mm

• Horizontal Drum Clearance: 320 mm Use as a drum transporter and also as a dispenser. Suitable for standard 210 litre drums. Fitted with a webbing strap (50mm wide) with quick release snap buckle and tensioning. Finish: Stove Enamel Blue. This unit is balanced / produced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums.

Narrower than a standard 210 litre drum - ideal for use in narrow aisles. Use as a drum truck or dispensing stand without removing the drum. Operators hands are always inboard for safety protection. Finish: Stove Enamel Blue. This unit is balanced / produced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums.

Overall Dimensions H x W x D mm

Wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Dimensions H x W x D mm

Wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1450 x 610 x 560

2 x 200, 2 x 250 Cushion Tyred RB

DH657S

POA

1600 x 510 x 505

4 x 200 mm Polyurethane Tyred RB

DH658S

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

181

Drum Handling DRUM HANDLING EQUIPMENT

DH482L

DH492Z

DRUM pallet loader

• Load Capacity: 250 kg Designed to load and unload standard 210 litre drums safely and efficiently from a pallet. Large hooped handles for easy handling. Drum is held in position by the use of a sliding hook located down the centre of the trolley frame. Two models available, either a hard wearing blue paint finish or zinc plated finish for extra protection in damp areas. The Pallet Loader is balanced/produced in such a way that it should be only used with full or empty drums.

Description

Overall size Weight Wheels Model Price L x W x H mm mm Painted Finish 2 x 200 cast iron centre rubber tyred wheels 1800 x 610 x 1225 46 kg POA 2 x 250 steel centre rubber tyred wheels DH482L 2 x 200 zinc plated centre rubber tyred Zinc Finish 1800 x 610 x 1225 46 kg DH492Z POA 2 x 250 rubber tyred wheels • Locks in vertical or horizontal position.

DH555Z

DH455L

DH454L

drum transporter

• Load Capacity: 250 kg Three wheeled drum transporter suitable for moving standard 210 litre steel drums. The drum sits firmly in the frame for safe transportation. Available in either painted blue finish or zinc plated for extra protection. Overall Size: 890 x 810 mm

182

Model

Price

Painted Finish 24 kg 2 x 200 rubber tyred wheels DH455L 1 x 125 mm cushion swivel castor

Description

Weight

Wheels

POA

Zinc Finish 24 kg

POA

2 x 200 rubber tyred 1 x 125 cushion swivel castor

DH555Z

Drum Mobile Carrier The cradle is clamped around the standard 210 litre steel drum whilst stood in the vertical position. The drum is lifted off the ground by pulling the main handle back into the horizontal position. By the release of two sprung loaded locking levers the drum can be rotated through 360°. Overall Ht. Handle Down

Overall Ht. W x L Capacity Handle up 870 x 1050 mm 1700 mm 1100 mm 360 kg

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Weight

Model

Price

52 kg

DH454L

POA

DRUM TRANSPORTERS

Drum Handling

DH446L

DH480L

DRUM TRANSPORTERS

DH462B

• Maximum Load capacity 200 kg.

DH462B

DH446L - Designed to carry standard 210 litre steel drums. Constructed from tubular

steel, with drum forks and a sturdy central support column. The adjustable retaining hook slides up and down the central column enabling the firm handling of varying drum sizes. Maximum drum height 1575 mm. DH480L - Similar to the DH446L but fitted with a set of rear castors. These support the full weight of a loaded trolley for the ease of transporting over longer distances. For compact storage the castors fold away into the body of the trolley. This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums Overall Overall Width mm Height mm 1575 with 705 handle vertical 705 1575 with handle vertical 700 1520 700 1520

Wheels mm 2 x 350 x 75 cushion roller bearing 2 x 350 x 75 cushion roller bearing and 2 x 125 cushion swivel castors 2 x 400 x 100 cushion roller bearing 2 x 400 x 100 Pneumatic 2 ply roller bearing

Weight kg

Model

Price

DH446L

POA

DH480L

POA

GENERAL PURPOSE DRUM LIFTERS DH461M/2B. 35

DH461M

POA

DH462B

POA

DRUm UNIVERSAL TRANSPORTER DH481L

• Specially suitable for plastic barrels. • Suits any 200 litre size, steel, plastic or fibreboard drum/barrel. • Fitted with restraining chain. DH481L

• Suitable for use with standard 210 litre steel drums. Please note, this unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums. • Can be used to load and unload steel drums from pallets, easily, safely and efficiently. • Rear castor arrangement is fitted with a load damper to prevent shock loading to the drum and facilitates easy transportation over uneven ground. • Drum is held securely in position during use by a clamp. (fig 1).

— TO LOAD DRUM.

• Drum must be vertical, enabling the clamp (as seen in fig 1) to be positioned with the lifting plate • under the rim of the drum. • Push handle ➁ to lock clamp in position. • Drop hook ➂ over the lip of the drum. • Pull back on handles while applying foot pressure to slide the toes of the truck under the barrel. • Continue pulling until drum clears the ground - ease swivel castor to the ground for transporting. To release the drum - return the loaded unit to the vertical position. Push firmly on the handle to release the toes from under the drum, release hook ➂ and move away. NB When moving drums at the same height. The clamp when set ➁ does not need to be reset.

➁

➂

Fig 1

➀

DH481L

verall dimensions O Wheels Weight Model Price L x W x H mm mm kg 2 x 350 x 75 1780 x 720 x 950 cushion roller bearing 32 DH481L POA 1 x 125 Cushion swivel castor

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

183

Drum Handling DRUM HANDLING EQUIPMENT

DH451S

DH467Y

drum handler all purpose • Load Capacity 240 kg When positioned vertically the drum handle will lock on to the drum rim. By levering back on the handle the drum rests into position as the toes engage the base. With drum in horizontal position the handle may be returned to transit position. Designed to carry standard 210 litre steel drums. Overall size

Wheels

LxWxH 800 x 635 x

450 mm

Weight

Model

Price

2 fixed, 200 x 50 mm cushion tyred roller bearing 2 swivel 75 mm nylon castors

32 DH451S

DRUM STAND HIGH LIFT Designed for the easy dispensing of liquids and chemicals. The robust steel ‘A’ frame construction is finished in blue epoxy coating.

Overall size Castors H x W x D mm

Weight kg Model Price

1000 x 870 x 800 – 13 2 x fixed, 2 swivel with 1150 x 870 x 800 16.5 brake, 125mm rubber tyred

DH466Z

POA

DH467Y

POA

DH483J

DH493Z

DRUM TRANSPORTER PAINTED

Drum Transporter ZINC PLATED

• Load Capacity 400 kg Tubular steel construction drum transporter designed to carry standard 210 litre steel drums. The drum is held in place by an adjustable hook on the centre beam. 2 x 250 mm solid rubber tyres with 2 x 160 mm supporting castors. Blue Painted finish. This unit is balanced / produced in such a way that it should only be used with full or empty drums.

• Load Capacity 400 kg

Tubular steel construction drum transporter designed to carry standard 210 litre steel drums. Drum is held in place by an adjustable hook on the centre beam. Zinc plated finish for extra protection in damp areas.

Overall Size H x W mm Support Height mm Weight kg Model

Overall Size H x W mm

184

1600 x 740

830

DH483J

Price POA

1500 x 630

Wheels mm

Weight kg Model

2 x 250 rubber tyred

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DH493Z

Price POA

DRUM HANDLING EQUIPMENT

Drum Handling

DH430Z

DH440Z ST440Z Shown with DH439Z Drum handle lever.

DH443Z

DH432S

DH442S

DH445S

DRUM STANDS FOR STEEL BARRELS • Suitable for standard 210 litre steel Drums

• Static or Mobile

All welded tubular steel construction. Finished in either hard wearing Blue paint finish or bright zinc plate for protection against dampness. A stainless steel version of the standard stand is also available. Models DH440Z, DH430Z and ST440Z. - Static storage stands, with steel shoes fitted to the base preventing the wearing of tubes. Model DH443Z - As model DH440Z but with nylon top rollers which allow drainage and discharge of liquids from the side bung of the drum. Models DH442S and DH432S - Mobile drum stands on 2 fixed and 2 swivel wheels. Ideal for the moving of drums between machines and narrow aisles. Model DH445S - As mobile model DH442S but fitted with nylon top rollers for discharging liquids from the side bung of the drum. Finish Overall Height Height under Wheel Roller Weight size mm mm side of drum mm diam. mm diameter kg 865 x 595 350 280 — — 5.4 Blue 865 x 595 385 315 100 Fixed 75 Castor — 14 Painted 865 x 595 350 290 — 75 mm 7.2 865 x 595 385 325 100 Fixed 75 Castor 75 mm 15.4 Drum Handle Lever - Designed for use with above Drum Stands. Zinc 865 x 595 350 280 — — 5.4 Plated 865 x 595 385 315 100 Fixed 75 Castor — 14 Zinc Plated Drum Handle Lever Designed for use with above Drum stands Stainless Steel 865 x 595 350 280 — — 5.4

Model Price DH440Z DH442S DH443Z DH445S DH439Z DH430Z DH432S DH539Z ST440Z

POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

DRUM DOLLIES • Suitable for moving standard 210 litre drums All welded construction from either steel or stainless steel. Fitted with 4 x 75 mm Nylon swivel castors. Height: 100 mm Diameter mm Weight Description Model Price Internal External Kg DH460Y

ST720N

Steel

610

Stainless Steel 610

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

720

10 ST720N POA

DH460Y POA

185

Drum Handling HANDLING CANS

DA496Z

DA101Z and DA011Z

DA500Z

Description Size Polyethylene Safety Can 4 litre (oval) Polyethylene Safety Can 10 litre (Round) Polyethylene Safety Can 20 litre (Round) Slip-on funnel Metal Safety Can 1 litre Metal Safety Can 4 litre Metal Safety Can 10 litre Metal Safety Can 20 litre Slip-on PE funnel Plunger Can 1 litre Plunger Can 2 litre Plunger Can 4 litre Dispenser Can 250 ml Dispenser Can 1 litre

Model PC140Z PC251Z PC501Z PC201Z MC101Z MC301Z MC555Z MC801Z MC200Z PC108Z PC208Z PC308Z DC004Z DC010Z

Price POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

DRUM TAP MODEL - DA910Z

A self closing tap with internal flame arrester should be used to draw flammable liquids from a drum. The adjustable model tap can be screwed tightly into the drum, then the spout adjusted to the vertical without risk of leakage or stripping the treads.

DRUM VENT MODEL - DA101Z and DA011Z

This relieves excess internal pressure due to heat build-up. It also prevents creation of a vacuum when liquid is drained off.

DRUM - CAN ANTISTATIC BONDING WIRE - MODEL DA500Z and DRUM - EARTH ANTISTATIC WIRE - MODEL DA496Z

DA910Z

To prevent danger of sparks from electrostatic charges generated by flow of flammable liquids, bonding between the container and the drum and earthing of the drum by antistatic wires should be assured to meet H.S.E. guidelines.

MC555Z DRUM ACCESSORIES

186

Description Model Drum tap - 3/4 Brass tap adjustable, with flame arrester DA910Z Drum vent - 2” vent c/w fitting DA101Z & DA011Z 3’ Drum - Can antistatic bonding wire dual alligator clips DA500Z 10’ Drum - Earth antistatic wire hand clamp + 1 1/4” terminal DA496Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price POA POA POA POA

MESH PalletS

Drum Handling

PalletS METAL Available in 2 Colours Blue Red Please specify Colour when ordering. Upright posts and base frame constructed in rolled steel angle section, base of sheet steel, with stacking feet (can be stacked 5 high). Ground clearance 152 mm. Available with sides and base infilled with sheet steel or 50 x 50 x 10 gauge mesh. Available with half drop gate. Finish POWDERâ&#x20AC;&#x2C6;COATED. Description Qty Length x Width x Effective Height x Ground Length x Width x Effective Height x Ground Length x Width x Effective Height x Ground Clearance 915 x 609 x 609 x 152 mm Clearance 915 x 915 x 609 x 152 mm Clearance 1220 x 915 x 609 x 152 mm Max Weight Max Weight Max Weight Load kg Model Price Load kg Model Price Load kg Model Price

1-9

Post Pallet

10+

1000 kg

PP02Z

POA

1000 kg

PP03Z

POA

1000 kg

PP04Z

POA

1-9

Box Pallet

10+

Box Pallet

1-9

With 1/2 Drop Side 10+

1000 kg 1000 kg

62 62

BP02Z BP02ZH

POA

1000 kg

BP03Z

POA

1000 kg

BP04Z

POA

1000 kg

BP03ZH

POA

1000 kg

BP04ZH

POA

1-9

Mesh Pallet

10+

1000 kg

MP02Z

POA

1000 kg

MP03Z

POA

1000 kg

MP04Z

POA

Mesh Pallet 1-9 With 1/2 Drop Side 10+ 1000 kg 46 MP02ZH POA 1000 kg 58 MP03ZH POA 1000 kg 66 MP04ZH POA

Pallet STACKING SYSTEM Loaded Pallets can be removed without affecting those above. The Pallets sit neatly onto a framework, with sockets at each corner housing the removable posts. Special sizes are available on request. Removable Dimension Quantity Size Capacity Post Height between Weight Model Price mm kg mm Stubposts mm kg 1-9 10+ 800 x 1200 4 x 750 1220 635 x 1300 34 GPS31Z POA 1-9 10+ 800 x 1200 4 x 750 1372 635 x 1300 35 GPS41Z POA 1-9 10+ 800 x 1200 4 x 750 1524 635 x 1300 37 GPS51Z POA 1-9 10+ 1000 x 1200 4 x 750 1200 735 x 1300 35 GPS32Z POA 1-9 1372 735 x 1300 36 GPS42Z POA 10+ 1000 x 1200 4 x 750 1-9 10+ 1000 x 1200 4 x 750 1524 735 x 1300 37 GPS52Z POA 1-9 10+ 1000 x 1200 3 x 750 1677 735 x 1300 39 GPS62Z POA 1-9 10+ 1000 x 1200 3 x 750 1829 735 x 1300 40 GPS72Z POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

187

Drum Handling DRUM STORAGE SUMPS Floor sump Pallets • Comply to Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (England) Regulations 2001 This range safeguards the contents of the drums from potentially contaminating work areas should a drum fail. Contents of a failed drum are captured within the seam welded sump enabling safe disposal, eliminating the possibility of polluting the environment.

• All steel construction finished in chemical resistant anticorrosive paint • Can be used in multiples to provide larger storage area • Fitted with dual purpose feet and fork guides for ease of moving • Removable galvanised mesh grid • SP1221 full height back panel with retaining side sections and webbing strap to retain the drums during transportation SP1522

SP2023

SP1221

sump flooring The 3 standard floor panel section with optional extras enables flexibility in meeting individual requirements. • Available with optional steel loading ramp & safety barriers • Flush fitting seam welded floor panels

2 x SF1001, 1 X SF2301, 1 X SR1051

Sump floor section fitted with 2 x SR1000 and 1 x SR1051

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload the SP2023, SP2523, SF2301, and SF2831

Model

SP0884 SP1582 SP2073 SP1522 SP1221 SP2023 SP2523 SF1001 SF2301 SF2831 SR1051 SR1000 SR1250

Sump Sump Sump Sump Sump Sump Sump Sump Sump Sump Optional Optional Optional Type Pallet Pallet Pallet Pallet Pallet Pallet Pallet Flooring Flooring Flooring Ramp Safety rail Safety rail Drums per sump 1 2 3 4 4 6 8 Sump cap lts 250 240 225 275 297 563 703 273 362 546 - - Length mm 800 1500 2000 1500 1250 2000 2500 1400 2300 2800 1000 1000 1250 Width mm 800 800 750 1220 1250 1250 1250 1300 1050 1300 500 40 40 Height mm 470 280 230 230 1210 305 305 160 160 160 160 1000 1000

188

Price

POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DRUM STORAGE

Drum Handling

DRUM STORAGE Pallet SYSTEMS • Comply to Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (England) Regulations 2001 A safe and secure system for storage and transportation of liquids. Designed to hold the contents of drum spillage. A wide range of drum storage options for storing either 2 or 4 drums. Fork guides combine to give a safe and secure lift when stacking. The two sump trolleys are mobile on 125 mm rubber castors, 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked. Model DH951S holds one drum horizontally. The drum cradle is fitted with four rollers which enables the drum to rotate. Model DH952S holds two drums vertically.

• Fork centres 550 mm

DH904S

• All swivel castors

DH914S

DH904Z

DH914Z

DH952S

DH951S

Static Model Mobile Model Overall Overall Sump Overall Ground Overall Ground Description Weight Weight Width Length Capacity mm mm Litres Height Clearance Kg Model Price Height Clearance Kg Model Price mm mm mm mm Drum Storage Pallets - Stored Vertically - Non Stackable When Loaded 2 Drum 850 1360 247 540 150 66 DH902Z POA 580 190 81 DH902S POA 4 Drum 1480 1360 432 540 150 110 DH904Z POA 580 190 125 DH904S POA Drum Storage Pallets - Stored Vertically - Stackable 3 High - 3 removable Sides 2 Drum 850 1360 247 1470 150 90 DH912Z POA 1510 190 105 DH912S POA 4 Drum 1480 1360 432 1470 150 150 DH914Z POA 1510 190 165 DH914S POA Drum Storage Pallets - Stored Horizontal - 2 fixed sides - rear opening door 2 Drum 1360 1500 432 1300 150 245 DH922Z POA 1340 190 260 DH922S POA 4 Drum 1360 1500 432 1960 150 290 DH924Z POA 2000 190 305 DH924S POA SUMP TROLLEYS 1 Drum 700 1500 247 1000 200 80 DH951S POA 2 Drum 700 1500 247 1000 200 70 DH952S POA For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

189

Drum Handling STACKABLE DRUM CARRIERS SUpports to store drums horizontally Model

SPF 452

Dimensions

Volume Litres

SPF 451

600

380

1 x 200 l. drum

SPF 452

1180

600

380

2 x 200 l. drums

SPF 453

1180

600

380

3 x 30 l. drums

Stackable drum carriers for drums up to Ă¸ 600

ECO 304

SPF 048

SPF 452

ECO 304

ECO 404

370

750

190

1170

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACKABLE DRUM CARRIERS

Drum Handling

stackable supports to store drums horizontally

SPF 352 SPT 011 Galvanized support for transfer operations

SPF 352 SPF 353

ECO 308 F

Model

Dimensions A

Volume Litres

SPF 351

835

600

810

1 x 200 l. drum

SPF 352

1335

600

810

2 x 200 l. drums

SPF 353

1335

600

810

3 x 60 l. drums

SPF 373

1960

600

810

3 x 200 l. drums

SPF 373

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

ECO 308 F

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

191

Drum Handling STACKABLE DRUM CARRIERS

SPF 383

SPK 383

SPG 383

SPK 383

ECO 365

Shelving for drums and containers consisting of : 1 tank ECO 365, 1 support SPG 383 and 1 support SPF 383

Shelving for cans consisting of : 1 tank ECO 365, 2 supports SPF 383

SPK 383

SPF 362

SPG 383

SPF 362

ECO 363

ECO 365

Shelving for containers and cans consisting of : 1 tank ECO 365, 1 support SPG 383 and 1 support SPF 383 Model

Support SPF 383

Support SPK 381

Support SPK 383

Support SPG 381

Support SPG 383

Measurement W x D x H (mm)

1335 x 600 x 790

835 x 600 x 790

1335 x 600 x 790

835 x 1120 x 790

1335 x 1120 x 790

Collection volume Volume Litres Load-bearing capacity (kg)

192

Shelving for 200 litre drums consisting of : 1 tank ECO 363, 2 supports SPF 362

3 x 60 l. drums

3 x 30 l. or 2 x 60 l. baskets

4 x 30 l. or 3 x 60 l. baskets

containers

400

350

400

300

400

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACKABLE DRUM CARRIERS

Drum Handling

Flammable substances storage deposits

OUTdoor storage deposits

ECO 714 Equipped with • 1 pair of uprights • 2 pairs of shelves • 2 pairs of drum supports Suitable for flammable substances. Louvered sides for air intake to ensure required ventilation. Can be padlocked to protect contents from unauthorized persons. ECO 714 The dangerous substance storage deposit us used for storing up to four 200 l drum. When fitted with internal shelving it is possible to store 60 I. drums horizontally as well as small containers.

Model

Dimensions

Volume Litres

ECO 712

1350

860

1570

1080

2 drums directly on grille or on europallet 1200 x 800

ECO 714

1350

1260

1540

1080

4 drums directly on grille or on europallet 1200 x 1200

B A

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

193

Drum Handling STACKABLE DRUM CARRIERS

ECO 320

STORAGE FOR SMALL 1,000 litre tanks On all models it is possible to fit a special raised tilted shelf to facilitate transfer and dosing operations and ensure complete tank emptying. Versions ECO 320 - ECO 321 are ideal work stations which allow for completely safe transfer operations as they direct any possible liquid spillage to the collection tank. Specifically designed for the storage of polluting substances. Galvanised sheet splash guard sides are supplied on request.

Model ECO 320

194

Dimensions A

Collection volume/litres

2720

1315

420

1000

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACKABLE DRUM CARRIERS

Drum Handling

STORAGE FOR SMALL 1,000 litre tanks

2710

1160

These versions are for the storage of two 1000 l. small tanks and can be fitted with suitable raised tilted shelves which allow for the setting up of versatile stations for simultaneous transfer operations and storage. Collection volume is 1000 times. The ECO 320 - ECO 321 versions are ideal work stations which allow for completely safe transfer operations as they direct any possible liquid spillage to the collection tank. Specifically designed for the storage of polluting substances. Galvanised sheet splash guard sides are supplied on request.

1290

Model ECO 321

Dimensions A

Collection volume/litres

2720

1650

350

1000

Combination consisting of: 1 ECO 321 tank 1 splash guard side SPS 020 2 tilted supports SPC 100

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

195

Drum Handling Drum shelving SHELVING FOR DRUMS

ECO 252.9

• The shelving, suitable for the storage of 200 l. drums and 60 l. bins both vertically and horizontally. • Ideal for hazardous, toxic, harmful or flammable substances. • Thanks to its modules and range of accessories it can be modified, extended and assembled to suit different situations. • Highly stable,easy to assemble slot joint structure. • Reduced transport cost a the shelving is supplied disassembled. • Storage shelf adjustable in height. • Collection tank with galvanized bottom grille. • Wide range of accessories. Model Storage Capacity Uprights H x D Cross bars length Tank W x D x H Collection Volume l.

196

ECO 201.4

ECO 201.4V

ECO 201.6

ECO 202.6

4 x 200 l. horizontally

2 x 200 l. horizontally 2 x 200 l. vertically

6 x 60 l. horizontally

6 x 200 l. horizontally

2000 x 830

1400

2200

ECO 304 1340 x 1250 x 250 + 100 foot

ECO 323 1340 x 1250 x 260 + 100 foot

285

615

Shelving can be assembled for all requirements with this modular system

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ECO 201.4

Steel Flooring

Drum Handling steel flooring system with collection tank

Fasteners

Ramp

Flooring Element Model W x D (mm) Collection volume litres

ECO 14.14

ECO 19.14

ECO 29.14

ECO 29.19

1400 x 1400 h = 53

1900 x 1400 h = 53

2900 x 1400 h = 53

2900 x 1900 h = 53

110

170

225

Capacity (Kg/sq.m)

5000

Driveover load per wheel

2000

EG 14

EG 19

EG 29

45 x 1360

45 x 1860

45 x 2860

These flooring systems are suitable for the temporary storage and handling of toxic, hazardous and flammable substances in conformity to European Standards. They safeguard underground water beds and are thus an integral part of ecological storage management. The modular system can be adapted to any floor plan.

Joint Model W x D (mm)

Ramp Model W x D (mm)

RA 14

RA 19

RA 29

1380 x 470

1880 x 470

2880 x 470

Spacer

Edge fasteners

Cross Elements

Corner

25 x 120

20 x 100

130 x 130

450 x 460

Fasteners Components W x D (mm)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

197

Drum HandlingCompacting Units “SATELLITE” COMPACTING SYSTEM Improved compacting effeciently throughout your facility. Our uninque “Satellite” compacting system features one centralized compactor for your whole facility. Remote collection containers may then be used where needed. When the collection containers are full, simply wheel them into the compactor. Eliminates the need for the multiple ineffecient trips to a central compactor throughout the day. Like having multiple compactors without the cost.

COLLECTION CONTAINER model SAT-CON

The compactor features over 16,000 lbs. of crushing force. Ideal for compacting cardboard plastic and other similar types of materials. The portable heavy-duty steel collection containers features 5” x 2” poly-on-steel casters, two rigid and two swivel. Each containers is rated at 4,000 lbs. capacity and features double-hinged swing doors and a dual locking mechanism for safety.

MODEL NUMBER

SAT-2 SAT-CON

OVERALL SIZE )W X L X H(

DESCRIPTION

SATELLITE COMPACTOR COLLECTION CONTAINER

52” X 37” X 921/2” 321/2” X 381/2” X 451/2”

CRUSHING POWER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

16,000 ----

1641 31 DC-20/FC-100

Hydraulic Drum Crusher/Compactor

Removable drum crushing platen and a two position key switch to .select crush or compact

Crushes 55 gallon steel drums to approximately 6” high and resets automatically to crush another drum in only 25 seconds. 38,000 pounds of crushing power. The included drum compacting feature allows you to compact contents inside the drum by simply removing the drum crushing platen. Crushing feature will work with any drum size up to 55 gallons. Compacting feature will only work with 55 gallon drums. This convenient design gives you two pieces of equipment in one. Safety features include a pressure relief valve, which prevents overload, and a door interlock system that will prevent the motor from running unless the door is closed. 6.5 Hp motor is 208230/460V, 3-phase, 60 Hz. Meets OSHA and JIC standards. Built-in fork pockets aid in transporting. Aluminum Drip Pan, model HDC-DPN, is available for catching any excess liquid that may be expelled during the crushing operation. The pan holds 7½ gallons and measures 30"W x 20"D x 3"H. Crating is recommended for international shipments. MODEL NUMBER

HDC-900IDC HDC-DPN HDC9-1 Crushes 55 gallon steel .drums to only 6" high

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DESCRIPTION

DRUM CRUSHER/COMPACTOR

1641

ALUMINUM DRIP PAN SINGLE PHASE, 3HP POWER UNIT

)OPTION FOR HDC-900-IDC( REQUIRES 50 AMP BREAKER) CYCLE TIME INCREASES TO APPROX 70 SECONDS(

DC-20/FC-100

Hydraulic Drum Stackers

The Drum Stacker is perfect for positioning 55 gallon steel, plastic and fiber drums horizontally on shelves. The solid steel construction provides stability during transit. Drums are held in place with a ratchet mechanism. Drums may easily rotate 360° with rotation method. Unit rolls easily on (2) 8" x 2" phenolic casters and (2) 5" x 2" swivel polyurethane casters. Comes standard with hydraulic foot pump. Optional power units available for the lifting operation. MODEL NUMBER

HDC-450-60 HDC-450-72 HDC-450-84 HDC-450-96 HDC-DC HDC-AC HDC-AIR

DRUM ROTATION METHOD

LIFT HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

HAND CRANK 60" 800 PULL CHAIN 72" 800 PULL CHAIN 84" 800 PULL CHAIN 96" 800 12V DC POWER UNIT OPTION 115V AC POWER UNIT OPTION AIR/OIL OPERATED POWER UNIT OPTION

NET WT. (POUNDS)

604 659 709 798 36 36 36 DC-20/FC-250

Stackable Drum Racks

These steel racks have two-way fork truck access. Not recommended for stacking more than two racks high. All steel construction with ¼" formed steel cradles. Bolt together assembly with hardware included. Works well with the Hydraulic Drum Stacker and the Drum Positioner. MODEL NUMBER

DRUM-RACK-2 DRUM-RACK-3

DRUM CAPACITY

OVERALL SIZE )W x D x H(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

(1) 55 GAL. (2) 55 GAL.

45" x 30" x 25½" 71" x 30" x 25½"

1,600 2,400

60 95 DC-20/FC-250

model DRUM-RACK-3 shown )2(

198

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Drum Lifters

Drum Handling

Automatic Eagle Beak™ Drum Lifters This time tested and proven design allows a fork truck operator to easily secure, move and release drums without leaving the seat of the fork truck. For use with open and closed head 30 and 55 gallon plastic, steel and fiber drums with a top lip strong enough to support the weight of the drum. Choose single-drum or doubledrum configuration. Includes safety chain and T-locks to secure unit to the fork truck. Welded steel construction. Powder coat finish. Fork pockets measure 6½" wide x 2½" high usable. MODEL NUMBER

NUMBER OF DRUMS

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

FMDL-1 FMDL-2

1 2

1,000 2,000

26½" x 46½" x 29" 42" x 49½" x 29"

240 340

model FMDL-1

DC-20/FC-70

model FPDL-8-L

model FMDL-2

Fork Mounted Poly Drum Handlers These easy to use plastic drum handlers are designed to handle odd-shaped plastic drums. Includes safety chain and T-locks for securing unit to the fork truck. Durable powder coat finish. Model FPDL-8-L has adjustable arms that are designed to fit 55 gallon round bottom plastic drums. Low drum attachment point allows for use with both open and closed head drums. Model FPDL-11-H is a top lip plastic drum lifter for use with 30 and 55 gallon plastic closed head drums. 6½" wide x 2½" high usable fork tubes on 19½" centers. High drum attachment point for use with top lip at least 3/16" high. Will also work with steel and fiber drums.

model FPDL-11-H

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

FPDL-8-L FPDL-11-H

BOTTOM GRIP TOP GRIP

800 1,100

26½" x 56½" x 23" 26½" x 48½" x 23"

160 185 DC-20/FC-70

Deluxe Combination Fork Mounted Drum Lifter Deluxe Combination Fork Mounted Drum Lifter includes attachments to lift any type of drum; 30 and 55 gallon, steel, plastic, fiber and open or closed head drums. Includes single Eagle Beak™ unit and both bottom and top lip Poly Drum Lifters. Capacity will vary depending upon which attachment you are using. Fork pockets have an inside measurement of 6½" wide by 2½" high. Includes safety chain and T-locks for securing unit to fork truck. Welded steel construction. Powder coat finish. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WT. (LBS)

DFDL-3

DELUXE COMBO DRUM LIFTER

26½” x 52” x 30”

313 DC-20/FC-70

Drum Positioners Allows fork truck driver to invert standing drums to the horizontal racking position and vice-versa. Positive latching system ensures safe handling of drums weighing up to 800 lbs. Slide the positioner extensions over the vertical drum. With the aid of the Drum Positioner rotate drum to horizontal position. Latching system will engage to allow horizontal positioning of drum. It’s now ready to slide into the rack. Mechanical operation relies on fork truck to rotate and lift drums. Fork pockets measure 6½"W x 2½"H usable on 19½" centers. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DRUM-P-55 DRUM-P-30

55 GALLON STEEL DRUMS 30 GALLON STEEL DRUMS

800 800

321 315 DC-20/FC-70

Horizontal Drum Carrier Designed to load and unload open or closed head drums horizontally in racks. "T" handle locks secure cradle to the forks to maximize safety and productivity. Drum lock engages and disengages automatically as a function of the fork angle. Fork pockets measure 7½" wide by 2½" high. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

HORIZ-70

OPEN OR CLOSED 55 GALLON STEEL DRUMS

650

NET WT. (POUNDS)

191 DC-20/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

199

Drum Handling Drum Grippers Drum Grippers The Drum Gripper makes it easy to pick up one or two steel drums without leaving the seat of the fork truck. Simply slip the forks into the fork tubes and the Drum Gripper is ready to go. The knuckle gripping system is lowered around the drum, gripped tightly, and then lifted into the air. Drum is automatically released by lowering the forks. All models feature hinged folding design for storage. Models DGS-A and DGD-A feature adjustable-width arms for use with both 30-gallon and 55-gallon steel drums. Welded steel construction. Powder coat finish.

model DGS-A

model DGS-55-D

model DGD-A

model DGD-55-D

MODEL NUMBER

ACCEPTABLE DRUM SIZE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL SIZE )W x D x H(

FORK POCKET CENTERS

FORK POCKET )SIZE (W x H

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DGS-A DGS-55-D DGD-A DGD-55-D

(1) 30 & 55 GAL. (1) 55 GALLON (2) 30 & 55 GAL. (2) 55 GALLON

800 1,500 1,500 2,000

26" x 35" x 8" 28¼" x 24" x 8" 45" x 36" x 8" 46" x 24¼" 9½"

13½" 13½" 24" 24"

7¼" x 2½" 6¼" x 2" 7¼" x 2½" 7¼" x 2¼"

105 109 96 185 DC-20/FC-70

Electric Hydraulic Fork Mounted Drum Grippers When only the maximum in performance and control is required. The Electric Hydraulic Fork Mounted Drum Grippers accommodate 30 and 55 gallon steel, plastic and fiber drums. Available in single or double drum designs. 12V DC power standard. Battery included. Allows for lifting and moving of drums in the vertical position only. Includes hand control on coil cord for controlling the gripping arms from the seat of the fork truck. Safety chain is included to secure the gripper to the fork truck. Welded steel construction. Painted finish. MODEL NUMBER

ACCEPTABLE DRUM SIZES

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

DRUM-HYD-1 DRUM-HYD-2

55 & 30 GALLON 55 & 30 GALLON

1,000 2,000

model DRUM-HYD-1 model DRUM-HYD-2

OPERATION

12V DC 12V DC

NET WT. (POUNDS)

525 611 DC-20/FC-70

Drum Lifters Fork Mounted Fork truck attachments utilize a light duty single automatic clamping mechanism for handling any size steel or plastic chimed drum. Model FMDL-850 is a knockdown unit that bolts together. Fork pockets and safety chain provide quick and easy installation. Model FMDDL-1700 attaches to the carriage of most fork trucks and walkie stackers. The following are fork mounted drum lifters that enable fork truck operators to install or remove the attachment in seconds without any tools. Totally enclosed fork pockets with attached safety chain and cam lock secures the attachment to the fork truck.

model FMDL-850

model FMDL-1500

model FMDDL-3000

model FMDL-2000

FMDL-1500 & FMDL-3000 - Fork truck attachments utilize a heavy duty single automatic clamping mechanism for handling steel, fiber and plastic chimed drums in high volume applications. Models FMDL-2000 & FMDDL-4000 feature heavy-duty double articulating clamping mechanisms for handling any steel, plastic or fiber chimed drums in high volume applications. Each drum is gripped with two upper and lower jaws in heads that are spaced about 6 inches apart. MODEL NUMBER

ACCEPTABLE DRUM TYPES

CAPACITY POUNDS(

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H (

NET WT. (POUNDS)

*FMDL-850 FMDL-1500 FMDL-2000 *FMDDL-1700 FMDDL-3000 FMDDL-4000

(1) STEEL, POLY OR FIBER (1) STEEL, POLY OR FIBER (1) STEEL, POLY OR FIBER (2) STEEL, POLY OR FIBER (2) STEEL, POLY OR FIBER (2) STEEL, POLY OR FIBER

750 1,500 2,000 1,500 3,000 4,000

31" x 34" x 35" 33" x 47" x 37" 33" x 47" x 37" 38" x 34" x 35" 33" x 47" x 37" 33" x 47" x 37"

160 340 366 207 430 483

LIGHT-DUTY UNIT TO HANDLE 100 OR FEWER DRUMS PER MONTH *

200

DC-20/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

model FMDDL-4000

Dollies

Drum Handling

Multi-Purpose Dollies These multi-purpose dollies have a high polished bright zinc finish for corrosion resistance and (4) 3" x 1¼" swivel casters. Each unit comes with a 4 foot long nylon pull strap that helps in transporting down aisles or over thresh holds. Rubber-coated hook allows strap to hook on top of drum for storage Quad Dolly, series DRUM-QUAD, can transport a 5 gallon pail, 30 or 55 gallon drum or LP gas tank. Available with hard rubber or cast iron wheels. Stainless Steel, model DRUM-QUAD-CS-SS, also available.

series DRUMQUAD

series DRUM-TRI

Tri Dolly, series DRUM-TRI, will transport 5 gallon pails, 30 gallon drums or LP gas tank. MODEL NUMBER

CASTER TYPE HARD RUBBER CAST IRON HARD RUBBER HARD RUBBER CAST IRON

DESCRIPTION BRIGHT ZINC FINISH BRIGHT ZINC FINISH STAINLESS STEEL BRIGHT ZINC FINISH BRIGHT ZINC FINISH

DRUM-QUAD-H DRUM-QUAD-C DRUM-QUAD-CS-SS DRUM-TRI-H DRUM-TRI-C

MOBILE DRUM DOLLIES

CAPACITY NET WT. )POUNDS( (POUNDS) 900 30 1,200 31 900 30 900 30 1,200 31 DC-20/UPS/FC-70

Transport ordinary or specialty styled drums easily with these multipurpose Drum Dollies. Various construction, design, caster type and sizes to accommodate your application.

series DDO-P103

model DRUM-DRH-HR

MODEL NUMBER

DDO-P103-HT3 DDO-P103-SS3 DRUM-DRH-HR DRUM-DR-55-9-H DRUM-DR-55-12-C DRUM-SS-55-H DDO-P105-SS3

model DRUM-DR-55-12-C

model DRUM-SS-55-H

model DDO-P105-SS3

DESCRIPTION

DRUM TYPE )GALLON(

CASTER TYPE

APPROX. HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

CAST IRON CAST IRON WITH HANDLE STEEL STEEL STAINLESS STEEL DRUM HALO

55 & 30 55 & 30 55 55 55 55 55

HARD RUBBER SEMI-STEEL HARD RUBBER HARD RUBBER CAST IRON HARD RUBBER SEMI-STEEL

4½" 4½" 6" 5" 5" 6" 4½"

1,100 1,200 1,000 900 1,200 800 750

29 32 34 20 24 22 57 DC-20/FC-70

Octo & Heavy Duty Drum Dollies The Octo Drum Dolly, model OCTO-55, will transport 55-gallon drums weighing up to 2,000 pounds. Rolls on (8) 4" x 1¼" cast iron swivel casters for maximum stability. Transport 55-gallon drums with the Heavy-Duty Drum Dolly, model DRUM-HD. With a capacity of 2,000 lbs., this dolly will transport your heavier drums from location to location. (4) 4" x 2" locking swivel phenolic casters with brakes standard.

model OCTO-55

MODEL NUMBER

model DRUM-HD

OCTO-55 DRUM-HD

ACCEPTABLE DRUM TYPES

CASTER TYPE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

55 GALLON 55 GALLON

CAST IRON PHENOLIC

2,000 2,000

51 57

DC-20/UPS/FC-70

Polyethylene Drum Dollies Manufactured from high impact strength polyethylene, these drum dollies are lightweight yet strong. Dollies come standard with (4) 3" swivel poly casters, and they are suited for both indoor and outdoor applications. Specify color when ordering. Choose from blue, black, green, red, yellow or white. MODEL NUMBER

ACCEPTABLE DRUM TYPES

POLY DIAMETER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

POLY-D-30 POLY-D-55

30 GALLON 55 GALLON

20" 24"

600 600

6 7 DC-20/UPS/FC-250

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

201

Drum Handling Drum Chocks Drum Chocks Eliminate the need for expensive specialty racks and stands to store your drums horizontally. Now with the Drum Chock you can store your drums horizontally on standard pallet racks or on wooden pallets. The chock eliminates rolling while drums are stored on their side. Models are also available to tilt drums forward for better drainage from standard faucets. Front stops are included on tilted models to eliminate drum slide off. Constructed of recycled polyethylene.

model VDRCH-1

model VDRCH-2

model VDRCH-3

model VDRCH-4

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

WIDTH

DEPTH

HEIGHT

PIECES PER BOX

NET WT. (POUNDS)

VDRCH-1 VDRCH-2 VDRCH-3 VDRCH-4

MINI CHOCK SHELF CHOCK INCLINED SHELF INCLINED SHELF W/FORK OPTION

15" 15" 15" 18"

6" 29½" 36" 36"

2" 2" 4" 5½"

4 2 1 1

2 5 9 12 DC-20/UPS/FC-100

Manual Drum Deheaders Convert your closed head steel drums into storage containers with our Drum Deheaders. The DD-9 can be adjusted to open steel drums with different thicknesses. The blade is angled for maximum penetration and flattens the cut edge so there are no sharp or jagged edges. Replacement blades available, model DDB-1. Quickly remove the head of a steel drum in less than 30 seconds with our new Express-Open Drum Deheader! Unique design, model D-HEAD-1, is similar to a household can-opener and is very easy to use. Comfortable handle configuration allows for maximum operator comfort. Includes vice-grip style mechanism for securely attaching unit to drum. A standard ½" ratchet drive (manual or pneumatic) must be used to operate the deheader (ratchet drive not included). Inside cutting blade does not leave a sharp edge on the drum. Replacement blades available separately, model D-HEAD-1-B. Both styles open 30 & 55 gallon steel drums and 5 gallon pails. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DD-9 DDB-1 D-HEAD-1 D-HEAD-B D-HEAD-GK

STANDARD DRUM DEHEADER REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR DD-9 EXPRESS-OPEN DRUM DEHEADER REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR D-HEAD-1 REPLACEMENT GEAR/BUSHING KIT FOR D-HEAD-1

11 1 10 1 1

model DD-9

model D-HEAD-1

DC-20/UPS/FC-70

Steel Drum Tops Drum Tops are steel covers that fit over 55 gallon drums. They are used for recycling and general waste disposal. General Waste Disposal Tops, series TRASH-TOP features powder coated finish with ultra violet stabilizer and screws for securing cover to drum. Recycling Top, model CAN-CAP, includes a “CANS ONLY” decal. The disposal hole measures 3½".

model TRASH-TOP-R

model CAN-CAP

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

COLOR

OVERALL SIZE )H x D(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

TRASH-TOP-R TRASH-TOP-G TRASH-TOP-B CAN-CAP

GENERAL WASTE TOP GENERAL WASTE TOP GENERAL WASTE TOP RECYCLING TOP

RED GREEN BLACK BLUE

8½" x 24½" 8½" x 24½" 8½" x 24½" 24½" DIA.

14 14 14 8

DC-20/UPS/FC-65/250

Refuse Containers Durable polyethylene construction with stands subzero cold and extreme summer heat. Great for high traffic areas such as: warehouses, fairs, ball parks, schools, etc. Each container includes two wheels for easy portability. Hinged lip keeps rain out. Keep your waste out of eyesight in our heavy duty and easy to move refuse containers.

model TH-64

202

model TH-32

MODEL NUMBER

VOLUME CAPACITY

COLOR

OVERALL SIZE )W x D x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

TH-64 TH-32

64 GALLONS 32 GALLONS

GREY GREEN

23" x 29" x 41" 18½" x 22" x 37½"

55 35 DC-25/FC-250

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Drum Handling

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

203

MATERIAL HANDLING CONVEYORS Gravity conveyors the cost effective solution for transporting unit loads. • Can be installed horizontally wherever movement of the load is manually controlled. • A shallow decline can be created by adjusting the stand height, allowing loads to be moved under the force of gravity. • Can also be used in combination with powered conveyors in integrated systems. • Cost effective solutions to materials handling needs. • Rollers reduce surface friction allowing goods to move manually. • Suits flat based goods or those transported in flat based containers. • Can supported loads up to 110kg per meter

Roller Straight • Available in medium duty, heavy duty and extra heavy duty. • Lengths 2.0m and 3.0m • 300, 400, 450, 500, 600, 800BB 800* * (heavy duty & extra heavy duty only • Pitch: • Medium Duty 42, 83, 125 & 167mm Heavy Duty 83, 125, • 167 & 250mm Extra Heavy Duty 83, 125, 167 & 250mm

A full range of accessories is available including: • Facia • Endstops • Blade and roller stops • Side Guides • Stands • Spurs

Roller Curve • Available in medium duty, heavy duty, extra heavy duty and tapered roller curves. • 30, 45. 60, and 90 degrees. • 300, 400, 450, 500, 600, 800BB 800* * (heavy duty & extra heavy duty only • Pitch: • Medium Duty 45mm and 90mm Heavy Duty 55mm and • 110mm Extra Heavy Duty 55mm and 110mm

Ball Tables The ball units are mounted in a square infill section that is designed to locate between the channel frames of gravity roller conveyor at any position along the track length. They may be joined together to form a continuous length of ball table. 300, 400, 450, 500, 600, 800BB

PITCH

Roller Personnel Gate Available in medium duty, heavy duty and extra heavy duty. 300, 400, 450, 500, 600, 800BB 800* *(heavy duty & extra heavy duty only) Pitch: Medium Duty 42mm and 83mm Heavy Duty 83mm and 125mm Extra Heavy Duty 83mm and 125mm

Package

Weight Kg

Gravity Roller Fall (F) in mm per metre

mm per 90

Cartons

Wooden Cases

PITCH

• Loads must always be in full contact with at least three rollers; to ascertain the maximum pitch required between rollers, divide the length of the load by 3.5. • Flexible loads, cardboard cartons and fragile loads should be on reduced roller pitches. Loads with uneven surfaces can be carried on flat trays or pallets. * Loads under 5kg when used on gravity roller should be tested prior to installation. Please note: Loads in excess of 50kg are dangerous when allowed to run away on a gradient

204

Tote Boxes

125

100

125

100

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CONVEYORS

MATERIAL HANDLING

Powered conveyors the effective solution for transporting unit loads. Belt Conveyor G Flow systems range of powered belt conveyors is designed for applications where improved load control and speed of operation are important factors. They are particularly useful when a conveyor is required to carry fragile loads or a wide range of load weights or sizes. Level Belt Level Belt conveyors are for the horizontal transportation of items and assembly line operations. They are available in lengths from 2m up to 30m in 0.5m increments. They are constructed using cold formed steel and powder coated channels with two bed type options - Monobed and Roller bed.

Inclined Belt Inclined belt conveyors are used to deliver packages or boxes from one floor to another and when fitted with a reversing control can operate in either direction. They can be used as stand alone units or as integrated elements of a conveyor system.

• Centre Driven belt speeds 9, 14, 18, 24 and 30m per minute. • End Driven by a motorised drum, belt Speeds -15.6, 18.6 and • 21.6m per minute - up to 10m long. • Robust and durable 2-ply transmission belt. • Level belt conveyors can be used with the majority of package • conveyor accessories • Low noise operation

• Centre Driven belt speeds 9, 14, 18, 24 and 30m per minute. • Robust and durable 2-ply feeder transmission belt and gripface • incline belt. • Incline belt conveyors can be used with the majority of package • conveyor accessories • Powered feeder for positive transfer from horizontal to incline. • Top curve for smooth transfer from incline to horizontal Lineshaft • Conveyor

Lineshaft Conveyor For packages as small as 250mm in length. Handles packages up to 30kg at speeds of up to SOm/min. A full range of accessories is available including: • Facia • Spurs • Guides • Wallaby • Under Guards • Switch • Crossdrive Unit • Roller Stop • Blade Stop • Stands • Transfer

• Slave and driving straights available • Modules up to 3 metres in length • 83mm,125mm and 167mm roller pitch

• Full range of widths. • 30, 45, 60 and 90 degree curves • Tapered rollers

• Full range of widths. • 90 and 180 degree corner turns • Available in 600mm2 and 900mm2

Straight These modules are supplied as a driving straight or slave straight. With the slave straight being the most commonly used of all the modules, when using a Lineshaft Conveyor System.

Curve Rollers are tapered and multi-grooved to facilitate the driving belts and jump belts. Each drive shaft is connected by flexible precision universal joints, fitted with needle roller bearings for smooth quiet running, governed by the length of belt itself.

Corner Turn The corner turn module allows a 90° change of direction in a space of 600mm or 900mm square; the outside rollers rotate faster than the inside rollers, to help drive the packages through the turn. Two modules may be assembled together where a 180° turn is required. A 600mm square corner turn is used for conveyors having back to back sizes of 300, 400, 450, and 500mm. A 900mm square corner turn is used for conveyors 600mm and 800mm square back to back.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

205

MATERIAL HANDLING CONVEYORS • Manufactured to the highest specifications. • 2 ply smooth top PVC blet with vulcanized joint. • Fully underguarded. • Finish - Blue 18 -E-53 • Mild steel folded slider bed, 120mm deep. • Complete with stop/start control. • Support legs allow adjustment or blet height from • 750 - 1150mm.

DRUM DRIVE BELT CONVEYOR • Loading - 25kg per metre U.D.L. • 2Drive - 0.15kw, 415v 3ph. • Fixed speed - 15 metres per minute. • Single direction

VEHICLE LOADER/UNLOADERS • Extremely versatile and easy to move powered belt • conveyor. • Can reduce loading/off loading by up to 50% • With the optional Flexible Tongue it can extend up • to 7 metres into the vehicle. • Capable of handling loads up to 50kg per minute. • Hydraulic adjustment on main boom. • Single phase 240v with controls top and bottom. • Belt width - 600mm.

206

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Fo converya tailored r so call 8o 00-LOluCtion, 8

CONVEYORS

MATERIAL HANDLING

Flexible CONVEYOR • Choice of 50mm diameter plastic skate wheels. • Can be used alone or together with other conveyor systems. • Simply wheel to any area for use, extend to required length and lock castors for stability. • All metal parts zinc plated steel. • Roller pitch when extended - 125mm.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

• Support stands fitted with 100mm diameter swivel braked castors. • Support stands adjustable in height from 650 - 1100mm. Standard duty SKATE WHEEL flexible conveyor

Standard duty roller flexible conveyor

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

207

MATERIAL HANDLING CONVEYORS The lightweight, portable UNI-LOADA offers fast loading / unloading of tyres, wheels, boxes etc... Even direct from lorry / container to mezzanine...

...Ideal even for shredders.

Technical Specifications: • Two Lengths (5m or 6m) • Overall weight 100 kgs. • 0.550 kw drum motor. 240V 13 amp. • 2 speed - forward & reverse • 270mm wide griptop rubber belt with flights. • Belt speed 20m/minute slow, 26m/minute fast. • Remote handset at top. • Complete with base stand. • Maximum working angle 45 degrees. • Maximum vertical lift 4m or 5m (depending on product). • Maximum payload 80 kg • Lightweight aluminium protable construction with locking wheels. • 12 months warranty.

208

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

PALLET WRAPPING MACHINES

MATERIAL HANDLING

ROTOPLAT 106 / FRD • Turntable 1650mm diameter for pallets up to 1000 x 1200mm. • Standard load capacity 2 tonnes. • Rugged construction for durability and strength. Spool carriage with mechanical roller stretch system. Stretch ratio adjustable from 0% up to 200% by electromagnetic brake. Brake coupling after cycle start for easy film binding to pallet base.

FS Spool carriage with electromagnetic brake on return roller. Stretch tension adjustable from panel board. Brake coupling after cycle start for easy film binding to pallet base.

FR Spool carriage with electromagnetic brake on return roller. Manually adjustable stretch tension. Carriage fitted with a device for easy film binding to pallet base.

FRD

ROTOPLAT 506 / PFS TOP OF THE RANGE MODEL FOR HIGH VOLUME USERS Spool carriage with powered frictioned stretch system. Stretch ratio adjustable from 0% up to 250% by electromagnetic brake. Force to the load controlled by patented electronic device and adjustable from panel board.

PFS

• Models to suit wet and corrosive environments. • Available with mast heights up to 2.8 metres. • Top clamp option for use with unstable products. • Standard load capacity 2 tonnes. • Heavy-duty version for 3+ tonnes. Also available in the “TP” version, designed to facilitate direct loading by pallet truck. No need for a forklift operator to load the pallet onto the turntable.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

209

MATERIAL HANDLING PALLET WRAPPING ROBOPAC START The entry level Start turntable machine combines simplicity of operation with quality of construction, so although it is a low cost model, the specifications are impressive: • Maximum turntable load 1200 kgs. • Working height 2100mm (including pallet). • Turntable 1500mm diameter for pallets up to 800 x 1200mm. • Soft start & stop to ensure no product “toppling”. • “FRD” spool carriage. • Height sensing photocell. • Available with ramp for pallet truck loading.

ROTOPLAT JOLLY Semi-autOMATIC STRETCH WRAPPING TURNTABLE • Maximum turntable load 2000 kgs. • Working height 2400mm (including pallet). • Turntable 1650mm dia. for pallets up to 1000 x 1200mm. • Soft start & stop to ensure no product “toppling”. • Spool carriage stop button for reinforcing wraps. • “FRD” spool carriage. • Height sensing photocell. • Available with ramp for pallet truck loading. • Top and bottom wrapping rounds selection.

STARTAPE® M

• A new range of taping machines, giving • the best solution to the most difficult applications in • handling, folding and sealing of carton boxes with • adhesive paper or tape. • Easy and rational technical solutions, such as the drive • motor located below the feeding conveyor and the • adjusting systems all in one side and make the machines • easy to use.

• Side box pressing wheels with adjustable • height to ensure taping even on • small sized boxes.

• 3 top flaps-folding device (option)

• Idle rollers conveyor section

210

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

load securing systems

PRODUCTS

MATERIAL HANDLING

APPLICATION

CORDSTRAP® CC STRAP • Re-Tensionable • As strong as steel • High abrasion resistence • Chemical resistant

CORDSTRAP® CW STRAP • Extremely flexible • Will not split • Will not rush • Safe handling

CORDLASH®

• Heavy Duty “One way” securing lashings • Safe and secure • Easier to handle than steel banding or wire • Cost effective compared to conventional • load securing materials • Elimination of damage to products • Faster to work with

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

cordstrap DUNNAGE BAGS ACCESSORIES

• Fast and effective method of preventing movement and thus damage of goods during transportation in containers, rail wagons, ship holds & trucks. Available in numerous sizes for all applications. • Plastic • Recycled • Card Board • Environmentally friendly & safe to use

Edge Protection

• Manual hand tools • Pneumatic tools • Heavy duty lashing tools

Tensioners • Prevents moisture damage • High absorption

Desiccants

• Lightweight • One hand operation • Tensioning & welding • Clear LED indication

Orgapack Battery Tooling • Static dispensers • Mobile dispensers • For all sizes of straps

• All sizes • Smooth & embossed • Manual & machine grade

Pet Strapping

Dispensers For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

211

MATERIAL HANDLING load securing systems Cordstrap® strapping applications

Timber Industry

Metal Goods

Glass Industry

Building Materials

Machine Industry

• Bale Press

Doors & Window Frames

Benefits • Cordstrap®, it is designed to protect your employees and customer • from injuries while providing maximum load containment strength. • There are no sharp edges when cut, and it does not spring back like • steel banding. This quality offers protection for employees, customers and machinery.

• Cordstrap®  is as strong as steel with comparable break strengths • to conventional steel banding. Due to the elongation properties and • shock absorbance capacities, Cordstrap®  Corded Polyester • Strapping requires more energy to break. It is also five times lighter • allowing for ease and flexibility of use. • Corded polyester strapping will not stain your products.

cordlash® applications

CORDSTRAP® DUNNAGE BAG applications

Containers

Ships

Containers

Reefer

Containers

Road Transport

Railway Wagons

Road Transport

Cordstrap® Composite Lashing • Similar to Cordstrap® Composite Strapping, it is the latest • technology in flexible, non-metallic lashing and most commonly • used. Cordstrap® Composite lashings are available in a variety of • widths and strengths up to 5,000 DaN (11,000 lbs). • Composite lashings are widely used to secure cargo in trucks, • railcars and ISO containers for various commodities including, but • not limited to, chemicals, machinery, paper reels and food goods. • Breaking strengths of all composite lashings are independently • certified by Germanischer Lloyd’s and adhere to European Railway • regulations. In addition, Cordstrap® CC 105 is approved by the • American Association of Railroads for use in closed car loading • applications.

212

Chemical Industry

Cordstrap® Dunnage Bags • Cordstrap® Dunnage Bags are specially designed inflatable bags • used for stabilising and securing cargo inside containers, railcars, • trucks, and ships, preventing transit damage • Cordstrap® Dunnage Bags are placed in the void between the • cargos. When inflated they form a 3-dimensional bulkhead thus • preventing the cargo from shifting. • Cordstrap® Dunnage Bags are constructed of one or more layers • of wet-strength kraft paper with a polyethylene liner. The bags are • available in different strengths and a wide variety of sizes from • 60 x 60 cm (24” x 24“) to 120 x 225 cm (48” x 96”) and special sizes • are available upon request.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

PORTABLE GANTRIES

MATERIAL HANDLING

Portable GantRIes • Easy to assemble - No spanners required • Foldaway design - Comes complete with assembly instructions • Gantries are complete with castors • Gantries can be supplied with optional extras, wheel brakes, polyurethane tyred wheels, parking jacks, taut wire or track festoon electrics. Please ask for details Description 3 Metre Height/3 Metre Span

Capacity 250kgs

3 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3 Metre Span

500kgs 1000kgs 1500kgs 2000kgs 3000kgs 5000kgs 250kgs 500kgs 1000kgs 1500kgs 2000kgs 3000kgs 5000kgs

Description

Capacity

3.5 Metre Height/3.5 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3.5 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3.5 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3.5 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3.5 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3.5 Metre Span 3.5 Metre Height/3.5 Metre Span 4 Metre Height/4 Metre Span 4 Metre Height/4 Metre Span 4 Metre Height/4 Metre Span 4 Metre Height/4 Metre Span 4 Metre Height/4 Metre Span 4 Metre Height/4 Metre Span 4 Metre Height/4 Metre Span

250kgs 500kgs 1000kgs 1500kgs 2000kgs 3000kgs 5000kgs 250kgs 500kgs 1000kgs 1500kgs 2000kgs 3000kgs 5000kgs

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price £684.00 £706.00 £793.00 £1015.00 £1076.00 £1119.00 £1138.00 £867.00 £889.00 £979.00 £1035.00 £1096.00 £1143.00 £1165.00

213

MATERIAL HANDLING TROLLEYS Compact all-rounders For multi-functional use

With safety handles, application with tubular footplate for transporting e.g. large crates and parcels.

With dog-ear handles, application with short, flat footplate for easy insertion under heavy loads.

Chair trucks For use in hotels and congress venues Height-adjustable loading frame for transporting stacked chairs

With bags Accessory

Baggage and four-wheel trolleys Professional equipment – elegant and convenient • This multifunctional four-wheel trolley is available with one or two side walls or with two end walls. • This baggage trolley ensures fast and trouble-free baggage handling in the hotel lobby, even if large groups are checking in or out.

214

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Lightweight Trucks

MATERIAL HANDLING

SUPER COMPACT TRUCKS • Lightweight • Simple to Use • Unfold in seconds! • Easy to carry

GI025Y Shown folded

Three versions available, the original super compact truck model G1033Y which is approved to the European GS Standard, the ‘mini’ model G1025Y and alternatively the heavy duty version model G1043Y. All units are of Aluminium construction and fold and unj seconds. These units can be stored or transported y confined spaces making them ideal for deliveries.

Model GI025Y is with elasticated load retaining straps

GI025Y

GI033Y Shown folded

Model GI033Y is GS Approved and has elasticated load retaining straps

GI033Y

Close up of padded handles and easy to use extending button on Model GI043Y. Handles shown folded flat for compact storage.

Model GI043Y has a large folding foot

GI043Y Shown folded

GI033Y

Model

Decription

Load Capacity (kg)

Dimensions H x W x D mm when folded

Dimensions H x W x D mm when open

Toe Plate W x D (mm)

Wheels (mm)

Weight (kg)

GI025Y

‘Mini’ Compact Truck

650 x 390 x 60

1000 x 400 x 420

390 x 240

2 x 120

GI033Y

Super Compact Truck

100

700 x 490 x 60

1000 x 490 x 450

490 x 270

2 x 180

GI043Y

Large Compact Truck

200

1010 x 595 x 97

1255 x 620 x 600

590 x 335

2 x 200

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

215

MATERIAL HANDLING Stairclimbers TELESCOPIC STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS Toe Plate Size:290 x 350mm Mounted on 150mm wheels on a ‘3 star’ system Max Load:50kgon stairs 150kgas a sack truck Fitted with knuckleguard hand grips& wheel guards

WIDE STAIRCLIMBER Fixed & folding toe plates Complete with adjustable strap Folding Toe Plate Size: 395 x 460mm Mounted on160mm wheels on a ‘3 star’ system Max Load 50kg on stairs 150k as truck

GI390Y Folded

GI390Y Overall Size H x W x D mm 1230 x 500 x 680

Folded Size H x W x D mm 830 x 500 x 430

Weight kg 15.5

Overall Size H x W x D mm 1160 x 605 x 795

Model

GI360Y

Fixed Toe Plate Size W x D mm 410 x 200

Weight kg 22

Model GI360Y

GI390Y

STAIRCLIMBER WITH SKIDS

Toe Plate Size:395 x 460mm Mounted on150mm wheels on a ‘3 star’ system Max Load:60kgon stairs 150kgas a sack truck Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips& wheel guards

Toe Plate Size:395 x 460mm Mounted on150mm wheels ona ‘3 star’ system Max Load: 60kgon stairs Max Load: 150kgin sack truck mode Fitted with knuckle guard hand grips & wheel guards

SKIDS ENABLE THESE STAIRCLIMBERS TO BE LOADED OR UNLOADED HORIZONTALLY &VERTICALLY

GI370Y Overall Size H x W x D mm all x 600 e 1180 x 480 D

216

Weight kg 11

Model GI370Y Model

GI380Y Overall Size H x W x D mm ize 1180 x 500 x 550 Hx x mm

Weight kg W 8.5

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model GI380Y

Handling Equipment

Adjustable Strap holding items in place

STAIRCLIMBERS

MATERIAL HANDLING

TS250Z Wider Foot Iron

TS154Y With Wheel Lock

TS152Y

TS155Y

HEAVY DUTY STAIRCLIMBERS • Max Load 200 kg in Sack Truck Position • Safe Working Load on Stairs: 50kg • Foot iron size 200 x 300 mm (D x W) • 150 x 50 mm Rubber Plain Bearing Wheels. A multi-purpose stairclimbing sack truck designed with safety in mind. Retarding brake for safe handling on stairs. Wheel lock converts truck to a 2-wheel sack truck. Standard folding foot.

TS265Y Compactly Folded

Description

Height x Width mm

Depth mm (toe folded)

Weight

Model

Price

Basic tri-wheel model

1200 x 470

430

20 kg

TS152Y

POA

Basic stairclimber with wheel lock

1200 x 470

430

23 kg

TS154Y

POA

Basic stairclimber with lock & retarding brake

1200 x 470

430

25 kg

TS155Y

POA

Wider foot iron size 250d x 430w (mm)

—

TS250Z

POA

TS165Y Compactly Folded TCS60Y Folded

TS160Y

TS260Y

Light weight STAIR CLIMBERS

STAIRCLIMBERS

• Max Load 150 kg in Sack Truck Position • Max Load 110 kg in Sack Truck Position • Safe Working Load on Stairs: 50kg • Safe Working Load on Stairs: 50kg • Foot iron size 355 x 395 mm (D x W) • Foot iron size 345 x 260 mm (D x W) • 150 x 50 mm Rubber Plain Bearing Wheels Ideal for safe handling on stairs. Both models • 160 x 40 mm Rubber Plain Bearing Wheels This lightweight stairclimber is available as either have a large folding foot iron. Compact model a standard or compact model. Compact model TS165Y has a folded height of 670mm TS265Y has a folded height of 670 mm. Description Height x Width Weight Model Description

Height x Width

Weight

Model

Standard

1092 x 432 mm

13 kg

TS260Y

Compact

1092 x 432 mm

13 kg

TS265Y

Standard

1150 x 610 mm

20 kg

TS160Y

Compact

1150 x 610 mm

20 kg

TS165Y

TCS60Y

Lightweight STAIRCLIMBER • Max Load 150 kg in Sack Truck Position • Safe Working Load on Stairs: 50kg • Foot iron size 340 x 260 mm (D x W) • 140 x 34 mm Rubber Wheels A lightweight stairclimber with a folding toe for compact storage. Height x Width

Weight

Model

1110 x 430 mm

11 kg

TCS60Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

217

MATERIAL HANDLING

Light weight Compact Trucks

HAND pallet truck - 2000 kg Unfold in seconds Lightweight, simple to use & easy to carry Three versions available GI025Y - the ‘mini’ model GI033Y - the ‘super’ model GI043Y - the ‘heavy duty’ model All units are of Aluminium construction These units can be stored or transported in confined spaces making them ideal for deliveries ‘HEAVYDUTY’ COMPACT TRUCK

‘SUPER’ COMPACT TRUCK

MINI’ COMPACT TRUCK

GI033Y

GI043Y

GI025Y

Fitted with elasticated load retaining straps

GI033Y

GI025Y Folded

Description

218

Fitted with elasticated load retaining straps

Large folding toe

GI043Y Folded

GI033Y Folded Load Capacity kg

Overall Size H x W x D mm when folded

Overall Size H x W x D mm when open

Toe Plate W x D mm

Wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Mini Compact

650 x 390 x 60

1000 x 400 x 420

390 x 240

2 x 120

GI025Y

Super Compact

100

700 x 490 x 60

1000 x 490 x 450

490 x 270

2 x 180

GI033Y

Heavy Duty Compact

200

1010 x 595 x 97

1255 x 620 x 600

590 x 335

2 x 200

GI043Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Folding Sack Trucks

MATERIAL HANDLING

‘THE PRO’ HEAVY DUTY FOLDING ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCK Quickly & easily folds for compact storage & transportation The toe plate, wheels & handles fold into the sack truck with a simple move of the handles 2x200mm puncture-proof Rubber wheels Folding Toe Plate Size: 310W x 310D mm Fitted with large wheel guards

THIS

TO THIS

Easy tilt mechanism

Max Load

270 KG

Simply turn the handles towards the sack truck. This will then allow the toe plate to lift & the wheels to fold in to the compact mode - ideal for storage / transportation Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm H x W x D mm 1150 x 480 x 520 1165 x 435 x 145

Weight kg 6

Model

GI270H

COMPACT SACK TRUCK Aluminium frame with a folding Steel toe plate Easily folded to fit in your car/van boot Easily carried & stored once folded 2x150mm solid Rubber wheels

Max Load

FOLDED IN SECONDS EASY TO CARRY & STORE

90 KG

MANUAL HANDLING OPERATIONS REGULATIONS 1992 recommends helping to reduce the riskof injury from those operations so faras is reasonably practicable i.e wherepossible provide mechanical assistance,for example a sack truck Overall Size - Open H x W x D mm 1090 x 412 x 406

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm 715 x 412 x 190

Toe Plate Size W x D mm 360 x 250

GI960Y Folded

Weight kg 7

Model GI960Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

219

MATERIAL HANDLING LIGHTWEIGHT TROLLeYS ECONOMY FOLDING TROLLEYS • Excellent Value An economy range of folding patform trucks. Sheet steel base covered with an attractive non-slip red PVC surface. The folding handle allows compact storage. Model

Overall L x W x H mm

Load Capacity (kg)

Castor Diameter (kg)

Weight (kg)

GI102Y

730 x 470 x 830

150

100

GI103Y

910 x 610 x 880

250

120

Max Load 150kg

Max Load 250kg

GI102Y

GI103Y

FOLDING TROLLEYs

• Non marking wheels • High quality finish Flat pressed sheet steel base, covered with non-slip, non-marking PVC surface. Trolleys fold and unfold in seconds, and can be stored in a limited amount of space

LARGE WHEELED FOLDING TROLLEY

• Heavy Duty wheels Platform trolley ideal for Heavy Duty use. The large pnuematic wheels make it ideal for rough terrain. The unit also folds to make it easy to store.

Max Load 150kg

GI099P Folded

GI002Y

GI003Y

GI099P

Model

Overall L x W x H mm

Load Capacity (kg)

Castor Diameter (kg)

Weight (kg)

GI002Y

734 x 480 x 790

170

100

GI003Y

920 x 620 x 890

250

130

Model

Overall L x W x H mm

Wheels

Weight (kg)

GI009P

870 x 560 x 900

4 x 300 mm Pneumatic 2 x swivel, 2 x fixed

HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC PLATFORM TROLLEYS

• Tough, industrial grade honeycomb plastic platform - will not rust, dent or chip • Removable handles • Anti-slip surface • Hard wearing 160mm polypropylene wheels • Strong and easy to clean Models HI904C and HI974C have 2 fixed, 2 swivel wheels. Models HI906C and HI976C have 2 fixed, 4 swivel wheels, giving increased load capacity and manoeuvrability. Model

Description

Max Load 350kg

Max Load 1000kg HI904C

Load Capacity (kg)

Platform L x W (mm)

Overall L x W x H mm

Weight (kg)

4 wheeled units HI904C

Single End

1000

1510 x 750

1700 x 750 x 965

HI974C

Double End

1000

1510 x 750

1780 x 750 x 965

6 wheeled units

220

HI976C

HI906C

Single End

1500

1510 x 750

1700 x 750 x 965

HI976C

Double End

1500

1510 x 750

1780 x 750 x 965

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Max Load 1500kg

SHELF TROLLEYS

HI834Y

MATERIAL HANDLING

SHELF TROLLEY • Easy to clean • Clearance between shelves: 280mm An attractive shelf trolley with hard wearing black plastic shelves and grey aluminium uprights. The shelves have a 25mm lip to 3 sides and a 5mm rim to one side making items easier to get to. Fitted with 4 swivel non-marking rubber castors. Optional plastic buckets can be purchased for the shelf trolley to give added versatility. Model

Overall L x W x H mm

Wheel Size (mm)

Weight (kg)

HI834Y

840 x 430 x 910

Max Load 90kg

DEEP SHELF TROLLEYS • Mallet for easy assembly • 70mm deep trays • Will not rust, dent or chip Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ideal for a variety of environments - storerooms, offices schools etc. Constructed from a non-conductive material and resistant to most substances. Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel castors, 2 with brake.

Model

Overall L x W x H mm

Dimensions Between Shelves (mm)

Weight (kg)

610 x 460 x 980

660

10.5

610 x 460 x 1000

305

2 Shelf Unit GI627L 3 Shelf Unit GI637L

GI637L

Max Load 120kg

GI627L

PLASTIC SERVICE TROLLEYS

• Multi purpose, impact resistant, moisture resistant trolleys • 2 fixed, 2 swivel non-marking 125mm rubber castors • Ergonomic Push / Pull Handle Of heavy duty plastic construction, these units are tough enough for most environments. The units are easy to clean and will not chip or dent. The push / pull handle has storage facilities for those small easy to lose items.

Model

Description

Overall L x W x H mm

Shelf Heights (mm)

Weight (kg)

HI924C

2 Shelf

950 x 440 x 850

150, 850

HI934C

3 Shelf

950 x 440 x 850

150, 500, 850

HI925C

2 Shelf

1100 x 650 x x 850

150, 850

HI935C

3 Shelf

1100 x 650 x x 850

150, 500, 850

HI925C

Max Load 225kg

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

HI934C

221

MATERIAL HANDLING Plastic Trolleys SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH STRONG SQUARE LEGS Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolley Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip Manufactured from a non-conductive Polyethylene which will not passan electrical current & is unaffectedby battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628) Max Load

90 KG

Overall Size LxWxH 610 x 458 x 864

Description 3 Shelf, 3 Flat Shelves

GI391L

Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 305 / 305

Weight kg 12

Model GI391L

SERVICE TROLLEYS WITH STRONG SQUARE LEGS Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip 3Colour Options Available Blue

Green

Red

please specify when ordering

Manufactured from a non conductive Polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

Max Load

150 KG

Description 2 Shelf - top flat shelf, bottom storage trays 3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays

Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 660

610 x 458 x 980

Weight kg 11

GI851L

Model

305 / 305

GI852L

3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays

305 / 305

13.5

GI853L

2 Shelf - top flat shelf, bottom storage trays

635

19.5

GI861L

280 / 280

GI862L

280 / 280

GI863L

3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays 3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays

222

Overall Size LxWxH

813 x 610 x 915

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Plastic Trolleys

MATERIAL HANDLING

GI334L GI335L

Max Load

150 KG

GI237L

GI337L

GI488CL

Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses, chemical & pharmaceutical industries Manufactured from a non conductive Polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current& is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions Models GI337L & GI237L have a higher load capacity as the shelves are re-inforced with a Steel bar Depth of storage trays: 100mm Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking Rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes

2 Shelf Trolley

Overall Size L x W x H mm 890 x 610 x 880

Size Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm 650

Weight kg 16

GI334L

3 Shelf Trolley

890 x 610 x 865

292 / 292

GI335L

Top flat shelf, cupboard with flat shelf

895 x 615 x 1230

480 / 388

GI488CL

2 Storage Trays

920 x 640 x 960

635

GI237L

3 Storage Trays

920 x 640 x 975

280 / 280

GI337L

Description

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

223

MATERIAL HANDLING Shelf Trolleys

GI534L Max Load

150 KG

GI541L

GI543L GI538L

GREY SHELF TROLLEYS Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in offices, schools, workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms etc Constructed from a non conductive material which is resistant to most substances Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

GI536L

LARGER RANGE

STANDARD RANGE No of Shelves 36

No of Shelves

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Clearance Between Shelves

Weight kg

10 x 458 x 840

10 x 458 x 915

222 mm

GI542L

13 x 610 x 915

203

GI536L

10 x 458 x 915

159 mm

GI543L

13 x 610 x 1220

203

GI537L

10 x 458 x 1143

159 mm

GI544L

13 x 610 x 1423

203

GI538L

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

90 x 610 x 880

650

GI534L

GI541L

90 x 610 x 865

292

GI535L

FOUR & FIVE SHELF TROLLEYS Clearance between shelves: 280mm Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking swivel Rubber castors These trolleys are available in 2 colours Buttermilk & Grey Both colours come with Grey Aluminium uprights Description Buttermilk 4 Shelf Trolley Grey 4 Shelf Trolley Buttermilk 5 Shelf Trolley Grey 5 Shelf Trolley

224

Model

Clearance Between Shelves 305 mm

Overall Size Weight L x W x H mm kg

Model

863 x 500 x 1200

HI614Y

HI624Y

863 x 500 x 1555

HI714Y

HI724Y

HI624Y

Max Load

HI714Y

160 KG

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

TRAY TROLLEYS GREY SHELF TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TROLLEYS

Sturdy, easy to fold & neat to store Ideal for use in shops, schools etc Can be folded in one simple move Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel Rubber tyred castors, 2 with brakes Size when folded: 580L x 100W x 1080H mm Clearance between shelves: 300mm Max Load

80 KG

Colour Options Available please specify when ordering

Blue

Green

Red

Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked Perfect for colour co-ordinating company depts etc Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge Steel with smooth rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge Steel Top shelf is easily adjustable from 660 up to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed Rubber mat Max Load 150 KG

CI203Y Folded

CI203Y GI942W

Overall Size L x W x H mm 580 x 450 x 890

Weight kg 14

Model CI203Y

REVERSIBLE TRAY/SHELF TROLLEYS Reversible shelves enable use as either a smooth shelf or as a tray with surrounding lip The height of the centre shelf on the 3 shelf model is adjustable Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100mmgrey non-marking castors

Overall Size L x W mm 610 x 460

Weight kg 20

Model GI942W

HEAVY DUTY TRAY TROLLEYS Chassis is of square tubular Steel with round tubular Steel handles Three Steel shelves with a 40mm lip Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel roller bearing Cushion castors Platform Size: 900L x 500W mm

Max Load

150 KG Max Load

350 KG

TI246Y

Description 2 Shelf 3 Shelf

KT832Y

KT831Y

TI357Y Overall Size L x W x H mm 670 x 400 x 910

Weight kg 17

TI246Y

Tray Heights Total mm Height mm 210/520/8108 50

820 x 500 x 910

TI257Y

265/570/8609

670 x 400 x 910

TI346Y

215/665/1110

820 x 500 x 910

23.5

TI357Y

265/715/1160

Model

Wheels mm 150

Weight kg 40

KT831Y

200

KT831H

1150

150

KT832Y

1200

200

KT832H

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

225

MATERIAL HANDLING STAINLESS TRAY / TROLLEYS SHELF TROLLEYS

• Lightweight • Hygienic • Non-marking wheels Two models available - a 3 tray unit, and a two tray unit with rod surround. Fitted with 4 non-marking 100 mm braked swivel castors Tray size: 775mm long x 400mm wide.

SI812Y

SI803Y

Max Load 100kg

No of Shelves

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Distance Between Shelves

Weight (kg)

SI803Y

850 x 445 x 895

260

SI802Y

2 with rod surround

850 x 445 x 895

345

Model

STAINLESS STEEL TRAY TROLLEYS

STAINLESS STEEL SHELF TROLLEYS

Available either as full Grade 304 Stainless Steel units or with Tubular Steel Blue Painted Frames. Grade 304 Stainless Steel removable tray with raised edges -suitable for use where hygiene is important, e.g. the catering and food industry. Handle Height: 980 mm

Robust construction - ideal for use in areas where cleanliness is important. Food grade 304 Stainless Steel -suitable for use in the catering and food industry. Smooth shelves are fixed in position and fitted with a raised rod surround to 3 sides. Handle Height: 980 mm

SS1302 SS1103

Max Load 125kg

Number of Trays

Tray Heights

165 mm

Wheels

127mm Cushion

226

Tray size 755 x 450 Number Tray Wheels of Trays Heights Painted Stainless Weight Model Model 24 kg

Tray size 1065 x 610 Weight

Painted Model

Stainless Model

SS1103 165 mm

127mm ST1203 Cushion

37 kg

830 mm SS1104

127mm ST1204 Nylon

35 kg

SS1114

ST1214

127mm ST1223 Cushion

46 kg

SS1133

ST1233

127mm ST1223 Nylon

44 kg

SS1134

ST1234

SS1113

ST1213

2 830 mm

Max Load 100kg

SS1223

165 mm 500 mm 830 mm

127mm Nylon

22 kg

127mm Cushion

28 kg 3

127mm Nylon

26 kg

SS1123 165 mm 500 mm 830 mm SS1124

Number of Trays

Shelf Heights

2 2 with drawer

165 mm

3 3 with drawer

165 mm 500 mm 830 mm

830 mm

Shelf size 660 x 460 Wheels

4 x 125 mm Swivel Rubber Tyred

Weight

Model

18 kg

SS1302

21 kg

SS1322

22 kg

SS1303

25 kg

SS1323

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Models ST1322 and ST1323 are fitted with a centre drawer as standard. Size of drawer : (L x W x H) External : 358 x 350 x 80 mm

DOLLIES

MATERIAL HANDLING

PLASTIC DOLLY

• Load Capacity: 250 kg • Versatile • Lightweight yet strong Strong and robust unit, available either as a dolly only or a complete unit with yellow painted steel handle. Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel wheels. Ideal for use with 600 x 400mm containers.

PD064S

Model

Description

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight (kg)

PD064S

Dolly only

600 x 400 x 300

PDT63S

Dolly with handle

610 x 400 x 930

PDT63S (Containers not included) PDT63S

FURNITURE TROLLEY

• Load Capacity: 200 kg per unit • Versatile • Lightweight • Supplied in pairs Multi purpose units ideal for moving furniture, boxed items etc. Fitted with 4 swivel 100 mm nylon castors. The flush top is fitted ith a protective ribbed green carpet cover.

PLASTIC DOLLY

• Load Capacity 350 kg Constructed from heavy duty plastic and fitted with 4 x 75 mm poly swivel castors this Dolly is ideal for moving heavy loads. Wheels supplied loose for easy fixing before use.

FD201N PD350N

Model

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight (kg)

Model

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight (kg)

FD201N

600 x 300 x 130

PD350N

610 x 405 x 125

DOLLIES

• Load Capacity 250 kg Robust angle iron construction. Model GS1912 is fitted with a removable plywood deck. Fitted with four 100 mm swivel castors.

DOLLIES

These dollies are made from a hardwood construction with carpeted ends that ensures durability and Strength. Ideal for use with heavy goods. FD900Y

GS1913

FD400Y

Model

Overall Dimensions L x W mm

Platform Height L x W x H mm

Weight (kg)

Model

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Load Capacity

Weight (kg)

GS1912

622 x 486 mm

150 mm

FD400Y

400 x 400 mm

450 kg

5.5

GS1913

622 x 486 mm

150 mm

FD750Y

450 x 750 mm

380 kg

FD900Y

600 x 900 mm

545 kg

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

227

MATERIAL HANDLING Order Picking Trolleys

Max Load

300 KG

Max Load

250 KG

GI230H

KTI13Y

2 TIER SHELF TROLLEY

ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS Manufactured in angle steelwith fixed painted Steel trays Tray Sizes: KTI13Y - 900 x 500mm KTI14Y - 1000 x 700mm Mobile On 2 Fixed, 2 Swivel Braked Castors

This unit has a push/pull handle Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm Rubber castors

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Platform Size mm

1100 x 700 x 980 1000 x 700

Shelf Heights mm

Weight kg

Model

320 / 960

GI230H

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Shelf Heights mm

1330 x 500 x 1070

ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS

1430 x 700 x 1070

220/800

Wheels 125mm Rubber

Weight kg

Model

KTI13Y

KTI14Y

HEAVY DUTY ORDER PICKING TROLLEY

Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm castors See pages 51 to 54 for suitable containers

No. of Trays:4 Tray Size: 1270 x 615mm Mobile on 2 fixed,2 swivel 150mm Rubber castors

Max Load

150 KG Max Load

250 KG

MS5702 Max Load

400 KG Containers Overall Size Tray Held L x W x H mm Size mm 4 1360 x 620 x 1230 820 x 620 6

228

1760 x 620 x 1230 1220 x 620

Weight kg 40

MS5701

MS5702

Model

MS5722

No of Steps

Tray Type

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Galvanised

1650 x 615 x 1950

107

MS5722

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Order Picking Trolleys

MATERIAL HANDLING

ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS Ergonomically designed handrails positioned 580mm higher than the top step for increased safety & comfort Top Step Size 350W x 210Dmm Top Step Height - 3 Step Units: 720mm 4 Step Units: 960mm Sprung loaded steps with ribbed Rubber treads

STANDARD ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS Mobile on 4 x 125mm Rubber tyred swivel castors

GS APPROVED ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm Rubber tyred castors

GS5633

WS5603

No of Steps

No of Trays

WS5613

Tray Material

Overall Size H x W x L mm

Shelf Heights mm

Weight kg

Model

Standard Order Picking Trolleys 2 3

3 2 3

Steel 1320 x 520 x 1320 Plywood

200 / 1000

WS5602

200 / 600 / 1000

WS5603

200 / 1000

WS5612

200 / 600 / 1000

WS5613

GS Approved Order Picking Trolleys 3 4 3 4

2 3 2

1320 x 520 x 1320 Steel 1560 x 520 x 1520

3 2 3 2 3

1320 x 520 x 1320 Plywood 1560 x 520 x 1520

200 / 1000

GS5602

200 / 600 / 1000

GS5603

200 / 1240

GS5622

200 / 720 / 1240

GS5623

200 / 1000

GS5612

200 / 600 / 1000

GS5613

200 / 1240

GS5632

200 / 720 / 1240

GS5633

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

229

MATERIAL HANDLING Order Picking Trolleys HEAVY DUTY CASH & CARRY TROLLEYS • Load Capacity: 1000kg • Handles are easily removable for compact storage when not in use These strong Cash & Carry trolleys have steel chequer plated decks and tubular steel removable handles. Model GIC83Y is epoxy powder coated Blue and has kick plates at each end to help avoid trapped feet. Model GIC84Y is epoxy powder coated Grey.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Max Load 1000kg

GIC83Y

GIC84Y

Model

Description

Platform Height (mm)

Handle Height (mm)

Platform LxW (mm)

GIC83Y

Blue - Narrow

270

1830

1610 x 410

GIC84Y

Grey - Wide

270

1520

1520 x 610

Wheels

4 swivel 110mm rubber 2 fixed 220mm Polyurethane

Weight (kg) 80 124

CASH & CARRY NARROW • Load Capacity: 250kg • Platform Size: 1525 x 380mm Specially designed for cash and carry warehouses with narrow passage ways and restricted turning space.

Model

Platform Height (mm)

Effective end depth (mm)

Overall Height (mm)

Wheel size (mm)

Wheel type

Weight (kg)

GP162H

230

985

1209

200, 125

4 swivel, 2 fixed solid rubber roller bearing

GP162H

230

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

HEAVY DUTY PLATFORM TRUCK • 250mm dia rubber, steel centred Heavy Duty wheels • Handle Height: 1070mm • 4 Sided Unit Sides: 180mm A strong, durable and rugged turntable truck unit ideal for use in warehouses, factories, schools, garden centres etc. The unit incorporates a Heavy Duty handle) operated park brake. Lift the handle up and it operates the stoppers on the wheels shown on the image below.

TI802B

Handle Operated Park Brake

Max Load 700kg

Hard Wearing Veneer Finish

Model

Description

TI802B

Flat Deck Unit

TI801B

4 Sided Unit

Platform L x W mm 1250 x 700

Weight (kg) TI801B

65 86

PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCK • 330mm dia pneumatic steel centred wheels • Easy to clean • Frame Size: (LxWxH) 1170x760 x 229mm An attractive green plastic platform truck, ideal for use in warehouses, laboratories, schools, garden centres etc. The corners are rounded to help prevent damage to walls.

TI204B

Max Load 350kg Model

Platform L x W x H mm

Weight (kg)

TI204B

1315 x 765 x 1090

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

231

MATERIAL HANDLING PLASTIC BASED TRUCKS • Robust and Durable • Superior Appearance • Easy to clean • Strength with Lightness • Unaffected by most substances • Hygienic Ideal for moving goods of all types, in offices, factories, store rooms, etc. Platform and base are produced in an attractive one-piece silver-grey polypropylene structural foam moulding with smooth, hard surfaces which are very durable and easily cleaned. Mesh size: 50 x 50mm bright zinc or stainless steel.

General Specification PL212H/PL232H PL252S/PL272S

980 mm.

Handle Height (from base):

275 mm.

Platform Height:

500 mm. Effective end and side depth (from base) -10°C to 50°C. Temperature extremes 2 fixed, 2 swivel Wheel equipment 200mm rubber

PL211H/PL231H PL251S/PL271S

PL214H/PL234H PL254S/PL274S

Overall

Description

Height

232

PL215H/PL235H PL255S/PL275S

Platform Size 1000 x 600 mm Zinc Finish Weight

Model

Platform Size 1000 x 700 mm

Stainless Steel

Zinc Finish

Price

Model

Price

Weight

Model

—

Price

Stainless Steel Model

Price

Wheeled base only

295

23 kg

PL210H

AED 1,604.50 POA

25 kg

PL230H

AED 1,652.95 — POA

Single mesh end

995

28 kg

PL211H

AED 1,956.85 PL251S AED 3,950.70 POA POA

31 kg

PL231H

AED 2,005.65 PL271S AED 4,021.47 POA POA

Two mesh ends

995

32 kg

PL212H

AED 2,309.15 PL252S AED 6,089.55 POA POA

38 kg

PL232H

AED 2,357.95 PL272S AED 6,211.76 POA POA

Three mesh sides (box body)

995

36 kg

PL213H

AED 2,568.00 PL253S AED 7,145.35 POA POA

41 kg

PL233H

AED 2,616.80 PL273S AED 7,267.56 POA POA

Four mesh sides (box body)

995

39 kg

PL214H

AED 2,826.80 PL254S AED 8,193.20 POA POA

44 kg

PL234H

AED 2,875.65 PL274S AED 8,321.08 POA POA

Table top unit

915

36 kg

PL215H

AED 2,809.01 PL255S AED 4,239.85 POA POA

39 kg

PL235H

AED 2,906.65 PL275S AED POA 4,349.94 POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

—

Security Trolleys

MATERIAL HANDLING

SECURITY TROLLEYS Lockable lid for full security Half drop gate for easy access Wheels: 4 x 200mm Rubber 2 fixed / 2 swivel Model GIS71M has 50 x 50mm mesh sides Model GIS72S has a ‘pop-in’ mechanism on the lid which keeps the lid in position whilst in use

Max Load

350 KG

pop-in’ mechanism which stops the lidfrom closing whilst the unit is in use

‘ Key Locking Mechanism

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Description GIS72S

GIS71M

Mesh Solid

1000 x 700 x 800

Weight kg 81 103G

Model GIS71M IS72S

SECURITY BOX TROLLEYS Heavy Duty - Bigger Storage Space Handle Height: 1000mm Units have a lockable lid for full security, & a half drop front to aid access to the contents Padlock not supplied Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 200mm Rubber tyred castors

Max Load

500 KG

BT272S

BT271M

Description

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Steel Box Truck

1320 x 770 x 1140

Wooden Box Truck

BT273W

Mesh Box Truck

Useable Body Size Weight W x D x H mm kg 130 1150 x 715 110 x 850 85

Model BT272S BT273W BT271M

SECURITY DISTRIBUTION TROLLEY Colour Options Available Red

Grey

Blue

Green Max Load

400 KG

please specify when ordering

Shelf Size: 1120 x 430mm Handle Height: 1000mm Constructed from Steel angle with 50 x 50mm mesh sides & centre shelf The trolley has a security latch with padlock facility not supplied Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm Blue non-marking quiet running castors

NA700R

Overall Size Shelf L x W x H mm Heights mm 1220 x 480 x 1100 180, 635, 1070 2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted

Weight kg 60

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model NA700R GM003Z

233

MATERIAL HANDLING PLASTIC TROLLEYS

GI340Y

GI152Y

pLASTIC PLATFORM Trolley • 4 Colour Options Available Blue

Red

Green

Yellow

Please specify colour when ordering

• Hygienic • Lightweight

A lightweight platform truck ideal for use in offices, shops, schools, warehouses etc. Available in 4 different colours it is ideal for colour coded departments. Platform is made from injected moulded plastic with 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100 mm rubber tyred castors.

• Platform Height 140 mm

Platform Size mm

Handle Height mm

710 x 460

825

Weight kg 8.5

Model Price GI152Y

GI153Y

POA

GI154Y

“Mini” plastic platform trolley / dolly • Hygienic • Lightweight

• Easy carrying handle

Red

Grey

White

Please specify colour when ordering

Similar to the GI152Y detailed above. A lightweight platform trolley / dolly, ideal for use in offices, shops, schools etc. The injected moulded plastic platform is available in 4 different colours, ideal for departmental coding. Model GI153Y has a folding handle for storage and 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100mm rubber tyred castors. Model GI154Y has 4 swivel 80 mm plastic castors.

234

Description

• 4 Colour Options Available Blue

Folding Handle Blue/Red/Grey

Platform L x W x H mm

Handle Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

600 x 385 x

820

GI153Y

POA

820

GI153YW

POA

3.5

GI154Y

POA

3.5

GI154YW

POA

Folding Handle 150 White

Dolly Blue/Red/Grey

600 x 400 x -

Dolly 110 White

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SERVICE TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

NA700R KT099R

security distribution trolLey 4 colour options available. Please specify colour when ordering.

ORDER PICKING TROLLEY 4 colour options available.

Red

Blue

Green

Yellow

• Shelf Size: 1120 x 430 mm • Handle Height: 1000 mm

Ideal for transporting high value goods. Mesh sides provide permanent visual identification of the contents at all times. Constructed from steel angle with 50 x 50 mm mesh sides and A heavy duty trolley with an angle steel frame and sheet steel shelves with a 30 mm upstand. centre shelf. The trolley has a security latch with padlock facility Fitted with a fixed writing shelf for easy working in warehouses, with a push/pull handle. Fitted (padlock not supplied) Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm resilex with 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors. non-marking quiet running castors.

Please specify colour when ordering. • Shelf Size: 450 x 900 mm

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

1230 x 460 x 1070

Red Blue Green • Handle Height: 950 mm

Shelf Heights mm Wheels 180, 880

Weight kg

125 mm Rubber

2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted

Yellow

Model

Price

KT099R

POA

GM003Z

POA

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Shelf Heights mm

Weight kg

Model

1220 x 480 x 1100

180, 635, 1070

NA700R

POA

GM003Z

POA

2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted

Price

GP205H GW900Y

GW901Y

HIGH LEVEL SHELF TROLLEY

SHELF TRUCKS

• Epoxy Powder Coated • Comfortable Working Height

• Epoxy Powder Coated

Tubular steel construction with shelves set in angle iron. Choice of varnished plywood or galvanised sheet steel shelves. Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125 mm non-marking blue resilex castors. Ideal for use in warehouses, assembly workshops etc. Upstand height on top shelf 80 mm.

Manufactured from tubular steel with the base and top shelf of varnished plywood set in angle iron. Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel 200 x 50 mm cushion tyred roller bearing castors.

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Shelf Heights mm

Shelf Shelf Weight Dimensions Material kg mm

855 x 630

220 &

800 x

Galvanised sheet steel

GW900Y

POA

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm 1150 x 710 x 900

x 1285

1120

600

Varnished plywood

GW901Y

POA

1350 x 810 x 900

Model

Price

Base/shelf size mm 1000 x 700

Shelf Heights Weight mm kg 275 - 900 56

1200 x 800

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

Price

GP205H

POA

GP225H

POA

235

MATERIAL HANDLING SERVICE TROLLEYS

GI436L

SHELF TrolleyS

• Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys • Reinforced top shelf Either 4 or 5 shelf unit with a 12 mm retaining lip and self adhesive safety strips which prevents equipment from sliding. Top shelf has been reinforced with two steel bars for extra strength. Complete with integral safety push handle moulded into the shelf. Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel castors - 2 braked.

GI437L

Overall

Description

Dimensions

Between

Weight

L x W x H mm

Shelves mm

4 Shelf Trolley

610 x 457 x 1185

305

GI436L AED £129.00 950.65

5 Shelf Trolley

810 x 610 x 1525

295

GI437L AED £265.00 2,242.90

Model

Price

GI439L GI438L

LONG SHELF TROLLEYS

• Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys • Maximum Load Capacity: 200kg • Easy to clean Constructed from heavy duty polyethylene, with flat shelves, ideal for use in storerooms, warehouses etc. Model GI438L has 4 x 100mm swivel castors and GI439L has 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 125mm plate fixing castors.

236

Overall Shelf Dimensions Heights L x W x H mm mm

Wheels Weight Model Price mm kg

1220 x 610 x 915

140, 458

100

2,558.30 GI438L AED £319.00

1220 x 610 x 940

165, 483

125

GI439L AED £349.00 2,824.20

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SERVICE TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

GI341L

GI343L

GI332CL

GI346L

GI409L

GI347L

• Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys • Free mallet for easy assembly • Will not rust, dent or chip • Versatile • Easy to clean Ideal for use in workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms, warehouses, the automotive and electronics industries etc. Multi purpose trolleys constructed from a non conductive material and unaffected by battery acid, solvents and cleaning solutions. Available in a combination of flat shelves and deep storage trays. Fitted with 4 x 100 mm non marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake. Depth of storage trays: 95 mm. Colour: Black Metal Cupboard: Grey

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Dimensions Between Shelves Top / Bottom mm

Maximum Load kg

Weight kg

Top storage tray, cupboard with flat shelf 3 Shelf, Top & Middle storage tray, bottom flat shelf.

610 x 470 x 1030

235 / 445

120

610 x 468 x 864

235 / 235

120

GI343L

AED 1,057.50

3 Shelf, Top storage tray, Middle & Bottom flat shelves

610 x 468 x 864

235 / 280

120

GI346L

AED 990.40

2 shelf, Top storage tray, Bottom flat shelf

610 x 468 x 864

598

120

GI347L

AED 893.65

3 shelf, Top & Bottom flat shelves, Middle storage tray

610 x 477 x 1025

290 / 405

120

GI409L

AED 1,060.90

3 Shelf, 3 flat shelves

610 x 458 x 840

305 / 305

120

GI341L

AED 757.02

Description

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

Price

GI332CL AED 2,134.55

237

MATERIAL HANDLING SERVICE TROLLEYS LARGE FOLDING BOX TRUCKS • Lightweight • Load capacity 35kg • Hold Foolscap Lever Arch Files and Box Files • Ideal for Deliveries • Opens and Folds in Seconds! These compact folding trucks are very easy to use. Of durable moulded construction they fold flat for easy carrying and storage. Model GI042Y comes complete with its own lid.

GI042Y Both models hold foolscap lever arch files and box files

GI041Y shown folded GI042Y comes complete with lid

GI041Y Description

Dimensions H x W x D mm when folded

Dimensions H x W x D mm When open

Internal Dimensions of Box H x W x D mm

wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

PRICE

Blue/Yellow

470x460x85

990x460x390

350x395x330

2x75

GI041Y

POA

Grey/Red with lid

470x460x85

990x460x390

350x395x330

2x75

GI042Y

POA

ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TRUCK • Ergonomically designed handle – for improved posture • Load Capacity: 300kg • Handle folds for efficient storage • Easy clean • Lightweight aluminium platform • 2 fixed, 2 swivel 180mm rubber wheels An attractive unit of aluminium construction with black painted steel handle and black wheels with yellow plastic centres. The handle folds allowing the unit to be stored in car boots etc.

GI066Y shown folded Overall Platform Size L x W mm

Handle Height (upright) mm

Dimensions Folded L x W x H mm

wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

470x460x85

990x460x390

350x395x330

2x75

GI066Y

POA

GI066Y

238

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Lightweight Trolleys

MATERIAL HANDLING

GI001Y shown folded • Lightweight • Foldable • Portable • GS Approved

MULTI POSITION TROLLEY

GI001Y

• Fits Easily Into a Car Boot

• Corner buffers for extra protection A multi position trolley for a multitude of uses with a telescopic handle and an expanding/contracting base. Made in aluminium, it won’t rust. Suitable for a wide range of work places, from the office to the factory floor, from retail shops to the warehouse. Dimensions Dimensions Castor Fully Extended Folded Diameter Weight Model L x W x H mm L x W x H mm mm kg

GI001Y

725 x 420

570 x 420

x 960

x 230

100

8.5

GI001Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price

POA

239

MATERIAL HANDLING SHELF AND PLATFORM TRUCKS

GM803Y

GM620Y

• 2 Colour Options Available

please specify when ordering

Blue

Red

GM624Y

GM733Y

Description

MEDIUM DUTY SHELF AND PLATFORM TRUCKS

A range of trolleys to suit numerous applications. Narrow width design makes them ideal for use in narrow aisles and for clear passage through standard doorways. Fitted with non-marking blue resilex wheels with roller bearings and thread guards. Quiet running and extremely durable. GENERAL SPECIFICATION Overall length x width x height 1060 x 600 x 1200 mm. Platform size L x W 1000 x 570 mm. Chassis: Made from strong tubular steel. Shelves: Timber set into a steel protective surround. Castors: Heavy duty 125 mm diameter 2 fixed, 2 swivel.

Weight kg

Model

2 Shelf Trolley - Shelf Heights: 300 - 870 mm 2 open ends 35 GM620Y 2 mesh ends 36 GM622Y 3 mesh sides 39 GM623Y 2 mesh ends 4 shelf sides 40 GM624Y 3 Shelf Trolley - Shelf Heights: 300 - 585 - 870 mm 44 GM730Y 2 open ends 2 mesh ends 45 GM732Y 3 mesh sides 48 GM733Y Platform Trolley 2 mesh ends 28 GM802Y 31 GM803Y 3 mesh sides Optional Factory Fitted Braked Castors (on swivel end) GM003Z

Price POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

GM803Y

GD752H

GD751H GD755H

GALVANISED DECK FIRM LOAD TRUCKS • 2 Colour Options Available please specify when ordering Blue Red

A bright, hard wearing galvanised sheet base gives a smooth, easy to clean non-splinter finish. The all welded steel frame has straight handles for easy manoeuvrability. There are two deck sizes available and side panels are removable. GENERAL SPECIFICATION Handle Height 950 mm Platform Height 280 mm Effective End/ Side Depth 520 mm Effective half Side Depth 285 mm Wheels dia x width 200 mm x 50 mm Wheel Equipment 2 swivel, 2 fixed cushion tyres, roller bearing steel centred Wire mesh 50 mm x 50 mm

240

Description

Platform Size

Model

Single Mesh 39 1000 x 700 mm GD751H End 43 1200 x 800 mm GD851H Double Mesh 44 1000 x 700 mm GD752H Ends 48 1200 x 800 mm GD852H Three Mesh Sides 46 1000 x 700 mm GD753H (box body) 51 1200 x 800 mm GD853H Four Mesh Sides 49 1000 x 700 mm GD754H (box body) 54 1200 x 800 mm GD854H Four Mesh Sides 50 1000 x 700 mm GD755H One half drop side 57 1200 x 800 mm GD855H Double Mesh 46 1000 x 700 mm GD756H Sides 51 1200 x 800 mm GD856H Optional Factory Fitted Corner Buffers (4 off) GD001Z Optional Factory Fitted Braked Castors (on swivel end) GD003Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

NARROW PLATFORM TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

NA504H

NA501H

• Versatile • Manoeuvrable • Extremely Strong 2 Colour Options Available Blue Red Please specify colour when ordering.

NA507H

Suitable for use in confined areas i.e. narrow doorways and aisleways. Fully welded construction with fixed ends, sides of either exterior grade plywood or 50 x 50 mm mesh, including one half drop mesh side. Available with firm load or easy steer configuration. Finish: Blue or red epoxy powder coated. General Specification Handle height (from base) Platform size Platform height Overall Width Effective end depth (from base) Height from base of horizontal bar Effective side depth (from base) Effective half side depth (from base) Wheel dia x width Wheel equipment 2 fixed 2 swivel cushion tyres roller bearing.

745 1200 x 600 275 615 530 480 530 290 200 x 50

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

FIRM LOADING MODELS EASY STEER MODELS

Description Kg Wheeled base only 31 Single End Horizontal bar 34 Single Plywood end 36 Single Mesh end 37 Double End Horizontal bar 37 Double Plywood ends 42 Double Mesh ends 40 Double Plywood sides 42 Double Mesh sides 43 Three Plywood sides (box body) 44 Three Mesh sides (box body) 42 Four Plywood sides (box body) 46 Four Mesh sides (box body) 45 Four Mesh sides one half dropside 46

Model NA500H NA501H NA502H NA503H NA504H NA505H NA506H NA507H NA508H NA509H NA510H NA511H NA512H NA513H

Price POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

Kg Model Price 35 NA520H POA 38 NA521H POA 39 NA522H POA 41 NA523H POA 41 NA524H POA 45 NA525H POA 43 NA526H POA 46 NA527H POA 47 NA528H POA 48 NA529H POA 47 NA530H POA 50 NA531H POA 48 NA532H POA 50 NA533H POA

NA529H

OPTIONAL EXTRAS FACTORY FITTED

Description

Model

Clipboard (Clip on fixing)

NA002Z

Braked Castor (2 off fitted to swivel castors) (only available on Firm Load Trucks)

NA003Z

NA533H

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

241

MATERIAL HANDLING PLATFORM TRUCKS

GE101H

GE102H GE133H

• Economical • Easily Manoeuvrable

• Versatile

This range of platform trucks will meet every possible use in stores, warehouse or factory. Available with firm load or easy steer configuration wheels. Fully welded construction with fixed ends and sides infilled with 50 x 50 mm wire mesh complete with straight handles. The deck is of exterior grade plywood. Finish: Red. General Specification Handle height

960 mm

Platform height

275 mm

Effective end depth

520 mm

Effective side depth

520 mm

Effective half side depth

200 x 50 mm

Wheel equipment

2 fixed, 2 swivel, cushion tyres, roller bearing

GE134H

270 mm

Wheel dia x width

Firm Loading Models Easy Steer Models Description

Model

Price

Model

Price

Single mesh end

GE101H

POA

GE131H

POA

Double mesh end

GE102H

POA

GE132H

POA

Three mesh sides (box body)

42 GE103H

POA 47 GE133H

POA

Four mesh sides (box body)

45 GE104H

POA 48 GE134H

POA

Four mesh sides one half dropside

46 GE105H

POA 50 GE135H

POA

Single mesh end

GE121H

POA

GE141H

POA

Double mesh end

GE122H

POA

GE142H

POA

Three mesh sides (box body)

47 GE123H

POA 52 GE143H

POA

Four mesh sides (box body)

50 GE124H

POA 54 GE144H

POA

Four mesh sides one half dropside

POA

Platform size 1000 x 700 mm

Platform size 1200 x 800 mm

GE125H

242

GE125H

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

GE145H

PLATFORM TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

platform trucks - Budget Range • Protected wood edges • Manoeuvrable • Strong In this budget range of Platform trucks there are a choice of models available to suit different applications.

PI208Y

Decking is of varnished plywood, supported by a steel frame, and sides and ends are fixed in position. Finish: Epoxy powder coated Blue. PI200Y

GENERAL SPECIFICATION Handle Height Platform Height Effective Plywood Side/End Depth: Wheels:

880 mm 220 mm 450 mm 4 x 150 mm 2 fixed, 2 swivel rubber, except model PI208Y which has 125 mm wheels.

PI207Y

PI205Y

Platform

Size mm

Model

Price

Single Bar End

1000 x 700

PI200Y

POA

4 Corner Uprights

1000 x 700

27.5

PI205Y

POA

2 Tubular bar Sides

1000 x 700

35.5

PI207Y

POA

4 Plywood 1/2 Sides

850 x 500

25.5

PI208Y

POA

Description

Weight

heavy duty platform truck • Platform Size: 1300 x 800 mm • Handle Height: 975 mm A heavy duty single ended platform truck. Deck is of varnished plywood and the single end has tubular steel uprights. Mounted on 4 x 200 mm heavy duty rubber wheels, 2 fixed and 2 swivel. Finish: Epoxy powder coated Blue.

Description

Heavy Duty Platform Truck

Weight kg

Model

Price

PI401J

POA

PI401J

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

243

MATERIAL HANDLING

PLATFORM TRUCKS STURDY TRUCKS • Smooth Finish Plywood Platform • Robust and Versatile • 200mm Rubber castors, 2 fixed, 2 swivel These sturdy platform trucks are manufactured from tubular steel with a smooth finish plywood platform set within a heavy duty angle frame. PC702H

Model PC780H has 3 removable rails with 7 different positions. Rail Heights (from platform: - 320, 630 and 930mm. Model PC726H has the addition of 3 shelves which will take 40kg each, and also has 2 braked castors.

PC701H

PC780H

PC812H

PC811H

PC726H

PC707H

244

Platform Size mm

Platform Height mm

Overall Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Single Bar End

Description

1200 x 700

310

1000

PC701H

POA

Double Bar Ends

1200 x 700

310

1000

PC702H

POA

Single Plywood End

1200 x 700

310

1000

PC811H

POA

Double Plywood Ends

1200 x 700

310

1000

PC812H

POA

Tubular Sided

1200 x 700

310

1000

PC707H

POA

Base with 3 Dividing Rails

1200 x 700

310

1240

PC780H

POA

Shelf Truck, Base with 3 Shelves

1200 x 700

310

1800

PC726H

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ORDER PICKING TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

• Strong • Steel framed • Epoxy Powder Coated BLUE Ideal for use in warehouses and stores for order picking from low up to a high level of shelves/racks. Available with either plywood or galvanised trays. Tubular steel construction with spring loaded steps. Non-slip rubber treads. The steps act as a brake when the trolley is in operation.

General Purpose models • Distributed load capacity:150 kg • Tray Size 785 x 475 mm

MS5703

Available with either galvanised sheet steel or plywood trays. Ideal for use in shops, stock rooms etc.

MS5709

MS5706

MS5704

MS5705 MS5705

Heavy Duty

Narrow Aisle

MODEL: MS5722

MODELS: MS5711 and MS5712

• Strong • Construction

• Distributed load • capacity: 200 kg

• Distributed load • capacity: 400 kg

• Tray size 750 x • 455 mm

• Large tray size • 1270 x 615 mm

• Galvanised or • Plywood trays These 5 step units enable you to order pick from high levels and are designed for use in narrow aisles or confined areas.

Constructed from fully welded angle iron this 4 tray unit is ideal for heavy industrial applications.

MS5712

MS5722 Overall Length Description Width, Height (mm) 3 Steps, 2 plywood trays 1310 x 480 x 990 3 Steps, 3 plywood trays with high handles 1310 x 480 x 1480 3 Steps, 2 plywood trays with high handles 1310 x 480 x 1480 3 Steps. 2 galvanised trays 1310 x 480 x 990 3 Steps, 3 galvanised trays with high handles 1310 x 480 x 1480 3 Steps. 2 galvanised trays with high handles 1310 x 480 x 1480 3 Steps, 3 plywood trays 1310 x 480 x 990 3 Steps, 3 galvanised trays 1310 x 480 x 990 5 Steps, 3 plywood trays with high handles 1505 x 470 x 1940 5 Steps. 3 galvanised trays with high handles 1505 x 470 x 1940 4 Steps, 4 galvanised trays with high handles 1650 x 615 x 1950

Clearance between trays (mm) 510 510 510 510 510 510 210 210 440 440 310

Height of Top shelf (mm) 815 1380 815 815 1380 815 815 815 1105 1105 1130

Height of Top Step (mm) Wheels mm 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 1090 1090 990

125 x 4 Swivel rubber 125 x 4 Swivel rubber tyred castors 127 x 2 fixed, 2 swivel blue resilex wheels 150 x 2 fixed, 2 swivel rubber

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Weight kg Model 25 32 29 25 32 29 28 28 52 52 107

MS5703 MS5704 MS5705 MS5706 MS5707 MS5708 MS5709 MS5710 MS5711 MS5712 MS5722

Price POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

245

MATERIAL HANDLING SHELF/DISTRIBUTION TRUCKS HEAVY DUTY SHELF TRUCKS

Available open sided or with a 50 x 50mm Mesh Infil on 3 sides. A 4th hook-on side is also available, as is a padlockable security version. • 32mm Tube • Load Capacity Per Shelf 75 kg • Varnished Plywood Removable Shelves • 2 fixed, 2 Swivel Castors, 200 x 50 mm Cushion

GP512H

GP509H

Units with 50 x 50mm Mesh infil sides:

GP206H

Shelf

Description

Mesh Sides

Base and

3 sides

Base and

Base / Shelf Overall Size Weight size (mm) L x W x H mm Kg 1000 x 700 1010 x 710 x 1770 70 1200 x 800 1210 x 810 x 1770 81

Model GP206H GP226H

1240-1530

3 sides + 4th

Price POA POA

L x W x H mm

1200 x 800 1350 x 815 x 1900

275-660-950- 1000 x 700 1150 x 755 x 1900

with 4 shelves hook-on side Base and

Size mm

275-660-950- 1000 x 700 1150 x 715 x 1900

with 4 shelves

Base with 3 shelves only, no sides: (Shelf heights: 275 . 650 . 1020 . 1390)

Base/Shelf Overall dimensions Weight

heights mm

1240-1530

3 sides + 4th hook-

1200 x 800 1350 x 855 x 1900

275-660-950- 1000 x 700 1150 x 755 x 1900

with 4 shelves on side + mesh top

1240-1530

Full security 3 sides + mesh top

1200 x 800 1350 x 855 x 1900

275-660-950- 1000 x 700 1150 x 755 x 1900

with 4 shelves 2 mesh doors for padlock

1240-1530

1200 x 800 1350 x 855 x 1900

Model

GP509H

Price POA

GP529H

POA

GP510H

POA

111

GP530H

POA

GP511H

POA

112

GP531H

POA

GP512H

POA

113

GP532H

POA

NARROW AISLE SHELF TROLLEYS WITH PLYWOOD BASES For detail and general Specification please see next page.

NA601R

Description

Open Ended

Rod Infil

NA607R fitted with NA004Z

Number of

NA617R

Model without Shelves

Weight

Model

Price

Shelves

Weight

Model

2 x Plywood

64 kg

NA601R

POA

47 kg

NA606R

POA

2 x Plywood

69 kg

NA609R

POA

Price

53 kg

NA607R

POA

2 x Plywood

75 kg

NA610R

POA

59 kg

NA608R

POA

2 x Plywood

81 kg

NA611R

POA

70 kg

NA616R

POA

2 x Plywood

88 kg

NA617R

POA

Weight

Model

Price

Bolt in Plywood Shelf

11 kg

NA620S

Braked Castors (2 off fitted to swivel castors)

NA004Z

POA

Full Security Mesh Infil

OPTIONAL EXTRAS - FACTORY FITTED

246

Model with Shelves

Ends / Sides

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

POA

DISTRIBUTION TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

NA603R NA614R

NA615R

NA612R

NA604R

NA618R

NARROW AISLE SHELF TROLLEY

GENERAL SPECIFICATION • Overall Size L x W x H - 1180 x 690 x 1850 mm • Deck / Shelf size - 600 x 1100 mm • Castors - 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150 mm rubber tyred • Load Capacity - 75 kg per shelf .Available in 3 colour options .Please specify colour when ordering Red Blue Green • 4 shelf height options - 590, 890, 1190, 1490 mm Adaptable to suit every type of use in warehouses, workshops, hospitals etc. Manufactured from 25mm tubular steel, with either rod infil, mesh infil or just open ended. Plywood Base models are shown on previous page. Epoxy Powder Coated Finish.

AED 2,850.64

NARROW AISLE SHELF TROLLEYS WITH ROD BASE Description

Open Ended

Rod Infil

Number of

Model without Shelves

Model with Shelves

Ends / Sides

Weight

Model

Price

Shelves

Weight

Model

2 x Zinc Plated

52 kg

NA602R

Price POA

43 kg

NA603R

POA

2 x Zinc Plated

57 kg

NA612R

POA

49 kg

NA604R

POA

2 x Zinc Plated

63 kg

NA613R

POA

55 kg

NA605R

POA

2 x Zinc Plated

69 kg

NA614R

POA

66 kg

NA615R

POA

2 x Zinc Plated

80 kg

NA618R

POA

Weight

Model

Price

Bolt in Zinc Plated Rod Shelf

7 kg

NA621S

Braked Castors (2 off fitted to swivel castors)

NA004Z

POA

Full Security Mesh Infil

OPTIONAL EXTRAS - FACTORY FITTED

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

POA

247

MATERIAL HANDLING DISTRIBUTION TRUCKS

Close up of bolt holding shelf in folded position

CI9002 shown folded

CI9003

CI9002

FOLDING SHELF TRUCK • Ideal for use where storage space is a premium • Load Capacity: 100kg Folding shelves and sides enable the units to fold flat when not in use. Sides are constructed from tubular steel and epoxy powder coated blue. The two shelves are steel, finished in white. Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked rubber castors

No of Shelves 2 3

Overall size in use L x W x H mm 850 x 460 x 1028 850 x 460 x 1490

Overall size Folded L x W x H mm

Weight kg

850 x 150 18.5 CI9002 x 1028 850 x 180 27 CI9003 x 1490

RB9502 fitted with RC9502, RH9502 & RS9502

248

HEAVY DUTY ROLCONTAINERS

Description

• Load Capacity: 500 kg • Strong Construction • Units Demountable and bases stackable for storage • Hard Wearing Red Epoxy Powder Coated • Three sizes available Constructed from tubular box section these heavy duty rolcontainers are suitable for industrial applications. Extra sides and shelf available as optional extras. Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel 100 mm nylon castors with roller bearings. The fixed castors are inset. making the unit easily manoeuverable.

Base and 2 ends Optional Extras Full side Half drop side Rod infil shelf

Model

Price POA POA

RB9502 fitted with RC9502 Internal size mm L x W x H 1000 x 800 x 1500 1440 x 800 x 1500 2000 x 800 x 1500

Overall size mm L x W x H 1100 x 848 x 1690 1540 x 848 x 1690 2100 x 848 x 1690

Weight kg 36 46 60

RB9501 RB9502 RB9503

POA POA POA

to suit RB9501 to suit RB9502 to suit RB9503 to suit RB9501 to suit RB9502 to suit RB9503 to suit RB9501 to suit RB9502 to suit RB9503

990 x 25 x 1500 1430 x 25 x 1500 1990 x 25 x 1500 990 x 25 x 1500 1430 x 25 x 1500 1990 x 25 x 1500 980 x 730 x 25 1420 x 730 x 25 1980 x 730 x 25

9 12 17 10 14 20 5 7 10

RC9501 RC9502 RC9503 RH9501 RH9502 RH9503 RS9501 RS9502 RS9503

POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model Price

Demountable Rolcontainers

MATERIAL HANDLING Demountable Rolcontainers Bright Zinc Electroplated finish Re-inforced wire base Hygienic - steam clean or pressure wash Detachable rod infil sides for easy storage Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mmNylon castors with roller bearings

Max Load

500 KG

RB1692

RB1693

MANY SIZES &MODELS AVAILABLE TO SUIT YOUR APPLICATION

RB1835 & RC7180

RB1694

4 Sided ( 1/2 Drop Side) Security (50x50mm Mesh)

External Size L x W x H mm

Internal Height

2 Sided & Straps

3 Sided

4 Sided

Model

715 x 800 x 1690

1530mm

RB1692

RB1693

RB1695

RB1694

715 x 800 x 1815

1630mm

RB1812

RB1813

RB1815

RB1814

715 x 800 x 1830

1640mm

RB1835

Shelf to Suit Above Rolcontainers - 715 x 800mm For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

RC7180

249

MATERIAL HANDLING Rolcontainers LARGE SIZE ROLCONTAINERS Bright Zinc Plated finish Stackable bases Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors Robust & durable construction

Max Load

500 KG

RB8623 & 4 x RC8613

RB8621

Overall Size Internal Weight Rolcontainer (2 Ends) H x W mm Length mm kg Model 1680 x 800

930 x 800 RB8624 & 2 x RC8611

LARGE SIZE ROLCONTAINERS Bright Zinc Electroplated finish

Optional Half Side

Optional Full Side

Model

1000

RB8621

RC8611

1500

RB8622

RC8612

2000

RB8623

RC8613

1000

RB8624

RC8611

1500

RB8625

RC8612

2000

RB8626

RC8613

RB1725: on this model the front gate opens through 270o

Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Nylon castors with roller bearings

Re-inforced wire base

Max Load

500 KG

250

External Size L x W x H mm

Internal Height mm

735 x 830 x 1720

1430

RB1725 & RC7383

RB1723

Units Nesting 3 Sided

4 Sided

Model

Security (50x50mm Mesh) Model

Model

RB1723

RB1724

RB1725

RC7383

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Shelf to Suit

CONTAINER/PICKING TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

three tier order picking trolleys • Load Capacity 150 kg, 50 kg per shelf

• Shelf Heights: 210, 750, 1200mm

Choose from 3 designs: Fitted with plywood shelves or used with a combination of solid or slotted plastic containers which have a choice of depths. Containers supplied as additional items (see the container trolleys page shown later in this section). Red epoxy powder coated finish. Fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125 mm rubber tyred castors.

GC4407 Each tier fitted with a varnished plywood shelf.

GC4408

Description 3 tier trolley with fixed tiers & drop in plywood shelves

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm 850 x 520 x 1290

Weight kg 28

Frame Size mm 610 x 410

Model

Price

GC4407

POA

3 tier trolley with fixed tiers to fit 3 x drop in containers

850 x 520 x 1290

610 x 410

GC4408

POA

3 tier trolley with 2 upper tiers able to tilt. To fit 3 x drop in containers

850 x 520 x 1290

610 x 410

GC4409

POA

GC4400

POA

Optional Extra - 2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted

GC4409 With the 2 upper tiers able to tilt either side, secured by springbolts.

• Height Adjustable 750 - 1130 mm • Load Capacity 70 kg, 35 kg per shelf • Tilt Adjustable 0˚, 30˚, 45˚ and 60˚

CT230Y

CONTAINER TROLLEY

GC5000

Mobile Parts Stand

• Complete with containers • Load Capacity: 200kg

Top angle bay holds one 600 x 400 mm container, bottom tray has sheet steel infil and holds two 400 x 300 mm containers. Containers supplied as additional items. Fitted with 4 braked 100 mm swivel castors. Red epoxy powder coated finish.

Welded tubular steel with angle support frame for the containers. Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel non-marking grey rubber castors. Supplied complete with 30 containers: 12 x size: 300 x 150 x 100 mm colour red and 18 x size: 300 x 100 x 100 mm colour Blue.

Overall Dimensions L x W

Height of Bottom Tray

Weight kg

Model

Price

410 x 680 mm

180 mm

GC5000

POA

Overall Trolley Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

700 x 350 x 1140

CT230Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price

251

MATERIAL HANDLING STAINLESS STEEL TRUCKS

STAINLESS STEEL TRUCKS

• Hygienic • Easy to Clean Constructed from grade 304 stainless steel - ideal for use in areas where hygiene is of the utmost importance. Available in a choice of models from single end to ‘Table Top’ version. Handles are manufactured from tubular stainless steel with 50 x 50 mm mesh stainless steel infil on sides and ends. Sides are easily removable to allow access to the platform. The table top model has square section stainless steel uprights. All models are fitted with 2 fixed, 2 swivel 200 mm rubber tyred castors. GENERAL SPECIFICATION Handle Height (from base) Platform Height Platform Size Effective mesh side depth (from base)

720 mm 250 mm 1000 x 600mm 525 mm

ST680H

ST682H

ST683H

ST681H

Overall Description

Height Weight kg mm

Model

Price

Single Mesh End

970

ST681H

POA

Single Mesh End

970

ST680H

POA

with Box Rail

252

Two Mesh End

970

ST682H

POA

Three Mesh Sides

970

ST683H

POA

Four Mesh Sides

970

ST684H

POA

Table Top Unit

990

ST685H

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ST685H

ALUMINIUM TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

GA821R

GA823R

GA822R

• Versatile FIRM LOAD ALUMINIUM TRUCKS • Hygienic • Non Sparking • Rounded corners for damage prevention Ideal for use within industrial and commercial food and textile production. Platform sides and ends are of heavy duty aluminium chequer plate. Frame and superstructure of heavy duty aluminium R.H.S. Fitted with corner buffering as standard. GENERAL SPECIFICATION Platform Height: 300 mm. Wheel Equipment: 2 fixed, 2 swivel 200 mm roller bearing castors.

GA824R

Weight

Overall Dims (including buffers)

L x W x H mm

Single end

1440 x 645 x 950

GA611R

POA

GA611H

POA

Double end

1540 x 645 x 950

GA612R

POA

GA612H

POA

2 ends and 1 removable side

1540 x 645 x 950

GA613R

POA

GA613H

POA

2 ends and 2 removable sides (box body)

1540 x 645 x 950

GA614R

POA

GA614H

POA

Single end

1440 x 845 x 950

GA821R

POA

GA821H

POA

Double end

1540 x 845 x 950

GA822R

POA

GA822H

POA

2 ends and 1 removable side

1540 x 845 x 950

GA823R

POA

GA823H

POA

2 ends and 2 removable sides (box body)

1540 x 845 x 950

GA824R

POA

GA824H

POA

Description

Model with Price Resilex wheels

Model with cushion cushion wheels

Price

PLATFORM SIZE 1210 x 610 mm

PLATFORM SIZE 1210 x 810 mm

ALUMINIUM turntable TRUCKS • A versatile range ideal for use within industrial and commercial • food and textile production. • High tech and engineering industries. • Highly combustible working environments. • Aesthetically pleasing. • Non sparking. • Odourless.

• Hygienic. • Non contaminating. • Easy to clean.

Optimum weight reduction whilst giving maximum load capacity. Turntable steering – Aluminium turntable assembly fitted with stainless steel bearing plate. GA910C

General specification – Framework of all welded aluminium RHS. Steel axles, zinc plated.

Maximum Platform Without sides & ends With Aluminium sides & ends Wheels distributed size All with roller bearing load kg L x W x H Weight Model Price Weight Model Price 250 x 50 mm 4-ply Pneumatic 56 kg GA910P POA 71 kg GA930P POA 500 1210 x 810 x 330 mm 250 x 50 mm Cushion 57 kg GA910J POA 72 kg GA930J POA 400 x 100 mm 4-ply Pneumatic 60 kg GA910C POA 75 kg GA930C POA 750 1210 x 810 x 480 mm 400 x 100 mm Cushion 88 kg GA910M POA 103 kg GA930M POA 400 x 100 mm 4-ply Pneumatic 118 kg GA920C POA 140 kg GA940C POA 750 2000 x 1000 x 480 mm 400 x 100 mm Cushion 146 kg GA920M POA 168 kg GA940M POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

253

MATERIAL HANDLING CASH & CARRY TROLLEYS HIGH LOADING CASH AND CARRY GP166H • High platform for ease of loading. • Rear nesting facility, allowing easy access to trolleys. 100 of these nestable trolleys can be stored in the space normally occupied by 25 conventional units (30m). Capacity

Platform Size mm

Overall Size mm

Overall Platform Height mm Height mm Wheels

300 kg 1185 x 580 1220 x 690 900 315

Weight kg Model Price

125 mm Cushion 2 Fixed 2 Swivel

GP166H

POA

CASH & CARRY NESTABLE • Platform Size: 1130 x 620mm 100 nestable trolleys can be stored in the space normally occupied by 27 conventional units (37m). Both models with roller bearing wheels. Capacity

Overall Overall Platform Size Height Height Wheels Weight Model mm mm mm mm kg

Price

STANDARD 2 ﬁxed 125 300 kg 1230 x 700 950 215 2 swivel 125 HEAVY DUTY 2 ﬁxed 200 500 kg 1230 x 750 975 292 2 swivel 125 Bottle Basket

GP1633

POA

GP164H

POA

GP701A

POA

500 x 203 mm

GP166H

GP1633 Shown nesting with Bottle Basket GP701A

GP164H Shown nesting with Bottle Basket GP701A

C & C STANDARD • Load Capacity 300 kg • Platform Size: 1100 x 600mm

Basic model, used in a wide range of applications for order picking and distribution. GP161H Platform Effective end Overall Wheel Weight Height mm depth mm Height mm size mm Wheel type kg Model Price 2 swivel, 2 ﬁxed 280 520 915 200, 125 solid rubber 38 GP161H POA roller bearing

CASH & CARRY NARROW • Load Capacity: 250kg • Platform Size: 1525 x 380mm Specially designed for cash and carry warehouses with narrow passage ways and restricted turning space. Platform Effective end Overall Wheel Weight Height mm depth mm Height mm size mm Wheel type kg Model Price

GP162H

254

4 swivel, 2 ﬁxed 230 985 1209 200, 125 solid rubber 39 GP162H POA roller bearing

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DIY TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

GS194H

GS197H GS195H

DIY TROLLEYS This range of trolleys are ideal for a variety of uses. Model GS197H, Heavy Duty DIY and Timber Trolley, is suitable for large heavy duty timber products and heavy bagged/boxed materials. Model GS194H, Timber and Fence Panel Trolley, is suitable for boxed or bagged products such as cement, composts and building materials plus large sheet materials/doors/fence panels. Model GS195H, Board/DIY Trolley is suitable for carrying lightweight boxes and rolled materials plus lightweight boards/panels/doors etc. The plastic coated basket on models GS194H and GS195H is ideal for small packets, bottles, tins and jars. Overall Size L x W x H (mm)

Platform Height (mm)

Platform Size (mm)

Basket Size (mm)

Wheels (mm)

Load Capacity

Weight

Model

Price

915 x 685 x 1000

190

840 x 685

840 x 330 x 155

127 mm Cushion Swivel Castors

400 kg

24 kg

GS194H

POA

865 x 485 x 965

140

795 x 485

790 x 150 x 150

102 mm Cushion Swivel Castors

250 kg

16 kg

GS195H

POA

30 kg

GS196N

POA

30 kg

GS197H

POA

310 x 710 x 1055 1 255 1210 x 710 Nylon Plain Bearing 1310 x 710 x 1055 255 1210 x 710 Cushion Roller Bearing

2 x 200 mm wheels 500 kg and 4 x 150 mm Swivel Castors 500 kg

wheeled board trolley 2

GS130D

GS180H

ADJUSTABLE BOARD TROLLEYS • Maximum load capacity: 250 kg. Available with diamond formation or firm load wheelbase. Four locating positions for the safe transportation of GS182H Overall Size

Platform

Wheels mm

Formation L x W x H mm Height mm Size mm

plates, boards etc.

Weight Diamond Formation Model

Price

Model

Price

1070 x 706 x 970

295

1000 x 700 200 x 50 Cushion Roller Bearing 47

GS180H

POA

GS182H

POA

1270 x 806 x 970

295

1200 x 800

GS181H

POA

GS183H

POA

2 Fixed, 2 Swivel

Firm Load

TWO-WHEEL BOARD TROLLEY For transporting thin sheet-steel, plywood, plasterboard, etc. Maximum load capacity: 100kg Overall Size L x W x H mm

Carrying Frame L x W mm

2134 x 455 633 x 152 x 1020

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Wheels mm

Weight

Model

Price

Cushion 200 x 45 Plain Bore

13.5 kg

GS130D

POA

255

MATERIAL HANDLING SPECIAL TROLLEYS

BH908Y BH794M

BAGGAGE TRUCK Designed for use at hotels and stations/ports for the handling of luggage. Manufactured in an all welded construction with 32 mm 14 gauge tube, fitted with a 1.2 mm galvanised sheet platform on an exterior grade plywood base. The 250 mm deep ends can also serve as a nameplate if required.

Overall Handle Height Load Platform Length When Level Wheels Capacity Weight Model 810 mm x 16 x 4 1465 mm 1840 mm 970 mm 4 ply pneum 600 kg 95 kg BH794C 810 mm x 1465 mm 1840 mm 970 mm

16 x 4 cushion

750 kg

Price POA

100 kg BH794M

POA

FD201N

BH908Y Shown Nesting

NESTING BAGGAGE TROLLEY

Originally designed for international passenger shipping lines and now used in vast quantities in port terminals and on board ships, where space is restricted. Their nestability is a great asset as it enables 50 trolleys to be stored in an area of 72 sq ft. Fitted with 4 x 127 mm swivel cushion castors.

Overall L x W mm 760 x 510

Weight kg 16

Model BH908Y

Price POA

STACKABLE FURNITURE TROLLEY

• Maximum Load 300 kg When empty these furniture trolleys can be stacked to save space. • Load Capacity: 200 kg per unit • Versatile They are able to be fork lifted complete with suite and stacked on • Lightweight • Supplied in pairs Pallet Racking. Bottom Frame Size: 2020 long x 1080 deep. Top Frame Multi purpose units ideal for moving furniture, boxed items etc. Fitted Size: 2010 long x 620 deep. Finish: Midnight Blue. with 4 swivel 100 mm nylon castors. The flush top is fitted with a protective ribbed green carpet cover. Overall Dimensions Wheel Type Weight Model Price

FURNITURE TROLLEY

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model (Sold in pairs)

Price per pair

600 x 300 x 130

FD201N

POA

BEDDING TROLLEY

L x W mm

2020 x 1150

& Size

4 x 127 mm 35 cushion swivel

GS8003

POA

CARPET TROLLEY

• Maximum Load 300 kg • Maximum Load 500 kg Specifically designed for transporting Beds. It is a balanced unit fitted Specially manufactured to move rolls of carpet. with 4 braking swivel castors and 2 wheels. Platform Height: 241 mm The height to the ‘V’ of the cradle is 475 mm. Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm 1813 x 1050 x 1309

256

Wheel Type & Size 2 x 200 x 50 mm cushion wheels 4 x 127 mm swivel rubber castors

Weight kg 69

Model

GS840H

Price

POA

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Wheel Type & Size

Weight kg

Model

Price

1515 x 555 x 533

400 x 100mm 2 ply pneumatic

GS820B

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MATERIAL HANDLING

SPECIAL TROLLEYS

PB100Y

PM102Y

plate bogie

LIGHTWEIGHT panel mover

A simple and effective way of moving sheets easily. Adjusts automatically to take sheets up to 115 mm thick. Fitted with 2 x 125 mm nylon wheels the Bogie can easily move loads of up to 250 kg.

A lightweight unit, ideal for moving drywall, plywood or any other panels. Able to move 2 sheets at a time. Fitted with 2 x 100mm rubber wheels.

• Heavy Duty • Maximum Load Capacity: 250 kg

• Makes moving panels simple and easy • Maximum Load Capacity: 100 kg

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

285 x 270 x 280

PB100Y

Price

POA

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

530 x 300 x 730

PM102Y

Price POA

Beam Trolleys Welded tubular steel construction and fitted with steel ‘shoes’ to prevent wear. Ideal for transporting beams and cylindrical objects. Top Frame Size: 1000 x 400 mm. Wheels mm Roller bearing

Model

Price

Load Capacity 200 kg

200 x 50 cushion

GS860H

POA

400 kg

200 x 50 nylon

GS861N

POA

400 kg

350 x 75 cushion

GS862L

POA

400 kg

400 x 100 cushion

GS863M

POA

400 kg

400 x 100 2 ply Pneumatic

GS864B

POA

GS860H GS1913

GS1912 Dolly with removable plywood deck

PD350N

plastic dolly

Dollies

• Load Capacity 250 kg Robust angle iron construction. Model GS1912 is fitted with a removable plywood deck. Fitted with four 100 mm swivel castors.

Platform Size L x W x H mm 610 x 405 x 125

Weight kg 6

Model

PD350N

Price

POA

Overall Size

Platform Height

Weight

Model

Price

622 x

150 mm

10 kg

GS1912

POA

486

150 mm

9 kg

GS1913

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

257

MATERIAL HANDLING GARMENT RAILS GARment rails • Lightweight Lightweight and ideal for light duty use. Both units are easily manoeuvrable on 4 x 44mm swivel polypropylene wheels. Model CGR01Y has a wire hat rack for additional storage space. Model CGR02Y is adjustable in height from 1020mm to 1700mm and has a base storage rack for storing shoes, bags, boxes etc. Finish: Epoxy powder coated white.

Overall Size mm Fixed

CGR02Y

970 x 490 x 1670

Model

Price

CGR01Y

POA

CGR02Y

POA

Adjustable 950 x 500 x 1020 to 1700

CGR01Y

GARMENT RAILS

• Epoxy Powder Coated Black • Load Capacity: 80kg Welded tubular steel construction. Two sizes available, either static or mobile, and either Single or Double Bar. Mobile models are mounted on 4 swivel castors with 50 mm PVC wheels. Dims LxWxH

Single Bar 1200 x 490 x GSG14Z 1800mm

GSG16Z

GSG26Y

GS8053

Mobile Model Price

Static Model Price

1800 x 490 x GSG16Z 1800mm Double Bar 1200 x GSG24Z 490 x 1800mm 1800 x GSG26Z 490 x 1800mm

GSG36N x 2

POA GSG14Y

POA

GSG16Y

POA

GSG24Y

POA

GSG26Y

POA

GSG44R

NESTABLE GARMENT RAIL

NESTING FRAME RAIL

HEAVY DUTY RAIL

Chrome garment rail finished in eggshell black paintwork to withstand the heaviest use. Centre rail adjustable at 990, 1142 and 1295 mm. Fitted with 125 mm Cushion Wheels.

‘Z’ frame rails constructed from welded tubular steel and finished in black epoxy powder coating. Fitted with 50 mm P.V.C. wheels

Fitted with 125 mm grey rubber wheels. Welded tubular steel construction, powder coated black, with 4 rubber handgrips

• Space Saving

Dimensions L x W x H mm

258

1220 x 500 x 1760

Model GS8053

Price POA

• Storage Shelf • Rail Height: 1920 mm • Handle Height: 1030 mm

• Space Saving • Rail Height: 1770 mm

Dimensions L x W x H mm 1220 x 490 x 1800 1800 x 490 x 1800

Model GSG34N GSG36N

Price POA POA

Dimensions L x W x H mm 1200 x 500 x 1930 1800 x 500 x 1930

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model GSG44R GSG46R

Price POA POA

WAREHOUSE TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING Warehouse Trucks • Strong Welded Construction • Very Manoeuvrable • Up to 500 kg Capacity A well designed range of trucks comprising of firm load and balanced trucks. There are varying sizes and styles to suit individual applications. Balanced Trucks Designed to pivot on the centre wheels thus aiding manoeuvrability. The end wheels slide along axles and are re-centralised by two spiral return springs. Plywood infil depth on models GW144H and GW145Y of 680 mm. Overall height 1105 mm.

GW144H GW131H

Firm Load Trucks Firm Load Truck models GW121Y and GW122Y have an overall height of 1030 mm, and models GW131H and GW132H have an overall height of 1090 mm.

GW121Y

Description

Platform Size L x W x H mm

Load Capacity

Weight

Wheels

Model

Price

FIRM LOAD Single end

1065 x 600 x 230

300 kg

38 kg

2 Fixed 2 Swivel

GW121Y

POA

Double end

1065 x 600 x 230

300 kg

40 kg

160 mm Nylon

GW122Y

POA

Single end reinforced end uprights

1500 x 760 x 300

500 kg

45 kg

2 Fixed 2 Swivel

GW131H

POA

Double end reinforced end uprights

1500 x 760 x 300

500 kg

49 kg

200 mm Cushion

GW132H

POA

1220 x 685 x 285 1220 x 685 x 285

500 kg 500 kg

46 kg 46 kg

200 mm Cushion 200 mm Nylon

GW144H GW145Y

POA POA

BALANCE TRUCKS - Plywood Ends Double end reinforced end uprights Double end reinforced end uprights

HB572Y

GW311H

HEAVY DUTY BALANCE TRUCKS

WIRE MESH CONTAINER TRUCKS

Inset with a Plywood Platform, this unit has tubular push handles at each end. Wheels: 200 mm 2 fixed centre castors / 2 end wheel-axles with special return springs to centralise sliding wheels.

Produced from 50 x 50 x 10 mm gauge mesh, the internal container size is 920 x 670 x 650 mm. Wheels: 200 mm 2 central on axle / 2 sliding wheel-axles with special return springs to centralise sliding wheels.

• Maximum Distributed Load 500 kg.

• Maximum Distributed Load 300 kg.

Description

Platform size Lx W

Weight

Model

Price

Description

Single end

1000 x 700 mm

56 kg

HB571Y

POA

3 sides

Double end

1000 x 700 mm

56 kg

HB572Y

POA

+ 1 x 1⁄2 side

Single end

1200 x 800 mm

61 kg

HB581Y

POA

3 sides

Double end

1200 x 800 mm

61 kg

HB582Y

POA

+ 1 x 1⁄2 drop side

Overall H x L

Wheels

Weight

Model

Price

890 x

Cushion

40 kg

GW301H

POA

970 mm

Nylon

40 kg

GW302Y

POA

890 x

Cushion

45 kg

GW311H

POA

970 mm

Nylon

45 kg

GW312Y

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

259

MATERIAL HANDLING WAREHOUSE TRUCKS BULK HANDLING TRUCKS High quality trucks especially designed for either manual or power towing. The optional rear towing hitch and towbar attachment enables the units to be successfully towed in a train. Fully welded construction with the four corners of the frame rounded to prevent structural damage to surrounding premises. This feature also enhances the appearance and the hygiene maintenance of the truck. Available in four varying platform sizes with either mesh or GENERAL SPECIFICATION tubular superstructure. • Overall height 1190 mm • Internal body height 900 mm • Load Capacity 500 kg • Finished in stove enamel Moondust grey • 18 mm exterior grade plywood deck - varnished • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200 mm rubber castors

BH270H fitted with 2 x BS271Z, BH004Z and BH002Z

• All units are fitted with double “D” bumper strip as standard

BH271H fitted with BH005Z 4th half side

Optional Extras

Platform Size mm

3 sided Mesh Superstructure 3 sided Tubular Superstructure Optional Centre Shelf Model Weight Price Model Weight Price Model Price Weight

1000 x 700

BH170H

45 kg POA

BH171H

37 kg

POA

BS171Z

7 kg

1200 x 700

BH270H

50 kg POA

BH271H

44 kg

POA

BS271Z

7 kg

1200 x 1000

BH210H

60 kg POA

BH211H

50 kg

POA

BS211Z

1500 x 1000

BH510H

70 kg POA

BH511H

60 kg

POA

BS511Z

POA

Braked Castor (2 off fitted with swivel & wheel lock) Rear towing Hitch

Model BH002Z

POA

Towbar

BH003Z

7 kg

POA

4th Side with half drop hinged

7 kg

POA

4th half side (not

BH001Z

BH004Z

available in mesh)

BH005Z

THREE SIDED SLOPING SHELF TRUCKS • Load Capacity 500 kg • 3 Shelf Sizes All welded construction finished in stove enamel yellow. Fitted with 3 fixed re-inforced shelves and deck which all slope from front to rear to prevent items sliding off. Vertical push / pull handles are fitted at both ends for easy manoeuvrability. Clearance between shelves: 350 mm. Fitted with 4 swivel 150 mm castors.

GP580H Shelf Size

260

Shelf Heights mm

Overall L x W x H Wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

POA POA POA POA POA POA

915 x 559

280, 660, 1040, 1420

1185 x 589 x 1560

Cushion Nylon

58 58

GP559H GP560Y

1200 x 580

280, 660, 1040, 1420

1470 x 610 x 1560

Cushion Nylon

84 84

GP580H GP581Y

1524 x 762

280, 660, 1040, 1420

1794 x 792 x 1560

Cushion Nylon

131 131

GP762H GP763Y

GL1453

These lightweight trucks have a load capacity of 250 kg. Available with either easy steer or firm load formation wheels. Platform size: 900 x 600 mm. Platform height: 165 mm. Container height: 550 mm, Overall height: 900 mm. Effective half side depth: 240 mm. Wheels 127 mm cushion, 2 fixed 2 swivel.

Easy Steer Wheels

Firm Load Wheels

Description

Weight Kg

Model

Price

Model

Price

4 Mesh Sides

GL1043

POA

GL1443

POA

4 Mesh Sides 1 x 1⁄2 drop side

GL1053

POA

GL1453

POA

Full Security

GL1063

POA

GL1463

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

BALANCED TRUCKS

WB612B

MATERIAL HANDLING

WB659M

WATER BARROWS

Heavy Duty Wheelbarrows

Capacity 136 litres (30 gals). Overall size 1270 x 787 x 700 mm high fitted with heavy galvanised water bins with wire edges and pouring lip. Body-Galvanised. Frame-Painted

Model

Wheels

WB612M

Cushion

WB612B

Pneumatic

Weight

Strongly constructed, available with either a painted or galvanised body. All metal bodies are bolted to the frame. Smooth insides, free from projections. Wheels 400 x 100 mm roller bearing.

Cubic

Overall Size

Body Size

Capacity

L x W x H

(top)

Price

Body Depth Weight Wheels (front, back)

Painted Body

Galvanised Body

Model Price Model Price

43 kg

POA

425 1956 x 75 kg 1524 x

Cushion /Twin wheel

WB609M

WB659M

29 kg

POA

Pneumatic /Twin wheel

WB609B

WB659B

litres/ 15ft3

889 x 838 mm 457 mm 61 kg 1050 mm

BALANCED TRUCKS • Highly Manoeuvrable • Strong Construction

HB348B

HB342B

HB349B

• Easy to Handle • Roller Bearing Wheels A range of well-balanced trucks that handle with minimum manual effort — even over rough ground, making them ideal for Garden Centres and similar activities. Platforms of 2-wheel models are of exterior grade plywood as are the easily removed hinged sides, where fitted. The chassis assembly is made from all-welded rolled steel and tubular sections. Also available in knock-down form for export.

Platform size mm

Two-wheel Trucks without sides

1500 x 800

Overall size mm

Platform Height

2085 x 810

420 mm

65 kg

Cushion 400 x 100 mm

HB342M

POA

with Handles

420 mm

51 kg

2-ply pneumatic 400 x 100 mm

HB342B

POA POA

Weight Wheels

Model

Price

1770 x 810

420 mm

62 kg

Cushion 400 x 100 mm

HB348M

Max. Distributed Load 400 kg

without Handles

420 mm

48 kg

2-ply pneumatic 400 x 100 mm

HB348B

POA

205 mm drop down sides and

2085 x 810

420 mm

74 kg

Cushion 400 x 100 mm

HB345M

POA

with Handles

420 mm

60 kg

2-ply pneumatic 400 x 100 mm

HB345B

POA

fixed ends

1770 x 810

420 mm

71 kg

Cushion 400 x 100 mm

HB349M

POA

without Handles

420 mm

57 kg

2-ply pneumatic 400 x 100 mm

HB349B

POA

1470 x 710

420 mm

62 kg

Cushion 400 x 100 mm

HB351M

POA

without Handles

420 mm

48 kg

2-ply pneumatic 400 x 100 mm

HB351B

POA

Max. Distributed Load 400 kg

1500 x 800

1200 x 700

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

261

MATERIAL HANDLING BALANCED TRUCKS

HB750J HB800J

HB600B

• Easy to Handle • Strong Construction

Description

Strong robust timber decked trucks, suitable for rough and uneven ground, able to be handled with minimum effort. Manufactured from all welded rolled steel and tubular sections. Models HB750J and HB600M/B have hinged steel sides that can easily be removed if required. The balanced wheel arrangement allows the truck to be completely turned round within its own body length.

HB650B Platform Size L x W x H

Side Height

Weight

Wheels

Model

Price

Four-wheel Truck without sides Max Distributed Load 350 kg

1145 x 800 x 420 mm

1500 x 800 — 52 kg mm

2 x 250 2 x 200 mm Solid rubber tyred

HB800J

POA

Four-wheel Truck with hinged steel sides Max Distributed Load 350 kg

1145 x 750 x 420 mm

1500 x 800 300 mm 59 kg mm

2 x 250 2 x 200 mm Solid rubber tyred

HB750J

POA

2 x 400 x 100 mm cushion

HB650M

POA

440 650 mm 52 kg mm

2 x 400 x 100 mm Pneumatic

HB650B

POA

1500 x 62 kg 600 x 1900 x 225 mm

2 x 400 x 100 mm cushion

HB600M

POA

2 x 400 x 100 mm Pneumatic

HB600B

POA

Two-wheel Truck without sides Max Distributed Load 400 kg Two-wheel Truck with hinged steel sides Max Distributed Load 400 kg

1500 x 58 kg 650 x 1900 x —

440 650 mm 56 kg mm

HB323L

HB320B

BALANCED TRUCKS Models HB320L/M/B have a single wheel and a distributed load capacity of 200kg. General purpose model HB323L has twin wheels and takes a distributed load of 250kg. All models have cushion wheels except model HB320B which is fitted with 4 ply pneumatic.

262

Overall Dimensions L x W

Model

Platform size mm

Overall size mm

Platform Height

Weight kg

Wheels

HB320L

1525

1955

413 mm

39.5

355 x 75

POA

HB320M

440 mm

400 x 100

POA

Price

HB320B

660

440 mm

35.4

400 x 100

POA

HB323L

1020 x 610

1730 x 660

sides/ends 200 mm

355 x 75

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

TI201B

PLATFORM TRUCK WITH MESH SIDES Ideal for the transportation of boxes, containers etc. The truck has a 1200 x 600 mm mesh platform and 2 x 180 mm drop down mesh sides and ends. Fitted with 340 mm pneumatic steel centred wheels. Mesh size: 50 x 25 mm Diamond Pattern. Sides and ends interlock together. Finish: Epoxy coated Blue

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

1235 x 615 x 1035

TI202B

Model

Price

1200 x 600 x 360

TI201B

POA

TWO TRAY PLATFORM TRUCK

Ideal for the transportation of boxes, containers etc. Fitted with 250 mm pneumatic steel centred wheels. Mesh size: 50 x 25 mm Diamond Pattern. Finish: Epoxy coated Blue.

Weight kg

TI203B

PLATFORM TRUCK

Platform Dimensions & Size

Platform Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

1220 x 610 x 360

TI202B

POA

A two shelf platform truck designed for the transportation of boxes, tools etc. Fitted with 250mm pneumatic steel centred wheels. Platform / Shelf mesh size: 50 x 25 mm Diamond Pattern: Finish: Epoxy coated Blue. Top Tray Height: 825 mm.

Platform Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

980 x 510 x 335

TI203B

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

263

MATERIAL HANDLING ROUGH TERRAIN TRUCKS low load turntable trucks • 3 models available: Aluminium Chequer Plate, Sheet Steel or Expanded Metal Deck • Cushion or Pneumatic Wheels. • Red Stove Enamel finish. Three models available in this range of multi purpose turntable trucks. A 250 mm deep box body is optional on the Solid Steel or Expanded Metal Deck models. The box body is manufactured from 18mm thick exterior grade plywood with metal reinforcement corners. Finish: Polyurethane Varnish. The Aluminium Deck model has an all tubular steel deck surround with radiussed corners and a 4.5 mm aluminium chequer plate and is fitted with a ball bearing turntable plate. The handle is spring loaded to return to upright position. The Sheet Steel model has a 12 swg sheet steel deck with a 35 mm lip all round. The Expanded Metal model has a flattened expanded metal deck with a 35 mm lip all round. GP998P

GP896K

GP717J Platform

Platform

Max

Weight

Load

Model

Price

500

GP716P

POA

500

GP717J

POA

200 mm Pneumatic

180

GP896K

POA

200 mm Cushion

350

GP897H

POA

Description

Size

mm mm

Aluminium

1000

250 mm Pneumatic

Deck

x 650

250 mm Cushion

Sheet

Steel

Deck

910 x

Height

320

Wheels

300

250 mm Pneumatic

450

GP898P

POA

250 mm Cushion

450

GP899J

POA

Expanded

200 mm Pneumatic

180

GP996K

POA

200 mm Cushion

350

GP997H

POA

250 mm Pneumatic

450

GP998P

POA

250 mm Cushion

450

GP999J

POA

GP890Z

POA

Metal

Deck

610

910 x

280

610

Optional Box Body to suit Sheet Steel or

GP998P fitted with GP890Z

264

Expanded Metal Models. Size 900 x 600 x 250 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

HAND DRAWN TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

TP522C

Turntable/ Ackerman Steering Stable and Strong

Turntable Steering — fitted with ball-bearing turntable assembly. Easy steering when fully loaded.

Ackerman Steering — from a central pivot and transmitted by adjustable track

rods. No possibility of tipping when turning since wheels are located under and support each corner at all times. General Specification — All welded tubular steel and heavy angle sections with platforms of either tongue and groove timber boards or exterior grade plywood. Friction Parking Brake This optional extra can be factory fitted to all new trucks. It is operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform

Ref

TP709A

Price fitted

Wire mesh Superstructure Suitable for Turntable or Ackerman with or without half drop side. Height 915 mm infilled with 50 x 50 mm mesh. Box construction with 1 lift out long side. Platform Size mm Box Sufﬁx

TP502C

Box with half drop side Sufﬁx / WG

1200 x 700

/ WM

1500 x 800

/ WM

/ WG

2000 x 1000

/ WM

/ WG

Add-on prices for trucks without sides and ends.

Turntable Trucks *Depth of Sides and Ends 300 mm Maximum Without Sides and Ends Distributed Load 750 kg 1000 kg

Platform size

Platform Height

1200 X 700 1500 x 800 mm

505 mm

2000 x

Wheels (mm) (All Roller Bearing) Weight

Timber Model Price

Plywood Model Price Weight

With Sides and Ends* Timber Plywood Model Price Model

Price

400 x 100 4-ply pneumatic 62 kg

TP500C

POA

TP600C

POA 88 kg

TP520C

POA

TP620C

POA

400 x 100 Cushion

105 kg

TP501M

POA

TP601M

POA

133 kg

TP521M

POA

TP621M

POA

400 x 100 4-ply pneumatic 77 kg

TP501C

POA

TP601C

POA

105 kg

TP521C

POA

TP621C

POA

400 x 100 Cushion

132 kg

TP502M

POA

TP602M

POA

165 kg

TP522M

POA

105 kg

TP502C

POA

TP602C

POA

138 kg

TP522C

POA

1000 mm 400 x 100 4-ply pneumatic

TP622M TP622C

POA POA

Ackerman Type Trucks *Depth of Sides and Ends 300 mm Maximum Without Sides and Ends Distributed Load

Platform size

Platform Height

Wheels (mm) (All Roller Bearing) Weight

Timber Model Price

Plywood Model Price Weight

With Sides and Ends* Timber Plywood Model Price Model

1500 X

400 x 100 Cushion

106 kg

TP503M

POA

TP603M

POA

137 kg

TP523M

POA

800 mm

400 x 100 4-ply pneumatic 79 kg

TP503C

POA

TP603C

POA

109 kg

TP523C

POA TP623C

POA

2000 x

400 x 100 Cushion

126 kg

TP504M

POA

TP604M

POA

160 kg

TP524M

POA

TP624M

POA

400 x 100 4-ply pneumatic 99 kg

TP504C

POA

TP604C

POA

133 kg

TP524C

POA

TP624C

POA

1000 kg

505 mm

1000 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

TP623M

Price

POA

265

MATERIAL HANDLING INDUSTRIAL TRAILERS

IT560C

Industrial Trailers • Up to 2000 kg loads • Rugged Construction • Many Safety Features Up to 1000 kg loads, the ball-bearing turntable design assures easy turning, even by hand, with a fully laden load. Up to 2000 kg loads, the large, ring-type turntables make the trailers easily manoeuvrable, and the heavy king-pins ensure safe towing in trains. All platforms are of tongue and groove boards. Special Safety Features: A ‘stop’ prevents the drawbar from dropping below 230 mm from the ground. A ‘lock’ holds drawbar vertically when not in use. A spring-loaded retaining ball in the rear coupling pin eliminates self-releasing when using a towing hitch. Optional Extras Friction Parking Brake For trailers which are likely to be parked on ramps or slopes. Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform. Towing Hitch When several trailers are to be used in a train, a rear towing hitch can be ﬁtted to all models.

Ref

IT709A

Price fitted Ref

IT710A

Price fitted

Industrial Trailers - Depth of Sides and Ends 300 mm

Standard Wire Mesh Superstructures Suitable for Industrial Trailers with or without half drop side. Wire mesh sides and ends. Height 915 mm inﬁlled 50 x 50 mm mesh. Box construction with 1 lift out long side.

Platform Size Box

1500 x 800

Box with half drop side Sufﬁx

Sufﬁx / WM

/ WG

2000 x 1000 / WM

/ WG

2500 x 1250 / WM

/ WG

Add-on prices for trucks without sides and ends.

Maximum Without Sides and Ends Distributed Platform Platform Wheels Load size Height (All Roller Bearing) Weight Model Price

1500 x

800 mm

1000 kg

2000 x

1000 mm

2500 x

2000 kg

1250 mm

Weight

Model

Price

110 kg

IT540M

POA

138 kg

IT560M

POA

4-ply pneumatic 400 x 100 mm 82 kg

IT540C

POA

110 kg

IT560C

POA

Cushion 400 x 100 mm

138 kg

IT541M

POA

171 kg

IT561M

POA

4-ply pneumatic 400 x 100 mm

110 kg

IT541C

POA

143 kg

IT561C

POA

Cushion 460 x 125 mm

243 kg

IT542N

POA

283 kg

IT562N

POA

6-ply pneumatic 460 x 125 mm

203 kg

IT542E

POA

243 kg

IT562E

POA

Cushion 400 x 100 mm

505 mm

580 mm

With Timber Sides and Ends*

Model IT550

Long Load Trailers • Maximum Load Capacity: 2000 kg A very rugged and reliable trailer. Easy steering by a ring-type turntable. Rear carriage can be moved along the centre pole to vary the length between bolsters from 2.1 m to 3.9 m. Loading

Overall Height width

Wheels (All Roller Bearing)

660 mm 1200 mm

266

Weight

Model

Price

Solid Rubber 460 x 125 mm

267 kg

IT550N

POA

6-ply pneumatic 460 x 125 mm

227 kg

IT550E

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

INDUSTRIAL TRAILERS

MATERIAL HANDLING

HEAVY DUTY TRAILERS • Up to 10,000 kg Loads • Rugged All welded Construction • Easily Manoeuvrable

As with our standard industrial trailers this range includes two special safety features. A ‘Stop’ prevents the drawbar from dropping below 230 mm from the ground — eliminating risk of injury to operator’s feet. A ‘Lock’ holds drawbar vertically when not in use. A spring-loaded retaining ball in the rear coupling pin eliminates self-releasing when using a towing hitch. Towing eye diameter 50 mm (alternative size on request).

FOUR WHEEL ACKERMAN STEERING trailers The ball bearing turntable transmits thrust and traction forces over a large surface and does not have any friction

• The ACKERMAN STEERING enables tight turning circles without threatening the stability of the load. • The drawbar is detachable and may be used at either end of the trailers enabling power towing from either end. • A special safety feature prevents the drawbar from passing the horizontal point, eliminating risk of injury to operators feet. • Available with a load capacity of upto 3000 kg with the option of either chequer plate or timber platform. • Reinforced ackerman with rear support. • Heavy duty steering turrets fitted with thrust bearing and phosphor bronze bushed.

heavy duty INDUSTRIAL TRAILERs Maximum Distributed Load

Platform Wheels Height

Approx. Weight

570 mm

460 x 125 mm 6-ply pneumatic

300 kg

Steel – Chequer Plate

HT873E

POA

2500 x

620 mm

35 mm Ball Bearing

250 kg

Timber – Tongue & Grooved

HT883E

POA

1250 mm

570 mm

460 x 125 mm Cushion

340 kg

Steel – Chequer Plate

HT873N

POA

620 mm

35 mm Ball Bearing

290 kg

Timber – Tongue & Grooved

HT883N

POA

Add Sufﬁx

/LS3

Steel – Chequer Plate Hardwood – Tongue & Grooved

HT875P HT895P

Add Sufﬁx

/LS5

Steel – Chequer Plate Hardwood – Tongue & Grooved

HT8710P HT8910P

POA POA

HT710A

POA

Platform Type

Model

Price

Steel Chequer Plate Timber Tongue & Grooved Steel Chequer Plate Timber Tongue & Grooved Steel Chequer Plate Timber Tongue & Grooved Steel Chequer Plate Timber Tongue & Grooved Steel Chequer Plate Timber Tongue & Grooved Steel Chequer Plate Timber Tongue & Grooved

HA571M HA581M HA571C HA581C HA572N HA582N HA572E HA582E HA573N HA583N HA573E HA583E

POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

3000 kg

Platform Size L x W

Link turntable steering for above 300 x 76 mm cast centred 5000 kg 2500 x 420 mm Polyurethane Tyres 350 kg 1250 mm 470 mm 32 mm Taper Roller Bearing 350 kg ink turntable steering for above L 300 x 102 mm cast centred 10,000 kg 3000 x 495 mm Polyurethane Tyres 550 kg 1500 mm 520 mm 32 mm Taper Roller Bearing 550 kg Link steering for above

Add Sufﬁx

Platform Type

Model

Price

POA POA

/LS10

Rear towing hitch for all models

FOUR WHEEL ACKERMAN STEERING TRAILERS Maximum Platform Platform Approx. Distributed Size Height Wheels Weight Load L x W 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000

kg kg kg kg kg kg

2000 x 1000 mm 2000 x 1000 mm 2500 x 1250 mm 2500 x 1250 mm 2500 x 1250 mm 2500 x 1250 mm

500 550 500 550 580 630 580 630 580 630 580 630

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

400 x 100 mm Solid rubber 243 kg tyred 25 mm roller bearings 400 x 100 mm x 4 Ply Pneumatic 203 kg 25 mm roller bearings 450 x 125 mm Solid rubber 300 kg tyred 30 mm roller bearings 450 x 125 mm x 6 Ply Pneumatic 280 kg 30 mm roller bearings 450 x 125 mm Solid rubber 350 kg tyred 30 mm roller bearings 450 x 125 mm x 6 Ply Pneumatic 330 kg 30 mm roller bearings

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

267

MATERIAL HANDLING Turntable Trucks FOUR WHEEL ACKERMAN TRUCKS Available in 3 Wheel Options Ackerman, dual axle trolley - enables tight turning circles without threatening the stability of the load Detachable sides & ends are available as options

ACKERMAN STEERING FOR TIGHTER TURNING CIRCLES

AT901J & AT901S

AT901L

Description Flat Deck Unit

Wheels 250mm Pneumatic

Platform Size L x W mm

250mm Cushion

1200 x 600

350mm Cushion

Detachable Sides & Ends

Platform Load Weight Height mm Capacity kg kg 250 38 310 250 42

Model AT901P AT901J

435

400

AT901L

AT901S

HEAVY dUTY TURNTAbLE TRUCKS

250mm dia Rubber, Steel centred Heavy Duty wheels Handle Height: 1070mm 4Sided Unit Sides: 180mm This unit incorporates a Heavy Duty handle operated park brake Lift the handle up & it operates the stoppers on the wheels shown on the image on the left hand side

IDEAL FOR THE MOST DEMANDING JOBS

TI802B Max Load

700 KG

Handle Operated Park Brake

Hard Wearing Veneer Finish

268

Description

Platform Size L x W mm

Flat Deck Unit 4 Sided Unit

1250 x 700

Weight kg 65 86

ACKERMAN STEERING LINKAGE

Model TI802B TI801B

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

General Purpose Trucks

MATERIAL HANDLING

General Purpose Trucks

Max Load

250 KG

TI202B

GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCKS IDEAL FOR USETHROUGHOUT INDUSTRY

Max Load

250 KG

TI206B

Description Mesh Base Plywood Base

Platform Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 610 x 310

Weight kg 35

TI202B

TI206B

Model

PLATFORM TRUCKS Fitted with 250mm Pneumatic Steel centred wheels TI202B - mesh size: 50 x 25mm Diamond Pattern TI206B - 15mm Exterior Grade Plywood

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

269

MATERIAL HANDLING General Purpose Trucks General Purpose Trucks

Max Load

400 KG

GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCKS IDEAL FOR USETHROUGHOUT INDUSTRY

Max Load

400 KG

PLATFORM TRUCK WITH MESH SIDES Platform Size: 1200 x 600mm &2 x 275mm drop down mesh sides & ends. TI201B - Mesh Base Diamond Pattern Description TI205B - 15mm Exterior Grade Plywood Base Mesh Base Mobile on 340mm Pneumatic Steel centred wheels Plywood Base Sides & ends interlock together

270

Platform Size L x W x H mm 1200 x 600 x 360

Weight kg 43

TI201B

TI205B

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

WAREHOUSE TROLLEY

MATERIAL HANDLING

The Furnibox FurniBoxes are the tailored solution for the furniture industry. Optimally suited for low-level warehouses and block stores and with additional equipment also for high-bay warehouses. Sturdy tubular steel frame construction. 1 inch = 34 mm thick. High-quality synthetic paint, blue RAL 5012, set of wheels: 100 mm polypropylene, 3 swivel castors and 1 directional roller. Expandable thanks to special accessories.

All Furniboxes can be folded up by means of the “foldup trick”. Space when folded-up 75%

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

271

MATERIAL HANDLING Upholstery Element cart

Upholstery Element cart The Upholstery Set Cart moves upholstered furniture elegantly and with ease to any place desired. In spite of its light weight, it is made of rugged tubular steel and specially geared to upholstered furniture. High-quality synthetic paint, blue RAL 5012, set of wheels: 100 mm polypropylene, 3 swivel castors and 1 directional roller. The pull-out bars are galvanized and can be extracted (Âą) to a variable length from 2200 to 2800 mm and even up to 3100 mm (3 level Cart). They can thus be adapted to the specific upholstered furniture load. Model

Exterior Dimensions ( W x D x H )

Interior Dimensions ( W x D x H )

Weight

Load Cap.

Upholstery Set Cart

2800 x 1100 x 1260 mm

2200 x 700 x 920 mm

26 kg

300 kg

Upholstery Element Cart, 2 Levels

2800 x 1100 x 1260 mm

2200 x 700 x 920 mm

36 kg

300 kg

Upholstery Element Cart, 3 Levels

3100 x 894 x 1850 mm

2400 x 860 x 1850 mm

62 kg

300 kg

The Upholstery Set and Element Carts can be folded up when empty to save space. The bar supports are galvanized and can be pulled out to an infinitely variable length so as to adapt the support surface to the specific upholstered furniture.

272

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACKABLE CONTAINERS

MATERIAL HANDLING

330

1015

335

Sides in mesh - Bottom in sheet metal

Stacking dimensions applicable for all 4 models

stackable collapsible containers HIGHLY PRACTICAL WHEN OPENING AND CLOSING Fully collapsed it has a height of 1/3 of an open container, making it possible to optimize space in storage and handling.

Model

Dimensions A

Cap. kg

SR 159

1000

800

620

100

1000

SR 160

1200

800

620

100

1000

SR 161

1200

1000

820

100

1000

SR 162

1500

1000

970

100

1000

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

273

MATERIAL HANDLING STACKABLE CONTAINERS

Available on request with sides in sheet metal

Version with flat steel skid in anti roll-over plate

stackable collapsible containers

Stackable

Any size can be made on request

274

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

STACKABLE CONTAINERS

MATERIAL HANDLING

stackable collapsible containers Model SR 194

Dimensions A

1240

800

810

150

Cap. kg 800

Zinc electro-plating

COLLAPSIBLE METAL WIRE SIDES Collapsible mesh sides for “EUR” type boards

The mesh sides are practical and economical, easily transforming the boards into practical containers. Collapsible and stackable, they solve problems of space and order in production, for transporting, inside the warehouse and when selling. Stackable 3+1 Model

SR 195

Dimensions

Cap. kg

1215

815

1015

800

B A Zinc electro-plating

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

A Model SR 196

Dimensions A

1215

815

535

Cap. kg 800

Zinc electro-plating

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

275

MATERIAL HANDLING COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINERS

Model SR 156

Dimensions A

1215

815

800

100

Cap. kg 800

Available on request with sides in sheet metal

STACKABLE COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINERS B

2 sides closed 310

240

Model

276

Dimensions A

Cap. kg

SR 157

1200

800

150

1290

890

800

SR 158

1200

1000

800

150

1290

1090

800

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

BIG BAG PALLET

MATERIAL HANDLING

Big bag pallet with demountable structure

1350

1070 1070

Stackable Big Bag Pallet • Mesh bottom with removable uprights • Hot-galvanised carbon steel construction • Suitable for holding 1000 litre Big Bags (or flexible bag) Article Code

Dimensions (mm)

Capacity (kg)

Volume Litres

BBAG 0700 ONU

900 x 900 x 1000 H

1000

700

BBAG 1000 ONU

900 x 900 x 1200 H

1000

BBAG 1500 ONU

900 x 900 x 1700 H

1000

1500

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

277

MATERIAL HANDLING BIG BAG PALLET Big bag pallet with SAFETY TRAY & demountable structure

1850

Big Bag holder pallet • Featuring a watertight safety tray for liquids with removable galvanised grid. • Construction made in 3 and 4 mm carbon steel. • Four pull-out uprights. • Upper Big Bag holder frame that snaps into the four pull-out uprights. • Corrosion proof exterior treatment and safety labelling.

1000 1000

Big bag pallet openable container with gas dampers • Big Bag safety container for the temporary storage of scraps. • Quadrangular layout construction with carbon steel load-bearing casing. Rainproof door. Hinged upper door servo-assisted with 2 gas pistons. • On request, optional safety labels and symbols available for product identification.

278

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

GLASS FIBRE TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

1 x GFJ32Y

3 x GFK53Y

•Three Colour Options Available. Please specify when ordering. Blue Green Red • A range of robust trucks with rolled top edges which add to strength and durability. • Square or diamond wheel formation. • Rigid, does not soften or distort in higher temperatures. • Smooth easy clean internal finish very hygienic no dust traps, no timber. • Worn castors may be replaced. • Security models available.

1 x GFK23Y with GFZ002

ON LARGER MODELS • There is a half drop front panel to make loading easy, Depth 610 mm x • Width 610 mm tapering to 578 mm across the hinge. • Lids slope - so the rain drains off when kept outdoors. OPTIONAL EXTRAS - See page opposite for price details. • Post box style lid with additional lock, provides a secure and practical means of storing • and transporting confidential information prior to shredding. • All standard hinged lids can be manufactured with a lock. • Two braked 125mm nylon castors factory fitted available to the square wheel formation • units only. • Name plates (as shown on next page) can be produced to meet customers • individual requirements. Price on Application. Description

Internal Load Dimensions Capacity L x W x H mm kg

1 x GFM35Y

Overall Weight Square Wheel Diamond wheel Dimensions Kg formation Price formation L x W x H mm wheels wheels

Price

1168 x 660 SKIP WITH 1⁄2 DROP FRONT PANEL CUBIC CAPACITY 855 Litres (30 ft3) x 1067 600 CASTORS 125 mm NYLON

Skip only With removable sloping lid With hinged sloping lid

1245x750x1295 1245x750x1370 1245x750x1370

50 GFM15Y 58 GFM25Y 58 GFM35Y

POA GFM45Y POA GFM55Y POA GFM65Y

POA POA POA

SKIP WITH 1⁄2 DROP FRONT PANEL 991 x 648 CUBIC CAPACITY 598 Litres (21 ft3) x 813 600 CASTORS 125 mm NYLON

Skip only With removable sloping lid With hinged sloping lid

1090x750x1040 1090x750x1115 1090x750x1115

28 GFL14Y 35 GFL24Y 35 GFL34Y

POA GFL44Y POA GFL54Y POA GFL64Y

POA POA POA

SKIP WITHOUT 1⁄2 DROP FRONT PANEL 838 x 533 CUBIC CAPACITY 270 Litres (91⁄2 ft3) x 622 600 CASTORS 125 mm NYLON

Skip only With removable lid With hinged lid

915x610x850 915x610x850 915x610x850

13 GFK13Y 17 GFK23Y 17 GFK33Y

POA GFK43Y POA GFK53Y POA GFK63Y

POA POA POA

SKIP WITHOUT 1⁄2 DROP FRONT PANEL 533 x 381 CUBIC CAPACITY 114 Litres (4 ft3) x 637 300 CASTORS 65 mm NYLON

Skip only With removable lid With hinged lid

610x455x780 610x455x780 610x455x780

8 GFJ12Y 10 GFJ22Y 10 GFJ32Y

POA POA POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

- - -

- -

279

MATERIAL HANDLING GLASS FIBRE TROLLEYS • Smooth easy to clean internal finish • Stackable • Stain Resistant • Non Porous • Lightweight

GSF11Z

GFF06Y

GFD04Y

GFB02Y

GFA01Y

GFB22Y

OPTIONAL EXTRAS FACTORY FITTED

OPTIONAL EXTRA’S ALL FACTORY FITTED

GFK33Y - Shown above with - Braked Castors GFZ002 - Post Box slot GFZ003, Locking Mechanism GFZ004. GFJ32Y - Shown above with - Post Box slot GFZ003 Locking Mechanism GFZ004 Name Plate Price on application

280

O/all

Internal

L x W x H

Dimensions

L x W x H mm

575 x 415 x 380

575 x 415 x 388

610 x 457 x 610

610 x 457 x 618

610 x 381 x 760

610 x 381 x 768

610 x 457 x 745

610 x 457 x 753

914 x 381 x 605

914 x 381 x 613

x 483

200

914 x 610 x 760

838 x 533

914 x 610 x 840

x 622

686 x 457 x 542

686 x 457 x 550

610 x 457 x 430

610 x 457 x 438

540 x 388 x 496

200

546 x 318 x 635

200

534 x 381 x 622

200

851 x 305

GFZ002

Post Box style slot only - additional to models with lids only

GFZ003

Lock Mechanism, available with hinged lid only

GFZ004

Wheels

Weight kg

Skip Only

Price

Model

Weight kg

Skip with removable lid

Price

Model

Skip with hinged lid

Price

Model

Nylon 50 mm

GFA01X

POA

GFA21X

POA

GSA14X

POA

Rubber 64 mm

GFA01Y

POA

GFA21Y

POA

GSA14Y

POA

Nylon 50 mm

GFB02X

POA

GFB22X

POA

GSB15X

POA

Rubber 64 mm

GFB02Y

POA

GFB22Y

POA

GSB15Y

POA

Nylon 50 mm

GFC03X

POA

GFC23X

POA

GSC16X POA

Rubber 64 mm

GFC03Y

POA

GFC23Y

POA

GSC16Y

Nylon 50 mm

GFD04X

POA

GFD24X

POA

GSD17X

POA

Rubber 64 mm

GFD04Y

POA

GFD24Y

POA

GSD17Y

POA

Nylon 50 mm

GFE05X

POA

GFE25X

POA

GSE18X

POA

GFE05Y

POA

GFE25Y

POA

GSE18Y

POA

200

Nylon 64 mm

GFF06Y

POA

GFF26Y

POA

GSF10Y

POA

500

Nylon 125 mm

GFF07Z

POA

GFF27Z

POA

GSF11Z

POA

200

540 x 388 x 318

Two Braked Castors - only available on 125 mm castors

Rubber 64 mm

610 x 381 x 419

GFZ001

kg 200

Model

Drain Plug

Load Capacity

508 x 356 x 254

GFE05Y

200

Nylon 50 mm

GFG08X

POA

GFG28X

POA

GSG12X

POA

Rubber 64 mm

GFG08Y

POA

GFG28Y

POA

GSG12Y

POA

Nylon 50 mm

GFH09X

POA

GFH29X

POA

GSH13X

POA

Rubber 64 mm

GFH09Y

POA

GFH29Y

POA

GSH13Y

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CONTAINER TRUCKS

MATERIAL HANDLING

• 5 Colour Options Available Blue

Red

Green

Yellow

Natural

Please specify colour when ordering.

Dimensions (L x W x H) mm‑ Internal External

Capacity Litres Kg

NESTING MOBILE TRUCKS Wt

Nylon Castors

Model

610 x 400 x 550 700 x 485 x 660 135

8 kg 4 x 50 mm Swivel GC9414

560 x 400 x 700 680 x 485 x 750 150

8 kg 4 x 50 mm Swivel GC9424

760 x 400 x 550 875 x 495 x 620 165

8 kg 4 x 50 mm Swivel GC9434

610 x 560 x 550 720 x 670 x 620 185

8 kg 4 x 50 mm Swivel GC9444

915 x 330 x 550 1030 x 430 x 620 165

8 kg 4 x 50 mm Swivel GC9454

Price

• • • • •

Economically priced range of plastic trucks. Moulded in medium density food grade polyethylene. Fully nestable when empty for easy storage and transport. Moulded in anti-jam design. Bighead mesh plates moulded in to the base of the truck with castors fitted separately - now completely watertight.

• 5 Colour Options Available Blue

Red

Green

Yellow

Natural

Please specify colour when ordering. Dimensions (L x W x H) mm Capacity Static

Internal Litres kg 460 x 320 x 515 65 150 445 x 445 x 660 120 200 585 x 380 x 590 130 250 LID ONLY FOR MODEL GC8403 730 x 370 x 580 160 250 LID ONLY FOR MODEL GC8404 605 x 605 x 535 190 250 800 x 770 x 625 350 300 600 x 600 x 1015 360 350 780 x 780 x 800 445 450

Model External GC8401 505 x 370 x 555 GC8402 480 x 480 x 680 GC8403 660 x 460 x 595 GC8003 GC8404 810 x 450 x 595 GC8004 GC8405 680 x 680 x 540 GC8406 920 x 860 x 645 GC8407 695 x 695 x 1030 GC8408 860 x 860 x 820

Wt Kg Price 4.5 5.3 5.6 1.5 7 1.5 9.5 13 15 14

Mobile Wt Model External Kg GC8411 510 x 370 x 675 8 GC8412 480 x 480 x 800 10 GC8413 660 x 460 x 715 11 GC8013 1.5 GC8414 810 x 450 x 690 13 GC8014 1.5 GC8415 680 x 680 x 660 15 GC8416 920 x 860 x 780 22 GC8417 695 x 695 x 1165 20 GC8418 860 x 860 x 955 18

Price

MOBILE/STATIC CONTAINERS Manufactured from food grade polyethylene, these containers can either be static or mobile. Suitable for use in temperatures of -20°C to +60°C. The mobile version is fitted with reinforced 12 mm plywood base with corner mounted 75 mm, 2 fixed, 2 swivel nylon castors on the smaller models and 100 mm, 2 fixed 2 swivel nylon castors on the larger ones. Both mobile and static models have two zinc plated metal handles.

Static models should not be moved when fully loaded.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

281

MATERIAL HANDLING STORAGE CONTAINERS TAPERED AND INTERSTACKING BINS

GC5414 Shown with Dolly GD544Y

GC5412 Shown with Lid GC0402 and Dolly GD542Y

GC5422 & GC5421 Shown stacked

GC5424

Manufactured in food grade polyethylene. Inert to most acids and alkalies and can withstand a temperature of - 20˚C to + 60˚C. Drop on lids available. Blue Steel dollies available for all models fitted with 75 mm swivel castors. 5 Colour Options Available Blue Red Green Yellow Natural Please specify colour when ordering. STORAGE BINS -Tapered Models Dimension Dia D x H (mm) Internal

External

Capacity Litres kg

Model

Price

Lid

Price

to suit

Dolly to suit

305 x 380

350 x 390

1.66

GC5411

GC0401

GD541Y

400 x 510

460 x 520

2.72

GC5412

GC0402

GD542Y

440 x 570

510 x 585

4.09

GC5413

GC0403

GD543Y

485 x 635

540 x 645

4.54

GC5414

GC0404

GD544Y

505 x 640

575 x 650

110

5.45

GC5415

GC0405

GD545Y

480 x 765

540 x 775

110

5.45

GC5416

GC0406

GD546Y

610 x 870

700 x 890

215

7.5

GC5417

GC0407

GD547Y

Price

STORAGE BINS - INTERSTACKING Models Dimensions Dia D x H (mm) Capacity Wt

Model Internal External Litres Kg Kg 380 x 180 430 x 185 15 12 1.82 380 x 305 430 x 310 25 15 2.72 380 x 430 430 x 435 40 20 2.27 380 x 635 430 x 640 60 28 3.18 Lid to suit above Models GC0400 Dolly to suit above Models

Price GC5421 GC5422 GC5423 GC5424 POA GD548Y

POA POA POA POA POA

POLYETHYLENE DOLLY

• Dolly Load Capacity 420 kg

This dolly is manufactured from 100% food grade polyethylene. Suitable for use with the range of interstacking bins shown above. It is extremely easy to clean making it ideal for food related environments. 5 Colour Options Available Blue Yellow

Red

Green

Natural

Please specify colour when ordering.

External Internal Weight Dimensions Diameter kg mm mm 440 x 440 GC5424

282

PD001Y

PD001Y Shown with GC5422

380

Castors Model Price

4 x 75 mm PD001Y Swivel

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

POA

CONTAINER TROLLEYS

MATERIAL HANDLING

Manufactured to a high specification in tubular steel and finished in a hard wearing red epoxy powder coating. Complete with removable heavy duty grey polypropylene containers. Ideal for use within the food industry. Model CT3303 is fitted with 4 swivel castors and non marking wheels & comes complete with 3 x EC0019 Containers

Model CT3306 is fitted with 2 fixed & 2 swivel castors with non marking blue resilex wheels & corner buffers. The unit comes complete with 6 containers 2 x EC0021 & 4 x EC0019

Model CT3305 is fitted 4 x non marking swivel castors and is available either complete with 5 containers as shown 2 x EC0021, 2 x EC0019, 1 x EC0018 or as a trolley only. Model CT 3405 Full details & prices of containers available are shown with the Container Racks in this section.

CT3305

CT3306 CT3303

Description Overall Dimension L x W x H mm Shelf Heights mm Load Cap Weight Wheels mm Container Trolley Complete with 3 containers 600 x 455 x 1020 300 / 600 / 900 150 kg 20 kg 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors Container Trolley Complete with 5 containers 600 x 455 x 1610 200 / 490 / 780 / 1070 / 1360 150 kg 26 kg 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors 2 x fixed 2 Swivel Castors fitted with Container Trolley Complete with 6 containers 910 x 650 x 1065 325 / 625 / 925 200 kg 37 kg 125 non marking blue resilex wheels Container Trolley only 600 x 455 x 1610 200 / 490 / 780 / 1070 / 1360 150 kg 18 kg 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors 2 Braked Castors for Models CT3303 / CT3305 + CT3405 Factory Fitted 2 Braked Castors for Model CT3306 (Blue Resilex Wheels) Factory Fitted

• 3 Colour Options Available please specify colour when ordering • Complete with plastic containers

Blue

Red

Green

Price POA POA

CT3306 CT3405 CT003Z CT006Z

POA POA POA POA

CT408Y

DMR25Y

mobile container trolley

Model CT3303 CT3305

CT404Y

CONTAINER storage trolley • Maximum Load: 150 kg • Complete with plastic containers • Container size: 415 x 370 x 185 (L x W x H)

All-welded steel angle, fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel nylon castors. Supplied with 10 heavy duty interstackable grey polypropylene containers with solid base and sides. Container Dimensions (mm). Ext: 600 x 400 x 175 mm Int: 555 x 355 x 164 mm

These trolleys are fitted with non-slip rubber matting on the top shelf and 4 grey plastic buffer wheels to protect walls. Easily manoeuvrable on 4 swivel 100 mm rubber non-marking wheels.

Overall Dimensions Load Capacity Weight L x W x H mm kg kg 940 x 640 x 1110 250 53 2 Braked Castors optional extra factory fitted

Number of Containers

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

490 x 575 x 1120

CT404Y

POA

490 x 1020 x 1120

CT408Y

POA

Model DMR25Y MR003Z

Price

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

283

MATERIAL HANDLING CONTAINER TROLLEYS CONTAINER TROLLEYS Model GC666Y comes complete with 20 Store Bins and provides a very efficient system of mobile storage. Model GC667Y has a shelf depth of 400 mm enabling the store bins and the containers to be placed length-ways enabling a combination of store bins or solid/ slotted containers to be used.

GC666Y

SPECIFICATION Max load capacity: 300 kg (Load per shelf 75 kg) Overall Dimensions (L x W x H) 1300 x 450 x 1440 Castors: 125 mm rubber tyres non marking 2 fixed 2 swivel Finish: Blue epoxy coated. Shelves: Size: 1250 x 600 mm - Varnished exterior grade plywood.

Weight kg

Model

Price

Small parts container trolley complete with 20 store bins

GC666Y

POA

Narrow aisle trolley only

GC667Y

POA

Stacking store bin - colour blue

0.3

GC0016

POA

Description

GC667Y

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

STOCK TROLLEY • Easy to Handle • Load Capacity: 300kg • Adjustable Shelves

Manufactured in square section steel and finished in a hard wearing blue epoxy powder coating. The four shelves have a varnished plywood insert, with the two centre shelves adjustable to three heights. Fitted with 4 swivel castors (two with brakes) with 125 mm blue resilex wheels. N.B. Bins sold separately. O/all Dims L x W x H mm

700 x 530 x 1280

Shelf Heights mm

Shelf Size L x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Shelf 1 - 200, Shelf 2 - 510/580/650 Shelf 3 - 815/890/960, Shelf 4 - 1270

630 x 415

GC669Y

POA

STOCK TROLLEY BINS - GC0017 Manufactured in high strength polypropylene co polymer. These grey containers are lightweight yet incredibly strong and come with a large label slot for quicker stock picking. Other features include - reinforcing ribs to allow stacking without distortion and a full width lip for secure locating. GC669Y Shown with 9 x GC0017

284

Overall Dimensions

Weight

L x W x H mm

Model

455 x 210 x 230

GC0017

Price

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

GENERAL PURPOSE CASTORS

MATERIAL HANDLING Top Plate Castors Range of Rubber Tyred Castors from 80 to 200mm. Swivel wheel brakes available on swivel castors only. Add suffix BR to end of castor code

SWIVEL

FIXED

Wheel Dia.

Castor Type

80 mm 100 mm 125 mm 160 mm 200 mm

Swivel Fixed Swivel Fixed Swivel Fixed Swivel Fixed Swivel Fixed

Overall Height 108 108 128 128 155 155 200 200 240 240

Capacity

mm 50 kg mm mm 75 kg mm mm 100 kg mm mm 150 kg mm mm 200 kg mm

Bolt Hole Spacing

Bearing Type

Castor Code

Price

80 x 60 mm 80 x 60 mm 80 x 60 mm 105 x 80 mm 105 x 80 mm

Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller

MSC080RP1B MFC080RP1B MSC100RP1B MFC100RP1B MSC125RP1B MFC125RP1B MSC160RP1B MFC160RP1B MSC200RP1B MFC200RP1B

£7.75 £6.70 £9.45 £6.25 £12.00 £7.60 £13.40 £8.20 £12.65 £9.25

Bolt Hole Castors A range of Rubber Tyred Castors from 80 to 160mm. Swivel wheel brakes available. Add suffix BR to end of castor code

SWIVEL

SWIVEL with brake

Wheel Dia.

Castor Type

Overall Height

Capacity

Bolt Hole Size

Bearing Type

Castor Code

Price

Swivel

108 mm

50 kg

13 mm

Roller

MSC080RP1BBH

£8.40

80 mm

100 mm

Swivel

128 mm

75 kg

13 mm

Roller

MSC100RP1BBH

£9.40

125 mm

Swivel

155 mm

100 kg

13 mm

Roller

MSC125RP1BBH

£9.65

160 mm

Swivel

200 mm

150 kg

13 mm

Roller

MSC160RP1BBH

£13.95

Stainless Steel Castors MSS – swivel castors.

MFS – matching fixed castors

Footbrake Swivel wheel brakes available on swivel castors only. Add suffix BR to end of castor code

Single bolt hole castors available to special order. Price and delivery on request. MSS

MFS

Wheel Dia. Castor Type Overall Height Capacity Swivel 117 mm 80 mm 120 kg Fixed 117 mm Swivel 127 mm 100 mm 150 kg Fixed 127 mm Swivel 156 mm 125 mm 160 kg Fixed 156 mm Swivel 180 mm 150 mm 190 kg Fixed 180 mm

Bolt Hole Spacing

Nylon

80 x 60 mm 80 x 60 mm 80 x 60 mm 80 x 60 mm

mss080ny mfs080ny mss100ny mfs100ny mss125ny mfs125ny mss150ny mfs150ny

Poly Tyred, Nylon MSS080PN MFS080PN MSS100PN MFS100PN MSS125PN MFS125PN MSS150PN MFS150PN

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

285

MATERIAL HANDLING MEDIUM DUTY STEEL CASTORS MS – swivel castors.

MF – matching fixed castors Footbrake Footbrakes are available on rectangular top plate MS Series swivel castors with 75 and 100 mm type RN and NY wheels. 100 mm castors have double ended brake. 75 mm castors have single ended brake. To order add suffix ‘BR’ to swivel castor codes.

MS Castor

Wheel Dia.

Swivel /Fixed

Overall Height

Bolt Hole Bearing Spacing

MF Castor

Poly Tyred Cast Iron Cast Iron Nylon

Poly Tyred Nylon

Rubber Tyred Nylon

Swivel 64 54 x 25 Plain – – 50

MSD050NY 40kg

MSD050CI – – 54 kg

MSD050RN 27 kg

Fixed 64 54 x 25 Plain – –

MFD050NY 40 kg

MFD050CI – – 54 kg

MFD050RN 27 kg

Swivel 78 76 x 44 Plain – – 63

MSD063NY 85kg

MSD063CI – – 85 kg

MSD063RN 45 kg

Fixed 78 76 x 35 Plain – –

MFD063NY 85 kg

MFD063CI – – 85 kg

MFD063RN 45 kg

Swivel 95 80 x 60 Plain 75

MSE075PC 115 kg

MSE075NY 140 kg

MSE075CI – – 140 kg

MSE075RN 90 kg

Fixed 95 83 x 35 Plain

MFE075PC 115 kg

MFE075NY 140 kg

MFE075CI – – 140 kg

MFE075RN 90 kg

Plain 100 Swivel 125 105 x 80 Roller

– – 250 kg MSE100PC1B

MSE100NY 230 kg – –

MSE100CI 250 kg – –

MSE100PN 230 kg – –

MSE100RN 160 kg –

–

Plain – – Fixed 125 100 x 48 250 kg Roller MFE100PC1B

MFE100NY 230 kg – –

MFE100CI 250kg – –

MFE100PN 230 kg – –

MFE100RN 160 kg –

–

Plain 125 Swivel 154 140 x 105 Roller

– – 270 kg MSE125PC1B

MSE125NY 300 kg – –

MSE125CI MSE125PN MSE125RN 300kg 300 kg 180 kg – – – – –

–

Plain Fixed 154 100 x 48 Roller

– – 270 kg MFE125PC1B

MFE125NY 300 kg – –

MFE125CI 300 kg – –

–

Plain 150 Swivel 181 140 x 105 Ball

– – MSE150NY 540 kg 400 kg MSE150PC2B MSE150NY2B

MSE150CI MSE150PN – 540kg 400 kg 300 kg – – MSE150PN2B MSE150RN2B

–

Plain Fixed 181 133 x 67 Ball

– – MFE150NY 540 kg 400 kg MFE150PC2B MFE150NY2B

MFE150CI MFE150PN – 540 kg 400kg 300 kg – – MFE150PN2B MFE150RN2B

–

MFE125PN 300kg – –

MFE125RN 180 kg –

Threaded stem and nut fitting Stem M12 x 25 mm LG. To order add suffix ‘ST’ to castor code. Available on 63 and 75 mm castors.

Triangular plate fitting Available on 63, 75 and 100mm dia. type RN and NY plain bearing swivel wheels. Plate details: 63 and 75 mm castors. Plate size: 140 x 140 mm. Bolts: 8 mm at 73 to 102 mm centres (variable), 19 mm from edge of plate.

100 mm castors. Plate size: 150 x 150 mm. Bolts: 10 mm at 96 to 114 mm centres (variable), 19 mm from edge of plate. To order add suffix ‘V’ to swivel castor codes.

286

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Pallet Trucks

MATERIAL HANDLING

HAND pallet truck - 2000 kg • Load Capacity 2000 kg • Lowered height of forks 75 mm

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

• Fork width 150 mm • 160 mm Nylon Steering Wheels • 70 mm Nylon front rollers • All models are complete with an entry and exit roller • Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever • Manufactured and approved to European GS Standards • Raised height of forks 190 mm • Repair and Maintenance service available, see below Fork Length

Width over Forks

Weight kg

Model

Price

1000 mm

520 mm

GZE11N

POA

1000 mm

685 mm

GZE12N

POA

1150 mm

520 mm

GZE13N

POA

1220 mm

685 mm

GZE14N

GZE11N

NARROW AISLE Pallet Trucks • • • • • •

2000 kg capacity Highly manoeuvrable, steers through full 180° Fork width 160 mm Fork height when lowered 85 mm Fork height when raised 200 mm Overall height 1160 mm

Fork length mm

Width over forks mm

Approx Weight kg

Nylon Roller / Steering Wheels

Price

810

GX205N

POA

910

GX206N

POA

1000

GX207N

POA

1220

GX209N

POA

450

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

287

MATERIAL HANDLING Weigh Scale Pallet Trucks HAND pallet truck - 2000 kg Large 25mm LCD display for easy reading keyboard with Zero & Tare functions Powered by 4 x AA easily available batteries Operating time of approximately 80 hours in continuous use or 3 months in normal use thanks to its auto switch-off function Polyurethane coated steering wheels & front rollers

Large 25mm LCD Display with 4 easily available AA batteries

MAX CAPACITY OF 2000KG BY 1KG INCREMENTS Fork Length mm 1150

Width over Forks mm 550

Weight kg 120

Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate

Model GTPWN

GTPWN

ISO-CERT

HEAVY DUTY WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK Extremely accurate, triple weigh range, which changes automatically: 0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments 1000 2000kg by 1kg increments Large swivelling LCD display in IP65 rated waterproof indicator housing Supplied with 230Vac battery charger which gives an operating time of approx.50 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function Rubber steering wheels & Polyurethane double loading front rollers Optional built in Thermal Printer with lowpower consumption available - Call for Details Fork Length mm 1150

Width over Forks mm 550

Weight kg 125

Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate

ATEX MODELS AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS Max Load

2500 KG

Model GTPWA ISO-CERT

Large 25mm LCD Display with optional thermal printer

GTPWA

STAINLESS STEEL WEIGH SCALE PALLET TRUCK Constructed from High Grade Stainless Steel Extremely accurate, triple weighrange, which changes automatically :0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments 500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments1000 2000kg by 1kg increments Supplied with 230Vac battery charger which gives an operating time of approx.40 hours in continuous use, thanks to its auto switch-off function Nylon steering wheels & double loading front rollers Optional built in Thermal Printer with lowpower consumption available - Call for Details

IDEAL FOR FOOD, HEALTHCARE &PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRIES

Max Load

2500 KG

Fork Length mm 1182

Width over Forks mm 550

Weight kg 135

Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate

288

Model GTPWI ISO-CERT

Large 25mm LCD Display

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

GTPWI

Specialist Trucks

MATERIAL HANDLING

ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Adjustable forks from 220mm to 740mm Ideal for rough terrain outdoor applications suchas building sites, agricultural environments etc Raised Height of Forks: 240mm Lowered Height of Forks: 70mm Mobile on 250mm steering wheels & 380mm front fork wheels Low maintenance

ideal for rough outdoor applications

GZR01N Overall Size W x H mm 1605 x 1270

Fork Length mm 800

Weight kg 192

Model GZR01N

ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCK Load is raised & can be easily moved aroundin any direction, even in the tightest of areas Incorporates a 5M securing strap tosecure your loads to the units

IDEAL FOR BULKY &HEAVY WEIGHT ITEMS

LLM18H LLM06M Load Capacity kg 600 1800H

Manual3

Max Lift Height mm 00

Toe Plate Size D x W mm 120 x 225

ydraulic

250

60 x 600

Lift

Wheels 125mm Polyurethane 150mm Polyurethane6

Overall Size L x W x H mm 570 x 390 x 780 80 x 420 x 1070

Weight kg 25

Model (pairs) LLM06M

LLM18H

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

289

MATERIAL HANDLING Static Lift Tables STATIC LIFT TABLES (MAINS OPERATED) Comply to BS EN 1570 & BS EN 60204-1 Remote power system, easy for controlling, convenient for maintenance Electronic Control Box with Up,Down & Emergency buttons PSL82U: Specially designed in ‘U’ shapefor handling pallets & boxes Platform Cut Out - 1050L x 585Wmm Lifting Speed with Load: 42mm/sec

PSL80F

PSL82U

Load Capacity kg 1000

Lowered Platform Height mm 80 82

Raised Platform Height mm 760

Platform Size L x W mm 1450 x 1140

Lifting Time 18 secs.

Motor kw 0.75

Weight kg 235

PSL80F

250

PSL82U

Model

STATIC LIFT TABLES (MAINS OPERATED) Comply to BSEN 1570 & EN 60204-1 Can be floor or pit mounted Robustly constructed for arduous applications Emergency check valve for controlleddescent in system failure Fully interlocked arrestors HELP ALLEVIATE MUSCULOSKELETAL INJURIES

PSL29D Lowered

290

Load Capacity kg 1000

Min. Platform Height mm 190

Max. Platform Height mm

2000

190

3000

220

1020

2000

360

1780

1010

PSL29D

Platform Size L x W mm 1300 x 800 1300 x 850

Lifting Time 25 secs.

Lowering Time 20 secs.

Motor kw

40 secs.

30 secs.

26 secs.

22 secs.

1.5

320

PSL32S

40 secs.

35 secs.

2.2

295

PSL29D

0.75

Weight kg 220

PSL22S

280

PSL28S

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

semi-electric Stacker

MATERIAL HANDLING

Semi-Electric Stacker (MS SERIES)

• Heavy duty design and top quality mast construction • Safety guard on load roller and steering wheel • Light and easy manual steering system MS1516

MS1524

MS1529

MS1531

MS1533

Capacity (kg)

Model

1500

Max. Fork Height h3 (mm)

1600

2450

2900

3100

3300

Min.Fork Height (mm)

Load Center C (mm)

400

Wheels Base Y (mm)

1132

Load Distance X (mm)

450

Truck Length incl. Fork Face L2 (mm)

670

Lifting Speed (with/without load) (mm/s)

64/94

Lowering Speed (with/without load) (mm/s)

106/74

Fork Length I (mm)

1150

Fork Overall Width M (mm)

540

Single Fork Width (mm)

160

Front Wheel (mm)

Ф 82 x 70

Rear Wheel (mm)

Ф 180 x 50

Turning Radius Wa (mm)

1500

Power Pack (KW/V)

1.6/12

Battery (Ah/V)

180 x 2 / 12

Charger (A/V)

12 / 12

Overall Length L (mm)

1820

Overall Width B (mm)

800

1000

Overall Height h1 (mm)

2125

1800

2025

2125

2225

Net weight (with battery) (kg)

480

540

580

595

610

Semi-Electric Stacker (PY SERIES)

• Ergonomic design with handle for easy pulling and pushing the stacker • Special frame design for heavy load 1000kg and 1500kg

• Strong brake castor for safety • Maintenance free battery

PY1025

PY1030

PY1525

PY1530

Capacity (kg)

Model

1000

1500

Load Center (mm)

600

Lifting Height (mm)

90-2500

90-3000

90-2500

90-3000

Fork Length (mm)

1150

Fork Width (mm)

560

Min. outside turning radius (mm)

2000

Max. Lifting Speed With Full Loading (m/min)

≥ 3.6

Lower Speed (mm)

Controllable

Lifting Motor (W/V)

1600/200

Battery (Ah/V) Charger Overall Length (mm)

120/12

220V/12V

1770

Overall Width (mm)

700

Overall Height (mm)

1770

2020

1770

2020

Load Wheel Diameter (mm)

Steering Wheel Diameter (mm)

200

Net weight (kg)

375

405

400

430

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

291

MATERIAL HANDLING Full Electric Stacker Semi-Electric Stacker (PYJ SERIES)

• Ergonomic design with handle for easy pulling and pushing the stacker • Straddle leg and adjustable for lifting lower pallet and special size pallet • Special frame design for heavy load 1000kg and 1500kg

• Strong brake castor for safety • Maintenance free battery

PYJ1025

PYJ1030

PYJ1525

PYJ1530

Capacity (kg)

Model

1000

1500

Load Center (mm)

400

Lifting Height (mm)

75-2500

75-3000

75-2500

75-3000

Fork Length (mm)

915

Min. outside turning radius (mm)

2200

2300

Outside Width Between Legs (mm)

1080-1360

Inside Width Between Legs (mm)

960-1240

Outside Width Between Forks (mm)

210-800

Inside Width Between Forks (mm)

10-600

≥ 3.6

Controllable

1600-12

Max. Lifting Speed With Full Loading (m/min) Lower Speed Lifting Motor (W/V) Battery (Ah/V)

120/12

220V/12V

Overall Length (mm)

1550

Overall Width (mm)

1080-1360

Overall Height (mm)

1770

2020

1770

2020

Load Wheel Diameter (mm)

100

Steering Wheel Diameter (mm)

200

Net weight (kg)

440

470

465

490

Charger

FN1225

FN1229

FN1233

FN1525

FN1529

FN1533

Capacity (kg)

Model

1200

1500

Lifting Height (mm)

2450

2900

3300

2450

2900

3300

Min.Fork Height (mm)

Load Center (mm)

600

Fork Length (mm)

1150

Fork Overall Width (mm)

540

Driver Wheel

Ф 250 mm, 1200 W/24V

Power Rack (KW/V)

2.2 / 24

Traction Battery (Ah/V)

165/24

Net weight (kg)

Dimension

292

648

670

691

658

680

701

X2 (mm)

190

L2 (mm)

774

h1 (mm)

1800

2025

1800

2025

h4 (mm)

3094

3546

3946

3096

3546

3946

X (mm)

455

Y (mm)

1279

L (mm)

1924

N (mm)

160

h3 (mm)

2450

2900

3300

2450

2900

3300

Wa (mm)

1540

FN-B

FULL ELECTRIC STACKER (FN SERIES)

• Tiller arm is mounted on one side for optimum control and visibility. • High-comfort tiller grip reduces fatigue, improving productivity. • Heavy-duty design with top quality mast construction. • Powerful drive and power unit made in Europe. • Top quality electronic control system from Curtis. • Multi-fuction handle includes crawl button, butterfly travel speed controls and lift/lower control offer variable speed adjustment.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Full Electric Stacker

MATERIAL HANDLING

FULL ELECTRIC STACKER (FN-AC SERIES)

• Tiller arm is mounted on one side for optimum control and visibility • High-comfort tiller grip reduces fatigue, improving productivity • Heavy-duty design with top quality mast construction • Powerful power pack with European technology • Drive unit with electromagnetic brake, maintenance free AC technology • Top quality electronic control system from Curtis • Multi-fuction handle includes crawl button, butterfly travel speed controls and lift/ lower control offer variable speed adjustment Model

FN1225AC

FN1229AC

FN1233AC

FN1525AC

FN1529AC

FN1533AC

Capacity (kg)

1200

1500

Lifting Height (mm)

2450

2900

3300

2450

2900

3300

Min.Fork Height (mm) Load Center (mm)

600

Fork Length (mm)

1150

Fork Overall Width (mm)

540

Driver Wheel

Ф 250 mm, 1200 W/24V AC

Power Rack (KW/V)

1.2 / 24

Traction Battery (Ah/V)

165/24

Net weight (kg) X2 (mm)

Dimension

FN-AC

648

670

691

658

680

701

190

L2 (mm)

774

h1 (mm)

1800

2025

1800

2025

h4 (mm)

3094

3546

3946

3096

3546

3946

X (mm)

455

Y (mm)

1279

L (mm)

1924

N (mm)

160

h3 (mm)

2450

2900

3300

2450

2900

3300

Wa (mm)

1540

FN-B (AC)

Forklift Maintenance Platform (NK Series) • For overhead access and maintenance with safety • Spring loaded inward opening door with safety latch for safety entry • Unit is secured to the fork with heel pins and chain • Slip-resistant floor with drainage holes • Conforms to Health and safety Guidanie mte PM28 and GN48 standard • Less strorage space, portable and easy to assemble • Wheel fitted for easy manoeuvering Model NK30A NK30B NK30C Max. Capacity (kg) Deck Size (mm)

300

950 x 950

1200 x 1000

1000 x 1000

Max. Height (mm)

2000

Fork Spread (mm)

600/690

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

293

MATERIAL HANDLING FORK LIFT CAGES General Specification - MAINTENANCE PLATFORM Provides safe working access to inaccessible places, accommodating two people plus their tools and equipment. • Safety gate opens inwards, closing automatically through the use of a tension spring • loaded retention latch. • Non-slip steel floor plate with lip preventing tools etc. rolling off. • Platform is locked to the forks by 2 pins behind the heel of the forks. • Robust, all welded construction. • Finish in bright safety yellow with drivers warning plate at rear. • Available with castors for ease of parking. • Complies with Health and Safety guidance note PM28 - 2nd Edition. • Units are appropriately CE marked and supplied with user guide. • Fitted with an internal grab rail and safety harness anchor points • The maximum number of people permitted within these cages is two. • The capacity of the Fork Lift Truck must be double the weight of the cage and load, or greater

Fork POCKET General Specification mm wide x 83 mm deep, with inside 184 clearance 545 mm and overall clearance .921 mm

.Fo

NOTE Fork pocket specification can be altered to meet customers requirements. - Please specify when ordering otherwise the .above dimensions will apply

tine

65 ent

Floating toggle to prevent .accidental withdrawal of pin Pin locks behind heel .of fork tines

MODELS FLC01Z and FLC11Y • Mesh back and 1/2 sides preventing tool droppage. • Optional tool box is available to hook on to the side rail of the • cage Model FLC09Z Size 455 x 205 x 210 mm high. • Front opening gate. Model

Evenly Dist

x 990 POA

FLC01Z

250

70 — 1040

swivel 4 POA

FLC11Y

250

Price Load, kg

Weight Internal Overall Platform kg Wheels Height of Height at Size gates mm Rear mm mm

nylon 125

1780

x 990 1040 1830 990

Optional Tool Box, Fitted with two hooks to enable the box to hang on the side

FLC03Z

990

FLC02Z

FLC01Z Shown with optional tool box FLC09Z

FLC04Z

MODELS FLC02Z TO FLC14Y INCLUSIVE As general specification detailed above. • Complete with a large tool container as shown. • Side opening gate. • Cages are fitted with mesh back and perimeter safety rail. Models FLC04Z and FLC14Y are also fitted with mesh sides and ends.

294

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Work Platform

MATERIAL HANDLING

Single Mast Aerial Work Platform (XP SERIES)

• A revolutionary design of mast provides the most stable and compact mast in the industry • Provides access to overhead fixture and stocked shelves much safer than traditional ladders or scaffolding • Available in AC or DC power • Suitable for single person to work upraised • Maximum platform height: 6m and 8m Model Max. Platform Height H1 (m)

XP1006

XP1008

Max. Working Height H2 (m)

7.7

9.7

Loading Capacity (kg)

160

136

630 x 650

2060 x 1900

2300 x 2180

AC220/50

Platform Size L2 x W2 (mm) Outrigger Footprint L1 x W1 (mm) Voltage (V/Hz) Power Pack Lifting (KW)

0.75

Power Pack Self-propeller (KW)

N/A

Stored Dimensions (L x W x H)

1290 x 880 x 1740

1290 x 880 x 2060

300

Net Weight (kg)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

295

MATERIAL HANDLING SAFETY CABINETS SAFETY CABINETS FOR CHEMICALS

SAFETY CABINETS FOR CHEMICALS

Complying with EN 61010-1 and CEI 66-5 regulations. Constructed in FEP01 grade, 10/10 thick, electro-galvanized steel sheet (Skin passat) cold pressed and coated, following pre-treatment for removing grease, with an initial epoxy base application and two further thermo-hardening powder applications, oven set at 200°C. “Monolithic” design, with adjustable feet at the base to allow the structure to be properly levelled. “Sandwich-wall”, reversible doors are constructed in the same materials and come complete with handles incorporating safely closures and locks. Doors open 100°C so the shelves can be removed without having to tilt them. Multilingual safety signs indicate the presence of dangerous and toxic products to highlight contents and storage limitations.

SAFE 103 SAFE 106

SAFE 106 • External dimensions: 1140x600x1900 (1600+300)mm (WxDxH) • Internal dimensions: 1080x550x1500 mm (WxDxH) • Weight: 125 kg approx • 3 x full-width, 10/10 mm thick steel, tray-type shelves for retaining potential spilt liquid in the event of container breakage or leakage due to expansion of contents • Fully adjustable shelf height • Shelf dimensions: 1030x550x30 mm (WxDxH) • Shelf capacity: 80 kg • Internal overheating protection; IP 54 ingress protection level, double insulated • Fuse protection: 5x20mm, 1A quick blow • Extraction fan capacity: 275 cu.m/h maximum • Power supply: 220-230V 50Hz, single phase • Rating: 55 W • Activated carbon filter with a large filtering surface and prefilter, suitable for acids • Easy filter replacement behind a hinged panel with keylock • Handles fitted with lock and key

SAFE 107

SAFE 101 SAFE 107 SAFETY CABINET FOFt STORING POISONS • External dimensions: 500x300x400 mm (WxDxH) • Internal dimensions: 480x270x390 mm (WxDxH) • Volume: 44 litres approx • Weight: 10 kg • 2x10/10 mm thick steel, tray-type shelves for • retaining potential spilt liquid in the event of • container breakage or leakage due to expansion • of contents • Fully adjustable shelf height • Shelf dimensions: 470x270x20 mm (WxDxH) • Handles fitted with lock and key SAFE 101

• External dimensions: 600x500x700 mm (WxDxH) • Internal dimensions: 550x450x550 mm (WxDxH) • Weight: 32 kg approx • 2x10/10 mm thick steel, tray-type shelves for retaining potential spilt liquid in the event of container breakage or leakage due to expansion of contents • Fully adjustable shelf height • Shelf dimensions: 490x450x30 mm (WxDxH) • Adapted for use with external extraction systems • Handles fitted with lock and key

296

SAFEGLASS 106

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SAFEGLASS 103 R

CYLINDER LOCKERS

MATERIAL HANDLING lockers for lpg cylinders • Completely hot-dipped galvanized, sturdy construction • Contents are protected against the weather for storing indoors as well as outdoors • Protected again unauthorised taking • Fitted with indicator labels with the danger symbol • Supplied disassembled • For preparing and emptying compressed gas containers in storing LPG cylinders • The locker is kept well ventilated thanks to air slits in the door and sides Model

Outer Measurements

Door

Cylinder Capacity

AB 010 Z

460 x 400 x 750 H

1 x 11 kg

AB 020 Z

840 x 400 x 750 H

2 x 11 kg

AB 023 Z

840 x 400 x 1500 H

2 x 33 kg

AB 040 Z

1680 x 400 x 1500 H

4 x 33 kg

STEEl TROLLEYS FOR CYLINDERS CABO 12 RZ

• Trolleys for safely handling gas cylinders • Sturdy construction is hot-dip galvanised steel • Support for the cylinders and safety steel chain

CABO 23 RZ

• Steel trolley for 2 cylinder, solid rubber wheels ø 350 mm, with supporting wheel

• ø max. cylinder 250 mm • Measurements : W x D x H (mm) 780 x 770 x 1290

CYLINDER basket • Hot-galvanised basket for storing and holding empty and full cylinders

• Can be handled with crane or forklift truck • Capacity : 12 x 50 l cylinders • Dimensions W x H x D (mm) : 805 x 1052 x 1100 • Collapsible ramp

• Steel trolley for 1 cylinder, solid rubber wheels ø 200 mm

• ø max. cylinder 250 mm • Measurements : W x D x H (mm) 490 x 460 x 1260

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

297

MATERIAL HANDLING Polyethylene cover

SMALL 1,000 litre tanks • Vessel in high-density UV-stabilised (neutral) polyethylene, made by blowing, with capacity 1055 litres, with 150 mm load opening (220 mm on request) • High-density UV-stabilised (neutral) bottom valve, made by injection moulding; featuring 4 seals available in different materials (FPM, EPDM, PTFE, NBR, PE) depending on the application. • High-density UV-stabilised polyethylene cover (black), made by injection moulding. ø 150 mm (220 mm on request), vent (on request) with hydrophobia membrane on cover • Galvanised steel tubular frame (18 x 18 mm), made by automatic electric welding • Stacking: 1+1 (dynamic, meaning during transport): 1+2 (static) • Stowage in ISO container: 18 pcs (20’ ISOcont.): 40 pcs (40’ ISOcont.) • UN type-approved: 31HA1/Y/D/FPL/BAM 6849/3775/2014 (according to international transport regulations - ADR road RID rail - IMO sea) Precautions: • In case of re-use, good conditions must be checked. • If necessary, replace the valve at each small tank use rotation. • Do not fill with products whose temperature exceeds 60°C • For uses above 18 months, store away from sunlight.

Model Polybox 1000

298

Dimensions A

Collection volume/litres

1000

1200

1150

1000

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

load securing systems

MATERIAL HANDLING

CR353G

CB210Z/CB200Z cambuckle clamping wall RACKS

CYLINDER STORaGE RACKS Wall fixing racks, complete with safety security chains to hold cylinders in place. Painted or Galvanised finish.

Wall fixing racks with individual quick release webbing straps with adjustable cambuckle which hold each cylinder firmly in place. Can be used in pairs top and bottom, for secure movement of cylinders in transit.

Cylinder No of Painted Finish Galvanised Finish Dia mm Cylinders Model Price Model Price up to 2 CR301Z POA CR351G POA

Cylinder Dia mm 180 -

No of Cylinders 2

Dimensions W x D mm 720 x 190

Model CB200Z

Price POA

180

CR302Z POA CR352G

POA

1036 x 190

CB300Z

POA

up to

CR303Z POA CR353G

POA

1352 x 190

CB400Z

POA

270

CR304Z POA CR354G

POA

205-305

835 x 230

CB210Z

POA

270

CYLINDER LOw height floor stand Fully welded double sided stand specifically designed for use with smaller type cylinders. Complete with individual securing chains for each cylinder. Epoxy powder coated blue. Cylinder Dia mm

No of Cylinders

Dimensions W x D x H mm

Model

Price

100 - 4

440 x 465 x 610

CR740Z

POA

180 6

656 x 465 x 610

CR760Z

POA

CYLINDER - double sided floor stand Fully welded robust construction, complete with individual securing chains to hold each cylinder in place. Epoxy powder coated blue.

Cylinder Dia mm

CR740Z

CR765Z

No of Cylinders

Dimensions W x D x H mm

Model

Price

180 - 4

618 x 544 x 922

CR745Z

POA

270 6

924 x 544 x 922

CR765Z

POA

CYLINDER - single sided floor stand Fully welded single sided floor stand suitable for use with full height cylinders. Complete with individual securing chains to hold each cylinder in place. Epoxy powder coated blue. Cylinder Dia mm

No of Cylinders

Dimensions W x D x H mm

Model

Price

180 - 2

618 x 350 x 922

CR725Z

POA

270 3

924 x 350 x 922

CR735Z

POA

double sided floor stand Designed to hold 4 or 6 cylinders. Supplied complete with securing chains to keep cylinders in place. Painted or Galvanised finish. Cylinder No of Painted Finish Galvanised Finish Dia mm Cylinders Model Price Model Price up to 4 CR401Z POA CR451G POA

CR725Z

CR452G/CR454G

180

CR402Z

POA CR452G

POA

up to

CR403Z

POA CR453G

POA

270

CR404Z

POA CR454G

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

299

MATERIAL HANDLING load securing systems

TS180L

TS179L

TS178L

OXYGEN CYLINDER TROLLEYS

Manufactured in accordance with BS2718, 1979, especially designed for carrying oxygen cylinders - ideal for use in hospitals. Tubular frame has a sheet steel base and retaining straps to hold the cylinder in position. Fitted with Anti-static metal centred wheels and front 100 mm nonmarking corner buffers. Maximum cylinder size mm

140

2 x CSU11Z and CBU01Z

CYLINDER STORAGE UNITS

Each storage unit has a capacity for 11 cylinders stored horizontally. Stackable, with or without the slanting base which allows 4 way entry for loading and unloading by fork lift. N.B. Cylinders containing dissolved or liquiﬁed gases should be stored vertically.

Overall Size Dimensions L x W x H mm

Retaining Strap Heights mm

Wheels mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

Overall Size Cylinder Cylinder Description W x L x H mm Weight Diameter mm Length mm

420 x 400 x 1100

220 / 675

125

TS178L

POA

875 x

1590 x Rear 200 35 kg

175

460 x 410 x 1100

220 / 675

250

TS179L

POA

230

470 x 480 x 1100

270 / 920

250

TS180L

POA

Storage Unit 880 x 1590 x 385

GCP01Z

Base

—

CBU01Z

POA

100 to 178

1220 Max.

CSU11Z

POA

CYLINDER STAND • Base Size:- 520 x 400 mm.

Models GCP01Z and GCP02Z are suitable for transporting cylinders by using a pallet truck, with width across forks of 680 mm, or fork lift. Model GCP03Z is suitable for transportation by fork lift only. Platform size 1220 x 690 mm. Overall Size Qty of cylinders held L x W x H mm

Price

CS202Z

• Fully welded construction with supporting sides and central sections. • Non-slip steel floor to aid the safe loading and unloading of cylinders. • Complete with retaining chain / strap.

300

50 kg

GCP03Z

CYLINDER PALLET CAGE

Model

Front 360

Weight kg

Model

Price

555 x 480 x 1010

2 - Max Dia. 275mm

GCP01Z

POA

1100 x 480 x 1010

4 - Max Dia. 275mm

GCP02Z

POA

1200 x 1050 x 995

9 x 286 ø 12 x 229 ø 20 x 178 ø

120

GCP03Z

Flat steel construction with a solid sheet steel base. Hinged latches at the front enable easy positioning of the cylinder. To Suit Cylinder dia mm

Height mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

178

605

CS201Z

POA

230

605

CS202Z

POA

285

605

CS203Z

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

CYLINDER EQUIPMENT

TS177L

CT277L

MATERIAL HANDLING

TS171L

CT201L

WELDERS TROLLEY

CYLINDER TROLLEYS Painted finished TS177L and Zinc plated CT277L are designed to carry a maximum cylinder size of 286 mm dia. x 1575 mm height. Tubular steel frame and fitted with two 125 mm rubber tyred rear support castors and 265 mm steel centred rubber tyres. The cylinder is held in place with a retaining chain for added security when in use. The CT201L is zinc plated and gives protection to the unit when used in a damp environment. The unit is also available with 200mm pneumatic wheels, model CT201P

Designed with safety in mind with 2 rear castors for extra stability, castors support the laden trolley enabling full operator control when manoeuvring. Frame is fitted with cylinder retaining chains and a welding rod holder. Unit is suitable for carrying 2 cylinders: 1 x oxygen cylinder 230mm dia x 1560mm high; and 1 x acetylene cylinder 236mm dia x 1200mm high.

Cylinder Dia mm 286 286 140 - 250

Cylinder Cap Lt 40 40 10 / 20 / 40

Wheels mm 265 - 125 cushion 265 - 125 Cushion 200 Cushion

Frame Finish Painted Zinc Plated Zinc Plated

Model

Price

Length Width Height Weight mm mm mm kg

TS177L CT277L CT201L

POA POA POA

140 - 250

10 / 20 / 40

200 Pneumatic

Zinc Plated

C T201P

POA

760 760 1090 31

CT102L

CT101L

PROPANE CYLINDER TROLLEYS Tubular steel powder coated trucks designed to safely manoeuvre 47 kg Propane cylinders. The maximum diameter of cradle supports is 380 mm.â&#x20AC;&#x2C6; Model CT103L is able to carry one cylinder of 380 mm and one 230 mm.â&#x20AC;&#x2C6; Models CT102L and CT103L are fitted with a rear castor which supports the laden trolley enabling full operator control when manoeuvring.

Wheels mm

Model

Price

350 x 75 Cushion TS171L POA Roller Bearing

CT103L Overall Dimensions Wheels mm Cap Weight Model L x W x H mm front / rear kg kg 570 x 550 x 1310

265

Price

150

CT101L POA

730 x 530 x 1310 265 / 150 150

CT102L POA

920 x 810 x 1440 400 / 200 150

CT103L POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

301

MATERIAL HANDLING Cable bridges Fabricated Aluminum Hose & Cable Bridges Protect hoses and cables from carts and other traffic. Constructed of lightweight durable aluminum treadplate. All welded. The opening is available in spans of 4" to 16". MODEL NUMBER

FHCR-24-36-4 FHCR-24-40-8 FHCR-24-44-12 FHCR-24-48-16 FHCR-48-36-4 FHCR-48-40-8 FHCR-48-44-12 FHCR-48-48-16

OVERALL SIZE (W x L) 24" x 36" 24" x 40" 24" x 44" 24" x 48" 48" x 36" 48" x 40" 48' x 44" 48" x 48"

USABLE SPAN (W x H) 4" x 3" 8" x 3" 12" x 3" 16" x 3" 4" x 3" 8" x 3" 12" x 3" 16" x 3"

CAPACITY (POUNDS) 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000

NET WT. (POUNDS) 55 58 62 66 85 92 102 108

DC-25/UPS/FC-100

Extruded Aluminum Hose & Cable Bridges The Extruded Aluminum Hose & Cable Bridge protects air lines, electrical cords and computer cables from damage by fork trucks, carts, and personnel. These ramps have serrated edges for maximum traction and are lightweight for easy portability. Contact factory for special lengths up to 25 feet. MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL (W x H) 2-7/8" x 7/16" WR-24 2-7/8" x 7/16" WR-36 2-7/8" x 7/16" WR-48 7" x 1-1/8" HCR-24 7" x 1-1/8" HCR-36 7" x 1-1/8" HCR-48 9-1/8" x 1-1/2" LHCR-36 9-1/8" x 1-1/2" LHCR-48 9-1/8" x 1-1/2" LHCR-60 9-1/8" x 1-1/2" LHCR-72 DC-25/UPS/FC-100

USABLE SPAN (W x H) 1-1/4" x 5/16" 1-1/4" x 5/16" 1-1/4" x 5/16" 2-1/2" x 3/4" 2-1/2" x 3/4" 2-1/2" x 3/4" 2-1/2" x 1-1/4" 2-1/2" x 1-1/4" 2-1/2" x 1-1/4" 2-1/2" x 1-1/4"

LENGTH 24" 36" 48" 24" 36" 48" 36" 48" 60" 72"

SINGLE-WHEEL CAPACITY (LBS.) 2,500 2,500 2,500 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

NET WT. (LBS.) 2 4 5 7 11 14 14 19 24 29

Molded Rubber Hose & Cable Bridges model MRBR-24

model RHCB-12

Designed to protect cables and hoses from pedestrian and rolling traffic. The top surface of each bridge includes serrations for extra traction. Optional connectors may be used to interlock individual units together to form wider bridges. Simply lock together as many units as required. Model MRBR-24 has carry handles molded into the ramp. Fits over cables to protect hoses from punctures and kinks. Series RHCB is a ideal for people who are always switching out cables but do not want to move the ramp. The model RHCB-A features an aluminum treadplate insert to protect hoses and cables (for light traffic and slow applications only). MODEL NUMBER

model RHCB-12A

Connectors

OVERALL SIZE USABLE SPAN CAPACITY (W x L) (W x H) (POUNDS) 24" x 24" 2¾" x 1½" 2,400 CONNECTOR (ORDER 2 PER CONNECTION) 12" x 32¾" 3½" x 3" 2,400 12" x 32¾" 3½" x 3" 2,400 CONNECTOR (ORDER 2 PER CONNECTION)

MRBR-24 MRBR-CON RHCB-12 RHCB-12A RHCB-CON

NET WT. (POUNDS) 40 2 32 42 1

DC-25/UPS/FC-55

Urethane Hose & Cable Bridges Protect hoses and cables from everyday foot traffic. Handles loads up to 100 PSI (2,400 lbs.) with less than 10% deflection. Constructed of durable urethane material with traction cleats on ramp surface to prevent slippage (for light traffic and slow applications only). MODEL NUMBER

URTH-24 URTH-36 URTH-48

302

OVERALL SIZE (W x L) 24" x 24" 24" x 36" 24" x 48"

USABLE SPAN (W x H) 3" x 3" 3" x 3" 3" x 3"

CAPACITY (POUNDS) 2,400 2,400 2,400

NET WT. (POUNDS) 20 30 40 DC-25/UPS/FC-55

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Ramps

MATERIAL HANDLING

Aluminum Walk Ramps Enables delivery men, shippers, and receivers to load and unload trucks when docks are unavailable. Ramps feature a 1½" high safety curb on each side. Heavy duty steel chains with steel grab hooks are attached to each side of ramp for safely securing ramp to truck. Constructed of strong aluminum alloy with non-skid tread surface. The ramp is lightweight and easy to handle. Available in either an overlapping style that rests on the truck bed, suffix "A", or steel hook style that mounts onto the truck extensions, suffix "B". Adjustable Height Wheel Option, model AWR-WHL, is ideal for use with longer walk ramps. Height is adjusted with a manual hand crank mechanism. Wheels are 10" x 3½" pneumatic and are located at balance points on ramp allowing for one-person positioning. Simple bolt-on installation may be added to any aluminum walk ramp 8 feet or longer. Minimum ramp lowered height with this option is 12". Walk ramp sold separately. Ramp Cart Option, model AWR-R-CART, provides for easy one-person ramp positioning and transportation. Pull handle up to vertical position to rotate and lock wheels in down position to allow for easy ramp movement. Push handle down to unlock and lift wheels so ramp can be used to service lower trailers. Pneumatic wheels are 10" x 3½". Minimum ramp service height is 14" with this option. Easy bolt-on installation. Walk ramp sold separately. Type A - Overlap

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WHEEL • model AWR-WHL Shown with and without Walk Ramp

TYPE

A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B

HEIGHT RANGE 6" - 21" 6" - 25" 6" - 29" 6" - 33" 6" - 38" 6" - 46" 6" - 54" 6" - 62" 6" - 23" 6" - 27" 6" - 31" 6" - 35" 6" - 40" 6" - 48" 6" - 54" 6" - 64"

LENGTH 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 12' 14' 16' 6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 12' 14' 16'

RAMP CART OPTION • model AWR-R-CART Shown with and without Walk Ramp

Type B - Steel Hooks

Deck cross-section ribs for strength and grooved deck for positive all-weather traction

CAPACITY (POUNDS) 28" WIDE / 26" USABLE 38" WIDE / 36" USABLE 4-WHEEL 2-WHEEL MODEL NET WT. MODEL NET WT. CART CART NUMBER (LBS.) NUMBER (LBS.) 2,800 2,000 76 97 AWR-28-6A AWR-38-6A 2,800 1,800 88 112 AWR-28-7A AWR-38-7A 2,500 1,650 100 125 AWR-28-8A AWR-38-8A 2,500 1,600 112 142 AWR-28-9A AWR-38-9A 2,200 1,500 124 157 AWR-28-10A AWR-38-10A 1,900 1,400 148 187 AWR-28-12A AWR-38-12A 1,600 1,200 172 217 AWR-28-14A AWR-38-14A 1,000 1,000 196 227 AWR-28-16A AWR-38-16A 2,800 2,000 76 97 AWR-28-6B AWR-38-6B 2,800 1,800 88 112 AWR-28-7B AWR-38-7B 2,500 1,650 100 125 AWR-28-8B AWR-38-8B 2,500 1,600 112 142 AWR-28-9B AWR-38-9B 2,200 1,500 124 157 AWR-28-10B AWR-38-10B 1,900 1,400 148 187 AWR-28-12B AWR-38-12B 1,600 1,200 172 217 AWR-28-14B AWR-38-14B 1,000 1,000 196 227 AWR-28-16B AWR-38-16B ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WHEEL OPTION, model AWR-WHL, DC-25/FC-100 RAMP CART OPTION, model AWR-R-CART,

Aluminum Pick-Up/Van Ramp Lightweight aluminum ramp works great for large and small wheeled equipment. When using with small wheeled equipment add ¼" plywood (not included) to ramp surface. Folds up to 12" wide for storing between ATV wheels in truck. Includes adjustable safety straps to hook ramp safely to trailer. MODEL NUMBER

LENGTH 69" RAMP-5077

FOLDED UNFOLDED GROSS SINGLE WHEEL NET WT. WIDTH WIDTH CAPACITY CAPACITY (POUNDS) 15" 45" 1,500 lbs. 250 lbs. 40

Steel Pick-Up/Van Ramps

DC-25/UPS/FC-100

These economical serrated ramps provide minimum slippage. Overlapping lip provides smooth transition into cargo area. Single piece construction with bolt-on lip. MODEL NUMBER

RAMP-72 RAMP-96

LENGTH 72" 96"

WIDTH PER RAMP 9" 9"

GROSS CAPACITY 500 lbs. 500 lbs.

SINGLE WHEEL NET WT. CAPACITY (POUNDS) 300 lbs. 50/pr. 300 lbs. 60/pr. DC-25/UPS/FC-100

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

303

MATERIAL HANDLING Ramps Heavy Duty Fiberglass Walk Ramps Load and unload equipment from trucks using these Heavy Duty Fiberglass Walk Ramps. Reinforced fiberglass construction provides up to 5,000 pounds capacity. Abrasive surface provides good traction either wet or dry. 1" high curb on each side of ramp. Not for use with fork trucks or pallet trucks. MODEL NUMBER

FWR-3010-50 FWR-3012-50

OVERALL WIDTH 30" 30"

OVERALL LENGTH 10' 12'

FWR-3610-50 FWR-3612-50 FWR-3614-50

36" 36" 36"

10' 12' 14'

CAPACITY MAXIMUM (POUNDS) WORKING HEIGHT 5,000 30" 5,000 35" 5,000 5,000 5,000

NET WT. (POUNDS) 124 161

30" 35" 45"

ROUGH TEXTURE

156 180 204 DC-25/FC-85

Fiberglass Autoloader Ramps The Autoloader Ramp can be separated in half to provide two ramps that may be used to load automobiles and other vehicles. Each half is 18" wide. To separate simply remove center hinge pins.

MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL WIDTH

FAL-3610-50 FAL-3612-50 FAL-3614-50 FAL-3616-50

36" 36" 36" 36"

OVERALL CAPACITY LENGTH (POUNDS) 10' 12' 14' 16'

5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000

MAXIMUM WORKING HEIGHT 30" 35" 45" 50"

NET WT. (POUNDS) 162 186 210 264 DC-25/FC-85

Aluminum Vehicle Twin Ramps Provide a safe means for driving vans, pick-up trucks and some passenger vehicles from ground level into and out of high building entrances. Ramps can be securely fastened to dock with pin locks. To avoid hang-ups measure under clearance and wheelbase of vehicle. The overall width is 18" with a usable width of 14". Side curbs are 1¼" high. Welded aluminum construction. MODEL NUMBER

LOAD CAPACITY PER PAIR (LBS.)

VTR-7-14-8 VTR-5.5-14-10 VTR-7-14-12 VTR-6-14-14 VTR-5.5-14-16 VTR-6-14-18 VTR-5.5-14-20 VTR-5.5-14-24

7,000 5,500 7,000 6,000 5,500 6,000 5,500 5,500

WORKING HEIGHT (MAX TO MIN) 17½" to 12½" 22½" to 16" 27" to 19" 32" to 22½" 36½" to 25½" 41" to 29" 46" to 32½" 55½" to 39"

LENGTH 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 24'

NET WT. (LBS. EACH) 62 77 126 144 166 201 228 288 DC-20/FC-100

Wheel Alignment Curbs Ideal for properly aligning trailers at loading docks. All welded steel construction suitable for indoor or outdoor use. Units may be bolted to surface or secured into concrete. Heavy-duty welded-steel construction with yellow powder-coat finish.

MODEL NUMBER

SWAC-92 SWAC-144 SWAC-ABK

304

HEIGHT LENGTH DIAMETER 11" 92" 5" 11" 144" 5" (8) ¾" x 4" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

NET WT. (POUNDS) 133 193 4 DC-20/FC-60

Wheel Risers

MATERIAL HANDLING

Aluminum Wheel Risers Elevate semi-trailers to loading docks for maximum serviceability during loading and unloading operations. Manufactured from heavy-duty aluminum treadplate for positive traction. Welded all aluminum construction. 30,000 lbs. capacity per pair. Wheel Risers are designed to facilitate compliance with OSHA requirements for a 10% maximum grade of ascending or descending loaded fork trucks. WIDE "18 HEIGHT

10"

12"

OVERALL LENGTH

48" 54" 60" 102" 54" 60" 66" 108" 60" 66" 72" 114" 66" 72" 78" 120"

LEVEL LENGTH

30" 36" 42" 84" 30" 36" 42" 84" 30" 36" 42" 84" 30" 36" 42" 84"

MODEL NUMBER

WIDE "24 .NET WT )EACH(

ATWR-18-6-48 ATWR-18-6-54 ATWR-18-6-60 ATWR-18-6-102 ATWR-18-8-54 ATWR-18-8-60 ATWR-18-8-66 ATWR-18-8-108 ATWR-18-10-60 ATWR-18-10-66 ATWR-18-10-72 TWR-18-10-114 ATWR-18-12-66 ATWR-18-12-72 ATWR-18-12-78 TWR-18-12-120

70/UPS 80/UPS 87/UPS 155 90/UPS 98 109 187 108 121 130 227 133 142 179 261

MODEL NUMBER

WHEEL RISERS ARE PRICED AND SOLD EACH

NET WT. (EACH)

ATWR-24-6-48 ATWR-24-6-54 ATWR-24-6-60 ATWR-24-6-102 ATWR-24-8-54 ATWR-24-8-60 ATWR-24-8-66 ATWR-24-8-108 ATWR-24-10-60 ATWR-24-10-66 ATWR-24-10-72 ATWR-24-10-114 ATWR-24-12-66 ATWR-24-12-72 ATWR-24-12-78 ATWR-24-12-120

87/UPS 100/UPS 108 194 112 121 135 233 133 151 160 279 164 174 223 321

ADD A WHEEL TO A SINGLE ALUMINUM WHEEL RISER FOR PORTABILITY. MODEL ATWR-WL, $48.00 EACH PORTABLE WHEEL RISER CADDY, MODEL R-CAD-18, for 18" wide units PORTABLE WHEEL RISER CADDY, MODEL R-CAD-24, for 24" wide units PAIR OF BOLT-ON BRACKETS AND HARDWARE, MODEL R-CAD-KIT ANCHOR BRACKETS (4 PER RISER) TO BOLT RISER TO GROUND, MODEL ATWR-ABRK

Portability Kit, model

DC-25/UPS/FC-100

ATWR-WL, allows one person to transport and place wheel riser. Features 5" x 2" mold-on-rubber wheels. For use with aluminum wheel risers only.

WHEEL RISERS ARE PRICED AND SOLD EACH NOTE: DUAL WHEELS ON SEMI-TRAILERS ARE 18" WIDE. THE 24" WHEEL RISERS WORK BEST FOR THIS APPLICATION.

LEVEL LENGTH HEIGHT OVERALL LENGTH

Steel Wheel Risers Equipped with fork slots for ease in fork truck transporting. Ramps may be stacked for compact storage when not in use. Fork pockets are 7½" wide by 2½" high usable. This features adds approximately 15" to the overall width of the riser. Wheel Risers are designed to facilitate compliance with OSHA requirements for a 10% maximum grade of ascending or descending loaded fork trucks. Heavy-duty welded steel construction. Capacity per pair 40,000 lbs. Painted neutral earth-tone brown. 18" WIDE OVERALL LEVEL HEIGHT LENGTH LENGTH

6¼"

8¼"

10¼"

12¼"

48" 60" 72" 84" 60" 72" 84" 96" 60" 72" 84" 96" 72" 84" 96" 108"

24" 36" 48" 60" 28" 40" 52" 64" 20" 32" 44" 56" 24" 36" 48" 60"

MODEL NUMBER

SWR-18-6-48 SWR-18-6-60 SWR-18-6-72 SWR-18-6-84 SWR-18-8-60 SWR-18-8-72 SWR-18-8-84 SWR-18-8-96 SWR-18-10-60 SWR-18-10-72 SWR-18-10-84 SWR-18-10-96 SWR-18-12-72 SWR-18-12-84 SWR-18-12-96 SWR-18-12-108

model R-CAD-KIT

24" WIDE NET WT. (LBS.)

183 221 261 299 246 293 339 385 268 322 375 428 349 408 469 528

MODEL NUMBER

SWR-24-6-48 SWR-24-6-60 SWR-24-6-72 SWR-24-6-84 SWR-24-8-60 SWR-24-8-72 SWR-24-8-84 SWR-24-8-96 SWR-24-10-60 SWR-24-10-72 SWR-24-10-84 SWR-24-10-96 SWR-24-12-72 SWR-24-12-84 SWR-24-12-96 SWR-24-12-108

NET WT. (LBS.)

222 272 320 369 301 359 415 471 329 394 458 523 427 498 571 644

PORTABLE WHEEL RISER CADDY, MODEL R-CAD-18, for 18" wide units DC-25/FC-60 PORTABLE WHEEL RISER CADDY, MODEL R-CAD-24, for 24" wide units PAIR OF BOLT-ON BRACKETS AND HARDWARE, MODEL R-CAD-KIT CENTRAL PICKUP LOOP, MODEL SWR-CPL

PORTABLE WHEEL RISER CADDY, series R-CAD, move steel or aluminum risers out of the way with this easy to use mover. Snap roller into riser and away you go.

Central Pick-Up Loop, model SWR-CPL are prealigned, prespaced parallel ramps, attached by a pickup connector. Fork trucks simply lower the unit in place. Overall width is 102".

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

305

MATERIAL HANDLING Cargo Bars Cargo Bars • Keep trailer contents in place -- eliminate damaged goods • Simple mechanical lock - will not vibrate loose When trucks move, keep trailer contents securely in place with these easy to use Cargo Bars. Constructed of 1½" square tubing, unless specified, 14 gauge construction won't bend or give. 4" square articulating steel end plates feature rubber pads for positive gripping action. Fits between trailer walls.

A) CB-5 & CB-7

Easy to use ratchet mechanism allows one person to adjust and C) EB-96 & EB-102 ratchet into place. works in conjunction with E-TRACK )E-TRACK sold separately( L) E-TRACK

B) CB-7-R

D) CB-7-S

E) CL-15 & CL-16

TYPE A A

MODEL NUMBER CB-5 CB-7

CB-7-R

C C

EB-96 EB-102

D E E F G

CB-7-S CL-15 CL-16 CL-17 CL-18

H I J K L

CL-20 CBH-32 CH-7 CH-3 E-TRACK

F) CL-17

G) CL-18

SERVICE RANGE 88" to 103" 89" to 104"

NET WT. (LBS.) 11 13

89" to 103"

85" to 96" 91" to 102"

19 22

ONE PIECE STEEL (ROUND TUBE) ONE PIECE STEEL ONE PIECE STEEL GALVANIZED TWO PIECE STEEL GALVANIZED (FOLDING) TWO PICE STEEL GALVANIZED (TELESCOPIC)

88½" to 103" 87" to 119" 87" to 119" 88" to 116" 90" to 139"

14 20 22 22 33

TWO PIECE STEEL E & A TRACK END PADS ONE PIECE STEEL WITH FULL HOOPS GALVANIZED HOOPS (FOR CB SERIES ONLY) GALVANIZED HOOPS (FOR CL SERIES ONLY) 10' SECTION OF E-TRACK FOR TRAILERS

87" to 116" 87" to 116" 24"W x 29"H 24"W x 35"H 10 FOOT

22 42 15 19 17

DESCRIPTION ONE PIECE ALUMINUM (ROUND TUBE) ONE PIECE ALUMINUM (ROUND TUBE) ONE PIECE ALUMINUM RATCHET (ROUND TUBE) ONE PIECE ALUMINUM (E-TRACK) ONE PIECE ALUMINUM (E-TRACK)

H) CL-20

I) CBH-32 Top Hoop 70"W x 9"H Bottom Hoop 78"W x 9"H

)J) CH-7 (for CB-series only Cargo Bar sold separately

DC-35/UPS/FC-85 )K) CH-3 (for CL-series only Cargo Bar sold separately

Cargo Strapping • Guard against damages from slipping and shifting loads while moving products • Tough strapping fabric is made of a polyester webbing Tighten securely around cargo to help prevent damage and load shifting during transit. Spring loaded E-Track fittings provide quick one-handed connection to anchor point. Both ratchet and cam buckle models tighten and release quickly.

306

MODEL NUMBER

STRAP WIDTH

WORKING LENGTH

WORKING LOAD (LBS)

TIGHTENING MECHANISM

FASTENER

NET WT. (LBS.)

STRAP-12-E STRAP-12-CE STRAP-12-RE STRAP-16-CE STRAP-16-RE STRAP-27-RH STRAP-27-FH

1¾" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

12½' 12' 12' 16' 16' 27' 27'

800 835 1,000 1,200 1,200 3,325 3,325

RETRACTABLE CAM RATCHETING CAM RATCHETING RATCHETING RATCHETING

E-CLIP E-CLIP E-CLIP E-CLIP E-CLIP ROD HOOK FLAT HOOK

6 4 4 4 4 10 10

STRAP-6-RTO

800

---

E-CLIP

1 DC-25/UPS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

model STRAP-27-FH

model STRAP-27-RH

Load Handling

MATERIAL HANDLING

Load Binders • Provides 5,400 lbs. working load limit • Ideal for trailers, campers or farmers Used for chain binding applications in trucking and marine industries. Heavy-duty, forged steel construction. Meets US DOT and C.V.S.A. requirements. Proof capacity is 10,000 lbs. while the ultimate capacity is 19,000 lbs. Accommodates 3/16" to 3/8" chain. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

LBDR-9 LBDR-13

LEVER RATCHET

TAKE UP 3¾" 3"

NET WT. (LBS.) 10 15

DC-25/UPS

RATCHET TYPE model LBDR-13

LEVER TYPE model LBDR-9

Truck Mounted Strap Winches Tighten down loads to eliminate shifting. Choose from either weld or bolt on design. Strap and chrome plated winch bar sold separately. Low profile design available. Accommodates 4" straps up to 30' long. MODEL NUMBER SW-4-PSW SW-4-PSB SW-BAR FOOT STRAP 30 model STRAP-30

SW-BAR-PT STRAP-30

DESCRIPTION WELD ON WINCH BOLT ON WINCH MULTI-TASK WINCH BAR PAINTED WINCH BAR 30 FOOT STRAP

OVERALL SIZE (W x L x H) 3½" x 7¾" x 6¼" 3½" x 7¾" x 6¼"

NET WT. (LBS.) 12 14

1¼"DIA. x 36½"L

1¼" x 33"

4"W x 30'L

7 DC-25/UPS

Skid Buster & Wrecking Bars Get rid of broken or unsightly pallets or open crates quickly and safely. Lightweight and easy to use. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

LENGTH

HANDLE DIAMETER

COLOR

SKB-7 WB-18-Y WB-24-Y WB-30-Y WB-36-Y WB-18-B

SKID BUSTER WRECKING BAR WRECKING BAR WRECKING BAR WRECKING BAR WRECKING BAR

41½" 18" 24" 30" 36" 18"

1¼" ¾" ¾" ¾" ¾" ½"

BLUE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW BLUE

NET WT. (LBS.) 8 2 3 4 5 2 DC-25/UPS

Quilted Moving Pads

WRECKING BAR series WB

SKID BUSTER model SKB-7

Cushion and protect furniture, machinery and electronic equipment. Each pad measures 72" wide by 80" long. Units are sold a dozen at a time. Model QPC-7280-UP is water and mildew resistant. Weight reflects a dozen units.

GENERAL DUTY model QPC-7280-VP

MODEL NUMBER QPC-7280-VP QPC-7280-UP QPC-7280-DP

DESCRIPTION GENERAL DUTY 100% COTTON ALL WEATHER 100% POLYESTER HEAVY DUTY MULTI-COLOR 100% COTTON

NET WEIGHT )POUNDS( 75 40 78 DC-25/UPS/FC-150

Interlocking Pallet Puller The PAL-2 is a simple, strong, lightweight tool for hooking hard to reach 2-way stringer pallets. Simply slide the Pallet Puller under the upper deck board and place around the first two-way stringer. Pull back on the Pallet Puller to lock in place with positive grip. Attach the puller to the fork truck with a proof coil chain, PPC-20 or PPC-40.

MODEL NUMBER PAL-2

PULLING CAPACITY (LBS.) 4,000

HEIGHT 2¼"

PLACE AROUND THE FIRST TWO-WAY STRINGER

ATTACH PROOF COIL CHAIN (MODEL PPC-20 )OR PPC-40

PULL LOADS UP TO 4,000 LBS.

NET WT. (LBS.) 2

DC-25/UPS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

307

MATERIAL HANDLING Wheel Chocks Pallet Pullers Pallet pullers are used to pull pallets to rear of trailers for easy fork lift access. Rugged steel construction. Heads are self-cleaning and unaffected by wood particles, paint or grease. Pallet pullers are NOT designed for lifting. PAL-12 and PAL-16 - Single scissor action allows for wider jaw opening. PAL-14 - Cam closing action provides maximum gripping strength and reduces pinch points. Safety handle enables easier positioning and removal. PAL-12 Grips both metal and wood pallets with biting action. PAL-21 and PAL-LP - One piece curved heads have integral spurs for gripping pallet stringers. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

PAL-12 PAL-16 PAL-14 PAL-21 PAL-LP PPC-20 PPC-40

SINGLE SCISSOR SINGLE SCISSOR HEAVY DUTY CAM ACTION DOUBLE SCISSOR DOUBLE SCISSOR - LOW PROFILE 20' OF ¼" CHAIN W/GRAB HOOKS 40' OF ¼" CHAIN W/GRAB HOOKS

PULLING CAPACITY (LBS.) 5,000 6,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000

PAL-16

JAW JAW HEIGHT OPENING 2¾" 1½" 1½" 2¾" 2" -----

7" 5" 3" 3" 3¼" -----

NET WT. (LBS.) 14 16 17 25 24 17 32

PAL-14

PAL-21 PAL-LP

NOT FOR LIFTING DC-25/UPS/FC-85

Prylever Bars Provide dock workers, riggers, and freight handlers with the leverage to get underneath heavy objects for lifting with fork truck, hand truck or other types of trucks. Two 5" x 2" poly-on-steel wheels. 6"W x 8"L x ½" thick steel nose plate with beveled edge is bolted on the wood handle units and welded on the steel units. Steel units feature powder coat blue finish. MODEL NUMBER PLB-5 PLB-6 PLB-7 PLB/S-5 PLB/S-6 PLB/S-7 PLB/TS-5 PLB/TS-6 PLB/TS-7

BAR LENGTH 5' 6' 7' 5' 6' 7' 5' 6' 7'

DESCRIPTION WOOD PRYLEVER BAR WOOD PRYLEVER BAR WOOD PRYLEVER BAR STEEL PRYLEVER BAR STEEL PRYLEVER BAR STEEL PRYLEVER BAR SELF-SUPPORTING STEEL SELF-SUPPORTING STEEL SELF-SUPPORTING STEEL

CAPACITY (POUNDS) 4,250 4,250 4,250 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000

WOOD HANDLE series PLB

STEEL HANDLE series PLB/S

NET WT. (LBS.) 36 41 46 37 42 47 60 65 70

DC-25/UPS/FC-70

Wheel Chocks Rubber Constructed of reinforced rubber to provide a sure grip on virtually any surface. Curved surface contours to fit tires. Rubber resists tearing, abrasion, ozone weathering, etc. Functional designed to be durable in all weather conditions. The Airline Chock is suitable for small and large aircraft. Includes a 9" polypropylene rope with handle and reflectors connected to chocks.

A) LWC-15

B) LWC-14

C) LWC-14M

D) RWC-8

E) RWC-8-HDL

F) RWC-9-U

A B

MODEL NUMBER LWC-15 LWC-14

LWC-14M

D E F G

RWC-8 RWC-8-HDL RWC-9-U RWC-11

MOLDED RUBBER (EYEBOLT) MOLDED RUBBER (HANDLE) MOLDED RUBBER ("U" HANDLE) MOLDED RUBBER (WHC-MR)

7½" x 8" x 8½" 9½" x 6" x 8" 9¾" x 6" x 7½" 7" x 7¾" x 10"

10 12 11 13

H I J K

RMC-4 EX-4 EX-11 EX-13

EXTRUDED RUBBER EXTRUDED RUBBER EXTRUDED RUBBER EXTRUDED RUBBER

6½" x 4¾" x 4¼" 10" x 3¾" x 4½" 8½" x 6" x 8½" 12" x 5¾" x 6½"

16 12 13 16

AC-13

AIRLINE CHOCK WITH ROPE

10" x 4½" x 5"

TYPE

DESCRIPTION LAMINATED RUBBER LAMINATED RUBBER LAMINATED RUBBER (RUBBER GRIPS)

DIMENSIONS (W x H x D) 8" x 8" x 8" 10" x 5½" x 10"

NET WT. (LBS.) 18 17

10" x 5½" x 10"

G) RWC-11

DC-25/UPS/FC-55

308

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

H) RMC-4

I) EX-4

J) EX-11

K) EX-13

L) AC-13

Wheel Chocks

MATERIAL HANDLING

Aluminum Wheel Chocks

For a w id selecti er call 80 on, 0-LOC 8

Lightweight and easy to handle extruded aluminum chocks. Also available with a 36" high handle and/or sign.

TYPE A B C D E F

F) CWS-13

C) EALUM-7-YEL

B) EALUM-7-HNDG

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS* (W x H x D)

NET WT. (LBS.)

EALUM-7 EALUM-7-HNDG EALUM-YEL EALUM-7-H EALUM-7-HS CWS-13

CHOCK CHOCK WITH HAND GRIP YELLOW CHOCK CHOCK WITH HANDLE CHOCK W/HANDLE & SIGN ALUMINUM CHOCK W/FLAG

7" x 8" x 10" 7" x 8" x 10" 7" x 8" x 10" 7" x 8" x 10" 7" x 8" x 10" 7" x 8" x 10½"

8 8 19 18 19 18

*DIMENSIONS OF CHOCK ONLY - NOT INCLUDING HANDLE & SIGN

A) EALUM-7

D) EALUM-7-H

DC-25/UPS/FC-85

E) EALUM-7-HS

Steel Wheel Chocks Textured treadplate to provide maximum traction. Open face radius allows chock to be used with any size tire. Formed chock utilizes a saw tooth bottom for traction. Features grip slot for easy pick up and positioning. Slope design contours to truck wheel. Rugged all welded construction. Works in mud, sand or concrete. TYPE A B C D E F

MODEL NUMBER FAB-8 FAB-10 FAB-11 MS-15 SSC-17 SWC-22

DESCRIPTION WELDED STEEL CHOCK FABRICATED STEEL CHOCK FORMED STEEL CHOCK MOLDED STEEL CHOCK STEEL SLOPE CHOCK STEEL WHEEL CHOCK

A) ) B C) D) E) F)MS-15 D)

B) FAB-10

DIMENSIONS (W x H x D) 7½" x 8½" x 7½" 10½" x 10" x 7½" 8" x 9" x 10¾" 9" x 8½" x 8" 8½" x 8" x 15" 6" x 8½" 17"

C) FAB-11

A) FAB-8

NET WT. (LBS.) 10 12 13 18 20 26

DC-25/UPS/FC-50

F) SWC-22

E) SSC-17

Urethane Wheel Chocks Bright orange for greater visibility. Incoming and outgoing drivers can easily see chock for added safety. Safety tread on chock face provides better grip and reduces slippage. Molded-in hole through width of chock for attaching security chain and hanger, sold separately. MODEL NUMBER URWC-2 URWC-15 URWC-25 URWC-25-SS URWC-45

DESCRIPTION MINI-URETHANE CHOCK URETHANE WHEEL CHOCK JUMBO URETHANE CHOCK JUMBO CHOCK W/STEEL STUDS MEGA URETHANE CHOCK

DIMENSIONS (W x H x D) 7" x 6" x 8" 8" x 8" x 11" 14½" x 14½" x 17" 14½" x 14½" x 17" 18" x 18" x 24"

Wheel Chock Accessories

CHAIN & HANGER model OH-15

WARNING SIGN model SA-1012

NET WT. (LBS.) 2 5 30 32 54 DC-25/UPS/FC-55

Chain and Hangers - Discourage theft and misplacement of wheel chocks, and facilitate safety in the dock area. 15 foot chain attaches wheel chocks to hanger which bolts directly to dock, securing chock permanently to the dock. Ergo-Handle - Ergonomically designed to make it easy to move wheel chocks in and out of position under trailer wheels. Reduce the risk of back, knee, and foot injuries. Factory installed only. Yellow powder coat finish. Wheel Chock Warning Signs - Warn truck drivers and dock workers to chock their wheels as required by law. Weather resistant. Bright red lettering provides high visibility. Sign has four mounting holes. Reflective sign is available for docks open at dawn and dusk. Signs and Vinyl Sticker measure 11¾"W x 9¾"H. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

OH-15 OH-15R OH-HD HANDLE SA-1012 SF-1012 SV-1012

#2 DOUBLE LOOP COIL CHAIN (.091" THICK) WITH HANGER #2 CHAIN & HANGER, 15 FOOT LONG WITH REFLECTOR HD PROOF COIL CHAIN (3/16" THICK) 15' LONG W/HANGER 36" ERGO-HANDLE MOUNTS TO ANY WHEEL CHOCK ALUMINUM ENAMEL WHEEL CHOCK SIGN REFLECTIVE ALUMINUM ENAMEL WHEEL CHOCK SIGN VINYL WHEEL CHOCK STICKER

NET WT. (LBS.) 4 4 14 5 1 1 1

DC-25/UPS/FC-100 ERGO-HANDLE model HANDLE )wheel chock sold separately(

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

309

MATERIAL HANDLING Jacks / Safety Guides Trailer Stabilizing Jacks Jacks are used to prevent up-ending semi-trailers when they are not connected to a tractor during loading and unloading operations. Also used to level trailers parked on sloped ground and to prevent landing gear from sinking into a soft surface. High strength steel construction. Flushtype zerk fitting for lubricating ACME screw. Meets OSHA regulations when used with wheel chocks. Powder coat safety yellow finish. Includes reflective collar for visibility at night.

model SJS-1012

model SAJ-1012

TYPE

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

STATIC CAPACITY (LBS)

LIFTING CAPACITY (LBS)

SERVICE RANGE

WHEEL DIAMETER

NET WT. (LBS.)

A B C D E F G H I

BFSJ-2748 LO-J-BEAM H-LO-J-BEAM LO-J HI-J SP-TOP SP-TOP-R SJ-35 SJ-35-EF

BIG FOOT JACK RATCHET BEAM HYDRAULIC BEAM RATCHET RATCHET SPIN TOP RATCHET ECONOMY ECONOMY

100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 50,000 50,000

40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 5,000 5,000

39½" to 51" 39½" to 51" 41" to 47" 39" to 51" 45" to 57" 39½" to 51" 41" to 50" 44" to 51" 41" to 57½"

10" 10" / 3" 10" / 3" 10" 10" 10" 10" N/A 8"

125 160 228 110 115 110 115 45/UPS 60/UPS

DC-25/UPS/FC-70 TRAILER STABILIZING JACK OPTIONS MODEL DESCRIPTION NUMBER JACK-100 50,000 LBS. LIFTING CAPACITY (NOT AVAILABLE ON SJ series) SJS-1012 ALUMINUM STABILIZING JACK TRAILER INSTRUCTION SIGN SAJ-1012 ALUMINUM DRIVERS BEWARE INSTRUCTION SIGN

NET WT. (LBS.) 18 1 1 DC-25

Dock Safety Guides Highly visible reflective caution signs are constructed from aluminum. Bolt directly to your loading dock to help guide drivers as they back in to the loading dock. MODEL NUMBER DSR-28

NET WT. (LBS.) 12

DESCRIPTION (2) REFLECTIVE ALUMINUM SIGNS

DC-25/UPS/FC-100 • 3/8" MOUNTING HOLES • 5/8" ACCESS HOLE FOR FASTENERS

Extruded Bumpers Protect against the heavy impact and damaging results of semi-trailers and trucks with these Extruded Fender Bumpers. Made of all weather and abrasion resistant rubber. The half-oval shape allows for effective fendering action over a wide radius. A metal plate is located inside 4" and 6" projection bumpers for support while the 2" unit comes with one washer per hole. Custom lengths available up to 10 feet. Installation hardware not included.

TYPE A • M-2-SERIES • 5/8" MOUNTING HOLES • 1-1/4" ACCESS HOLE FOR FASTENERS

TYPE B • M-4-SERIES • 5/8" MOUNTING HOLES • 1-1/4" ACCESS HOLE FOR FASTENERS

TYPE C • M-6-SERIES

310

TYPE

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

NET WT. (LBS.)

A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C

M-2-12 M-2-18 M-2-24 M-2-36 M-2-120* M-4-12 M-4-18 M-4-24 M-4-36 M-4-120* M-6-12 M-6-18 M-6-24 M-6-36 M-6-120*

12"L x 2"W x 1¾"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 18"L x 2"W x 1¾"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 24"L x 2"W x 1¾"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 36"L x 2"W x 1¾"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 120"L x 2"W x 1¾"H EXTRUDED BUMPER (NO HOLES) 12"L x 4¼"W x 4"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 18"L x 4¼"W x 4"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 24"L x 4¼"W x 4"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 36"L x 4¼"W x 4"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 120"L x 4¼"W x 4"H EXTRUDED BUMPER (NO HOLES) 12"L x 6"W x 6"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 18"L x 6"W x 6"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 24"L x 6"W x 6"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 36"L x 6"W x 6"H EXTRUDED BUMPER 120"L x 6"W x 6"H EXTRUDED BUMPER (NO HOLES)

2 4 6 8 20 6 8 11 17 60 11 16 20 31 110

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Dock Bumpers

MATERIAL HANDLING

Laminated Dock Bumpers Laminated style dock bumpers provide durable, economical protection for your loading dock and trailers. Units are constructed of fabric reinforced rubber from recycled truck tires. Pads are laminated between painted structural angles and held together with ¾" steel tie rods. Installation is quick and easy by bolting or welding units to dock. Width is bolt hole center to bolt hole center. Bolt holes are 13/16" in diameter. Installation hardware available separately, see below. Recommended installation with laminated pads in vertical position as shown. 4.5" PROJECTION LAMINATED DOCK BUMPERS NET MODEL SHIPS OVERALL SIZE WT. TYPE NUMBER (H x W x P) VIA (LBS.) A 1012-4.5 10" x 12" x 4½" UPS 29 A 1014-4.5 10" x 14" x 4½" UPS 32 A 1018-4.5 10" x 18" x 4½" UPS 36 A 1024-4.5 10" x 24" x 4½" UPS 47

HORIZONTAL BUMPER TYPE A

VERTICAL BUMPER TYPE B

ANGLE FLAT BUMPER

TYPE C

6" PROJECTION LAMINATED DOCK BUMPERS NET MODEL OVERALL SIZE SHIPS WT. TYPE NUMBER (H x W x P) VIA (LBS.) A 1012-6 10" x 12" x 6" UPS 32 A 1014-6 10" x 14" x 6" UPS 35 A 1018-6 10" x 18" x 6" UPS 40

A A A

1030-4.5 1036-4.5 1096-4.5

10" x 30" x 4½" 10" x 36" x 4½" 10" x 96" x 4½"

UPS UPS TRUCK

60 72 216

A A A

1024-6 1030-6 1036-6

10" x 24" x 6" 10" x 30" x 6" 10" x 36" x 6"

UPS UPS UPS

62 73 84

A A A A

1212-4.5 1214-4.5 1218-4.5 1224-4.5

12" x 12" x 4½" 12" x 14" x 4½" 12" x 18" x 4½" 12" x 24" x 4½"

UPS UPS UPS UPS

30 35 42 57

A A A A

1212-6 1214-6 1218-6 1224-6

12" x 12" x 6" 12" x 14" x 6" 12" x 18" x 6" 12" x 24" x 6"

UPS UPS UPS UPS

36 46 55 66

A A A

1230-4.5 1236-4.5 1296-4.5

12" x 30" x 4½" 12" x 36" x 4½" 12" x 96" x 4½"

UPS UPS TRUCK

66 85 333

A A A

1230-6 1236-6 1296-6

12" x 30" x 6" 12" x 36" x 6" 12" x 96" x 6"

UPS TRUCK TRUCK

87 105 280

A A

624-4.5 636-4.5

6" x 24" x 4½" 6" x 36" x 4½"

UPS UPS

32 45

C C

1014-4.5F 1214-4.5F

10" x 14" x 4½" 12" x 14" x 4½"

UPS UPS

32 36

B B B B

V-1120-6 V-1124-6 V-1130-6 V-1136-6

20" x 11" x 6" 24" x 11" x 6" 30" x 11" x 6" 36" x 11" x 6"

TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK

68 82 105 127

B B B B

V-1120-4.5 V-1124-4.5 V-1130-4.5 V-1136-4.5

20" x 11" x 4½" 24" x 11" x 4½" 30" x 11" x 4½" 36" x 11" x 4½"

UPS UPS TRUCK TRUCK

48 57 72 86

DC-25/UPS/FC-55

Specialty Molded Dock Bumpers TYPE A • High Impact Resistance • Will Not Warp, Rust, Rot or Harden Manufactured from fiber reinforced prime rubber containing nylon and polyester. These molded bumpers are built to endure years of abusive pounding. All units have predrilled countersunk mounting holes for easy installation. Units are drilled to accept 3/4" anchor bolts. Plastic face bumper, model B-1213-4PF, features two piece construction fully assembled and ready for installation.

TYPE

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

NET WT. (LBS.)

A A B

B-1224-3 B-1224-6 T-22

24"W x 12"H x 3"P - RECTANGULAR SHAPED BUMPER 24"W x 12"H x 6"P - RECTANGULAR SHAPED BUMPER 22"W x 22"H x 3"P - T-SHAPED MOLDED BUMPER

33 55 43

C D D

B-1213-4 B-1213-4PF RF

12"W x 13"H x 4"P - MOLDED BUMPER 12"W x 13"H x 4"P - PLASTIC FACE MOLDED BUMPER REPLACEMENT FACE (FOR B-1213-4PF ONLY)

24 24 1

E F G

L-1818-4 B-516 B-818

18"W x 18"H x 4"P - L-SHAPED MOLDED BUMPER 16"W x 5"H x 2"P - RECTANGULAR SHAPED BUMPER 18"W x 8"H x 2"P - RECTANGULAR SHAPED BUMPER

36 7 14

-----

B-516-SF B-818-SF

5"W x 16"H x 2"P - STEEL FACED MOLDED BUMPER 8"W x 18"H x 2"P - STEEL FACED MOLDED BUMPER

24 44

TYPE C

TYPE D

TYPE E

TYPE F

TYPE G

DC-25/UPS/FC-55

Installation Hardware Installing bumpers is no longer a chore with concrete anchor bolts. Use 4" long anchors with Laminated Bumpers and 6" long anchors for Molded Bumpers. Sold individually.

TYPE B

MODEL NUMBER AS-344 AS-346 AS-584 BIT-3/4

CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS SIZE & BUMPER IT ACCOMMODATES LAMINATED BUMPERS, 3/4" x 4" MOLDED BUMPERS, 3/4" x 6" EXTRUDED BUMPERS, 5/8" x 4" MASONRY BIT 3/4" DIAMETER

NET WT. (LBS.) 1 1 1 1 DC-25/UPS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

311

MATERIAL HANDLING Cargo Deckers Trailer Crane Bumpers • Resists Abrasion, Impact, Wear and Corrosion • Impervious to Weather Damage Manufactured from fiber reinforced prime rubber containing nylon and polyester. All models have predrilled, countersunk mounting holes for easy installation. Bolt hole diameter is ½" with the exception of model TB-90 at ¾". Installation hardware not included. MODEL NUMBER TB-10 TB-20 TB-70 TB-90

WIDTH 2½" 3½" 2¼" 5¼"

LENGTH 6" 6" 16" 8"

NET WT. (LBS.) 2 4 5 6

PROJECTION 3½" 3½" 2" 3½"

TB-10

TB-20

TB-90

TB-70

DC-25/UPS/FC-55

Extruded Bumper Stops

• Protect Vehicles in Parking Lots and Trucks at Docks • Use Vertically or Horizontally Ideal for building and machinery protection. Bumper Stops are excellent for protecting vehicles when parking places are located next to building walls. Made of strong, durable, high impact resistant solid rubber. Easy installation either horizontally or vertically. Accepts a 3/8" flat head anchor bolt. Installation hardware not included.

BS-18

MODEL NUMBER BS-12 BS-18 BS-24 BS-36

WIDTH 5½" 5½" 5½" 5½"

LENGTH 12" 18" 24" 36"

PROJECTION 1¼" 1¼" 1¼" 1¼"

DBE-10-1

4 5 7 11 DC-25/UPS/FC-55

Hardened Molded Bumpers

DBE-30-1

NET WT. (LBS.)

• High Impact Resistance • Immune to all Weather Conditions These predrilled bumpers are constructed of fiber reinforced rubber containing nylon and polyester. Steel reinforcement rings are molded into each bumper for installation. Uses 3/4" anchor bolts. Sold individually. Installation hardware not included. MODEL NET WT. NUMBER WIDTH LENGTH PROJECTION (LBS.) DBE-10-1 4½" 10" 3" 7 DBE-20-1 4½" 20" 3" 14 DBE-30-1 4½" 30" 3" 20 DC-25/UPS/FC-55

Pallet Cargo Decker • Reduce Freight Damage • Increase Trailer Load Volume • Protect Delicate Freight Optimize your trailer space with Pallet Cargo Decker. Fits into your standard semi-trailers. Holds boxes, pallets and other bulky freight up to 5,000 pounds. Wood platform not included. MODEL NUMBER PCD-92 PCD-92D PCD-92DS PCD-92DSB PCD-STL

OVERALL SIZE DESCRIPTION )W x H x D( SINGLE 90" x 57" x 48" DOUBLE 90" x 57" x 48" DOUBLE WITH SIDES 90" x 57" x 48" DOUBLE W/SIDES & BACK 90" x 57" x 48" OPTIONAL STEEL PLATFORM

NET WT. (LBS.) 144 228 253 287 150

model PCD-92

DC-25/UPS/FC-60

Magnetic Push Sweepers

• Pick up spilled nails, tacks and metal shavings quickly and easily • Clean up workstations, garages, or machine shops quickly Type A - Economical Manual Push Sweeper Powerful magnets, quick release and improved adjustable wheel brackets make the best magnet around even better. Comes with 7" diameter wheels and a stainless steel magnetic box for easy clean up. The 30" long handle folds up easy for storage. Type B - Heavy Duty Drop Lever Pan Easy to use Push Magnet features stainless steel face plates. Deep permanent magnetic field never needs recharged. Features a 30" long steel handle with an easy to use release lever.

TYPE

MODEL NUMBER

REMOVAL PROCESS

SWEEP WIDTH

OVERALL WIDTH

NET WT. (LBS.)

A B

MPS-30 MPS-24

MANUAL DROP LEVER PAN

30" 24"

34" 28"

24 48

TYPE A MANUAL PUSH SWEEPER

DC-25/UPS/FC-100

312

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Sweepers/Mirrors

MATERIAL HANDLING

Manual Brush Sweeper The Janitor II is not only lightweight, but also faster and more efficient than cleaning with a conventional push broom. The rotation of the wheels causes the brushes to rotate and pick up material in a 27" wide path. The side broom allows for cleaning along curbs, walls and in corners. Contains no electric motor. Reservoir holds up to 10 gallons of material and can be emptied easily. Use the sweeper anywhere, indoors or out, on concrete, asphalt, tile and commercial carpets. Great for parking lots, gas stations, theaters, warehouses, schools, etc. Steel construction. MODEL NUMBER JAN-II

NET WT. (LBS.) 85

DESCRIPTION MANUAL BRUSH SWEEPER

DC-25/UPS/FC-100

Floor Tape Applicators & Floor Tape • Apply Marking Tape Accurately & Securely to Floors • Tape Sold Separately Type A - Economy Designed to apply tape as you walk. Solid steel construction with comfortable hand grips and durable rubber wheels allow for easy operation and maintenance. Features a soft rubber applicator head. Holds tape rolls with a 3" diameter core and widths between 1" minimum to 4½" maximum. Type B - Deluxe Applicator head adjusts quickly to apply tape in circular path or in a long straight line. Rear stabilizer adjusts right and left to allow for marking next to walls and pallet racks. Holds tape rolls with a 3" core and a widths of 2", 2-1/2", 3", 3-3/8" and 3-5/8". FLOOR TAPE APPLICATOR TYPE

MODEL NUMBER

MAXIMUM ROLL DIAMETER

TAPE WIDTHS

NET WT. (LBS.)

TPA-10

6½"

TPA-20

1" - 4½" 2", 2½", 3", 3-3/8" & 3-5/8"

TYPE A ECONOMY

YELLOW/BLACK STRIPED FLOOR TAPE MODEL NUMBER

WIDTH

LENGTH

COLOR

NET WT. (LBS.)

YB-282-R YB-382-R

2" 3"

82 FT. 82 FT.

YELLOW/BLACK YELLOW/BLACK

1 1 DC-25/UPS/FC-100

TYPE B DELUXE

Industrial Acrylic Convex Mirrors Lightweight design made from the finest quality materials, using Grade A Optical Glass. Comes standard with hanging hardware. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL DIAMETER

DISTANCE COVERED

NET WT. (LBS.)

CNVX-12 CNVX-18 CNVX-26 CNVX-30 CNVX-2616

ROUND ROUND ROUND ROUND RECTANGULAR

12" 18" 26" 30" 26"W x 16"H

12' 20' 26' 30' 24'

5 9 14 20 12 DC-25/UPS

Aluminum Treadplate Portable Tool Boxes • Constructed of 1/8" thick diamond treadplate material • Two sturdy handles for transporting Safety latch for padlock securing. Padlock is not included. MODEL NUMBER

WIDTH

DEPTH

HEIGHT

THICKNESS

NET WT. (LBS.)

APTS-2448 APTS-3648 APTS-2460 APTS-3060 APTS-3660

48" 48" 60" 60" 60"

24" 24" 24" 24" 24"

24" 36" 24" 30" 36"

1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8"

97 132 114 117 162

CASTERS 5" x 2", MODEL APTS-C )4( FORK POCKETS 7-1/2" x 2-1/2", MODEL APTS-F

DC-25/UPS/FC-250

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

313

MATERIAL HANDLING Scissor Lifts Electric Hydraulic Scissor Lift Tables Full featured electric hydraulic scissor lift tables are used by all types of manufacturing and warehouse facilities. Safety features include: electric toe guard to protect pinch points during lowering of the table, brass velocity fuse to maintain platform height regardless of hydraulic pressure, 24V AC push-button hand control, maintenance prop, and upper travel limit switch to stop table at maximum height reducing motor wear. 2HP, 460V, 3 phase, 60 Hz totally enclosed motor standard, other voltages available. 3000 psi hydraulic component rating. QUICKSHIP (460V 3 PHASE ONLY)

Contact Factory for Special Design Requirements

MODEL NUMBER

PLATFORM SIZE (W x L)

LOWERED HEIGHT

RAISED HEIGHT

CAPACITY (POUNDS)

VOLTAGE PHASE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

LIST PRICE EACH

EHLT-2448-3-43 EHLT-3060-3-43 EHLT-4048-3-43 EHLT-4848-3-43 EHLT-4872-3-43

24" x 48" 30" x 60" 40" x 48" 48" x 48" 48" x 72"

7" 7" 7" 7" 7"

43" 43" 43" 43" 43"

3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000

460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3

700 725 800 825 975

$2,430.00 2,430.00 2,430.00 2,430.00 2,705.00

EHLT-2448-4-43 EHLT-3060-4-43 EHLT-4048-4-43 EHLT-4848-4-43 EHLT-4872-4-43

24" x 48" 30" x 60" 40" x 48" 48" x 48" 48" x 72"

7" 7" 7" 7" 7"

43" 43" 43" 43" 43"

4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000

460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3 460/3

775 800 850 910 1005

$3,080.00 3,080.00 3,080.00 3,080.00 3,427.00 DC-20/FC-70

Model Number Format EHLT - (width)(length) - capacity - raised height STANDARD FEATURES • Patented Pinch Point Perimeter Guards for OSHA Compliance • Fused 24 Volt Hand Held Pendant Control on 8 ft. Cord • Adjustable Upper Travel 24V Limit Switch • Internal Brass Velocity Fuse • 2HP 56 Frame Electric Motor • New Improved Pressure Plated Pump & Manifold System • New Improved Robust Heavy Capacity Tables • Displacement Style Hydraulic Cylinder • State-of-the-Art Lifetime Lubricated Bearings • Hinged Maintenance Prop

• Optional Foot Control model EHLT-FC

36" 36" 36"

24" - 48" 24" - 48" 24" - 48"

48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72"

1,000 2,000 3,000

43" 43" 43"

LOWERED HEIGHT 7" 7" 7"

36" 36" 36"

24" - 48" 36" - 48" 36" - 48"

48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72"

4,000 5,000 6,000

43" 44" 44"

7" 8" 8"

11 16 16

1008 1029 1050

$3,269.00 3,477.00 3,891.00

36" 33" 33"

36" - 48" 40" - 60" 40" - 60"

48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72"

*8,000 *10,000 *12,000

44" 43" 43"

8" 10" 10"

10 15 15

1281 1438 1596

$5,956.00 6,624.00 7,127.00

48" 48" 48"

24" - 48" 24" - 48" 24" - 48"

64" - 90" 64" - 90" 64" - 90"

1,000 2,000 3,000

55" 55" 55"

7" 7" 7"

7 8 11

1155 1176 1197

$3,397.00 3,426.00 3,678.00

48" 48" 48"

36" - 48" 36" - 48" 36" - 48"

64" - 96" 64" - 96" 64" - 96"

4,000 5,000 6,000

56" 56" 56"

8" 8" 8"

16 16 24

1218 1239 1260

$3,818.00 3,941.00 4,143.00

48" 45" 45"

36" - 48" 40" - 60" 40" - 60"

64" - 96" 64" - 96" 64" - 96"

*8,000 *10,000 *12,000

56" 55" 55"

8" 10" 10"

15 15 20

1501 1659 1816

$7,394.00 7,798.00 8,318.00

60" 60" 60"

24" - 48" 24" - 48" 24" - 48"

84" - 108" 84" - 108" 84" - 108"

1,000 2,000 3,000

67" 67" 67"

7" 7" 7"

11 14 16

1785 1806 1827

$4,579.00 4,713.00 4,961.00

60" 60" 60"

48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72"

96" - 120" 96" - 120" 96" - 120"

*4,000 *5,000 *6,000

68" 68" 70"

8" 8" 10"

26 26 30

1848 1869 1890

$5,720.00 6,611.00 7,109.00

60" 60" 60"

62" - 72" 62" - 72" 62" - 72"

96" - 120" 96" - 120" 96" - 120"

*8,000 *10,000 *12,000

70" 72" 72"

10" 12" 12"

30 30 30

2131 2289 2446

$8,370.00 9,160.00 9,582.00

72" 72" 71½"

24" - 48" 24" - 48" 48" - 72"

102" - 120" 102" - 120" 120" - 144"

1,000 2,000 *3,000

79" 79" 82"

7" 7" 10½"

12 16 16

2047 2068 2089

$5,470.00 5,867.00 6,426.00

71½" 71½" 71½"

48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72"

120" - 144" 120" - 144" 120" - 144"

*4,000 *5,000 *6,000

82" 82" 82"

10½" 10½" 12"

26 26 30

2110 2131 2152

$6,478.00 7,567.00 7,988.00

2415

VERTICAL TRAVEL

PLATFORM PLATFORM CAPACITY WIDTH LENGTH (POUNDS)

RAISED HEIGHT

71½" 62" - 72" 120" - 144" *8,000 82" 12" TRAVEL TIME BASED ON 460V THREE-PHASE MOTOR )^( )DENOTES 6.5 HP 208-230/460V 3 PHASE (EXTERNALLY MOUNTED*

314

TRAVEL (^) TIME (SEC)

NET WT. (POUNDS)

LIST PRICE EACH

7 7 8

945 966 987

$2,423.00 2,584.00 2,961.00

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DC-20/FC-70

Scissor Lifts

MATERIAL HANDLING

Manual Built-In Carousels for Scissor Tables Rotate pallets, boxes or crates without ever stepping around the table. This sleek flush mounted carousel smoothly rotates 360°. Easy to use operation. Capacity is 4,000 lbs. Carousel adds 1" to scissor table service range. Platform size is 48" x 48". Scissor table not included. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

ROTATE

MANUAL BUILT-IN CAROUSEL FOR SCISSOR TABLE

Accordion Skirting Accordion Skirts have a functional purpose as well as a safety purpose. Complies with the OSHA pinch point specifications. The functional advantage is minimizing dirt and debris accumulation under the platform. Dirt can contaminate electrical and hydraulic components. Life expectancy of both can be substantially reduced by this contamination. Debris such as raw materials, boards, or pallets can restrict the scissor or table movement. Accordion skirts serve to keep debris from damaging the operating mechanism, hydraulic components, or electrical parts. Safety is enhanced by keeping arms, legs, fingers, and toes out from under the table. Standard electric toe-guards are not included when scissor table is fitted with accordion skirt option. TABLE SPECIFICATIONS: 1) TABLE WIDTH, W = ________________________" 2) TABLE LENGTH, L = _______________________" 3) TABLE RAISED HEIGHT, H =________________" 4) TABLE LOWERED HEIGHT, D =______________" CALCULATION FORMULA: (3" convolutions) All Dimensions are in Inches

W = Width of Platform

L = Length of Platform

H = Raised Height

ACCORDION SKIRTING CUSTOMER INSTALLED (including hardware) ACCORDION SKIRTING FACTORY INSTALLED (includes extra packaging) WEIGHT: 0.5 lbs./ft²

REPAIR KIT FOR ACCORDION SKIRTING model AC-RK

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Rigid PVC and Roller Curtains Also Available - Contact Factory

OUTSIDE MOUNTING )STANDARD(

Wireless Remote Controls Put the power in your hands with the Wireless Remote Control System, series RC-460. This lightweight, two-button, remote control gives you the freedom to control your scissor table from a range up to 150 feet (range can be adjusted for optimum signal strength and can be reduced if required). Unit is also available in a four-button model for lift and tilt tables. The remote control measures 4" wide x 6" high x 2" thick. Approved to meet part 15 of the Federal Communications Code, FCC (this means that you can transmit at the 300 MHz frequency). Designed to prevent crosstalk and false triggering from stray radio frequency. Scissor table not included. MODEL NUMBER

RC-460-2 RC-460-4

DESCRIPTION )2-BUTTON CONTROL (LIFT-HOLD-LOWER CIRCUIT )4-BUTTON CONTROL (LIFT AND TILT CIRCUIT

NET WT. (POUNDS) 1 1

WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL IS FACTORY INSTALLED

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

315

MATERIAL HANDLING Scissor Lifts Integral Scale for Scissor Tables • • • • • •

Validate Number of Pieces or Parts Know Exactly How Much Weight is on Your Table No Holes or Bolting Required Installs and Removes in Seconds Expedite Your Shipping & Palletizing Process Available in Any Size to Fit an Existing Table (Rests on Top of Table) • Adds approximately 3" to Overall Height • Scale Functions: Zero Weight and Tare Weight • Weighing Units: Pounds or Kilograms • Scale Capacity: 5,000 lbs. • Mettler Toledo™ Scale • Scissor Table Not Included

INTEGRAL SCALE model SCALE

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

SCALE

INTEGRAL SCALE

Auto Sense and Height Index with Integral Scale • Load and Unload Heavy Loads Easier, Faster and More Efficiently • Minimum Lifting, Bending and Reaching • One Touch Auto Height • Fully Automatic Controller • Combines precise positioning and weighing capabilities in a single unit • Fully programmable and automatic: Set height function: Programmable up to four preset heights. Increment Function: When X amount of weight is removed, the table will raise Y inches. 2X amount of weight is removed, the table will raise 2Y inches. Decrement Function: When X amount of weight is added, the table will lower Y inches. 2X amount of weight is added, the table will lower 2Y inches. Scale Functions: Zero weight, Tare (net) weight, and Tare (gross) weight. Raise/Lower Push Buttons on Keypad • Fully integrated controller with a large display 2 lines of 20 characters with display function (messages and values) • A 16-button keypad for programming, editing, and modifying - using all 16 buttons on the panel display • Scale Capacity: 5,000 lbs. • Adds approximately 3 inches to the overall lowered height • Hybrid technology linear sensor is used to control positions at any preset height • Scissor Table Not Included MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

SENSE

AUTO SENSE & HEIGHT INDEX WITH INTEGRAL SCALE

AUTO SENSE HEIGHT INDEX & model SENSE

Programmable Height Eliminate unnecessary bending and "land control jogging" by presetting multiple working heights at the touch of a button • Set height function: Programmable up to 4 preset heights • Incremental height adjustment for jogging lift at preset increments • Raise/lower push button on the keypad • Fully integrated controller with LCD display • A 15-button keypad for programming, editing, and modifying all 15 buttons on the panel display • Excellent for repeat repositioning applications • Hybrid technology linear sensor is used to control positions at any preset height • Scissor Table Not Included MODEL NUMBER

PROGRAMMABLE HEIGHT model PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION

PROGRAM

PROGRAMMABLE HEIGHT

Rotary Air/Hydraulic Scissor Lift Tables Utilize the efficiency of factory air to power this lift table. Simply connect a ½" NPT air line, filter, regulator and lubricator and you now have the most efficient lift table manufactured. Features pneumatic upper travel limit switch, toe guards, internal brass velocity fuse, hinged maintenance prop, two button hand control and state-of-the-art precision pins and bearings.

316

MODEL NUMBER

PLATFORM )SIZE (W x L

LOWERED HEIGHT

RAISED HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

AHLT-3060-3-43

30" x 60"

43"

3,000

987

AHLT-4048-3-43

40" x 48"

43"

3,000

987

AHLT-4848-3-43

48" x 48"

43"

3,000

987

AHLT-4872-3-43

48" x 72"

43"

3,000

1214

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Scissor TABLES

MATERIAL HANDLING

Work Station Electric Hydraulic Scissor Tables Designed to raise products up to an ergonomic working height. The EHLT-WS maximizes safety with minimum space requirements. Ideal for all types of manufacturing and warehouse facilities. External power unit and hand control standard. MODEL NUMBER

PLATFORM SIZE )W x L(

LOWERED HEIGHT

RAISED HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

TRAVEL TIME

NET WT. (LBS.)

EHLT-WS-2436-1.5-29 EHLT-WS-2448-1.5-36 EHLT-WS-3248-1.5-36 EHLT-WS-4048-1.5-36

24" x 36" 24" x 48" 32" x 48" 40" x 48"

8-5/8" 7" 7" 7"

31" 36" 36" 36"

1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500

6 sec. 8 sec. 8 sec. 8 sec.

700 720 750 780

TRAVEL TIME BASED ON 3 PHASE POWER

DC-20/FC-70

Shorty Scissor Lift Tables Built with the same quality as all our lift tables, the EHLTS and EHLTSD maximize safety and durability. Designed to raise products up to an ergonomic working height. When tight spaces are what you have, consider a Shorty Scissor Table. Available in both a single and double leg style these tables offer smaller deck sizes customized to your space requirements. Design features include full perimeter pinch point guard and emergency internal brass velocity fuse. External power unit and hand control standard. Model Number Format: EHLTS - (width)(length) - capacity - raised height SINGLE LEG SET VERTICAL TRAVEL

PLATFORM WIDTH

PLATFORM LENGTH

CAPACITY (POUNDS)

RAISED HEIGHT

24" 24" 24"

24" - 48" 24" - 48" 24" - 48"

36" - 48" 36" - 48" 36" - 48"

1,000 2,000 3,000

31" 31" 31"

24" 24" 24"

24" - 48" 36" - 48" 36" - 48"

36" - 48" 36" - 48" 36" - 48"

4,000 5,000 6,000

31" 31" 31"

LOWERED HEIGHT

TRAVEL TIME (SEC)

NET WT. (POUNDS)

5 5 5

668 691 730

7" 8" 8"

10 10 10

721 744 792

7" 7" 7"

DC-20/ FC-70

TRAVEL TIME BASED ON 3 PHASE POWER

Model Number Format: EHLTSD - (width)(length) - capacity - raised height e the To se ge, n a r full C8 00-LO 8 ll a c

DOUBLE LEG SET VERTICAL TRAVEL

PLATFORM WIDTH

PLATFORM LENGTH

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

RAISED HEIGHT

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000

"51 "51 "51 "51 "51

"42 "48 - "34 "48 - "36 "42 "48 - "34 "48 - "36 "42 "48 - "34 "48 - "36 "42 "48 - "34 "48 - "36 "42 "48 - "34 "48 - "36 TRAVEL TIME BASED ON 3 PHASE POWER

LOWERED HEIGHT "10 "10 "10 "10 "10

TRAVEL TIME )(SEC 4 7 8 11 16

NET WT. (POUNDS) 882 892 903 955 966 DC-20/FC-70

Double Scissor Lift Tables Achieve the extra reach you're looking for with our Double Scissor Lift Tables. These full featured electric hydraulic scissor lift tables are used by all types of manufacturing and warehouse facilities. Safety features include: electric toe guard to protect pinch points during lowering of the table, brass safety velocity fuse to maintain platform height regardless of hydraulic pressure, 24V AC push-button hand control, maintenance prop, and upper travel limit switch to stop table at maximum height reducing motor wear. 2 HP, 460V, 3-phase, 60 Hz totally enclosed motor standard, other voltages available. 3000 psi hydraulic component rating. Model Number Format: EHLTD - (width)(length) - capacity - raised height VERTICAL TRAVEL

PLATFORM WIDTH

PLATFORM LENGTH

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

RAISED HEIGHT

LOWERED HEIGHT

TRAVEL TIME )(SEC

NET WT. (POUNDS)

60" 60" 60" 60" 60" 72" 72" 72" 72" 72"

34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48" 34" - 48"

48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72" 48" - 72" 64" - 88" 64" - 88" 64" - 88" 64" - 88" 64" - 88"

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000

70" 70" 70" 70" 70" 84" 84" 84" 84" 84"

10" 10" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"

7 11 11 16 16 10 11 12 16 23

1470 1575 1680 1890 1942 1576 1680 1785 1968 2021

TRAVEL TIME BASED ON 460V THREE-PHASE POWER

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DC-20/FC-70

317

MATERIAL HANDLING Scissor TABLES Foot Pump Scissor Lift Tables Foot pump activated lift tables. Used by all types of manufacturing and warehousing facilities. Features torsion tubes for side to side stability, pressure flow control valve for controlled lowering and foot pump. Optional power-lift feature available. Scissor tables can be made mobile with the optional handle and caster kit. Rugged welded steel construction. Painted blue finish. MODEL NUMBER

SCTAB-400 SCTAB-500 SCTAB-750D SCTAB-800D SCTAB-1000 SCTAB-2000

SCTAB-400 )SCTAB-800D (double) (not shown

SCTAB-500

SCTAB-1000 SCTAB-2000

PLATFORM SIZE )W x L(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

RAISED HEIGHT

LOWERED HEIGHT

OF PUMPS AT # HIGH/LOW SPEED

NET WT. (POUNDS)

17½" x 27½" 20" x 33" 20" x 40" 20" x 35½" 20" x 40" 42" x 42"

400 500 750 800 1,000 2,000

29" 28" 35" 51" 32" 32"

8¼" 6" 7" 13" 8" 8"

19 13 / 26 8 / 16 12 / 39 8 / 16 16 / 32

164 274 284 274 270 386 DC-20/FC-70

FOOT PUMP SCISSOR TABLE OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DESCRIPTION

*SCTAB-DC *SCTAB-AC *SCTAB-AIR *SCTAB-CHK-1 *SCTAB-CHK-2

12V DC HAND CONTROL WITH DEEP CYCLE BATTERY 24V AC HAND CONTROL WITH 115V 1 PHASE POWER FACTORY AIR OVER OIL WITH FOOT TREADLE CONTROL CASTER & HANDLE KIT (400, 500, 750D, 800D & 1000 only) CASTER & HANDLE KIT (2000) (FACTORY INSTALLED ONLY) ADD 6½" TO RAISED AND LOWERED HEIGHTS

54 36 18 18 18

SCTAB-HDS *SCTAB-BC *SCTAB-BC-OB *SCTAB-BCI

HIGH DENSITY PVC SURFACE BENCH TOP STYLE BATTERY CHARGER ON-BOARD STYLE BATTERY CHARGER BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR

4 8 9 1

SCTAB-750D shown with caster( )handle kit

NOT AVAILABLE ON THE SCTAB-400 AND SCTAB-800D*

Ground Lift Scissor Tables Designed for use when fork trucks are not available. Pallets can be loaded onto table with pallet trucks and raised to an ergonomic working height. Safety features include; front-side electric toe guard to protect pinch points during lowering of the table velocity fuse to maintain platform height regardless of hydraulic pressure, foot control, maintenance prop, and upper travel limit switch to stop table at maximum height reducing motor wear. 2HP, 208-230/460V, 3-phase, 60 Hz totally enclosed motor is remote and can be located up to eight feet away from table. 3000 psi hydraulic components rating. Optional accordion skirting available.

MODEL NUMBER

PLATFORM )SIZE (W x L

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

RAISED HEIGHT

EHLTG-4450-2-36 EHLTG-4450-4-36 EHLTG-5250-2-36 EHLTG-5250-4-36 EHLTG-4470-2-48 EHLTG-4470-4-48 EHLTG-5270-2-48 EHLTG-5270-4-48

44" x 50" 44" x 50" 52" x 50" 52" x 50" 44" x 70" 44" x 70" 52" x 70" 52" x 70"

2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000

36" 36" 36" 36" 48" 48" 48" 48"

LOWERED HEIGHT

1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

67" x 56" x 8½" 67" x 56" x 8½" 75" x 56" x 8½" 75" x 56" x 8½" 67" x 78" x 10" 67" x 78" x 10" 75" x 78" x 10" 75" x 78" x 10"

1620 1690 1690 1890 1995 2310 2205 2520 DC-20/FC-70

PALLET TRUCK ACCESSIBLE

Hydraulic Motorcycle Lift Manual foot pump activated stationary lift. Ideal for the casual and professional rider to work on their motorcycles. Features a front tire cradle to hold wheels up to 6" wide. The hinged ramp measures 27½" wide by 21½" long. MODEL NUMBER

MOTOLIFT-1100

MAINTENANCE DOOR

OVERALL SIZE )W x L(

BASE FRAME )W x L(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

SERVICE RANGE

35" x 108"

26¾" x 65"

1,100

7" to 32"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

517 DC-20/FC-70

318

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MATERIAL HANDLING

Lift & Tilt TABLES

Low Profile Electric/Hydraulic Scissor Lift Tables Load and unload skids with a pallet jack without the need for a pit when using the optional approach ramp. Superior engineering features rugged dependability. Safety features include electric perimeter pinch point guard, emergency stop velocity fuse in cylinders, fused 24V AC hand held control and maintenance supports. Remote power unit comes complete with a plastic cover to protect motor from dust and debris. Note motor voltage and phase when ordering. Model Number Format EHLTX - (width)(length) - capacity - raised height VERTICAL TRAVEL

PLATFORM WIDTH

PLATFORM LENGTH

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

RAISED HEIGHT

35¾" 35¾" 35¾" 35¾"

36" - 60" 36" - 60" 36" - 60" 36" - 60"

53" - 60" 53" - 60" 53" - 60" 53" - 60"

1,000 2,000 3,000 3,500

39" 39" 39" 39"

LOWERED HEIGHT

3¼" 3¼" 4¼" 4¼"

TRAVEL TIME )(SEC

7 14 22 22

NET WT. (POUNDS)

1470 1627 1680 1869

APPROACH RAMPS FOR LOW PROFILE SCISSOR TABLES MODEL NUMBER

WIDTH

LENGTH

HEIGHT

NET WT. (POUNDS)

ARX-3617-3 ARX-3623-3 ARX-3622-4 ARX-3630-4

36" 36" 36" 36"

17" 23" 22" 30"

3¼" 3¼" 4¼" 4¼"

108 186 138 206

Remote Power Unit measures 24"W x 24"L x 8"H

)DC-20/FC-70 (ARX SHIP FC-60

Lift & Tilt Scissor Tables Performs both lifting and tilting operations. 45° tilt standard. Restraining chain and 12" high lip keep load in place during tilting. Safety features include: electric toe guard to protect worker from pinch points during lowering of table, velocity fuses to stop travel due to loss of hydraulic pressure, 4 pushbutton hand pendant control on an 8 foot coil cord, upper limit switch to stop travel at maximum height reducing motor wear and maintenance prop. End tilt standard, side tilt available. Optional accordion skirting available for both the lifting and tilting portions of the table. MODEL NUMBER EHLTT-3648-1-47 EHLTT-4848-1-47 EHLTT-3648-2-47 EHLTT-4848-2-47 EHLTT-3648-3-47 EHLTT-4848-3-47 EHLTT-3648-4-47 EHLTT-4848-4-47

PLATFORM )SIZE (W x L "x 48 "36 "x 48 "48 "x 48 "36 "x 48 "48 "x 48 "36 "x 48 "48 "x 48 "36 "x 48 "48

CAPACITY )POUNDS( 1,000 1,000 2,000 2,000 3,000 3,000 4,000 4,000

RAISED HEIGHT "47 "47 "47 "47 "47 "47 "47 "47

LOWERED OVERALL HEIGHT )SIZE (W x L "11 "x 53 "36 "11 "x 53 "48 "11 "x 53 "36 "11 "x 53 "48 "11 "x 53 "36 "11 "x 53 "48 "11 "x 53 "36 "11 "x 53 "48

NET WT. (POUNDS) 1060 1113 1181 1296 1249 1365 1312 1433

STANDARD END TILT SHOWN

LIFT & TILT SCISSOR TABLE OPTIONS DESCRIPTION

NET WT. (POUNDS)

FOUR PEDAL FOOT CONTROL (LIFT & TILT PRODUCTS) *)AIR/OIL POWER W/PNEUMATIC PUSH BUTTON (FRL REQ'D

12 36

MODEL NUMBER

EHLTT-FCH EHLTT-HCA

FILTER - REGULATOR - LUBRICATOR REQUIRED TO OPERATE UNIT*

DC-20/FC-70

Zero Lift & Tilt Tables Designed to lift products to an ergonomic working position, and then tilt them to reduce operator bending. Products may be loaded and unloaded with the use of a standard hand pallet truck. No pit mounting required! Maximum tilt angle is 45°. Lift and tilt controlled separately. Remote power unit with hand-held control standard. MODEL NUMBER

PLATFORM )SIZE (W x L

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

RAISED HEIGHT

ZLTT-4452-2-36 ZLTT-4452-4-36 ZLTT-5252-2-36 ZLTT-5252-4-36 ZLTT-4472-2-48 ZLTT-4472-4-48 ZLTT-5272-2-48 ZLTT-5272-4-48

44" x 52" 44" x 52" 52" x 52" 52" x 52" 44" x 72" 44" x 72" 52" x 72" 52" x 72"

2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 4,000

36" 36" 36" 36" 48" 48" 48" 48"

LOWERED HEIGHT

FOOT CONTROL, MODEL ZLTT-FC RAISED HEIGHT NOTED WITH PLATFORM IN LEVEL POSITION

½" ½" ½" ½" ½" ½" ½" ½"

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

69" x 59" x 24" 69" x 59" x 24" 77" x 59" x 24" 77" x 59" x 24" 69" x 79" x 24" 69" x 79" x 24" 77" x 79" x 24" 77" x 79" x 24"

2121 2173 2205 2257 2950 3013 3045 3129 DC-20/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

319

MATERIAL HANDLING

Pallet Inventors

Pallet Inverters Engineered to reduce your costs in production, storage, retrieval and distribution. The 180° rotation makes pallet exchange quick and simple while reducing product damage. Easy load transfer from wood pallet to plastic pallet, slip sheet or rental pallet. Features safety rails and guards. Units can be loaded and unloaded easily with a fork truck. Video available.

MODEL NUMBER

MAXIMUM LOAD )SIZE (W x L

MINIMUM JAW OPENING HEIGHT

MAXIMUM JAW OPENING HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

PI-51 PI-61

50" x 50" 50" x 50"

37" 43"

61" 73"

4,400 4,400

4048 4268

LEVER CONTROL STANDARD / NEMA 12 RATING STANDARD

DC-20/FC-70

Manual Tilt Master SKID

PALLET

Lift, tilt and transport crates, boxes and pallets with an open bottom. Designed to give the user an ergonomically correct position to reach loads easily without the need for bending down or excessively reaching over. Forks can be tilted to 90°. Rolls smoothly on 6" x 2" polyurethane swivel casters with brake and foot protectors. Width between forks is 9½". The overall fork width is 22". The individual fork width is 6½". MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

TM-22-M

2,200

VERTICAL LIFT HEIGHT

11¼"

LOWERED FORK HEIGHT

3½"

FORK LENGTH

OVERALL WIDTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

31½"

25¼"

425 DC-25/FC-70

Tilt Master & Tilt Master Straddle Lift and position filled tote boxes or baskets without the need of a fork truck or lift table using the newly designed heavy-duty Tilt Master. These 90° tilters will function as a transporter by moving completed products from work station to work station without waiting for a fork truck. A folding ergonomic handle has dual steering grips for quick and easy maneuverability. Unit has a thin profile to allow the user to get as close to the load as possible. Units roll easily on 8" x 3" phenolic steering wheels and feature a floor lock. Series TM are to be used with open bottom pallets or skids only while the Tilt Master Straddle units, series TMS, can be used with virtually any kind of container or pallet. Units are powered with a 12V DC electric motor including an on-board battery charger standard. AC or *AIR/OIL power units available contact factory (*filter - regulator - lubricator required). Comes standard with a push-button hand control on an 8 foot coil cord.

SKID

PALLET

SKID

TILT MASTER STRADDLE With Only 13½" of Reach

TILT MASTER With Only 10½" of Reach MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

FORK ADJUSTMENT

TILT MASTER TM-20 2,000 FIXED AT 26" (OD) TM-40 4,000 FIXED AT 26" (OD) TM-60 6,000 FIXED AT 27" (OD) TILT MASTER STRADDLE TMS-20 2,000 ½" TO 26½" (ID) TMS-40 4,000 ½" TO 26½" (ID) TMS-60 6,000 ½" TO 26½" (ID)

PALLET

OPERATOR REACH

FORK WIDTH

ROTATED HEIGHT

LOWERED HEIGHT

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WEIGHT )POUNDS(

10½" 10½" 10½"

6" 6" 6½"

33" 33" 33"

3-5/8" 3-5/8" 3-5/8"

40½" x 68" x 28½" 40½" x 68" x 28½" 40½" x 68" x 28½"

715 770 851

13½" 13½" 13½"

4" 4" 4"

37" 37" 37"

2-5/8" 2-5/8" 2-5/8"

57" x 61" x 28½" 57" x 61" x 28½" 57" x 61" x 28½"

840 1155 1365 DC-25/FC-70

TILT MASTER & TILT MASTER STRADDLE OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER

TM-CHUTE TM-PTDS TM-BCI

320

DESCRIPTION

RETROFIT CHUTE OPTION POWER TRACTION DRIVE SYSTEM BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR GAUGE

NET WEIGHT )POUNDS(

18 156 10

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Trash Can Dumpers

MATERIAL HANDLING

Trash Can Dumpers Minimize lifting and dumping heavy trash cans with the rugged all steel Trash Can Dumper. One person can easily and safely empty trash cans weighing up to 300 lbs. into dumpsters. The automatic container clamp securely holds the trash can container. Hand crank or 115V, 1 Phase push button actuation rotates containers to 135° angle (60" dump height) above dumpster. Each unit comes with four casters for easy maneuverability and heavy duty mesh sides for safety. One Trash Can, model 95GLT, comes standard with each unit. MODEL NUMBER

T-DUMP-E T-DUMPHC 95-GLT

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

LIST PRICE EACH

115V PUSH BUTTON ELECTRIC WINCH

42½" x 61" x 79"

840

$2,059.00

HAND OPERATED WINCH WITH BRAKE

42½" x 61" x 79"

1150

1,929.00

ADDITIONAL 95 GALLON POLY TOTE SPECIFY BLUE, BROWN, GRAY OR GREEN

27" x 34" x 45½"

$158.00

THE T-DUMP SERIES HAS A DUMP HEIGHT OF 60" AND A DUMP ANGLE OF 135°

DC-20/FC-100

Manual & Electric Hydraulic Trash Can Dumpers Trash Can Dumper is designed so one person can easily dump contents of trash cans no matter how heavy they are. Versatile adjustable unit works with only the trash cans listed below or approved equal. Available in manual foot pump or DC powered operation with hand control. Heavy-duty steel construction with two rigid and two swivel casters for portability. Maximum dump angle is 135°. MODEL NUMBER

TCD-M TCD-DC BC BC-OB BCI TH-32 TH-64 95-GLT

DESCRIPTION

MAXIMUM DUMP ANGLE

MAXIMUM DUMP HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

LIST PRICE EACH

386 420 8 9 1

$1,985.00 2,760.00 $122.50 195.00 75.00

35 55 50

$48.20 64.30 158.00

FOOT PUMP 135° 48" 400 12V DC POWERED 135° 48" 400 REMOTE BATTERY CHARGER ON-BOARD BATTERY CHARGER BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR GAUGE TRASH CANS 32 GALLON GREEN (18½"W x 22"D x 37½"H) 64 GALLON GRAY (23"W x 29"D x 41"H) 95 GALLON BLUE (27"W x 34"D x 45"H)

DC-20/FC-100/TRASH CANS FC-250

Fork Truck Mounted Trash Can Dumper Save time and reduce work-related injuries caused by lifting and dumping heavy waste containers. This innovative product will allow a fork truck driver to lift and dump refuse containers weighing up to 1,000 lbs. without ever leaving the seat of the fork truck! Secure dumper to fork truck with safety chain and run cable to drivers seat. Align trash can with dumper and lock into place. Once locked in place, transport trash can to refuse container, align and pull chain to dump refuse container contents. Only for use with 64 gallon trash can, model TH-64, or approved equal. Fork pockets are 2¼" high by 7¼" wide usable. Steel construction for years of dependable use. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

FM-T-DUMP TH-64

FORK TRUCK DUMPER TRASH CAN

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

CAPACITY

40" x 52" x 41" 1,000 lbs. 23" x 29" x 41" 65 gal.

NET WT. (POUNDS)

400 55

LIST PRICE EACH

$752.00 $64.30 DC-20/FC-70

Transportable Stacker This stacker will allow you to lift and move boxes and containers with ease. The unique design will also allow you to load it into the back of your truck or van without the need for heavy lifting or an overhead crane or hoist. To load into your truck, raise forks above truck bed and push the unit forwards completely over truck bed. Push the lower button and hydraulic system will lower forks to truck bed and then begin to raise the rest of the stacker automatically! Features 12V DC battery powered operation with push-button operation. Includes two rigid and two swivel casters. Steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

SERVICE RANGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

LIST PRICE EACH

T-LIFTER

38½" x 63" x 56¼"

2,000

3½" x 43"

700

$3,468.00

)"½FORK SIZE: 23¼"W x 46"L (INDIVIDUAL FORK WIDTH IS 6

SKID

PALLET

DC-20/FC-100/150

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

321

MATERIAL HANDLING Scisor Lift Trucks High Rise Lift Trucks Ergonomic lift truck increases worker and machine efficiency and productivity. Reduces muscle fatigue and body injuries by bringing material closer to actual worker height. 12V DC power with onboard battery charger standard. Heavy loads can be lifted by electric hydraulic power and manually moved without use of fork truck. Foot brake may be set while loading and unloading for added safety. Push buttons to raise and lower lift are located on power unit. Optional hand control on coil cord available. Key-operated ON/OFF control for better security is built into the power unit. MODEL NUMBER

HIPM-2748 HIPM-2048

FORK SIZE )W x L(

SERVICE RANGE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OPERATION

NET WT. (POUNDS)

27" x 48" 20" x 48"

3½" to 31" 3½" to 31"

2,500 2,500

DC BATTERY DC BATTERY

530 515 DC-20/FC-70

HIGH RISE LIFT TRUCK OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER

HIPM-PLATE HIPM-HC HIPM-FC HIPM-AC HIPM-PTDS HIPM-BCI

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DESCRIPTION

SOLID PLATFORM TO FIT OVER FORKS HAND HELD Pendant CONTROL ON 8 FT. COIL CORD FOOT TREADLE AIR/HYDRAULIC OIL OPTION 24V HAND HELD CONTROL, 110V AC POWER OPTION POWER TRACTION DRIVE SYSTEM BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR GAUGE (DC UNITS ONLY)

36 1 24 48 156 1

SKID PALLET Applies to All Products on this Page

Tote Lifters

Designed to lift open bottom skids, boxes and baskets. Two operations available: hand pump and 12V DC power with rocker switch to raise or lower. Hand pump design features an ergonomic pump handle with two lifting speeds to accommodate for light or heavy loads. Side stabilizers provide balance to the unit when the load is lifted. Suffix "SS" stands for stainless steel units.

HAND PUMP L-220-HD & L-270-HD

12V DC POWERED & L-220-DC-HD L-270-DC-HD

MODEL NUMBER

OPERATION

FORK SIZE )W x L(

SERVICE RANGE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

L-220-HD L-270-HD L-270-HD-SS L-220-DC-HD L-270-DC-HD L-270-DC-HD-SS

HAND PUMP HAND PUMP HAND PUMP 12V DC POWERED 12V DC POWERED 12V DC POWERED

20" x 43" 27" x 43" 27" x 45" 20" x 45" 27" x 45" 27" x 45"

3½" to 31½" 3½" to 31½" 3½" to 31½" 3½" to 31½" 3½" to 31½" 3½" to 31½"

3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000

320 340 340 253 427 427 DC-25/FC-70

TOTE-LIFTER OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER STAINLESS STEEL 12V DC POWERED L-270-DC-SS

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DESCRIPTION

BC BC-OB BCI L-PLATE

REMOTE BATTERY CHARGER ON-BOARD BATTERY CHARGER BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR GAUGE SOLID PLATFORM TO FIT OVER FORKS

8 9 1 36

Tote-A-Loads Designed to lift open bottom skids, boxes and baskets. The manually operated lift is easy to operate. The foot pump operated lift travels approximately 1/2" per stroke. To lower unit simply squeeze the bicycle style grip located on the white push bar. The battery operated lift is ideal for positioning products at workstation height for increased productivity. The up/down lever control is conveniently located on power unit. Polyurethane swivel casters with brake are standard on all units. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

FORK SIZE )W x L(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

SERVICE RANGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

TAL-220-HD TAL-260-HD TAL-220-DC TAL-260-DC

FOOT PUMP FOOT PUMP 12V DC POWERED 12V DC POWERED

21" x 43" 27" x 43" 21" x 43" 27" x 43"

2,200 2,200 2,200 2,200

3½" to 33" 3½" to 33" 3½" to 33" 3½" to 33"

315 336 415 440

FOOT PUMP model TAL-260-HD

DC-20/UPS/FC-100 12V DC POWERED model TAL-260-DC

TOTE-A-LOAD OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER

BC BC-OB TAL-PLATE

322

DESCRIPTION

REMOTE BATTERY CHARGER ON-BOARD BATTERY CHARGER SOLID PLATFORM TO FIT OVER FORKS

NET WT. (POUNDS)

8 9 36

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Order Picker & Stackers

MATERIAL HANDLING

Electric Order Picker Reduce strain while increasing safety and productivity during repeated order picking applications. Manually pushed unit is easy to position. The lift operates with a 12V DC battery. Includes an on-board charger. The material platform measures 21½" wide by 23½" deep. Dual interlocking hand controls require the operator to have both hands on the hand rails during raising and lowering. MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

SERVICE RANGE

TOTAL CAPACITY

NET WT. (POUNDS)

EOP-440

24¾" x 47½" x 41"

26" to 59"

440 lbs.

333 DC-25/FC-70

Fully Portable Aluminum Load Lifter Ideal for the traveling salesperson as well as service and installation crews. Weighs a modest 59 pounds yet safely lifts and positions up to 220 pounds. Stores easily in a truck or a car. Rolls smoothly on 4" x 2½" rear swivel casters and 3" x 1" front wheels. The overall size of the unit is 22¾"W x 30¾"L x 55"H. MODEL NUMBER

PLATFORM )SIZE (W x L

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

SERVICE RANGE

LOAD CENTER

STRADDLE WIDTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

KLIFT-220

21¾" x 19¾"

220

6½" to 47"

9¾"

21½"

59 DC-20/FC-100

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

323

MATERIAL HANDLING Hand Pallet Trucks Pallet Trucks with Digital Scale The Pallet Truck with Digital Scale allows you to weigh your load on the spot for maximum efficiency. The frame uses heavy-duty steel construction for maximum strength and durability. This model is very user friendly and is suitable for low height lifting. The built in scale allows you to weigh your load as you are handling it. The scale is selectable in a variety of increments to adjust to the size of your load. It has keyboard calibration and functional setup with automatic zero capabilities. Digital filtering is used to help compensate for vibration and motion to make the Scale Head Pallet Truck with Digital Scale smooth and accurate. Forks are 7" wide each. Factory calibrated shown with Printer for shipping destination. model PM-2748-SCL-LP-PT MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL FORK DIMENSIONS

5,000 5,000 5,000

22-3/8"W x 47-1/2"L 27-1/2"W x 47-1/2"L 27-1/2"W x 47-1/2"L

PM-2048-SCL-LP PM-2748-SCL-LP *PM-2748-SCL-LP-PT

FORK SERVICE RANGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

3" to 7½" 3" to 7½" 3" to 7½"

338 371 378

* PALLET TRUCK WITH SCALE AND PRINTER

DC-25/FC-70/175

"Freight Saver" Pallet Trucks with Analog Scale A quick and economical way to weigh your pallets. This easy to read and operate push button scale has a +/- 6% weighing accuracy. Steel construction with a white gauge face and black weight indicator. To use simply load your pallet, raise forks completely, and push yellow lever with your foot to read weight. Weight must be evenly distributed across the fork width and length. A retrofit kit is available for field installation onto model PM5-2748 or PM5-2048 pallet trucks only. MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL FORK DIMENSIONS

SERVICE RANGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

PM-FS-2048 PALLET TRUCK W/ANALOG SCALE 5,000 20"W x 48"L 2-7/8" to 7-3/4" PM-FS-2748 PALLET TRUCK W/ANALOG SCALE 5,000 27"W x 48"L 2-7/8" to 7-3/4" PM-FS-RFK ANALOG SCALE GAUGE FIELD RETROFIT KIT. FIELD INSTALLABLE ONTO PALLET TRUCK MODELS PM5-2048 AND PM5-2748 ONLY

282 317 1 DC-25/FC-70/92.5/175

Ergonomic Power Assist Pallet Truck Anyone who has operated a fully loaded pallet truck knows the most strenuous part is starting the wheels rolling. This Pallet Truck solves this back breaking problem. Pumping the handle of the pallet truck serves two purposes; first, it serves the traditional purpose of lifting the forks, second, switch to the power drive accumulator and by pulling the handle back, the pallet truck begins to roll automatically thus reducing the pulling force. Each full stroke provides over 2 feet of power driving momentum. MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL FORK DIMENSIONS

FORK SERVICE RANGE

PM5-2748-PA

5,500

27"W x 48"L

2-7/8" to 7-3/4"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

300 DC-25/FC-70/175

Specialized Pallet Trucks (with nylon wheels) • Pallet Trucks for Corrosive and Sanitary Environments STAINLESS STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL FRAME & FORKS Ideal for sanitary, pharmaceutical, medical, food and wet environments. Choose either type 304 stainless steel frame and forks only or 100% type 304 stainless steel pallet truck for long life in even the most harsh environments. Galvanized, Zinc and Chrome Plated Designed for corrosive or wet environments, these full-featured pallet trucks were designed for chemical, pharmaceutical and washdown applications. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL FORK DIMENSIONS

FORK SERVICE RANGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

PM5-2048-SS PM5-2748-SS PM5-2748-SFF PM5-2748-S-G PM5-2748-S-Z PM5-2748-CP

STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS FRAME & FORKS GALVANIZED ZINC COATED CHROME PLATED

5,500 5,500 5,500 5,500 5,500 5,500

20"W x 48"L 27"W x 48"L 27"W x 48"L 27"W x 48"L 27"W x 48"L 27"W x 48"L

2-7/8" to 7-3/4" 2-7/8" to 7-3/4" 2-7/8" to 7-3/4" 2-7/8" to 7-3/4" 2-7/8" to 7-3/4" 2-7/8" to 7-3/4"

300 327 327 327 322 322 DC-25/FC-70/92.5/175

324

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Hand Pallet Trucks

MATERIAL HANDLING

Pallet Truck All Terrain • Inside Straddle is 50" / Outside Straddle is 64" • Pneumatic Tires have Sealed Bearings for Outside Durability This lightweight yet strong tubular frame design handles evenly distributed loads up to 2,000 lbs. (2,000 lbs. at 12" horizontal load center and 1,500 lbs. at 15" horizontal load center). Large wheels allow for movement over most surfaces. Use at construction sites, gravel pits and nurseries. Features large 17" front pneumatic tires and 10" pneumatic steering wheels. Individual forks are 4"W x 2"H. Easy to operate with three position handle, UP, DOWN and NEUTRAL. Optional Tow Bar package allows the All Terrain Pallet Truck to be towed by an ATV or small utility tractor.

Adjustable Width Forks

MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY* )POUNDS(

ALL-T-2 ALL-TTB

2,000

OVERALL FORK WIDTH

FORK LENGTH

SERVICE RANGE

"to 26 "½9 "32 "to 9 "3 OPTIONAL TOW BAR PACKAGE

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

"x 50" x 51 "64

410 62

lbs. at 12" horizontal load center and 1,500 lbs. at 15" horizontal load center 2,000*

DC-25/FC-70/175

Pallet Truck Big Wheel •Steering Wheels are 8" x 2" Poly-on-Steel • Load Rollers are 5½" x 2" • Does Not Work with Standard Pallets Use less pushing or pulling force when transporting large heavy loads across floors with the Big Wheel Pallet Truck. An alternative to fork trucks, this unit makes it easier to move loaded tubs weighing up to 4,500 pounds. The raised height of 16-1/8" and the lowered height 6-1/2" enables the pallet truck to service high bottom tubs. The Big Wheel Pallet Truck retains all of the quality workmanship of our other Pallet Master Pallet Trucks. MODEL NUMBER

BW-PJ

CAPACITY DESCRIPTION )POUNDS(

BIG WHEEL

4,500

OVERALL FORK )SIZE (W x L

SERVICE RANGE

26-3/4" x 51-1/2"

6-1/2" to 16-1/8"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

299 DC-25/FC-70/92.5/175

Pallet Truck Side Winder • Move Long Loads Down Narrow Aisles • Moves FORWARD, BACKWARD, LEFT, and RIGHT • Capacity is 3,000 lbs. Transport long loads down narrow aisles with this heavy duty Sidewinder Pallet Truck. This versatile Pallet Truck retains all the quality workmanship of a standard pallet truck in addition to providing lateral movement. Simply place the forks into the pallet then elevate to approximately seven inches, rotate handle and lock detent into place. The second set of rollers, right/left, are actuated. Now push the Side Winder perpendicular to the traditional direction. Nose Wheel

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

SW-PJ

SIDE WINDER

CAPACITY OVERALL FORK )POUNDS( )SIZE (W x L

3,000

27" x 48"

SERVICE RANGE

3-1/2" to 8"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

311 DC-25/FC-70/92.5/175

Right/Left Wheels Forward/Back Wheel

Pallet Truck Wheel Nose • Take the Guess Work Out of Close Pallet Placement • Optimize Floor and Truck Space with this Innovative Pallet Truck The Wheel Nose Pallet Truck is designed to position pallets or skids closely together. The fork end is set back from the front rollers allowing for one pallet pick up at a time. The unit has a rubber grip handle with a three position lever for easy operation and maneuvering. This heavy-duty unit is rated at 5,000 pounds capacity and has a service range from 3½" to 8". Unit includes two articulating steering wheels and two front load rollers. Spring loaded loop handle automatically returns to vertical position when not in use. 38" forks are used for maneuvering in tight spaces.

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

PM5-2038-WN WHEEL NOSE PM5-2738-WN WHEEL NOSE

CAPACITY OVERALL FORK )POUNDS( )SIZE (W x L

5,000 5,000

20" x 38" 27" x 38"

SERVICE RANGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

3½" to 8" 3½" to 8"

260 280 DC-25/FC-70/92.5/175

Standard Pallet Truck Wheel Nose Pallet Truck

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

325

MATERIAL HANDLING Manual Turntables Turntables Heavy Duty Manual

A) TT-7/8

B) TT-4

Maximize workspace and minimize wasteful motion. Benchtop turntables allow workers to stay in one position and rotate items for access from all sides. No need to walk around the table to access areas out of view. Easy, smooth rotation. More than one person can work on projects without getting in each other's way. Use for hundreds of applications; displays, paint spraying, assembly units, repairs, etc. Rugged ½" steel plate construction. Easy, smooth rotation won't jostle delicate parts. The double tier units, suffix DPED and CDPED, feature a stationary shelf for storing parts and tools. Series PED and DPED feature a turn knob height adjustment operation while the CPED and CDPED feature a gas cylinder up and down mechanism (like found in office chairs).

MODEL NUMBER

TYPE

C) TT-PED

D) TT-DPED

A B A B A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D

TT-8-7/8 TT-8-4 TT-12-7/8 TT-12-4 TT-18-7/8 TT-18-4 TT-18-PED TT-18-DPED TT-18-CPED TT-18-CDPED TT-24-7/8 TT-24-4 TT-24-PED TT-24-DPED TT-24-CPED TT-24-CDPED TT-30-7/8 TT-30-4 TT-30-PED TT-30-DPED

DIAMETER

HEIGHT RANGE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

8" 8" 12" 12" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 30" 30" 30" 30"

7/8" 4" 7/8" 4" 7/8" 4" 21" TO 32" 25" TO 36" 20" TO 30" 24" TO 34" 7/8" 4" 21" TO 32" 25" TO 36" 20" TO 30" 24" TO 34" 7/8" 4" 21" TO 32" 25" TO 36"

500 500 500 500 1,000 500 300 300 300 300 1,000 500 300 300 300 300 1,000 500 300 300

4 6 11 13 35 40 60 95 50 85 75 90 95 170 90 165 123 150 160 280 DC-25/UPS/FC-60

E) TT-CPED

F) TT-CDPED

Turntables Powered Keep tedious material handling at your fingertips. Easy, smooth clockwise rotation for hundreds of applications. Rotation speed is non-adjustable. These Powered Turntables are wired to 115V, 1 phase. An on/off selector switch incorporated in a 3 foot cord provides power to the unit. A foot control is available. A side skirt to protect items from getting into the rotating mechanism is standard. Rotation is clockwise. MODEL NUMBER

DIAMETER

HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

.R.P.M

NET WT. (POUNDS)

PT-100 PT-250 PT-750

12" 18" 18"

4-1/2" 5-1/2" 6-3/8"

100 250 750

3-1/2 3 2

114 132 156 DC-20/UPS/FC-60

FOOT CONTROL, MODEL PT-FC OPTIONAL 1 OR 2 R.P.M., model PT-1/2RPM COUNTER-CLOCKWISE ROTATION, model PT-CCW

Turntables with Powered Height Adjustment • Allows operator to raise or lower turntable to an ergonomic height • Each unit has a 360° manual turntable • AC power, 110V, 1 Phase with hand control for height adjustment • Height is adjusted with an electric linear-actuator MODEL NUMBER

TT-18-LA TT-24-LA TT-30-LA

DIAMETER

HEIGHT RANGE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

18" 24" 30"

27" TO 43" 27" TO 43" 27" TO 43"

750 750 750

232 267 295 DC-20/FC-60

326

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Stretch Wrappers

MATERIAL HANDLING

Hand Held Stretch Wrappers These hand held, lightweight, freewheeling dispensers maintain precision tension control assuring a tight, smooth application. Ergonomic design reduces both bending and fatigue. Now even the bottom row can be wrapped as tightly as the top with help from its ergonomic foam bent handle. Accommodates rolls up to 8" in diameter. The compact Stretch Wrap Knife is small enough to fit in your pocket. Specially angled cutting head easily slices through stretch wrap material without sticking or binding. Safety design will not cut user or products. Made of high-density plastic. Replacement blades available. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

ROLL WIDTH

CORE SIZE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

SW-HAND-R SW-HAND-BG

ROUND STYLE ERGO STYLE

12" TO 20" 12" TO 20"

2" & 3" 1/2", 2" & 3"

6 6

MODEL NUMBER

SW-KNIFE SW-RB SRF-18

SW-HAND-BG

.NET WT )POUNDS(

DESCRIPTION

STRETCH WRAP FILM KNIFE REPLACEMENT BLADES (BOX OF 100 BLADES) FILM FOR HAND HELD WRAPPER 18" WIDE x 1,500 FEET (80 gauge) 4 ROLLS PER CASE

SW-HAND-R

1 6 46 DC-20/UPS

SW-KNIFE

Powered Carousel Low-Profile The Low-Profile Powered Carousel features a heavy duty steel non-skid treadplate platform 48" in diameter. This unit handles loads up to 4,000 lbs. Standing only 2-3/8" tall, this system is easily accessible with a fork truck; optional approach ramp is required for pallet truck use. Foot control operation with a variable speed control, cushion start/stop, and rugged ¾ HP motor with chain drive standard. Wall plug standard 115V/single phase/20 amp. Optional approach ramp measures 48" wide by 36" long. Manual Air Bearing Carousel is also available, contact factory.

model POW-CAR

APPROACH RAMP model SWA-R-4836

MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

.R.P.M

NET WT. (POUNDS)

POW-CAR SWA-R-4836

115V AC POWER APPROACH RAMP

4,000 4,000

3-12 --

569 253

REVERSE OPTION, MODEL SWA-REV

DC-20/FC-60

Powered Carousel Stand Alone Easily rotate pallets, skids and other large objects with these rugged powered carousels. Each unit includes a 48" diameter round smooth turntable. Turntable is supported with inverted casters for use as bearings. Units are complete with turntable, base, 115V single-phase power unit and variable-speed control (electric/hydraulic unit has fixed speed control). Turntable is operated with a foot control. Heavy-duty steel construction. Painted finish. model STPC-CD MODEL NUMBER

STPC-CD STPC-EHD

DESCRIPTION

115V AC (CHAIN DRIVEN) 115V AC (ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC DRIVEN)

.R.P.M

HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

3-12 8

24" 12"

4,000 4,000

NET WT. (LBS.)

788 788 DC-20/FC-60

Pallet Cart & Carousel This unique cart serves as two products in one. First, use cart to transport products to where they are needed. Then, once at desired location, a simple flip of a switch on the casters will allow the cart to manually rotate 360° like a carousel for easy unloading and improved efficiency. The cart features a 48" diameter round platform with a ¼" thick treadplate deck. The handle is removable to allow for full deck access from any position. Includes four swivel 8" x 2" phenolic casters with swivel locks. Steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

DIAMETER

PLATFORM HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

CASTER TYPE

NET WT. (LBS.)

CC-48

48"

10"

2,000

8" PHENOLIC

336

DC-25/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

327

MATERIAL HANDLING Scales Electronic Digital Floor Scale Low-profile scale is only 3-1/2" off the floor, allowing easy loading and unloading of heavy equipment weighing up to 5,000 lbs. Rugged design has a steel diamond treadplate top surface. The LCD digital display stands 42" high. Meets US standard 99-054 and Canadian standard AM-5318. Optional Approach Ramp for pallet truck accessibility - order two for drive-on, drive-off convenience. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL WIDTH

OVERALL LENGTH

OVERALL HEIGHT

NET WT. (POUNDS)

SCALE-S SCALE-R

SCALE APPROACH RAMP

48" 48"

3½" 3½"

355 120

DC-20/FC-70

Parts Scales - Mettler Toledo™ Highly accurate, user friendly scales. These scales capture a stable weight reading in less than one second. Features a rugged aluminum housing, stainless steel weighing pan and a simple keyboard. Switches between lbs. and kgs. Operates on 120V AC.

series V-PL

MODEL NUMBER

V-PL-3 V-PL-6 V-PL-12 V-SL-12 V-SL-30 V-SL-60 series V-SL

PLATFORM SIZE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

RESOLUTION )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

7.9" x 9.5" 7.9" x 9.5" 7.9" x 9.5" 9.5" x 13.8" 9.5" x 13.8" 9.5" x 13.8"

7.5 12 24 24 75 120

0.0005 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.005 0.01

13 13 13 21 21 21

DC-20/FC-70

Pallet Trucks with Digital Scale

Scale Head shown with Printer model PM-2748-SCL-LP-PT

The Pallet Truck with Digital Scale allows you to weigh your load on the spot for maximum efficiency. The frame uses heavy-duty steel construction for maximum strength and durability. This model is very user friendly and is suitable for low height lifting. The built in scale allows you to weigh your load as you are handling it. The scale is selectable in a variety of increments to adjust to the size of your load. It has keyboard calibration and functional setup with automatic zero capabilities. Digital filtering is used to help compensate for vibration and motion to make the Pallet Truck with Digital Scale smooth and accurate. Forks are 7" wide each. Factory calibrated for shipping destination. MODEL NUMBER

PM-2048-SCL-LP PM-2748-SCL-LP *PM-2748-SCL-LP-PT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL FORK DIMENSIONS

5,000 5,000 5,000

22-3/8"W x 47-1/2"L 27-1/2"W x 47-1/2"L 27-1/2"W x 47-1/2"L

FORK SERVICE RANGE

3" to 7½" 3" to 7½" 3" to 7½"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

338 371 378 DC-25/ FC-70/175

* PALLET TRUCK WITH SCALE AND PRINTER

Multi-Station Transportable Jib Cranes Designed for use in multiple locations, includes jib crane and one base socket. Extra base sockets may be purchased for use in other locations. Friction brake design allows positive locking and controlled rotation of heavy loads. 360° continuous rotation of heavy loads. Handle most applications up to 1,000 lbs. and up to 120" radius reach. Standard 4" high I-beam on all units with 2.663" flange width. Rugged welded steel construction. Hoist and trolley sold separately, see pages 84-85 for details. MODEL NUMBER

JIB-P-10-6-6 JIB-P-10-6-8 JIB-P-10-6-10 JIB-P-10-8-6 JIB-P-10-8-8 JIB-P-10-8-10 JIB-P-10-10-6 JIB-P-10-10-8 JIB-P-10-10-10 JIB-P-B

328

SPAN )FEET(

USABLE HEIGHT )(FEET

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

6 6 1,000 6 8 1,000 6 10 1,000 8 6 1,000 8 8 1,000 8 10 1,000 10 6 1,000 10 8 1,000 10 10 1,000 EXTRA BASE SOCKET, 31"H WITH 12" x 12" BASE

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

NET WT. (POUNDS)

284 304 324 300 320 340 316 336 356 75

DC-20/FC-70

Cranes

MATERIAL HANDLING

Fixed and Adjustable Steel Gantry Cranes Industrial Steel Gantry Cranes are designed for transporting and positioning materials. Solid steel construction will provide years of service. Choose from a variety of sizes. Large 8" diameter 4 position locking swivel phenolic casters with roller bearings will facilitate easy mobility from one area to another. More economical and flexible than permanent cranes. Features quick setup design. Order optional Lever Ratchet for easy one-person height adjustment (not for fixed-height models). Height is adjustable in 6" increments on adjustable-height models. Blue finish. Hoist and trolley sold separately, see pages 84-85. Note: All products should be inspected frequently to insure safe operation. Final testing and inspection is left to end user after final assembly has been completed. For further details see ASME B30.7.

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT GANTRY CRANE • series AHS

FIXED HEIGHT STEEL GANTRY CRANES MODEL NUMBER

FHS-50

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL BEAM LENGTH / HEIGHT

UNDER I-BEAM TO GROUND

BASE WIDTH

FLANGE WIDTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

500

8' / 4"

5'9"

48"

2.66"

530

FHS-2-10 FHS-2-15 FHS-2-20

2,000 2,000 2,000

10' / 5" 15' / 6" 20' / 8"

10' 10' 10'

60" 60" 60"

3" 3.33" 4"

655 710 890

FHS-4-10 FHS-4-15 FHS-4-20

4,000 4,000 4,000

10' / 8" 15' / 8" 20' / 10"

10' 10' 10'

60" 60" 60"

4" 4" 4.66"

815 903 1142

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT STEEL GANTRY CRANES MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL BEAM LENGTH / HEIGHT

UNDER I-BEAM USABLE HEIGHT

BASE WIDTH

FLANGE WIDTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

AHS-2-10-12 AHS-2-10-14

2,000 2,000

10' / 5" 10' / 5"

7'6" to 12' 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

3" 3"

890 996

AHS-2-15-12 AHS-2-15-14

2,000 2,000

15' / 6" 15' / 6"

7'6" to 12' 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

3.33" 3.33"

978 1084

AHS-2-20-12 AHS-2-20-14

2,000 2,000

20' / 8" 20' / 8"

7'6" to 12' 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4" 4"

1066 1172

AHS-4-10-12 AHS-4-10-14

4,000 4,000

10' / 8" 10' / 8"

7'6" to 12' 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4" 4"

967 1071

AHS-4-15-12 AHS-4-15-14

4,000 4,000

15' / 8" 15' / 8"

7'6" to 12' 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4" 4"

1059 1264

AHS-4-20-12 AHS-4-20-14

4,000 4,000

20' / 10" 20' / 10"

7'6" to 12' 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4.66" 4.66"

1291 1395

AHS-6-10-12 AHS-6-10-14

6,000 6,000

10' / 8" 10' / 8"

7'7" to 12'1" 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4" 4"

998 1101

AHS-6-15-12 AHS-6-15-14

6,000 6,000

15' / 10" 15' / 10"

7'7" to 12'1" 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4.66" 4.66"

1195 1298

AHS-6-20-12 AHS-6-20-14

6,000 6,000

20' / 10" 20' / 10"

7'7" to 12'1" 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4.66" 4.66"

1322 1425

AHS-8-10-12 AHS-8-10-14

8,000 8,000

10' / 10" 10' / 10"

7'7" to 12'1" 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4.66" 4.66"

1103 1206

AHS-8-15-12 AHS-8-15-14

8,000 8,000

15' / 10" 15' / 10"

7'7" to 12'1" 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

4.66" 4.66"

1230 1333

AHS-8-20-12 AHS-8-20-14

8,000 8,000

20' / 12" 20' / 12"

7'7" to 12'1" 8'6" to 14'

78" 90"

5" 5"

1485 1588

"USABLE DISTANCE BETWEEN UPRIGHTS IS OVERALL BEAM LENGTH MINUS 12 "USABLE TROLLEY TRAVEL LENGTH IS OVERALL BEAM LENGTH MINUS 20

AHS-2/4-TLC AHS-6/8-TLC **AHS-2/4-V **AHS-6/8-V AHS-KIT

FESTOON SYSTEM model AHS-FES-KIT

TOTAL LOCKING CASTERS model AHS-2/4-TLC (FOR 2,000 AND 4,000 LB. CAPACITY CRANES ONLY)

model AHS-6/8-TLC (FOR 6,000 AND 8,000 LB. CAPACITY CRANES ONLY)

DC-20/FC-70

STEEL GANTRY CRANE OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER

FIXED HEIGHT STEEL GANTRY CRANE series FHS

DESCRIPTION

TOTAL LOCKING CASTERS (FOR 2,000 & 4,000 LBS. CAPACITY CRANES ONLY) (SET OF 4) TOTAL LOCKING CASTERS (FOR 6,000 LB. & 8,000 LBS. CAPACITY CRANES ONLY) (SET OF 4) 8" x 2" V-GROOVE CASTERS FOR 2,000 & 4,000 LBS. UNITS (SET OF 4) 8" x 3" V-GROOVE CASTERS FOR 6,000 & 8,000 LBS. UNITS (SET OF 4) (2) COME-A-LONGS FOR HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT (NOT FOR LIFTING)

V-GROOVE CASTERS model AHS-2/4-V FOR 2,000 AND 4,000 LB.( )CAPACITY CRANES ONLY

model AHS-6/8-V

FOR 6,000 AND 8,000 LB.( )CAPACITY CRANES ONLY

4-POSITION V-GROOVE CASTERS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST**

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

329

MATERIAL HANDLING Cranes Adjustable Height Aluminum Gantry Cranes The Adjustable Height Aluminum Gantry Crane combines lightweight and rigid construction into one unit. The all aluminum construction of this gantry crane makes it corrosion resistant and perfect for outdoor use. The lightweight I-beam allows height adjustment without the need of a hoist or fork truck. All pinned connections make it possible for two people to set up. Height is adjustable in 6" increments. Hoist and trolley sold separately. Note: All products should be inspected frequently to insure safe operation. Final testing and inspection is left to end user after final assembly has been completed. For further details see ASME B30.7.

FESTOON SYSTEM model AHA-FES-KIT

ADJUSTABLE SPAN

PNEUMATIC CASTERS model AHA-PNU

"V" GROOVE model AHA-2/4-V

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

OVERALL BEAM LENGTH / HEIGHT

UNDER I-BEAM RANGE

BASE WIDTH

FLANGE WIDTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

AHA-2-8-10 AHA-2-8-12

2,000 2,000

8' / 6" 8' / 6"

7'8" to 10'2" 9'6" to 12'

54" 54"

3.75" 3.75"

280 295

AHA-2-10-10 AHA-2-10-12

2,000 2,000

10' / 6" 10' / 6"

7'8" to 10'2" 9'6" to 12'

54" 54"

3.75" 3.75"

294 310

AHA-2-12-10 AHA-2-12-12

2,000 2,000

12' / 8" 12' / 8"

7'8" to 10'2" 9'6" to 12'

54" 54"

4" 4"

325 340

AHA-4-8-10 AHA-4-8-12

4,000 4,000

8' / 8" 8' / 8"

7'8" to 10'2" 9'6" to 12'

54" 54"

4" 4"

360 375

AHA-4-10-10 AHA-4-10-12

4,000 4,000

10' / 8" 10' / 8"

7'8" to 10'2" 9'6" to 12'

54" 54"

4" 4"

405 431

AHA-4-12-10 AHA-4-12-12

4,000 4,000

12' / 8" 12' / 8"

7'8" to 10'2" 9'6" to 12'

54" 54"

4.125" 4.125"

421 446

MODEL NUMBER

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT

TOTAL LOCKING model AHA-2/4-TLC

"USABLE DISTANCE BETWEEN UPRIGHTS IS OVERALL BEAM LENGTH MINUS 12 "USABLE TROLLEY TRAVEL LENGTH IS OVERALL BEAM LENGTH MINUS 20

DC-20/FC-70

ALUMINUM GANTRY CRANE OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER

STANDARD 4-POSITION PHENOLIC SWIVEL "8 CASTER

DESCRIPTION

AHA-2/4-TLC AHA-PNU AHA-PNU-RF AHA-2/4-V AHA-2/4-V4 AHA-KIT

TOTAL LOCKING CASTERS (FOR 2,000 & 4,000 LBS. CAPACITY CRANES ONLY) (SET OF 4 )FOUR-WAY LOCK 12" x 3½" PNEUMATIC CASTERS (1,500 LBS. CAPACITY )RETROFIT FOUR-WAY LOCK PNEUMATIC CASTERS (1,500 LBS. CAPACITY )8" x 2" V-GROOVE WHEELS (FOR 2,000 & 4,000 LBS. UNITS) (SET OF 4 )8" x 2" V-GROOVE WHEELS (FOR 2,000 & 4,000 LBS. UNITS) (W/4-POSITION LOCK) (SET OF 4 )(2) COME-A-LONG FOR HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT (NOT FOR LIFTING )

AHA-FES-KIT

FESTOON KIT, 115V AC POWER

Festoon System Designed to keep power cords out of danger when using electric trollies and/or hoists. Easily retrofits to any gantry or jib crane up to 240" (20 ft.) in length. 115V AC cord supplied. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

NET WT. (POUNDS)

FES-KIT

KEEP POWER CORDS OUT OF DANGER

15 DC-20/FC-70

Work Area Gantry Cranes Portable Designed to maximize material handling requirements in light-duty lifting applications. Lightweight fixed height design allows for easy mobility. Includes four polyurethane-on-steel swivel casters. Welded steel construction. The straddle width and base width is 68". Powder coat finish. Hoist and trolley not included. MODEL NUMBER

FPG-3 FPG-6 FPG-10 FPG-20

UNDER I-BEAM TO GROUND

BASE WIDTH

STRADDLE )WIDTH (ID

I-BEAM )FLANGE x HEIGHT(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

90" 90" 90" 90"

68" 68" 68" 68"

2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4"

300 600 1,000 2,000

288 300 329 340 DC-20/FC-70

330

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Jibs

MATERIAL HANDLING

Mini Overhead Cantilever Jibs Utilize this unique jib in work cells and work areas. Unique fixed-height design allows for outriggers to be mounted underneath a work bench. Easily lift product from cart to workbench. Straddle width is 48" (ID). Hoist and trolley are not included. Steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

CJIB-3 CJIB-6 CJIB-10 CJIB-20

UNDER I-BEAM TO GROUND

I-BEAM USABLE LENGTH

I-BEAM )FLANGE x HEIGHT(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

84" 84" 78½" 78½"

54" 54" 54" 54"

2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4" 3.33" x 6" 3.33" x 6"

300 600 1,000 2,000

204 216 299 414

DC-20/FC-70

Extra Travel Tri-Post Jibs This unique jib was designed for use in workstations. Place over the top workbench. Extra travel fixed-height I-beam overhangs workbench to allow lifting of products from cart to bench. Straddle width is 40" (ID). Hoist, trolley and cart not included. Will not work with the Eye Manual Trollies. Steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

UNDER I-BEAM TO GROUND

TJIB-3 TJIB-6 TJIB-10 TJIB-20

I-BEAM USABLE I-BEAM CAPACITY LENGTH )FLANGE x HEIGHT( )POUNDS(

76" 76" 76" 76"

80" 80" 80" 80"

2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4"

300 600 1,000 2,000

Floor Mounted Jibs

NET WT. (POUNDS)

248 260 343 458

DC-20/FC-70

This fixed height floor mounted jib adapts well to many applications. Full 360° rotation allows personnel to completely utilize their workstation. Solid steel construction will assist workers in lifting awkward material. The overall I-beam length is 80" with a usable length of 70". Requires reinforced concrete pad for installation. Hoist and trolley not included. MODEL NUMBER

JIB-FM-3 JIB-FM-6 JIB-FM-10 JIB-FM-20

UNDER II-BEAM BEAM FLOOR )FLANGE x HEIGHT(

OVERALL HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

99-1/2" 99-1/2" 99-1/2"

2.660" x 4" 3.332" x 6" 3.332" x 6"

103½" 105½" 105½"

300 600 1,000

627 542 750

"99-1/2

"x 8 "4.000

"½107

2,000

624 DC-20/FC-70

Wall Jibs (for low ceilings) Designed to assist workers in the maneuvering of materials as well as achieving maximum headroom where low ceilings are of concern. This cantilever style jib crane mounts to true vertical wall members. Increase personnel productivity by lifting awkward materials. The overall I-beam length is 92" with a usable length of 80". Hoist and trolley not included. MODEL NUMBER

UNDER I-BEAM TO BOTTOM FRAME

I-BEAM )FLANGE x HEIGHT(

OVERALL HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

JIB-LC-3 JIB-LC-6 JIB-LC-10 JIB-LC-20

48" 48" 48" 48"

2.660" x 4" 3.332" x 6" 3.332" x 6" 4.000" x 8"

57" 57" 57" 57"

300 600 1,000 2,000

164 215 265 378

DC-20/FC-70

Tie Rod Jibs (for high ceilings) Achieve maximum floor space and utilize wasted air space. Mount to walls or columns to increase hook coverage over workstations. Unit rotates 180°. All steel construction provides years of service. Hoist and trolley not included. MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL LENGTH

CABLE SUPPORT LENGTH

OVERALL HEIGHT

I-BEAM )FLANGE x HEIGHT(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

JIB-HC-3 JIB-HC-6 JIB-HC-10 JIB-HC-20

89" 89" 89"

85" 85" 85"

43" 43" 43"

2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4" 2.66" x 4"

300 600 1,000

144 180 204

”89

"85

"43

"x 4 "2.66

2,000

216 DC-20/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

331

MATERIAL HANDLING Hoists Quick Install Manual Trollies These trollies are dependable, easy and safe to use. Designed to easily adjust to the width of virtually any S, H, W and M type I-beam. Width is adjusted with manual screw mechanism. Includes locking ring to prevent trolley width from changing accidentally. Manual screw mechanism may also be tightened to prevent trolley from moving (similar to a Beam Clamp). Each trolley includes four rollers with sealed bearings for long life. A lifting eye is located at the bottom of the trolley for attaching a hoist (not included). Steel construction and painted finish. MODEL NUMBER

FITS BEAM FLANGE WIDTH

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS)

QIT-1 QIT-2 QIT-4 QIT-6 QIT-8

2½" - 4" 2½" - 4" 2½" - 7" 3" - 7½" 3¼" - 11½"

1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000

15 20 25 45 70 DC-25/UPS/FC-70

Eye Manual Trollies

PLAIN EYE MANUAL TROLLEY model E-MT-1

GEARED EYE MANUAL TROLLEY model E-MT-1-C

These trollies have been designed to quickly install on virtually any S type I-beam. The width of the trolley is adjusted by rotating the center rod with lifting eye clockwise or counterclockwise. Once hoist (not included) is attached, center rod cannot be rotated which prevents trolley width from accidentally changing. Choose either plain trolley or geared trolley. Geared trolley is ideal for use when precise positioning of the trolley is required. The trolley includes four rollers with sealed bearings for long life. A lifting eye is located at the bottom of the trolley for attaching a hoist (not included). Steel construction and painted finish. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

I-BEAM FLANGE

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS)

E-MT-1 E-MT-2 E-MT-4 E-MT-6 E-MT-8 E-MT-1-C E-MT-2-C E-MT-4-C E-MT-6-C E-MT-8-C

PLAIN PLAIN PLAIN PLAIN PLAIN GEARED GEARED GEARED GEARED GEARED

2" - 7" 2" - 7" 2½" - 7" 3" - 9" 3" - 9" 1¾" - 8¾" 2½" - 8¾" 2½" - 7" 3" - 7" 3" - 7"

1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000

20 25 35 60 105 25 30 45 70 100

DC-25/UPS/FC-85

Electric Chain Hoists Ruggedly built with power to handle most industrial lifting applications. Standard with push-button hand control with up and down controls. Single and three phase power available - specify when ordering. Optional Chain Container stores surplus chain overhead to keep from interfering with operation. MODEL NUMBER

ECH-03 ECH-06 ECH-10 ECH-20 ECH-40 ECH-CC

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

300 600 1,000 2,000 4,000

FEET PER MINUTE

16 8 30 16 14 CHAIN CONTAINER

LIFT )FEET(

NET WT. (LBS.)

10 10 10 10 10

26 32 86 90 150 5 DC-20/FC-85

Air Chain Hoists

Heavy duty air chain hoist can be used as a workstation hoist or as a production line hoist. Lightweight, rugged and compact design - for ease of portability - makes this hoist perfect for most air hoist lifting applications. Standard lift is 10 feet assuming 90 PSI air pressure. Variable flow, two lever pendant for precise load spotting.

series ECH Shown with optional chain container

series ACH Shown with optional chain container

MODEL NUMBER

ACH-25 ACH-50 ACH-CC

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

250 500

.F.P.M RISE W/ LOAD

.F.P.M LOWER W/LOAD

42 48 29 53 CHAIN CONTAINER

FULL LOAD LOWERING SPEED

83 42

NET WT. (LBS)

19 19 2 DC-20/FC-85

332

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MATERIAL HANDLING

Hoists

Hand Chain Hoists These portable, lightweight hoists are durable and easy to operate. Compact design and low headroom allow installation in confined areas. Enclosed double ratchet pawls with self adjusting disc brake standard. Designed with a safety factory 4 times rated capacity. Individually tested at 150% rated capacity. Features grade 80 black chain tempered to ISO 3077, galvanized pull chain, hardened two-stage gears and forged steel upper and lower hooks with safety latches. Constructed of high quality steel components ideal for industrial applications. Meets ANSI B30.16-2003 requirements. MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

LIFT )FEET(

HEADROOM )INCHES(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

HCH-1-10 HCH-1-15 HCH-1-20 HCH-2-10 HCH-2-15 HCH-2-20 HCH-4-10 HCH-4-15 HCH-4-20

1,000 1,000 1,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 4,000 4,000 4,000

10 15 20 10 15 20 10 15 20

11 11 11 12 12 12 14½ 14½ 14½

22 26 30 26 34 42 45 54 63

YEAR 1 WARRANTY

HAND CHAIN HOIST series HCH

DC-25/UPS/FC-85

Professional Lever Hoists (disc brake)

Each unit comes standard with a rugged storage bag. Additional bags are available, model BAG-12

5 YEAR WARRANTY

PROFESSIONAL LEVER HOIST series PLH

• 50% wider hardened ratchet gear • Grade 100 alloy chain for more strength with less weight • Chain guide system allows for horizontal operation • High impact resistant gear case and brake cover • Precision Bearings

• Disc Brake • Braking capacity is 4 times rated capacity • Manufactured to ISO-9002 quality standard • Triple chain guide for consistent up and down FREE WHEELING with one hand

MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

STANDARD )LIFT (FEET

MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS

HANDLE LENGTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

PLH-15-5 PLH-15-10 PLH-15-20 PLH-30-5 PLH-30-10 PLH-30-20 PLH-60-5 PLH-60-10 PLH-60-20

1,500 1,500 1,500 3,000 3,000 3,000 6,000 6,000 6,000

5 10 20 5 10 20 5 10 20

11" 11" 11" 15-1/2" 15-1/2" 15-1/2" 22-7/16" 22-7/16" 22-7/16"

11" 11" 11" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16"

15 18 22 23 27 35 35 42 49

ADDITIONAL 12 POCKET TOOL STORAGE BAG, model BAG-12

DC-25/UPS/FC-85

Economy Lever Hoists (weston brake) • Completely enclosed Weston-Type brake • Deformation indicators on throat opening of both hooks • Drop forged hooks have durable latches and swivel 360 degrees • Written test certificate for 150% of rated capacity with individual serial numbers.

MODEL NUMBER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

STANDARD )LIFT (FEET

ELH-05-5 ELH-15-5 ELH-15-10 ELH-15-20 ELH-30-5 ELH-30-10 ELH-30-20 ELH-60-5 ELH-60-10 ELH-60-20

500 1,500 1,500 1,500 3,000 3,000 3,000 6,000 6,000 6,000

5 5 10 20 5 10 20 5 10 20

• Free wheeling chain in neutral position to quickly take up chain slack • Alloy steel chain grade 80

YEAR 1 WARRANTY

MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS

ADDITIONAL 12 POCKET TOOL STORAGE BAG, model BAG-12

9.45" 12.8" 12.8" 12.8" 15.0" 15.0" 15.0" 19.0" 19.0" 19.0"

MIGHTLY-MINI LEVER HOIST model ELH-05-5

HANDLE LENGTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

6" 11" 11" 11" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16"

5 18 21 25 30 35 45 52 59 72 DC-25/UPS/FC-85

Each unit comes standard ECONOMY LEVER HOIST with a rugged storage series ELH bag. Additional bags are available, model BAG-12

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

333

MATERIAL HANDLING Hoists Portable Cantilever Hoists • Swivel Crane for Side Loading • Outriggers to Increase Stability • Double Acting Manual Hydraulic Hand Pump • Controlled Lowering • Adjustable Swing Outriggers with Leveling Jacks to Stabilize Unit to Front or Side • Expedited & Increased Cable Down Reach • Provided With or Without Counterbalancing Ballast • When Ordering Without Ballast, Empty Sand Bags are Provided CAPACITY AT ARM LENGTH

MODEL P-JIB-2 )POUNDS(

MODEL P-JIB-4 )POUNDS(

27" 34" 41" 48"

2,000 1,600 1,300 1,100

4,000 3,200 2,600 2,200

Double-Acting Hand Pump

:Lift Arm Projections "Beyond Frame: 48 "Ouriggers: 40 Casters: 8" Phenolic

Leveling Jack MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

ARM LENGTH BEYOND FRAME

MAXIMUM CAPACITY

PHENOLIC CASTERS

NET WT. (LBS.)

P-JIB-2 P-JIB-4

34" x 84" x 63" 34" x 84" x 63"

48" 48"

2,000 lbs. 4,000 lbs.

8" x 2" 8" x 2"

850 1050

OPTIONAL BALLAST, MODEL P-JIB-BALL, NET WEIGHT 1,850 LBS.

Outrigger

DC-20/UPS/FC-125

Lifter Jibs Lift items from the ground to van floor height, then rotate into cargo area. Hand crank winch is standard, battery powered winch is optional. Battery powered winch includes 36" long leads - battery not included. Van floor to raised hook height is 38". Double-pivot arm for use in tight spaces. Swing reaches 22" minimum to 42" maximum. Overall height is 46". Mounting plate measures 8" x 8". Steel construction. Painted finish. MODEL NUMBER

SWING REACH )MINIMUM(

VAN-J VAN-J*DC BC

SWING REACH )MAXIMUM(

OVERALL HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

22"

42"

46"

400

120

22"

42"

55"

400

160

BENCH TOP STYLE BATTERY CHARGER

*VAN-J-DC INCLUDES BATTERY-POWERED WINCH

Hoist Trailer

NET WT. (LBS.)

8 DC-20/FC-70

Unique hoist may be towed behind a car or truck to job site and then used for hundreds of applications. Includes a class 2 ball coupler and safety chains for use with most common hitches. Features (2) large 18" diameter pneumatic wheels, (2) swivel casters 4" x 2" in rear, (2) rigid 5" x 2" in front and one swivel clevis hook with safety latch at the end of the boom. Telescoping lift arm and legs and a removable jack handle standard. Welded steel construction with painted finish. MODEL NUMBER

UP/DOWN STROKE

ARM LENGTH

OVERALL SIZE )W x L(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

H-TRAIL H-LK

30" to 91" 53½" to 77½" 47½" x 72" 4,000 OPTIONAL BRAKE LIGHT KIT WITH WIRING HARNESS

NET WT. (LBS.)

465 15 DC-20/FC-125

Counter Balanced Floor Cranes This Counter Balanced Floor Crane has an adjustable boom to allow for maximum adjustment and versatility to lift a variety of loads. Boom is raised with a manual hydraulic hand pump. Boom also telescopes out for greater reach. The counterbalance design eliminates the need for front legs. This makes the unit easier to maneuver and allows the crane to reach tight, hard to reach areas. Counterbalance included. Welded steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

CBFC-500 CBFC-1000 CBFC-2000

MAXIMUM CAPACITY AT BOOM HEIGHT

500 lbs. @ 24"-86" 1,000 lbs. @ 24"-90" 2,000 lbs. @ 34"-96"

RIGID LOAD WHEEL

8" 8" 8"

SWIVEL REAR CASTER

6" 6" 6"

NET WT. (LBS.)

1089 1508 2610 DC-20/FC-125

334

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Lifting Booms

MATERIAL HANDLING Lift Master Booms

Unique performance, convenience and safety features are built into every Lift Master Boom. Fabricated from structural steel with welding to meet AWS creates a rugged and durable boom that will provide long term service. ECONOMY BOOM Telescopic units extend to 144" and come with an infinitely model LM-EBT adjustable locking screw (exception LM-OBT which features a spring loaded detent). Fork pockets for 4,000 lbs. capacity models measure 7½"W x 2½"H usable on 24" centers. Usable fork pockets are 7¼"W x 2¼"H for 6,000 and 8,000 lbs. capacity option. A 36" safety chain secures LIFT MASTER BOOM the boom to the fork truck for safe operation. Each unit includes two lifting hooks. model LM-1T

ORBITING BOOM model LM-OBT

MODEL NUMBER

HIGH-RISE BOOM model LM-HRT

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

LM-1T LM-OBT LM-HRT LM-EBT

TELESCOPING LIFT MASTER ONE ORBIT TELESCOPING BOOM HIGH-RISE TELESCOPING BOOM TELESCOPING ECONOMY BOOM

28" 28" 70" 11"

4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000

424 500 875 370

LM-1NT LM-OBNT LM-HRNT LM-EBNT

NON-TELESCOPING LIFT MASTER BOOM NON-TELESCOPING ORBIT BOOM NON-TELESCOPING HIGH-RISE BOOM NON-TELESCOPING ECONOMY BOOM

28" 28" 70" 11"

4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000

403 558 627 431 DC-25/FC-70

MODEL NUMBER

LM-6 LM-8 LM-8-OBT LM-FP

NET WT. (LBS.)

DESCRIPTION

6,000 POUND CAPACITY UPGRADE 8,000 POUND CAPACITY UPGRADE (AVAILABLE ON LM-EBT AND LM-1T) 8,000 POUND CAPACITY UPGRADE (AVAILABLE ON LM-OBT,) LARGER FORK POCKETS 8¼"W x 4¼"H (INSIDE DIMENSION)

70 190 234 23

LIFT MASTER BOOM model LM-1T-8

Polyester Lifting Slings - Double Ply For medium to heavy-duty lifting, these double-ply lifting slings are the practical, economical answer to many lifting problems. TYPE III style, with fabric ends, has flat tapered eyes at both ends and can be used for all hitch types. Double capacity when used basket-style. Reduce capacity 20% when used chocker-style. These slings meet DIN-EN 1492-1, ANSI standard B30.9 and OSHA requirements. MODEL NUMBER

STRAIGHT LIFT CAPACITY (LBS.)

WIDTH )INCHES(

COLOR CODE

1 2 3

PURPLE GREEN YELLOW

)SL-2-F-(length )SL-4-F-(length )SL-6-F-(length

METAL ENDS - TYPE 1 2,000 4,000 6,000

)SL-2-F-(length )SL-4-F-(length )SL-6-F-(length

REINFORCED FABRIC LOOP ENDS - TYPE -III 2,000 1 4,000 2 6,000 3

PURPLE GREEN YELLOW

DC-25/UPS/FC-70

Swivel Hooks with Shackle Easily connects to Hoisting Hooks, Hook Plates or Booms. Variety of capacities available. Forged steel construction.

MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL HEIGHT

OVERALL WIDTH

THROAT OPENING

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

HOOK-4 HOOK-6 HOOK-10

10" 12" 14½"

3½" 4¾" 6½"

7/8" 1-3/8" 1-7/8"

4,000 6,000 10,000

4 7 9 DC-25/UPS/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

335

MATERIAL HANDLING Lifting Hooks Hoisting Hooks Convert your fork truck into a swivel hook in a matter of seconds. The easy to attach Hoisting Hook does not require the assistance of special tools. Secured to the fork truck by means of a 36" long safety chain and screw clamps. Available in single or double fork design. The single fork attachment is powder coated blue, while the double fork attachment is zinc plated. Hook with shackle included. MODEL NUMBER

HOOK TYPE

SINGLE FORK ATTACHMENT RIGID S-FORK-4-R S-FORK-4-S SWIVEL S-FORK-5-R RIGID S-FORK-5-S SWIVEL S-FORK-6-R RIGID S-FORK-6-S SWIVEL DOUBLE FORK ATTACHMENT RIGID D-FORK-4-R D-FORK-4-S SWIVEL D-FORK-10-R RIGID D-FORK-10-S SWIVEL

FORK POCKET )SIZE (W x H

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

4¼" x 2¼" 4¼" x 2¼" 5¼" x 2¼" 5¼" x 2¼" 6¼" x 2¼" 6¼" x 2¼"

3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000

18 18 22 22 29 29

6¾" x 2½" 6¾" x 2½" 6¾" x 3½" 6¾" x 3½"

4,000 4,000 10,000 10,000

41 41 46 46

DOUBLE FORK Series D-FORK

SINGLE FORK Series S-FORK

DC-25/UPS/FC-70

Hook Plates

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Hook Plates enable any fork truck to safely lift a load using chains, cables or slings. Features slanted fork openings, measuring 6¼"W x 1¾"H, to prevent the hook plate from being used upside down. A hook with anchor shackle is included. MODEL NUMBER

HOOK TYPE

OVERALL HEIGHT

OVERALL WIDTH

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

LM-HP4-S LM-HP4-R LM-HP6-S LM-HP6-R

SWIVEL RIGID SWIVEL RIGID

6" 6" 6" 6"

24" 24" 24" 24"

4,000 4,000 6,000 6,000

26 26 27 27 DC-25/UPS/FC-70

Forktruck Tow Balls, Pintle Hook and Rigid Hooks Convert your fork truck into a tow truck for moving trailers and other portable equipment. Simple design slides onto forks and secures into place with safety pins. Welded steel construction with powder coat blue finish. Optional pintle hook, tow balls and rigid hooks available. Bolt on design. MODEL NUMBER

HOOK-BASE-32 HOOK-BASE-38 HOOK-BASE-44

FORK LENGTH

LENGTH TO CENTER OF BALL

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

36" 42" 48"

32" 38" 44"

4,000 4,000 4,000

84 100 118

BALL DIAMETER

SHANK DIAMETER

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

1-7/8" 2" 2-5/16"

1" 1" 1"

2,000 5,000 5,000

3 3 4

JAW OPENING

VERTICAL CAPACITY (LBS.)

TRAILER CAPACITY (LBS.)

NET WT. (LBS.)

1¾"

2,000

10,000

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

TOW BALLS MODEL NUMBER

BALL-178 BALL-200 BALL-2516 PINTLE HOOK MODEL NUMBER

PINTLE RIGID HOOKS MODEL NUMBER TOW BALL series BALL

336

HOOK-R-4 HOOK-R-6 HOOK-R-10

4,000 6,000 10,000 DC-25/UPS/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Fork Accessories

MATERIAL HANDLING

Fork Truck Mounted Brush Sweepers The rugged lightweight Fork Truck Broom is ideal for interior and exterior commercial sweeping. Great for all cleanup applications; docks, warehouses, and parking lots. Lightweight aluminum body with polypropylene bristles (replaceable). Red powder coat finish. Fork pockets measure 7¼" deep x 5" wide x 2" high. Unit attaches to forks by sliding forks into fork pockets and securing with locking screws. Optional Dust Mop attaches to broom for sweeping fine material on polished floors. MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL SIZE )W x D x H(

VSWP-48 VSWP-60 VSWP-60-DM

FORK POCKET )W x D x H(

SWEEPING WIDTH

BRISTLE LENGTH

NET WT. (LBS.)

8" 8"

44 51 10

48" x 9" x 12" 5" x 7¼" x 2" 48" 60" x 9" x 12" 5" x 7¼" x 2" 60" DUST MOP ATTACHMENT 60" WIDE

DC-20/UPS/ FC-70

Pallet Dumper/Retainer Dump loaded pallets easily without leaving the seat of your fork truck with the all welded steel constructed Pallet Dumper. Unit slides onto forks and is secured by a safety chain. Two retainers hold the pallet in place while dumping the contents into the hopper or dumpster. Once the retainers have cleared the opposite end of the pallet, raise the forks and the retainers will hold the pallet on the forks. Lift the pallet to the dumping height and rest the pallet on the edge of the dumpster. Pull the chain, releasing the fork carriage, allowing the pallet to tilt and dump the load into the hopper or dumpster. When finished, simply lower to ground until the carriage latches. MODEL NUMBER

FORK POCKET )W x H(

FORK LENGTH

OVERALL WIDTH

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

PAL-D/R

7½" x 2½"

52"

32"

2,000

NET WT. (LBS.)

340 DC-25/FC-70

Retainer

Fork Truck Fork Caddy Transport fork truck forks easily and safely. This caddy allows the user to easily remove and install forks onto a fork truck. This is usually a dangerous and time consuming process, but our fork caddy makes this a breeze. After transporting the fork to the fork truck, rotate the handle 90°. Slide the fork onto the mast. The Fork Caddy has easy-grip handles and rolls smoothly on two swivel casters. A locking screw secures the fork into the caddy to keep it in place while transporting. The comfort-grip handle pivots up to 180° to allow for easier mobility. The Fork Caddy is lightweight and small enough for easy storage as well. MODEL NUMBER

USABLE SIZE )W x H(

CASTERS

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

FC-29

7½" x 2½"

3" x 1" SWIVEL

2,000

NET WT. (LBS.)

29 DC-25/FC-70

Forged Steel Forks Change your current fork length or buy an extra pair of forks for an emergency with our new Forged Steel Forks. Forks are 4" wide each. Designed for class II carriage mounting and includes lock pin. Meets I.T.A. standards. MODEL NUMBER

F4-1.25-36 F4-1.25-48 F4-1.50-36 F4-1.50-42 F4-1.50-48 F4-1.50-60 F4-1.75-36 F4-1.75-42 F4-1.75-48 F4-1.75-60

LENGTH )INCHES(

THICKNESS )INCHES(

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

36 48 36 42 48 60 36 42 48 60

1¼" 1¼" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1½" 1¾" 1¾" 1¾" 1¾"

3,000 3,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000

191 222 224 249 268 308 251 277 299 392 DC-25/FC-70

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

337

MATERIAL HANDLING Fork Accessories Rug Rams/Carpet Poles Transport rolls of carpet with our sturdy Rug Rams/Carpet Poles. Available in either carriage or fork mounted style. 2¾" diameter high strength, rotatable, replaceable pole has tapered tip. All units are made of steel construction and painted blue. Fork Mounted Rug Rams feature 7½"W x 2½"H fork pockets on 24" centers. Safety chain is included to secure unit to fork truck. Carriage Mounted Rug Rams are available in class II or III mount and feature a spring loaded locking pin to secure them to the carriage.

MODEL NUMBER

LENGTH

POLE DIAMETER

FORK MOUNTED - INVERTED CRP-108 108" 2¾" CRP-120 120" 2¾" CRP-144 144" 2¾" FORK MOUNTED CRF-108 108" 2¾" CRF-120 120" 2¾" CRF-144 144" 2¾" CARRIAGE MOUNTED - CLASS II CR-108-2 108" 2¾" CR-120-2 120" 2¾" CR-144-2 144" 2¾" CARRIAGE MOUNTED - CLASS III CR-108-3 108" 2¾" 120" 2¾" CR-120-3 CR-144-3 144" 2¾"

CARRIAGE CLASS

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (LBS.)

N/A N/A N/A

2,500 2,200 1,800

526 550 570

N/A N/A N/A

2,500 2,200 1,800

500 525 545

2 2 2

2,500 2,200 1,800

397 421 478

3 3 3

2,500 2,200 1,800

397 421 478

FORK MOUNTED - INVERTED Series CRP

FORK MOUNTED Series CRF

CARRIAGE MOUNTED Series CR

DC-25/FC-70

Fork Extensions Provide the extra support needed to lift long or large objects with a fork truck. Welded steel construction with cast steel tips. Steel retaining strap (loop style*) prevents fork extensions from sliding off forks during use. Powder coat yellow finish. OSHA regulations require that extensions are no more than 150% of the existing fork length. (e.g. 48" existing forks, the fork extension should not exceed 72"). *Loop Style: Insert loop at the tip of the fork and slide it up at a 45° angle then lay it down over the existing fork. Pin Style (suffix P): Remove pin and lay extension over fork or drive fork truck into the extension. Re-insert the pin behind the heel of the fork to secure extension. Rear Spacer (suffix RS): Insert the loop at the tip of the fork and slide it up at a 45° angle then lay it down over the existing forks. Load pallets into rear of trailer conveniently and easily. Practical for pushing pallets two or three deep into a trailer.

MODEL NUMBER

ACCOMMODATES FORK WIDTH

FORK EXTENSION INSIDE WIDTH

LENGTH

MAXIMUM FORK THICKNESS

NET WT. PAIR (LBS.)

FE-4-48 FE-4-54 *FE-4-63 FE-4-72 FE-4-84 FE-4-96

4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4"

4½" 4½" 4½" 4½" 4½" 4½"

48" 54" 63" 72" 84" 96"

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

101 109 125 135 157 173

FE-5-48 FE-5-54 *FE-5-63 FE-5-72 FE-5-84 FE-5-96

5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"

5½" 5½" 5½" 5½" 5½" 5½"

48" 54" 63" 72" 84" 96"

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

112 126 151 155 189 201

FE-6-48 FE-6-54 *FE-6-63 FE-6-72 FE-6-84 FE-6-96

6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"

6½" 6½" 6½" 6½" 6½" 6½"

48" 54" 63" 72" 84" 96"

2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"

121 146 165 166 199 210

*RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM LENGTH FOR 42" FORKS

338

DC-25/UPS/FC-65

LOOP STYLE

PIN STYLE • Suffix P

REAR SPACER • Suffix RS

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Safety Ladders

MATERIAL HANDLING

Cross-Over Ladders Mount where you need permanent access at crossover points. The upper platform features removable two sided 42" high handrail with 21" midrail and fixed 4" toeboards to prevent objects from rolling off. Serrated steps for extra grip and safety are 24" wide and 7" deep with a step height of 10". The overall ladder width is 29". Ground legs include rubber feet for stability. All welded steel construction with removable handrails. Capacity is 500 lbs. Meets OSHA and ANSI A14.7 standards.

B C

MODEL NUMBER

NUMBER OF STEPS

COL-3-26-14 COL-3-26-23 COL-3-26-33 COL-3-26-44 COL-4-36-14 COL-4-36-23 COL-4-36-33 COL-4-36-44 COL-5-46-14 COL-5-46-23 COL-5-46-33 COL-5-46-44 COL-6-56-14 COL-6-56-23 COL-6-56-33 COL-6-56-44

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6

26" 26" 26" 26" 36" 36" 36" 36" 46" 46" 46" 46" 56" 56" 56" 56"

14" 23" 33" 44" 14" 23" 33" 44" 14" 23" 33" 44" 14" 23" 33" 44"

54" 66" 78" 90" 66" 78" 90" 102" 78" 90" 102" 113" 90" 102" 113" 125"

72" 72" 72" 72" 82" 82" 82" 82" 92" 92" 92" 92" 102" 102" 102" 102"

30" 30" 30" 30" 40" 40" 40" 40" 50" 50" 50" 50" 60" 60" 60" 60"

24" 36" 47" 59" 24" 36" 47" 59" 24" 36" 47" 59" 24" 36" 47" 59"

.NET WT )POUNDS(

186 210 241 265 217 242 272 297 248 273 303 328 279 304 334 359 DC-35/FC-125

Alternating-Tread Stairs Alternating Tread Step design offers a shorter span than traditional steps. Features handrail on each side of unit, dual safety chain at top of stair and formed steel steps with raised surfaces for better traction. Rugged welded steel construction. Powder coated safety yellow finish. Ships knockdown for lower freight costs. MODEL NUMBER

NUMBER OF STEPS

TOP STEP HEIGHT

LENGTH

STEP ANGLE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

ATS-4-56 ATS-5-56 ATS-6-56 ATS-7-56 ATS-8-56 ATS-9-56 ATS-10-56 ATS-4-68 ATS-5-68 ATS-6-68 ATS-7-68 ATS-8-68 ATS-9-68 ATS-10-68

7 8 10 12 13 15 16 6 7 9 10 11 13 14

48" 60" 72" 84" 96" 108" 120" 48" 60" 72" 84" 96" 108" 120"

37.25" 44.91" 53.21" 61.44" 69.27" 77.49" 84.38" 25.66" 30.28" 35.36" 40.04" 45.05" 49.78" 54.75"

56° 56° 56° 56° 56° 56° 56° 68° 68° 68° 68° 68° 68° 68°

129 147 166 184 202 220 272 114 131 148 165 182 199 216 DC-35/FC-85

Walk-Thru Style Dock Ladders Prevent needless dock injuries with Walk-Thru Style Dock Ladders. Constructed of steel angle iron. Mount ladder directly to the dock face by either welding or bolting on. The extra high handrail provides maximum assistance and safety. All ladders project out 8½" from face of dock. MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL SIZE )W x H(

NUMBER OF RUNGS

TOP STEP HEIGHT

WIDTH OF STEP

DISTANCE BETWEEN STEP

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DKL-2 DKL-3 DKL-4 DKL-5 DKL-6 DKL-7 DKL-8 DKL-9 DKL-10

21" x 66" 21" x 78" 21" x 90" 21" x 102" 21" x 114" 21" x 126" 21" x 138" 21" x 150" 21" x 162"

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

12" 24" 36" 48" 60" 72" 84" 96" 108"

18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18"

12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"

46 50 55 59 65 85 91 97 103 DC-25/FC-85

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

339

MATERIAL HANDLING Guard Rails Guard Rail Systems Protect personnel and equipment both visually and physically with our Guard Rail Systems. These economical systems can be utilized indoors or outdoors. Ideal for protecting corners of buildings and machinery from fork truck and vehicle damage. Choose between one, two, or three rail high systems. Tubular posts are machined for continuous or perpendicular rail mounting. US D.O.T. guard rail mounting and I-beam posts available, contact factory. Rail mounting hardware included with post. Floor mounting kit sold separately. Curved rails feature a 90° angle and connect with the straight railing.

series GR

MODEL NUMBER series GR-PC-YEL

series GR-CRV

Shown with Galvanized Guard Rail and Plastic End TUBULAR POST Caps series GR-TP SPRING POST model GR-SP

HEIGHT

LENGTH

MOUNTING POSTS REQUIRED

RADIUS

NET WT. (POUNDS)

------

44 66 89 112 133

------

44 66 89 112 133

46" 61" 75½" 91½"

66 89 112 133

GALVANIZED GUARD RAIL - STRAIGHT RAILS GR-4 12" 48" 2 GR-6 12" 72" 2 GR-8 12" 96" 2 GR-10 12" 120" 3 GR-12 12" 144" 3 POWDER COAT GUARD RAIL - STRAIGHT RAILS GR-4-PC-YEL 12" 48" 2 GR-6-PC-YEL 12" 72" 2 GR-8-PC-YEL 12" 96" 2 GR-10-PC-YEL 12" 120" 3 GR-12-PC-YEL 12" 144" 3 GALVANIZED GUARD RAIL - CURVED RAILS GR-6-CRV 12" 72" 2 GR-8-CRV 12" 96" 2 GR-10-CRV 12" 120" 3 GR-12-CRV 12" 144" 3

DC-20/FC-50

Guard Rail Options MODEL NUMBER Shown with Galvanized Guard Rail DROP-IN STYLE POSTS series GR-TP-DI

CONCRETE MOUNTING KIT model GR-ABK

PLASTIC END CAP model GR-CAP

GUARD RAIL LEVELS

GR-SP SPRING POST - 24" HIGH ONE GR-TP18 TUBULAR POST - 18" HIGH ONE GR-TP42 TUBULAR POST - 42" HIGH TWO GR-TP60 TUBULAR POST - 60" HIGH THREE GR-TP72 TUBULAR POST - 72" HIGH THREE TUBULAR POSTS FOR DROP IN DESIGN GR-TP18-DI 18" HIGH POST ONE GR-TP42-DI 42" HIGH POST TWO GR-TP60-DI 60" HIGH POST THREE GR-TP72-DI 72" HIGH POST THREE GR-BKT-DI EXTRA POST MOUNTING BRACKET GR-CAP )PLASTIC END CAP 7"W x 13½"H x 4"D (Adds 3" to Length GR-BG )BUFFER END GUARD 48"L x 16"H x 12½"D (Adds 28" to Length GR-TG )FLARED END GUARD 27"L x 18"H x 10"D (Adds 18" to Length GR-ABK CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4) 3/4" x 4" GR-SPP SPRING POST MOUNT PLATE FOR ASPHALT/BLACKTOP APPLICATIONS

BUFFER END GUARD FLARED END GUARD model GR-BG model GR-TG The above two End Guards can either be welded or bolted onto our Galvanized Guard Rail. Hardware not included.

STRUCTURAL GUARD RAIL series ST-GR

STRUCTURAL GUARD POSTS AND BRACKETS series STGR-TP-DI

340

DESCRIPTION

Structural Guard Rail Systems

NET WT. (LBS.)

21 41 60 89 109 46 65 94 114 5 7 40 30 2 3 DC-20/FC-50

Constructed of structural C-channel 8.2 lbs. per foot for maximum strength and protection. Railing can be removed in a matter of seconds. Available in custom lengths. MODEL NUMBER

HEIGHT

LENGTH

STRUCTURAL GUARD RAIL ST-GR-4 8" 48" ST-GR-6 8" 72" ST-GR-8 8" 96" ST-GR-10 8" 120" ST-GR-12 8" 144" TUBULAR MOUNTING POSTS WITH DROP-IN STYLE BRACKET STGR-TP-18DI 18" HIGH POST ACCOMMODATES 1 RAIL STGR-TP-42DI 42" HIGH POST ACCOMMODATES 2 RAIL STGR-TP-60DI 60" HIGH POST ACCOMMODATES 3 RAIL STGR-TP-72DI 72" HIGH POST ACCOMMODATES 3 RAIL STGR-BKT-DI EXTRA POST MOUNTING BRACKET

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

NET WT. (POUNDS)

44 66 89 112 133 47 67 95 116 5 DC-20/FC-50

Bollards

MATERIAL HANDLING

Steel Pipe Safety Bollards Bollards can be used both indoors and outdoors to protect work areas, racking and personnel. Powder coated safety yellow finish. Molded rubber caps are removable on 4½" and 5½" diameter units. Steel caps are welded on the 1¾" diameter units. Base plate measures 8" x 8", on the 4.5 and 5.5 units, and include four (4) pre-drilled mounting holes. Mounting kits and replacement caps available. Welded steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

BOL-24-2 BOL-36-2 BOL-42-2 BOL-24-4.5 BOL-36-4.5 BOL-42-4.5 BOL-24-5.5 BOL-36-5.5 BOL-42-5.5 BOL-ABK-3 BOL-ABK-4

DESCRIPTION

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

HEIGHT

NET WT. (POUNDS)

STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 24" 1¾" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 36" 1¾" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 42" 1¾" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 24" 4½" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 36" 4½" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 42" 4½" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 24" 5½" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 36" 5½" STEEL PIPE BOLLARD 42" 5½" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4) 3/8" x 3" (1¾" Dia. Bollards) CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4) 3/4" x 4" (4½" & 5½" dia. Bol)

12 15 16 34 45 50 42 57 69 2 2

DC-20/UPS/FC-50

Offset Steel Bollards Unique design features offset base plate that won't interfere with traffic. The 8" x 8" base plate includes (4) pre-drilled mounting holes (mounting hardware is sold separately). Removable rubber top cap and black/yellow safety tape included. Heavy-duty welded steel construction with a powder coat safety yellow finish is standard. MODEL NUMBER

HEIGHT

OBOL-35-4.5 OBOL-47-4.5 OBOL-53-4.5 BOL-ABK-4

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

BASE PLATE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

35" 4½" 10" x 10" 47" 4½" 10" x 10" 53" 4½" 10" x 10" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4) 3/4" x 4"

32 41 46 2 DC-20/UPS/FC-50

Chrome-Plated Steel Bollard Improve the image of your facility while protecting people and equipment. Unit is made of steel and finished with an attractive bright chrome plating for a clean fresh look. A black plastic top cap is removable to fill the bollard with concrete for greater strength and stability. The mounting plate is predrilled with (4) ½" diameter holes for quick and easy installation. Base plate diameter is 8". MODEL NUMBER

CBOL-42-4 CBOL-ABK-3

DESCRIPTION

HEIGHT

CHROME PLATED STEEL BOLLARD 42" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4) 3/8" x 3"

DIAMETER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

26 2 DC-30/UPS/FC-50

Pour In Place Bollards Make your bollards permanent by setting them in concrete. The extra length of the Pour in Place Bollard allows you to maintain the needed height while fixing the bollard in concrete. Bollard comes with welded anchoring tabs and a removable cap so the bollard can be filled with concrete to increase its strength and durability. Powder coated yellow for high visibility. MODEL NUMBER

USABLE HEIGHT

OVERALL HEIGHT

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

BOLPP-24-5.5 BOLPP-36-5.5 BOLPP-42-5.5 BOLPP-48-5.5

24" 36" 42" 48"

34" 46" 52" 58"

5½" 5½" 5½" 5½"

44 59 73 88 DC-20/UPS/FC-50

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

341

MATERIAL HANDLING Bollards Removable Bollards The Removable Bollard comes with a sleeve that can be set in concrete to hold the bollard. When access is needed into an area that is protected by the bollard, simply lift the bollard out of the sleeve. Replace the bollard in its sleeve to reinstate the protective barrier. Powder coated yellow for high visibility. Sleeve is included.

For a w id selecti er call 80 on, 0-LOC 8

MODEL NUMBER

USABLE HEIGHT

OVERALL HEIGHT

SLEEVE HEIGHT

BOLLARD DIAMETER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

BOL-R-36-5.5 BOL-R-42-5.5 BOL-R-48-5.5

36" 42" 48"

46" 52" 58"

10" 10" 10"

5½" 5½" 5½"

88 96 103 DC-25/UPS/FC-50

Self Storing Bollard with Door & Lock This unique bollard is designed to slide down into the ground or floor when not needed. Great for preventing access to parking areas. Each unit includes a sleeve that can be set in the ground with concrete. Bollard has a handle in the top to allow for easy lifting and lowering. Lift and twist to lock into raised position. Twist and lower to return to stored position. Includes locking tab for use with padlock (padlock not included) to prevent unauthorized operation. Steel construction with powder coat safety yellow finish. SHOWED IN LOWERED POSITIONED

MODEL NUMBER

BOL-SS-42-5.5

USABLE HEIGHT

COLLAPSED HEIGHT

SLEEVE HEIGHT

BOLLARD DIAMETER

42"

1½"

45"

5½"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

163 DC-25/UPS/FC-50

Movable Bollard (with Wheels) Movable Bollard provides a portable visual barrier when an area needs temporary protection. Ideal for use when keeping traffic out of a temporarily hazardous area or area under repair. Can be used indoors or outdoors. Mold-on-rubber wheels standard. Powder coated yellow for high visibility. MODEL NUMBER

USABLE HEIGHT

WHEEL SIZE

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

42”

10”

5½"

BOL-MB-42-5.5

NET WT. (POUNDS)

71 DC-25/UPS/FC-50

Folding Bollard Galvanized steel barrier post for parking control and security. Bollard is locked in the raised position with a padlock (padlock not included). When padlock is removed, bollard may be lowered to ground to allow for access. Base plate must be lagged to ground for proper installation (installation hardware not included). Steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

BOL-FD-36

EXTENDED HEIGHT

COLLAPSED HEIGHT

BOLLARD DIAMETER

42”

4”

1¾"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

20 DC-25/UPS/FC-50

FOLDING BOLLARD model BOL-FD-36

Removable Ornamental Bollard Provide an attractive yet functional barrier to vehicle access and parking. Bollard locks into galvanized steel socket that is cemented into the ground. When the bollard is removed, a socket cover protects the hole leaving no protrusion above the surface. MODEL NUMBER REMOVABLE ORNAMENTAL BOLLARD model BOL-OR-40

342

BOL-OR-40

USABLE HEIGHT 40”

BOLLARD DIAMETER 5½"

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

NET WT. (POUNDS) 84 DC-25/UPS/FC-50

Bollards

MATERIAL HANDLING

Bollard Caps Replace lost or damaged bollard caps. Available in Cast Steel or Molded Rubber. Easy to attach. Steel caps must be welded in place. Rubber cap installation is press-fit. CAST STEEL series BOL-CAP-S

MOLDED RUBBER series BOL-CAP-R

MODEL NUMBER

MATERIAL

INNER DIAMETER PIPE FITTING

FITS MODEL

NET WT. (POUNDS)

*BOL-CAP-4.5-S *BOL-CAP-5.5-S BOL-CAP-4.5-R BOL-CAP-5.5-R

CAST STEEL CAST STEEL MOLDED RUBBER MOLDED RUBBER

4.26" (4" SCH. 10 PIPE) 5.30" (5" SCH. 10 PIPE) 4.26" (4" SCH. 10 PIPE) 5.30" (5" SCH. 10 PIPE)

BOL-4.5 BOL-5.5 BOL-4.5 BOL-5.5

3 3 1 1

REQUIRES WELDING FOR INSTALLATION*

DC-20/UPS

Bollard/Post Covers This durable poly sleeve with red reflective rings will minimize maintenance and improve appearance. Units slide over existing bollards. No hardware needed. MODEL NUMBER

HEIGHT

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

INSIDE DIAMETER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

PBC-4 PBC-7

52" 52"

4-7/8" 7-1/2"

4-5/8" 7-1/4"

4 7 DC-25/UPS/250

Plastic Bollard Covers Eliminate the need for costly scraping and painting of unsightly bollards. The low density polyethylene thermoplastic molded sleeves slide over existing bollards. No hardware needed. Additional sizes and colors available. MODEL NUMBER

USE WITH MODEL

HEIGHT

INSIDE DIAMETER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

BPC-24-4.5 BPC-36-4.5 BPC-42-4.5 BPC-24-5.5 BPC-36-5.5 BPC-42-5.5

BOL-24-4.5 BOL-36-4.5 BOL-42-4.5 BOL-24-5.5 BOL-36-5.5 BOL-42-5.5

24" 36" 42" 24" 36" 42"

4¾" 4¾" 4¾" 5¾" 5¾" 5¾"

4 6 8 6 9 11 DC-20/UPS/FC-250

Spring Loaded Steel Bollards Designed to serve as a visual and audible warning to personnel. Unique spring-loaded design will bend and not break like rigid bollards. Prevents damage to bollard and equipment. Promotes long life. Order bollard with or without light/siren option. Light/siren option includes sensitive switches that will activate a strobe light and warning siren when contacted. Operates with two 9V batteries (not included). Simply slides into open top of bollard. Each bollard is manufactured from steel and includes a powder coat safety yellow finish. MODEL NUMBER

SPBOL-42 SPBOL-42-BL SPBOL-ABK

DESCRIPTION

SPRING BOLLARD SPRING BOLLARD W/ BEEPER & STROBE CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4) 3/8" x 3"

HEIGHT

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

42" 42"

2½" 2½"

19 32 2 DC-20/UPS/FC-50

Protective Dome Covers for Bollards Prevent accidents and injuries from people tripping over raised bolts. Easy to use device slides over bollards covering mounting hardware and base plate for a nice clean finish. Durable yellow powder coat finish. Steel construction. No hardware required. MODEL NUMBER

USE WITH

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

HEIGHT

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DOME-4.5 DOME-5.5

4½" DIAMETER BOLLARDS 5½" DIAMETER BOLLARDS

14" 14"

3" 3"

8 9 DC-20/UPS/FC-50

Plastic Hardware Caps for Bollards Plastic hardware caps snap over the top of anchor bolts and washers to protect from weathering. Also provides for cleaner look. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

QUANTITY PER PACKAGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

BC-B-1.5

SNAPS OVER ANCHOR HARDWARE

1 DC-20/UPS/FC-250

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

343

MATERIAL HANDLING Rack Guards Low Profile Rack Guards May be used either indoors or outdoors to protect valuable pallet racking, machinery and personnel. High visibility yellow powder coat finish. Heavy-duty welded steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

LPRO-36-9-2 LPRO-48-9-2 LPRO-36-16-2 LPRO-48-16-2 LPRO-36-9-4 LPRO-48-9-4 LPRO-36-16-4 LPRO-48-16-4 LPRO-ABK-3 LPRO-ABK-4

HEIGHT

LENGTH

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

LOW PROFILE GUARD 9" 36" 1-5/8" LOW PROFILE GUARD 9" 48" 1-5/8" LOW PROFILE GUARD 16" 36" 1-5/8" LOW PROFILE GUARD 16" 48" 1-5/8" LOW PROFILE GUARD 9" 36" 4-1/2" LOW PROFILE GUARD 9" 48" 4-1/2" LOW PROFILE GUARD 16" 36" 4-1/2" LOW PROFILE GUARD 16" 48" 4-1/2" ).CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (8) 3/8" x 3" (1-5/8" Dia ).CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (8) 3/4" x 4" (4-1/2" dia

NET WT. (POUNDS)

22/UPS 26/UPS 28/UPS 32/UPS 48/UPS 60/UPS 64/UPS 73/UPS 4 4

DC-20/UPS/FC-50

High Profile Machinery Guards Heavy-duty steel construction for protecting racks, building walls, expensive equipment and hundreds of other applications. All 42” high units include a 21” midrail to comply with OSHA handrailing requirements. Two base plates with four pre-drilled mounting holes in each plate. Welded steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

HPRO-36-24-2 HPRO-48-24-2 HPRO-36-36-2 HPRO-48-36-2 HPRO-36-42-2 HPRO-48-42-2 HPRO-36-24-4 HPRO-48-24-4 HPRO-36-36-4 HPRO-48-36-4 HPRO-36-42-4 HPRO-48-42-4 HPRO-ABK-3 HPRO-ABK-4

DESCRIPTION

HEIGHT

LENGTH

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

HIGH PROFILE GUARD 24" 36" 1-5/8" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 24" 48" 1-5/8" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 36" 36" 1-5/8" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 36" 48" 1-5/8" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 42" 36" 1-5/8" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 42" 48" 1-5/8" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 24" 36" 4-1/2" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 24" 48" 4-1/2" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 36" 36" 4-1/2" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 36" 48" 4-1/2" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 42" 36" 4-1/2" HIGH PROFILE GUARD 42" 48" 4-1/2" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (8) 3/8" x 3" (1-5/8" Dia.) CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (8) 3/4" x 4" (4-1/2" dia.)

30/UPS 40/UPS 38 48 42 52 53/UPS 69/UPS 74 82 89 93 4 4 DC-20/UPS/FC-50

Adjustable Width Rack Guards Protect the row ends of tandem pallet racking with this heavy duty, welded steel adjustable rack guard. Slide in design has a variable length range of 62" to 108". Includes steel mounting plates with 1" dia. holes to safely secure unit to floor. Powder coated with safety yellow finish. MODEL NUMBER

ARMG-24 ARMG-ABK

ADJUSTABLE LENGTH

HEIGHT

62" to 108" 24" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (12) 3/4" x 4"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

203 4 DC-20/FC-50

90° Triple Elbow Guards Protect the corners of machinery, buildings and offices. The 90° bend fits snug around corners to provide the ultimate protection against potential damage from fork trucks or other mobile equipment. Base plate size is 8" x 8". Welded steel construction. Powder coated safety yellow. MODEL NUMBER

TEG-24-24-4 TEG-24-36-4 TEG-24-42-4 TEG-30-24-4 TEG-30-36-4 TEG-30-42-4 TEG-ABK

344

OUTSIDE DESCRIPTION HEIGHT LENGTH DIAMETER TRIPLE ELBOW GUARD 24" 24" 4½" TRIPLE ELBOW GUARD 36" 24" 4½" TRIPLE ELBOW GUARD 42" 24" 4½" TRIPLE ELBOW GUARD 24" 30" 4½" TRIPLE ELBOW GUARD 36" 30" 4½" TRIPLE ELBOW GUARD 42" 30" 4½" )CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (8) 3/4" x 4" (4-1/2" GUARDS

NET WT. (POUNDS) 69 82 90 74 88 95 4 DC-20/FC-50

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Guard Systems

MATERIAL HANDLING

Modular Guard Systems Modular Guard System can be ordered to fit almost any application. Designed for quick and easy assembly. Railing sections are installed and secured to each post with a single bolt. Select from different railing lengths to custom fit your application. Railing systems are made from heavy-duty 3" square steel tubing. Wall mounting posts may be used to secure guard assembly to a wall. Durable safety yellow powder coat finish. Steel construction. All components sold separately. RAILING SECTION MODEL NUMBER

EFFECTIVE LENGTH

OVERALL LENGTH

SQUARE TUBE (O.D.)

NET WT. (POUNDS)

48" 72" 98" 120" 144"

56" 80" 102" 128" 152"

3" 3" 3" 3" 3"

26 38 49 60 71

MG-R-4 MG-R-6 MG-R-8 MG-R-10 MG-R-12

DC-20/FC-50

MOUNTING POSTS MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

STYLE

OVERALL HEIGHT

NET WT. (POUNDS)

MG-CP-36-1 MG-CP-36-2

CORNER POST CORNER POST

SINGLE RAIL DOUBLE RAIL

36" 36"

37 49

MG-SP-36-1 MG-SP-36-2

STRAIGHT POST STRAIGHT POST

SINGLE RAIL DOUBLE RAIL

36" 36"

37 49

Fits against walls to protect drains or piping

Individual Components are Installed On-Sight

DC-20/FC-50

MOUNTING OPTIONS MODEL NUMBER

NET WT. (POUNDS)

DESCRIPTION

MG-WP-A MG-WP-B

WALL MOUNTING POST - POST TUBING WALL MOUNTING POST - RAILING SECTION TUBING

MG-KIT

CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4 ANCHORS)

7 8

SINGLE RAIL STRAIGHT POST model MG-SP-1

DOUBLE RAIL Corner Post model MG-CP-36-2

4 DC-20/FC-50

Adjustable Steel Safety Railings

RAILING SECTION series MG-R

wall mount series MG-WP

The Adjustable Railing can be used to create walking paths or as a sliding gate for continuous run handrail systems. 1¾" square tubing is painted safety yellow for high visibility. Unit stands 42" high and has a 21" midrail. Optional 96" long toe board is available. Safety yellow powder coat finish. MODEL NUMBER

ASR-96 ASR-96-4-TB

DESCRIPTION

SERVICE RANGE

NET WT. (POUNDS)

WITHOUT TOEBOARD WITH 4" HIGH TOEBOARD

96" TO 168" 96" TO 168"

54 61 DC-20/FC-50/150

Heavy Duty Column Protectors Two-piece design for protecting in-plant columns and other vertical support members. Hardware is included to connect both pieces together. Heavy duty welded steel construction. Each base plate includes (4) pre-drilled mounting holes. Concrete installation hardware sold separately. Powder coat safety yellow finish. MODEL NUMBER

CGP-24 CGP-36 CGP-48 CGP-ABK

HEIGHT

INSIDE WIDTH

INSIDE LENGTH

NET WT. (POUNDS)

24" 20" 20" 36" 20" 20" 48" 20" 20" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (8) 3/4" x 4"

132 150 168 4 DC-20/FC-50

Gantry/Jib Guards Prevent costly damage to steel columns, pipe and tubing from carts and fork trucks. Solid steel design is constructed of 1/2" thick material for maximum strength. Ideal for fixed jibs and gantry cranes. Mounting plate measures 16" wide by 13½" deep and features (6) pre-drilled mounting holes. MODEL NUMBER CG-42 CG-ABK

INSIDE INSIDE OVERALL WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT 11" 10½" 42" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (6) 3/4" x 4"

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

NET WT. (POUNDS) 150 4 DC-20/FC-50

345

MATERIAL HANDLING Column Protectors Structural Column Protectors Provide wrap around protection to columns, pipes and tubing to prevent damage. Constructed of UV protected polyethylene. Units can be stacked two high. Easy to assemble with fasteners included.

MODEL NUMBER

HEAVY DUTY VB-6 VB-8 VB-10 VB-12 VB-8-10 VB-9R LIGHT DUTY VBS-3 VBS-4 VBS-5 VBS-6

INSIDE OPENING

OUTSIDE WIDTH

OVERALL HEIGHT

CAPACITY )POUNDS(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

6" SQUARE 8" SQUARE 10" SQUARE 12" SQUARE 8" x 10" RECTANGLE 9" ROUND

26" 26" 26" 26" 26" 26"

42" 42" 42" 42" 42" 42"

7000 @ 6 MPH 7000 @ 6 MPH 7000 @ 6 MPH 7000 @ 6 MPH 7000 @ 6 MPH 7000 @ 6 MPH

46 46 46 46 46 46

3" SQUARE 4" SQUARE 5" SQUARE 6" SQUARE

12" 12" 12" 12"

42" 42" 42" 42"

N/A N/A N/A N/A

18 18 18 18 DC-20/FC-250

Pipe and Downspout Protectors Protect down spouts and pipes attached to buildings from damage caused by fork trucks, vehicles and mowers. Our Steel Down Spout Guards fit around standard down spouts. The Poly Pipe Protector fits pipes up to 5" diameter. Easy bolt on installation - installation hardware not included. Choose steel for optimum strength or polyethylene for protection with deflection. Steel model is powder coated safety yellow.

MODEL NUMBER

MATERIAL

INSIDE )W x D(

OVERALL SIZE )W x D x H(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

VPP-5R *DSG-48

POLYETHYLENE STEEL

5" x 5" 6" x 6"

12" x 6" x 42" 10" x 6½" x 42"

6 63

DC-20/UPS/FC-250/FC-50

model VPP-5R

model DSG-48

Polyethylene Rack Protector Protect pallet racking from damage with rugged polyethylene protectors. Easy installation with quick velcro mount or concrete lag to the ground hardware included. Safety yellow color increases visibility. MODEL NUMBER

MATERIAL

USABLE OPENING SIZE

OVERALL SIZE )W x L x H(

VRP-18

POLYETHYLENE

3½"

4½" x 8" x 18"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

3 DC-20/UPS/FC-250

Rack Guard with Rubber Bumper Insert Protect pallet racking with durable wrap around protection. Fits pallet rack measuring 3" wide by 3¾" deep. Increase pallet rack column strength on impact by over 100%. Includes rubber bumper insert, 1/2" thick, and hardware. Easy to install with wrench or socket. No concrete drilling required. Steel construction. Powder coat safety yellow finish. MODEL NUMBER

MATERIAL

USABLE OPENING )W x D(

OVERALL HEIGHT

RUD-24

STEEL

3" x 3¾"

24"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

19 DC-20/UPS/FC-60

346

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Rack Guards

MATERIAL HANDLING

Low Profile Rack Guards Protect pallet racking and wall corners against damage from fork trucks, pallet trucks and carts with Low Profile Rack Guards. All components are laser cut. Quick and easy two-hole installation. Installs in half the time of other guards with two bolt holes. Safety yellow powder coat finish. Steel construction. Mounting kit sold separately. MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL HEIGHT

NPG4-12 NPG4-18 NPG4-24 NPG4-36 NPG6-12 NPG6-18 NPG6-24 NPG6-36 NPG-ABK

USABLE OPENING )W x D(

OVERALL BASE )W x D(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

12" 4¼" x 1" 8" x 3" 18" 4¼" x 1" 8" x 3" 24" 4¼" x 1" 8" x 3" 36" 4¼" x 1" 8" x 3" 12" 6¼" x 1" 10" x 3" 18" 6¼" x 1" 10" x 3" 24" 6¼" x 1" 10" x 3" 36" 6¼" x 1" 10" x 3" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (2) 3/4" x 4"

6 9 12 18 8 11 14 20 2 DC-20/UPS/FC-50 LOW PROFILE RACK GUARDS series NPG

Structural Rack Guards Economical way to protect against damage to pallet racking and wall corners. Constructed of 6" or 8" structural steel “C” channel. Available with or without a rubber bumper. Easy to install to concrete surface. Four mounting holes for maximum stability. Safety yellow powder coat finish. Installation hardware sold separately. STRUCTURAL RACK GUARDS MODEL NUMBER

OVERALL HEIGHT

USABLE OPENING )W x D(

OVERALL BASE )W x D(

NET WT. (POUNDS)

G6-12 12" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G6-18 18" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G6-24 24" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G6-36 36" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G8-12 12" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" G8-18 18" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" G8-24 24" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" G8-36 36" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" STRUCTURAL RACK GUARDS WITH RUBBER BUMPERS G6-12-B 12" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G6-18-B 18" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G6-24-B 24" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G6-36-B 36" 4-1/2" x 4" 7-5/8" x 6" G8-12-B 12" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" G8-18-B 18" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" G8-24-B 24" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" G8-36-B 36" 6-1/2" x 4" 9-5/8" x 6" G-ABK CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (4) 3/4" x 4"

10 16 22 28 16 21 30 38

STRUCTURAL RACK GUARDS series G

17 25 34 46 28 38 51 71 4 DC-20/UPS/FC-50 STRUCTURAL RACK GUARDS WITH RUBBER BUMPERS series G-B

Corner Guards Protect busy corners, expensive machinery and personnel with 90° perpendicular protection. "SAFETY FIRST" promotion reminds personnel of the number one priority. Steel units include powder coat safety yellow finish. Aluminum unit is unfinished. MODEL NUMBER

PCG-16 PCG-24 PCG-24-A PCG-ABK

OVERALL HEIGHT

16" 24" 24"

OVERALL LENGTH

SIDE HEIGHT

MATERIAL

16" 8" STEEL 24" 12" STEEL 24" 12" ALUMINUM CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (3) 3/4" x 4"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

30 35 18 2 DC-20/UPS/FC-50

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

347

MATERIAL HANDLING Corner Protectors Corner Protectors Heavy-duty corner protectors are designed to protect corners from damage. Extremely versatile protection for in plant, offices, overhead door frames and tracks or any 90° corner. Rubber Corner Protector with Steel Frame, model RSCP-BY-39. This unit includes a steel sub-frame assembly which bolts to the corner. The rubber cover is then slipped over the steel sub-frame. Includes drywall anchors to secure steel sub-frame to corner. Projection is ½". Rubber Corner Protector, model RCP-B-BY, features black and yellow stripes for increased visibility. Includes (6) mounting holes to secure unit to wall. Hole diameter is 3/16". Corner Protector, model VCP-40, is made of shock absorbing molded polyethylene construction. 2¼" thick with one flange edge measuring 6" and the other 8". Molded Rubber Corner Protectors, series MRCG, is made from black molded rubber. Includes reflective safety yellow tape for higher visibility. MODEL NUMBER

RCP-B-BY VCP-40 MRCG-20 MRCG-39

OVERALL HEIGHT

FLANGE WIDTH

DRYWALL ANCHORS

MATERIAL

NET WT. (POUNDS)

35½" 40½" 20" 39"

3" 6" & 8" 5½" 6"

INCLUDED NOT INCLUDED NOT INCLUDED NOT INCLUDED

RUBBER POLY RUBBER RUBBER

6 3 5 8

RSCP-BY-39

VCP-40

RCP-B-BY

DC-20/UPS MRCG-39

MRCG-20

Polyethylene Wall Protector Protect building walls from scratches and dents. This wall protector is weather resistant for use both indoors and outdoors. Constructed of molded polyethylene material. Safety yellow for high visibility. Features 3/8" counter sunk holes for anchor bolts. Hardware not included. MODEL NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL )W x H(

PROJECTION

VBG-48

POLYETHYLENE

48" x 6¼"

2¼"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

6 DC-20/UPS/FC-250

Overhead Door Track Protectors Protect the tracks of overhead doors from fork trucks, pallet trucks and other traffic with these solid steel constructed, economical Overhead Door Track Protectors. The base plate is 6" square with a 3" notch out and 9/16" diameter mounting holes. Safety yellow powder coat finish for long term wear. Steel construction. MODEL NUMBER

DSP-24 DSP-36 DSP-48 DSP-ABK

BASE PLATE SPECIFICATIONS

HEIGHT

24" 36" 48"

MOUNTING HOLE DIAMETER

6" Square 3" Notch Out 9/16" 6" Square 3" Notch Out 9/16" 6" Square 3" Notch Out 9/16" CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (3) ½" x 4"

NET WT. (POUNDS)

13 20 27 3 DC-20/UPS/FC-60

Economical Overhead Door Warning Barriers

WOOD STEEL

Protect overhead doors from fork trucks and other traffic coming and going throughout each day. Intended for use as a warning system - not a fork truck stop. Constructed with tubular steel uprights and a 4" x 4" wooden beam across the top of the guard. The wooden beam can be easily and inexpensively replaced when damaged. Guard will not interfere with overhead door. Complete unit is painted high visibility OSHA safety yellow. Concrete installation kit available. Custom sizes available. MODEL NUMBER

DWB-88 DWB-810 DWB-910 DWB-1010 DWB-ABK

USABLE DOOR ).WIDTH (FT

USABLE DOOR ).HEIGHT (FT

NET WT. (POUNDS)

COLOR

8 8 YELLOW 8 10 YELLOW 9 10 YELLOW 10 10 YELLOW CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLTS (8) ¾" x 6"

395 475 490 505 10 DC-20/FC-70

348

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Laundry CONTAINERS

MATERIAL HANDLING Roll Laundry Container

CADDIE ROLL container for laundry

with folding double half door Large capacity for a low price = excellent value. Demountable. Rust resistant electrogalvanized coating. Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors of 125 mm dia. soft tread. Tested for loads of up to 500 kg.

C. Roll LAUNDRY CONTAINER H.1900 4.494.50.03 with folding double half door for progressive loading Overall dimensions: 715 x 810 x H 1900 mm. Usable dimensions: 650 x 750 x H 1705 mm. Unit weight: 51 kg. Capacity: 830 dm3. Roll LAUNDRY CONTAINER H.1700 4.494.54.03 with folding double half door for progressive loading Overall dimensions: 715 x 810 x H 1700 mm. Usable dimensions: 650 x 750 x H 1505 mm. Unit weight: 49 kg. Capacity: 730 dm3.

D. REMOVABLE FOLDING

C E

DOUBLE HALF DOOR Folds in half so container can be opened in two stages

E. Secure can be closed with seals

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

or padlocks.

F. Information plate for clear product identification. Can be personalized with your company logo or other information upon request.

TRANSMASSE LAUNDRY ROLL CONTAINER H

Heavy duty construction. Side panels securely bolted into place. Tested for loads of up to 500 kg. Rust resistant electrogalvanized coating. 125 mm .dia. castors, 2 fixed and 2 swivel TRANSMASSE ROLL LAUNDRY H.1900 1 door 2 1/2 doors Reference

4.492.80.03

4.492.19.03

Overall dim. in mm

715 x 810 x H 1910

Unit weight in kg

Capacity in dm3

57.5 820

TRANSMASSE ROLL LAUNDRY H.1700 1 door 2 1/2 doors Reference Overall dim. in mm Unit weight in kg I

4.492.78.03

4.492.55.03

715 x 810 x H 1710 52.5

Capacity in dm3

53 730

G Available with optional tow-bars and .a wide range of castors upon request

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

349

MATERIAL HANDLING LINEN Containers Linen carts c. CADDIE SECURITY LINEN ROLL CONTAINER High capacity. Fully demountable. Lockable for security. Doors open fully for easy access. Available with optional shelves for better storage.

accessories: SET OF 4 BUMPERS 4.495.97.58

Fits all the CADDIE linen roll containers. FLAT SHELF 4.495.03.03 Rust resistant electrogalvanized finish. Overall dimensions: 695 x 695 x H 40 mm.

c. CLOTH COVER 4.495.61.52 - H 1900 4.495.62.52 - H 1700 4.495.63.52 - H 1500 These covers have two zip-fasteners and identification pocket: 210 x 150 mm. D

d. Caddie Translinge LAUNDRY TROLLEY Heavy duty design. Rust resistant white ARPOXY finish. Equipped with 3 wood laminate shelves, 2 of which can be folded up for extra storage space. 4 independent front door panels. Corner mounted bumpers to protect interior dĂŠcor.

accessories: e. PLASTIC COVER 9.940.29.54 2 zip-fasteners.

TYPE SECURITY LINEN ROLL CONTAINER Translinge

350

Reference

Overall dim. in mm

Usable dim. in mm

H 1900

4.494.98.03

715 x 810 x H 1910

650 x 750 x H 1680

H 1700

4.494.77.03

715 x 810 x H 1740

650 x 750 x H 1500

H 1500

4.494.87.03

715 x 810 x H 1540

650 x 750 x H 1300

9.940.20.50

805 x 555 x H 1840

680 x 450 x H 1610

Mesh in mm Panels/doors Base

Unit weight in kg

Safe load in kg

Capacity in dm3

500

725

51 50 x 100

38 x 160

68 x 140 / 65 x 95

805

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

625 300

490

Hygienic Trolleys

MATERIAL HANDLING

CADDIE BACTAINER TROLLEY Polyethylene Nestable when empty. For transporting wet linen. Completely watertight. Equipped with a plughole. Supplied with a removable lid.

A. BACTAINER TROLLEY 180 l 4.465.28.50 Polyethylene A

B. BACTAINER TROLLEY 360 l 4.465.38.50 Polyethylene

CADDIE BACTAINER TROLLEY Rust proof anodized aluminium Lightweight, yet sturdy. Perfect for use in laundries.

C. BACTAINER TROLLEY 250 l 2.290.30.11 STANDARD aluminium model

For transporting wet linen. Equipped with a tap and perforated metal plate for better water drainage.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

D. BACTAINER TROLLEY 280 l 2.290.40.11 Lightweight aluminium Spring loaded, self adjusting platform. Ergonomic design - no bending to retrieve laundry in bottom of trolley.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

351

MATERIAL HANDLING Laundry Basket Trolleys for wet linen CADDIE LAUNDRY BASKET CART Heavy duty carts for damp laundry. Rust resistant white polyester finish.

E. STANDARD LAUNDRY BASKET CART 9.940.57.50 Stackable when empty to save space. 4 swivel castors for excellent handling. Resistant to corrosion and various detergents.

F. HIGH BASE LAUNDRY BASKET CART 9.940.67.50 Identical to the 9.940.57.50 except base is raised by 40 cm so items are easy to retrieve in bottom of basket. Heavy duty tubular steel raised base.

G. LIGHT DUTY LAUNDRY BASKET CART 9.940.56.50 Cost effective design. Stackable when empty to save space. 4 swivel castors for excellent handling. Resistant to corrosion and various detergents.

H. LIGHT DUTY HIGH BASE LAUNDRY BASKET CART 9.940.66.50 Cost effective design. Identical to the 9.940.56.50 except base is raised by 30 cm so items are easy to retrieve in bottom of basket. Sturdy steel rod construction G TYPE

Reference

kg Caddie Bactainer polyethylene

180 dm3

4.465.28.50

360 dm3

4.465.38.50

Caddie Bactainer aluminium

standard

2.290.30.11

self adjusting

2.290.40.11

standard

9.940.57.50

high base

9.940.67.50

Caddie LAUNDRY BASKET CART

352

standard

9.940.56.50

high base

9.940.66.50

H Frame

Overall dim. in mm

Usable dim. in mm

Castor dia. in mm

Weight in

Polyethylene with lid

840 x 635 x H 675

675 x 505 x H 545

2 fixed + 2 swiv. Ø 80

1140 x 725 x H 805

1010 x 610 x H 585

2 fixed + 2 swiv. Ø 160

1025 x 630 x H 730

980 x 580 x H 440

2 fixed + 2 swiv. Ø 200

1070 x 625 x H 800

950 x 555 x H 540

2 fixed + 2 swiv. Ø 125

Steel wire white polyester finish

820 x 615 x H 740

740 x 540 x H 600

4 swiv. Ø 100

820 x 615 x H 1000

740 x 540 x H 600

4 swiv. Ø 125

Steel wire white polyester finish

820 x 615 x H 740

740 x 540 x H 600

4 swiv. Ø 100

820 x 615 x H 930

740 x 540 x H 600

4 swiv. Ø 100

Anodised aluminium

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Laundry Carts

MATERIAL HANDLING

Versatile design for efficiently transporting absorbent undergarments, toiletries, linens, etc. Clean and well sorted presentation of linen and disposable items, medical products... • • • •

Heavy duty design: 22 mm steel tubing. Steel wire shelves and dividers. Easy to handle: 4 NYLOX swivel castors ø 125 mm. Fitted with 2 braked castors. Easy maintenance: POLYROC coating extremely resistant to chemicals and abrasion. Attractive design: Soft, eye-pleasing colours and pure lines make this functional trolley fit any interior décor.

a. DAY-CARE TROLLEYS 2.200.35.66 Large capacity to hold everything needed for day time care units. Overall dimensions : 650 x 1200 x H.1400 mm.

b. NIGHT-care trolley

2.200.36.66 Less products are needed for night care. This small size trolley has been specially designed for night-care, narrow corridors and care units with a reduced number of beds. Overall dimensions: 650 x 850 x H.1400 mm.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

353

Theatre MATERIAL HANDLING Operating Equipment

STERI.CADDIE A complete system of carts, baskets, accessories and specialised supports designed for the operating theatre.

For the new generation of operating theatre design. In order to improve cleaning and disinfecting of an operating theatre, it must be emptied to a maximum. No more built-in equipment. Now, STERI.CADDIE offers you specialised carts for the theatre, supplies and removal of soiled articles.

354

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Operating Theatre Equipment

MATERIAL HANDLING Supply carts STERI.CADDIE CARTS 14 storage levels. Usable space between the levels: 100 mm. Minimum usable space: 87 mm. They are fitted as standard with 4 telescopic frames or sheet metal shelves. These carts may be adapted to a wide range of uses. • 18/10 stainless steel. • Monobloc construction. • Steel tube base frame: 20 x 40 mm. • Double sided with a storage space for tanks and standard baskets 6 x 3 x 3 or 6 x 3 x 1,5. • For transferring and storing products without unnecessary handling. • Levels adjustable at intervals of 100 mm. The telescopic frames and sheet metal shelves are removable. • 4 sets of 2 hooks per side. • Nylox casters ø 125 mm (2 of which braked).

STERI.CADDIE carts

With 4 telescopic frames

2.222.10.18

With 4 sheet metal shelves.

2.222.11.18

C. cart (without accessories) 2.220.87.18 18/10 stainless steel. Monobloc construction.

d. Telescopic frame 2.220.16.18

18/10 stainless steel.

Load capacity: 25 kg. Composed of a support frame and a sliding shelf.

e. Sheet metal shelf 2.220.19.18

18/10 stainless steel.

Load capacity: 25 kg. Electrolytically polished surface. The STERI.CADDIE carts are compatible with the MULTI.CADDIE shelving system.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

355

MATERIAL HANDLING Luggage Trolleys CADDIE LUGGAGE TROLLEYS

HAND TRUCK

with retractable kick stand

HAND TRUCK with runners 9.972.70.11

70.11.

72.11.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

9.972.71.11

CADDIE LUGGAGE HAND TRUCKS

Hand truck with kick stand

AR 407

Hand truck with runners

TYPE

356

Reference

Hand Red truck with stand Black

9.972.70.11

Hand tr. w. runners

9.972.71.11

9.972.72.11

AR 407

9.964.07.01

EQUINOXE 27

9.964.27.01

EQUINOXE 29

9.964.29.01

FREECART

9.964.72.03

Suitcase capacity

6-7

3-4

EQUINOXE 27

EQUINOXE 29

Frame

Casters ø in mm

Nesting in cm

aluminum

ø 250 inflatable

chrome

galvanized

ø 125

26,5

ø 125 front ø 200 rear

33,5

ø 125

28 26

These light-weight aluminium luggage hand trucks can carry 6 or 7 suitcases. Carpeted platform protects baggage. 250 mm inflatable tires for excellent handling indoors and outdoors. Folding platforms for easy storage.

HAND TRUCK WITH RETRACTABLE KICK STAND Only 320 mm deep when folded . Retractable kick stand for easy horizontal loading. 9.972.70.11 available with either red or black carpet.

HAND TRUCK WITH RUNNERS Practical runners for easy loading and for use with steps. Eases transporting baggage up steps. Ergonomic hand grips.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Luggage Trolleys

MATERIAL HANDLING Trolleys for guest use

AR 407

FREECART

EQUINOXE 29 EQUINOXE 27

9.964.07.01

9.964.72.03

9.964.27.01 9.964.29.01

TROLLEYS FOR GUEST USE

CADDIE PARK locking system for baggage trolleys.

EQUINOXE 27, EQUINOXE 29 and AR407.

Wall-mounted starting chain. 900 mm.

An ideal design, tested in hotels worldwide. EQUINOXE meets the rigorous requirements of all hotels. Heavy duty construction for tough environments. Excellent handling. For all types of luggage.

FREECART Light-weight construction for unexcelled maneuverability.

Ref 1.762.28.03 With mounting plate and key for CP locking systems

Sloped upper platform for easy loading.

CADDIE PARK starting arch. For indoors use Ref 7.763.68.01 Chrome finished steel tubing. Fitted with a starting chain with key for CP locking systems

Load capacity: 70 kg

Unit weight: 15 kg

Compact and nestable to save valuable floor space when stored.

- Capacity: up to 4 pieces of luggage - Upper basket for hand luggage with practical bag hook. - Optimal nesting to save floor space. - Bumper protects interior decor. - Large advertising space. - Available in rust resistant electro galvanized zinc finish + colorless varnish (03) or chrome plated (01).

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

357

MATERIAL HANDLING ROLL CONTAINERS CADDIE ROLL CONTAINERS

Demountable Roll STANDARD

Demountable Roll E

Nestable Roll Z-Frame STANDARD

Demountable Roll EP

Nestable Roll Z-Frame SECURITY

Demountable Roll SECURITY

Nestable Roll A-Frame STANDARD

Monobody Roll TRANSMASSE

Nestable Roll A-Frame SECURITY

CADDIE TRANSTOCK & ROULSTAR TROLLEYS

Transtock H.1100

Transtock H.1900

Transfrais

Roulstar H.1100

Roulstar H.1900

Roulstar for Long Loads

STORAGE AND TRANSPORT

Pallet converter

Cage pallet

Container

Cage pallet for bottles

Stackable hyper baskets Stackable baskets

LIGHT HANDLING

Basket carts

358

Service carts

Little carts

Transcaddie E

Transcaddie P

Dollies

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Master Inox

Roll Container

MATERIAL HANDLING

Roll CADDIE BUILT TO LAST

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Drain hole. Rain water drains out. Clear product identification. 2 long-lasting rubber straps Safety. No sharp or aggressive edges. Profiled safety tubing. Patented Anti-distortion base with heavy duty reinforced corners. Stable on hand trucks. Safe and easy to dismantle. Ergonomic foot hole simplifies removal of the side panels.

Quick and reliable assembly. Large choice of casters.

GENERAL FEATURES All CADDIE Roll Containers are : - - - -

Tested for loads of up to 500 kg. Electrogalvanized steel wire and tubing. Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel casters. Can be delivered on request with 4 swivel casters.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

359

MATERIAL HANDLING Roll Container Nestable CADDIE Z-frame nestable Roll containers SAVES SPACE SAVES TIME EASES FLEET MANAGEMENT.

Z-Frame STANDARD and SECURITY Roll containers. The Z-frame Roll containers are fitted with Ă¸ 100 mm casters with hard tread (2 fixed and 2 swivel). Upon request they can be fitted with Ă¸ 125 mm casters with soft or hard tread.

H.1500

H.1700

H.1900

Usable height 1300 mm

Usable height 1500 mm

Usable height 1670 mm

650

715

Type

Code Number

Weight(kg)

Code Number

Weight(kg)

Code Number

Weight(kg)

Standard

4.493.00.03

4.493.01.03

4.493.02.03

Security

4.493.50.03

49,5

4.493.51.03

4.493.52.03

54,5

740

820

200

Z-frame Roll container

1505/1695/1895

Anti-distortion base frame, heavy duty square tubing 80 x 40 mm. No sharp edges. Rust resistant : electrogalvanized coating. Standard Roll container shipped with 2 rubber straps. Wire mesh of the base frames : 30 x 100 mm. Security Roll container : wire mesh of the panels : 50 x 100 mm. Nesting length : 230 mm. 21 nested Roll containers = 6 m.

1300/1500/1670

Security Z-frame Roll container H.1900

Standard Z-frame Roll container H.1900

Accessories Docket holder. Securely riveted onto the metal identification plate.

Choice of shelves.

Wire, standard or heavy duty reinforced. Flat sheet metal.

360

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Roll Container Nestable

The Standard A-frame Roll container is shipped with 2 rubber straps.

MATERIAL HANDLING

Security A-frame Roll container with 2 half doors.

Accessories : Shelf and docket holder (to be ordered separately).

Delivered with 1 folding shelf. Rust resistant electrogalvanized coating. 2 fixed and 2 swivel casters. Nesting length : 250 mm. 10 nested trolleys : 3,06 m, ground surface required : 2,19 m2 Standard A-frame Roll container. ø 100 mm casters. Polypropylene. Wire mesh of the base frame : 70 x 50 mm Security A-frame Roll container. ø 125 mm casters. Low noise Sandwich Type. Wire mesh of base frame and shelves : 90 x 50 mm. Wire mesh of doors, side and back panels : 100 x 46 mm.

720

810

STANDARD A-frame Roll container Base grill and shelves fold up for easy nesting.

760

1650 / 1400

1900 / 1750

660

810

160

1887

1650

660

715

810

SECURITY A-frame Roll container The lateral panels and shelves fold for easy nesting.

Accessories Docket holder. 4.401.53.03 Securely riveted onto the metal identification plate.

Wire shelves.

Roll A-frame H.1700 H.1900

4.406.55.03 For Standard A-frame Roll container (removable) 4.406.07.03 For Security A-frame Roll container - - 4.490.30.03 40 Standard (fixed) Type

Code Number

Weight(kg)

Security 4.490.08.03 66 1 door

2 1/2 doors + 1 shelf

4.490.09.03

Code Number

Weight(kg)

4.490.10.03

4.490.15.03

Large choice of casters.

ø 100 or 125 mm casters with hard or soft tread.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

361

MATERIAL HANDLING Stock Trolleys CADDIE Transtock trolleys A NEW GENERATION OF TROLLEYS FOR OPTIMAL HANDLING AND TRANSPORT

Monobody structure

All CADDIE TRANSTOCK trolleys are fitted with 2 side panels securely bolted onto the patented base with reinforced corners. The lid or lintels screw onto the side panels.

dimensions 3 1200 x 800 mm. 1250 x 640 mm. 1320 x 700 mm.

heights 2 1850 (usable 1635 mm) and 1040 (usable 835 mm). Electrogalvanized zinc coating. Sheet metal identification plates. Factory mounted onto both the side panels. Allows fixing of identification marks.

Wire mesh

Base : 115 x 50 mm. Panels and doors : 70 x 70 mm. Lid : 65 x 70 mm. Wire shelf : 35 x 165 mm.

No overlapping parts

Simplifies loading of the lorries and storing without damage.

Profiled safety tubing TESTED FOR LOADS OF

450

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

The profiled tubing prevents the sharp extremities of the welded wires from injuring users or damaging merchandise.

Delivered unassembled. Casters and accessories are factory mounted. Easy to assemble

casters 4 ø 125 mm, low-noise «sandwich» type, 2 fixed and 2 swivel for smooth and silent running and reduced effort.

models available as standard 30 Trolley - open at front, - open on 2 sides - with doors and lid - with doors, open at the top - with wire shelves - with wooden shelves.

362

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

WEIGH SCALES mechanical suspened scales

MATERIAL HANDLING PS 250 LIGHT INDUSTRIAL WAREHOUSE / DESPATCH PLATFORM SCALE

• A basic suspended mechanical weigher for 100’s of every day applications. • Built with a shatterproof ABS case with high strength stainless steel fittings. • Capacities from 5-100 kg. • Available with a suspended stainless steel pan. 235-6s Single Hook / Dual Marked Suspended Scales

• PS250 Heavy Duty Low Profile Parcel / Platform Scale. • Suitable for Goods Received / Despatch / Checkweighing / Animal Weighing / Industrial / Produce Catering Scale. • Platform located on four large independently adjustable leveling feet, with rubber pads to give excellent stability. overload Protection is 100%. • Powered by Internal rechargeable batteries or from the mains adapter (supplied). • Key Functions On / Off / Tare Key Units / Hold. • Weighs in 250kg x 0.1kg / 550lb x 0.2lb / 8820 oz x 50z. • Quick Release Removable Head for Recharging and Storage. • Battery will give up to 12 hours continuous use before recharging. • Head supplied with wall mounting Bracket.

5 kg x 20 g (11 lb x 1 oz.) 10 kg x 50 g (22 lb x 2 oz.) 25 kg x 100 g (56 lb x 4 oz.) 50 kg x 200 g (110 lb x 8 oz.) 100 kg x 500 g (200 lb x 1 lb) Top and Bottom Hook + Round Pan (upto 25 kg)

Call us for full prices and details

Model

Capacity & Resolution

Dimensions

PS250 Heavy Duty

250 kg x 100 kg

550 mm (W) x

Platform Scale

550 lbs x 0.2 lb

900mm (H) x 60mm

pro dec medium capacity electronic platforms 0-2500kgs Mild Steel painted, Safety Tread pattern / Robust Construction with Sealed Junction Box.

parcel / warehouse scale • Low cost high weighing performance giving: checkweighing, counting, totalising functions. • Audible and visual checkweighing functions as standard. • Strong aluminum frame + base with stainless platfrom. • Indicator can be bench column mounted (with swivel) as standard large clear display. • Battery or mains powered as required display height 930 mm.

uilt to last-Steel Support •B Channels Welded under Top Plate. •A djustable Feet-Stainless Steel levelling Feet. •P ortable Design-Can be easily Relocated. •P rices includes Salter 750 Indicator and Calibration. •R amps Available (At Extra Charge).

S122 Capacity

Platform Size mm

60 kg x 10 g

370 x 520

150 kg x 20 g

370 x 520

150 kg x 20 g

460 x 600

300 kg x 50 g

460 x 600

1,000

115

1,220

154

• Stainless Options Available (At Extra Charge).

Length mm

Width mm

Height mm

Shipping Weight

Platform List Price

Minimum Trade Increments 0.2kg (to max of 1000kg) Minimum Trade Increments 0.5kg (to max of 2500kg)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

363

PACKAGING Mini-packing station Packing and Workstation Systems New requirements at work call for new concepts in the design of ergonomic workstations. The new products presented in this catalogue are based on the 100 years of experience and extensive development expertise of Hüdig+Rocholz. As one of our highest-priority design principles, the aim of ergonomics is therefore to optimize the working environment in line with human motor functions. Simplified work procedures and the positioning of components within easy reach improves employee performance, efficiency and satisfaction. As the leading supplier of dispatch equipment, we offer mix-and-match system components to satisfy all our customers’ needs in terms of size and complexity – from individual workstations to large interlinked systems offering access to conveying equipment

Configurator With our Planning-Tool you will get a picture of your future System. Wether it will be a single workstation or a whole packing line.

kaging For pac ation st & work ns, solutio C8 -LO call 800

364

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mini-packing station

PACKAGING

SYSTEM 1600 •

Adjustable for height 690-960 mm as standard

•

Reinforced worktop 30 mm

•

Light-grey laminated worktop

•

Table aprons in square steel tubing, 40 x 40 mm, red

RAL 2002

•

Steel drawer, anthracite RAL 7016

•

Stable document shelf

•

Cutting system for paper, cardboard and film with

proven technology (quick-change cartridge)

with document shelf and cardboard storage rack, cutting device with 2 interchangeable cartridges, cutting width 100 cm, spindle set complete with cones and brackets

with document shelf and cardboard storage rack, steel drawer, anthracite (RAL 7016), bottom shelf, 1145 x 650 x 18 mm

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

365

PACKAGING packing station SYSTEM 2000 SYSTEM 2000 is the best-selling professional packing table system and now offers even more flexibility. Corner solutions or interlinked systems permit numerous configurations, from individual workstations to complete packing lines. The modular design allows it to be dismantled or retrofitted at any time. On the SYSTEM 2000 everything is arranged ergonomically.

ltation, ee consu For a fr 800-5628 call

infinitely adjustable by crank or motor 710-960 mm • for use in shift work • for use with packing items of different sizes • for the convenient lifting and lowering of heavy packing items

366

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

packing station

PACKAGING

The System 2000 roller packing table • with work surface as a packing table • without work surface as a transport table • with an integrated scale by request

MULTI 2000, the universal, multifunctional workbench, assembly and packing table system. Based on over 100 years of experience in the field of workbenches and packing tables, these tables supplement the successful SYSTEM 2000. The compatibility and combination of different product lines makes the products suitable for new applications and the implementation of “streamlined processes“ e.g. by combining commissioning, assembly and packaging. The same workplace can perform several functions, and it can be adapted to changing requirements whenever necessary.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

For a w ider se call 800 lection, -5628

367

PACKAGING QUALITY MANAGEMENT station VARIO SYSTEM Its flowing, dynamic lines will fit in with any modern shop display system. New materials and techical improvements put the VATIO SYSTEM at the top of the range when it comes to handling and safety. • timeless dynacic design • prctical single-hand operation thanks to highly stable frame • hinged tear-off bar and extended clamp makes changing rolls easy • spring-loaded bar for constant pressure and ease of tear • serrated tear-off bar for paper and film as standard For cust om solutio • for paper and film rolls measuring 30 to 100 cm in width and 24 cm in diameter, max, 20 kg ns, c a ll 8 0 • supporting components in high-quality polyamide, matt black 0-5628

368

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

QUALITY MANAGEMENT station

PACKAGING

Wrapping in the shop We also offer custom solutions based on an modular system that can be furnished with dispensers for giftwrap, film and ribbon as required. Worktops, drawers and utensil holders (for seissors, adhesive tape, bows, etc.) can also be added. the rear can be used for advertising purposes or product presentation.

Versatile and space-saving The MULTI-VARIO can be assembled yourself form the wall-mounted dispensers in the VARIO range stand for max 5paper or foil dispensers and 4 or 8 ribbon dispensers mobile, four casters, two of them lockable.

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

369

PACKAGING Packing Table Build the system that’s right for you

• Simple bloltless assembly • Levels are adjustable in height on a 50 mm vertical pitch • Stepped longitudinal beams and stepped cross beams • Finish pre-galvanised • Bay load capacity 400 kg. chipboards 19 mm • Shelves max. 200 kg, depth 400 mm • Working height packing table 970 mm Speed -Rack Packing Table Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

No. of levels

Shelf load kg

Bay load kg

pre-galvanised

970

2000

800

400

800

97106

971

2500

800

400

800

97107

Speed -Rack Packing Table with tray

370

Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

No. of levels

Shelf load kg

Bay load kg

pre-galvanised

1970

2000

800

400

800

97108

1970

2500

800

400

800

97109

• Planning information: Nominal sizes = actual sizes • All load capacity are uniformly distributed loads - udl. • Assembly only as starter bay construction

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

packaging Materials & equipment

PACKAGING

ECONOMY PACKING BENCH • Complete with 2 Reel Holders • Upper storage shelf - 200mm deep • Worktop Height: 915mm • 25mm thick MDF worktop & lower shelf

MB156M

• For ease of transport, the unit is supplied in two components • The upper back frame is supplied separately for bolting into position

Overall L x W mm

Overall Height mm

Lower Shelf Depth mm

Weight kg

Model

1525 x 610

1525

350

MB156M

1830 x 760

1525

350

MB187M

CARTON STANDS • These carton stands help keep boxes / packaging organized & clean • Model CA074Y is mobile on 4 x 50mm swivel castors • Subject to availability

CA074Y

Description CA075Z

Mobile Static

No. of Overall Divider Sections Size L x W Height 3 610mm 1117 x 457 mm 635mm 4

Weight kg 24

CA074Y

CA075Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

371

PACKAGING Packaging Bench & Equipment PACKING BENCH • Height adjustable from 760 to 1050mm • 25mm Laminated Particle Board worktop which can overhang the bench either side • Includes: • Upper Shelf with 6 dividing hoops • Upper & Lower roll holders • Max load 300kg, upper shelf 50kg

General Cutter

Equipment Bin

Item Worktop Size D x L mm 900 x 1800 900 x 2100

Frame Size D x L mm 900 x 1500 900 x 1800

Model PPH-918 PPH-921

Description

Cutter Length: 1500 mm General Cutter Overall Length: 1700 mm

Model PPL-170

NOT suitable for bubble wrap

Equipment Bin

Bin Size: 500 x 186 x 182 mm

PPH-TL

GR8 DISPO SAFETY KNIFE • High performance disposable knife • Blades last 4 times longer on average due to the unique moving action

Description

Colour

Model

GR8 Dispo - Pk 10

Yellow Handle

GPCDISPO

GR8 PRO SAFETY KNIFE • Virtually undestructable • High performance knife forheavy duty professional use • Ergonomically balanced Description

Colour

GR8 Pro Black Handle Replacement Blades - Pk 10

GPCPRO

Model GPCPRO GPCPROBL

DBX SAFETY KNIFE • Many safety features including: innovatively designed cartridge encasing the blade • The built in snapper breaks the blade & retains the broken segments inside the cartridge inside the cartridge • Protective hood is pushed away from the blade as it pierces the material being cut Description

Colour

DBX Blue Replacement Cartridge - Yellow

372

Model GPCDBX GPCDBXCA

GPCDBX

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

PACKAGING

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

373

SECURITY security carriers

Security WALLETS

• Ensure your money and confidential information remains secure in these durable wallets • Made from a high grade, flame-retardant material with double stitched seams • Incorporates a secure fine toothed brass zip • Colours: Dark Blue, Green, Red

reusable security pouch

• Ideal for heavyweight two-way transmission of documents provides tamper evident protection • Address window for quick and easy despatch • Provides protection for contents during transit • Franking slip fitment for Royal Mail usage • Colours: Dark Blue, Green, Red

Key wallets

• A flat style key wallet made from a high grade flame-retardant material • Strong, durable zip and chamber • Compliant with BS7499 Part 1 in respect of key control • Colours: Dark Blue, Green, Red

ENVOPAK CARRIER

• With handles for easy lifting and transporting • Health & Safety compliant with no sharp edges • Easier to store than traditional boxes or containers • Provides tamper evident protection • Colour: Blue

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Security ‘M’ seals

• Provide tamper evident protection for mailing pouches. • Simple to use – snap in to place to seal, and break to open. • Numbered seals run consecutively. • Colours: Blue, White, Red

374

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

security seals

SECURITY

POSILOK

ENVO-TITE

PULL SECURE

OMEGA XL

POSIGRIP

POST GRIP

SLIK SEAL

BOLT SEAL : SNAPPER

METAL SEAL : POSICHECK

• Offers highly visible level of tamper evident protection • Raised grip surface facilitates application • “Click” sound signifies the seal has been applied correctly • Tail is visible when sealed to show that seal is locked • Colours: Blue, Yellow

• Large flag for increased printing area • Metal locking insert for maximum security • Smooth tail is suitable for circular apertures • 3 teeth on the reverse of the seal ensure a tight grip around a sack • Tear line provides for easy removal by hand • Recess hole in flag for feeding excess tail through • Secure laser marking allows for barcoding • Special printing subject to minimum order quantity of 25k • Colours: Blue, White

• Tearline allows for removal by hand • Grips tightly around the smallest of bags • Manufactured from nylon for high security applications • Colours: Red, Yellow

• Economical and simple seal with low breaking strength • Designed for use on fire extinguishers • Large clear numbers facilitates maintenance checking and identification • Tearline allows for removal by hand • Colours: Blue, Yellow, Green

• Intricate metal insert ensures maximum seal locking strength • Smooth strap enables speedy and efficient application • Narrow tail is suited to very small apertures • Colours: Yellow, White

• C-TPAT compliant High Security barrier seal • HM Customs & Excise accepted Group 1 • Brightly coloured for high visibility in all conditions • Plastic coating protects bolt from corrosion • Serial numbers lasered on both body and bolt for higher security • Patented locking mechanism offers extra protection • Only available in multiples of 250 • Colour: Yellow

• Simple pull up design allows for speedy application • Large clear numbers for easy identiﬁcation • Tearline allows for removal by hand • Double locking chamber provides extra security • Recessed locking teeth prevents sore fingers when applying • Colours: Blue, Green

• Bag grip spikes provide additional security • Double locking teeth provide non-slip grip around bags • Complete with label holder for additional information • Large clear numbers for easy identiﬁcation • Tearline allows for removal by hand • Colours: Blue, Yellow, Red

• Offers low level barrier protection • Serial numbers are permanently embossed for high security • Alignment holes facilitate and verify correct closure of seals • Sophisticated design ensures maximum protection against tampering • Visible tail indicates that seal has been applied • Colour: Silver/Red

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

375

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTIndustrial Seating DRAUGHTING CHAIRS

ADJUSTABLE DRAUGHTMANS CHAIR WITH CASTORS

Tough wearing factory & office chairs which offer durability in the workplace Height adjustable, contoured back rest Seat gas height adjustment

FIXED FOOTREST DRAUGHTMANSCHAIR WITH GLIDES

SOFT, WASHABLE POLYURETHANE

FIXED FOOTREST

Description Adjustable Draughtmans Chair with Castors Fixed Footrest Draughtmans Chair with Glides

376

Seat Size W x D mm 455 x 430

Seat Height Adjustment Min / Max

Model

405 / 580

FC1

605 / 735

FC1/FC1/D-BASE

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Industrial Chairs

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Uncompromising ergonomic design High quality materials & components 3colour options available for the upholstery Red

Grey

3 YEAR GUARANTEE

Blue

please specify when ordering

DX30 CHAIR

DX30 Chair

The chairs are very comfortable to sit on & offer excellent lumbar support Gas lift controls height adjustment The angle & height of the back rest is mechanically adjusted as wellas the tilt of the seat Seat Size: 445 x 455mm Back Rest Size: 370 x 275mm The padding is made from fireproof Foam DX35 High Chair with a high quality Polyester fabric with DAR Arm Rests Chair base is constructed from anodized Aluminium in Grey & Black Mobile on swivelling twin castors whichare braked when unloaded Arm rests are optional extras

DX30 CHAIR Construction is the same as the DX30 Chair but with longer gas struts

DX35 HIGH CHAIR Construction is the same as the DX32 Chair but includes a foot ring & floor glides for improved work safety

ESD protected versions available Call for Details

DX20PU CHAIR Construction is the same as the DX30 chair ,but with Black Polyurethane seat & back which have wear resistant & washable surfaces Seat Size: 370 x 425mm Back Rest Size: 350 x 265mm

DX25PU CHAIR Construction is the same as theDX20PU chair but with longergas struts & includes a foot ring &floor glides for improved work safety

DAR ARM RESTS DX20 PU Chair

Made from Steel & Black Polyurethane 80mm high range & 50mm depth range Can be set either forwards or backwards which will allow you to sit closer to a bench

Description Fabric Chair

DX25 PU High Chair with DAR Arm Rests

Seat Height Adjustment Min / Max mm

Model

400 / 540

DX30

450 / 650

DX32

Fabric High Chair

500 / 740

DX35

PU Chair

400 / 540

DX20PU

PU High Chair

490 / 730

DX25PU

Arm Rests for the above units - pairs For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

377

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTmobile tool cabinet Sturdy, lightweight, mobile drawer cabinet which is especially suitable for tools.

Model

Drawers

Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Net Wt.

81.000.XXX

7 Drawers Heights: 4 x 75 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 1 x 200 mm

956 x 725 x 500

53 kg

81.001.XXX

8 Drawers Heights: 4 x 75 mm, 4 x 100 mm

956 x 725 x 500

57 kg

81.002.XXX

9 Drawers Heights: 8 x 75 mm, 1 x 100 mm

956 x 725 x 500

60 kg

Where to put tools and materials so that you can reach them easily at any time? The Lista Caddy 20 allows them to be stored safely and moved quickly to your workplace. With its manageable dimensions, the Lista Caddy 20 fits into any workshop. It is available in three drawer configurations, providing ample space for even larger hand tools and power tools. Practical accessories can also be hung easily from the side panels, enabling the Lista Caddy 20 to carry everything where it is ready to use. Its impact-proof powder coating is available in a choice of 10 standard colours.

Full extension slides / running smoothness

Central locking

Plastic profi le cover

Like all Lista drawer cabinets, the Lista Caddy 20 is also fi tted with a central locking system as standard so that all drawers can be secured simultaneously.

The Lista Caddy 20 profi le cover plate is made of plastic and fi tted with convenient oddments compartments. The handle bars integrated on each side ensure ease of mobility.

Safety locking system

Accessories

Another valuable detail which you can count on with Lista Caddy 20 is individual drawer blocking. As soon as one drawer is opened, all others are locked. This revents the cabinet from tipping forward.

The Lista Caddy 20 can be fi tted with a spray can holder, a waste container, an additional rack or a paper roll holder. The accessory is simply attached to the side panel and can be replaced at any time.

Full extension slides / running smoothness

The smooth-running slides enable fully opening drawers ensuring access to the parts in the furthest corners. The drawers have a load capacity of 20 kg.

378

The smooth-running slides enable fully opening drawers ensuring access to the parts in the furthest corners. The drawers have a load capacity of 20 kg.

Safety through fl exible edge protection The rounded corners are made from two-ply abrasion-proof plastic, acting as buffers that minimise any damage from impact with other objects.

Central locking Like all Lista drawer cabinets, the Lista Caddy 20 is also fi tted with a central locking system as standard so that all drawers can be secured simultaneously.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

mobile tool cabinet

Easy assembly Accessories can be attached to both sides of the rows of slots.

Pegboard with door The lockable door guarantees security for your tools. The pegboard can only be combined with the tool holders.

The 10 standard colours The three-digit colour code is a component of the article number. Always complete the article number of your order with the desired colour code (e.g. 81.000.020 for RAL 7035).

010. Light blue RAL 5012

020. Light grey RAL 7035

030. Reseda green RAL 6011

040. Capri blue RAL 5019

050. Grey metallic NCS S 6502-B

060. Black NCS S 9000-N

070. Ruby red RAL 3003

080. Pigeon grey NCS S 4502-B

090. Gentian blue RAL 5010

100. Signal blue RAL 5005

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

379

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTdrawer cabinets Drawer Cabinets 75 kg : Width 564 mm, Depth 572 mm (27 x 27E) Height 850 mm

Height 850 mm

5 drawers (full extension) Heights: 100 mm, 3 x 150 mm, 200 mm

5 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 100 mm, 150 mm, 2 x 200 mm

6 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 2 x 150 mm, 200 mm

Model

380

Colour

Model

Colour

Model

14.256.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.256.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

Colour

14.254.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.262.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.254.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.262.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

Height 850 mm

6 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 75 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 2 x 200 mm

7 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 75 mm, 3 x 100 mm, 2 x 150 mm

8 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 2 x 75 mm, 4 x 100 mm, 150 mm

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

14.258.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.252.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.250.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.258.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.252.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.250.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

All drawers with full extension

Drawer front

Impact-resistant coating

Central locking system

Differential extensions guided without crossbars not only ensure perfect quiet running even under a high load of stored parts but also enable full extension.

The drawer handles are fi tted with end caps and are fl ush with the cabinet housing. This looks good â&#x20AC;&#x201C; and helps avoid the risk of injury.

Lista Selection 75 is available in the two colours light blue (RAL 5012) and light grey (RAL 7035). Eco-friendly powder coating makes for an impact- and wearresistant surface.

All drawer cabinets are fi tted with a patented central locking system that secures all drawers simultaneously.

Unique: Lista Script

Lista 75 provides mobile cabinets

Safety locking system

Central locking

All drawers can be labelled cleanly and systematically using the innovative handle fitted with a transparent viewing window. The drawer partition materials also provide good labelling options.

Our mobile drawer cabinets are fi tted with retainer tops with raised edged on four sides, a black ribbed mat, a trolley handle and two pairs of castor supports with two fixed and two steering castors (nylon).

A single drawer safety locking device is fi tted as standard ensuring that once one drawer is pulled out, all other drawers are blocked. This eliminates the possibility of the cabinet tipping forward.

Like all Lista drawer cabinets, the Lista Caddy 20 is also fi tted with a central locking system as standard so that all drawers can be secured simultaneously.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

drawer cabinets

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Drawer Cabinets 200 kg : Width 717 mm, depth 725 mm (36 x 36E) Height 850 mm

Height 850 mm

5 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm

7 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 75 mm, 3 x 100 mm, 2 x 150 mm

8 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 2 x 75 mm, 4 x 100 mm, 150 mm

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

14.505.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.503.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.502.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.505.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.503.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.502.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

Height 1000 mm

6 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 3 x 150 mm, 2 x 200 mm

6 drawers (full extension) Heights: 100 mm, 4 x 150 mm, 200 mm

8 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 75 mm, 3 x 100 mm, 3 x 150 mm

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

14.510.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.509.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.506.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.510.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.509.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.506.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

Height 1450 mm

9 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 75 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 2 x 150 mm, 2 x 200 mm, 300 mm

9 drawers (full extension) Heights: 3 x 100 mm, 5 x 150 mm, 300 mm

10 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 5 x 100 mm, 4 x 200 mm

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

Model

Colour

14.511.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

13.106.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.512.0100

Light Blue ( RAL 5012 )

14.511.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

13.106.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

14.512.0200

Light Grey ( RAL 7035 )

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

381

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTDRAWER CABINETS Lista Premium universal cabinet

Universal cabinet with hinged doors (Hinged door total height or part height) 2 base areas 717 × 600 mm (36 × 27E) 717 × 753 mm (36 × 36E) 2 heights 1000 mm, 1450 mm

Universal cabinet with sliding doors 2 base areas 1430 × 627 mm (twice 36 × 27E) 1430 × 780 mm (twice 36 × 36E) 1 height 1000 mm

Lista Premium universal cabinets with hinged doors, sliding doors or roller shutters allow you to store large volumes of materials in a small space. As they can be equipped with any combination of drawers, pull-out shelves and adjustable shelves, they can be configured perfectly to suit their purpose.

Universal cabinet with roller shutters 1 base area 1038 × 691 mm (54 × 27E) 2 heights 1450 mm, 1950 mm

382

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DRAWER CABINETS

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT Lista Premium drawer storage walls

Side frame The extremely stable side frame afford the drawer storage walls a high loadbearing capacity. The framework can be lined with side panels at the end of a row of shelving.

Drawers with full extension The differential extension, guided without a crossbeam, ensures that the drawers and shelves slide in and out with perfect silence, even when the materials in or on them are very heavy. The drawers are available with different load capacities (200 kg or 75 kg).

Heavy-duty pull-out drawers Heavy-duty pull-out drawers also run extremely quietly, even with a heavy load inside. Load capacity up to 350 kg.

Adjustable and universal shelves The adjustable shelves (load capacity 200 kg) are attached to the side frames by means of shelf supports whereas the universal shelves (load capacity 250 kg) are bolted to the side frames. The shelves are available plain or slotted for the purposes of partitioning with dividers.

Pull-out shelves with full extension For the storage of heavy components and devices. The goods can be stored flush with the handle by inserting sheet steel strips. Maximum load capacity, 200 kg.

Special installations for mobile equipment Mobile workshops have to be able to withstand stressful conditions. To protect both the equipment and the goods transported in it from damage, Lista uses various safeguards and safety mechanisms, such as folding fronts (figure), pull-out shelves with eyes or safety rods.

Shelf side panels They block off the sides of adjustable and universal shelves.

Lockability Lista drawer storage walls can be equipped with lockable roller shutters and hinged doors.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

383

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTDRAWER CABINETS Lista Selection 20/35 : The complete product line

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Comprehensive product line Drawer cabinets, workbenches, hinged door and roller shutter cabinets, everything you need in one range: thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Lista Selection 20/35. Workbenches are available with top heights of 900 mm or 850 mm. Drawer cabinets as well as hinged door and roller shutter door cabinets can be adapted to both heights. The appearance of the workbench tops and covers, too, can be uniformly and aesthetically combined. This ensures a clean continuity throughout the entire product line.

Perfect surface The two colours light blue (RAL 5012) and light grey (RAL 7035) are available as standard colours for the cabinet and the legs. Ecofriendly powder coating makes for an impactand wear-resistant surface. The drawers are dip-painted. This ensures complete corrosion protection.

384

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DRAWER CABINETS

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

We offer a variety of options not only in the choice of colour, but also in the choice of covers and workbench tops. The options are wood (multiplex, beech) or laminate (black), for the mobile drawer cabinets; black plastic profi le tops are also available. The free combination of colours and covers a compelling aestehtic experience.

The clear design and versatile drawer partition material allow arrangements which are perfectly suitable for the parts to be stored.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

385

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT WORKBENCHES Workbenches : Length 1500 / 2000 mm, depth 750 / 800 mm, height 840 / 850 mm Measurements (all values in millimetres)

Multiplex Top

All workbenches of 750 mm depth are delivered with a multiplex top, 40 mm thickness (length options 1500 mm or 2000 mm). Product specifi cation: steam-treated beech veneer, waterproof glued multi-layer, edges bevelled, surface planed and oiled. The top is resistant to spray water, dirt and largely resistant to oil and grease.

Beech Top

All workbenches of 800 mm depth are delivered with a beech top, 50 mm thickness (length options 1500 mm or 2000 mm). Product specifi cation: steam-treated beech strips, waterproof glued, edges bevelled, surface planed and oiled. The top is resistant to spray water, dirt and largely resistant to oil and grease. Note: Wood is a natural material. Therefore, colour variations are possible. Temperature fluctuations or a change in humidity may in some cases cause the workbench top to bow slightly.

2 legs, top, suspended drawer cabinet W564 x D725 x H383 mm (27 x 36E)

Suspended drawer cabinet (Selection 75): 3 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 100 mm, 150 mm

Model

Length (mm)

Depth (mm)

Height (mm)

Top Type

Colour

59.005.0100

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.005.0200

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.007.0100

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.007.0200

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.213.0100

1500

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.213.0200

1500

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.215.0100

2000

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.215.0200

2000

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

Model

Length (mm)

Depth (mm)

Height (mm)

Top Type

Colour

40.970.0100

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

40.970.0200

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

40.972.0100

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

40.972.0200

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

39.719.0100

1500

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

39.719.0200

1500

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

39.721.0100

2000

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

39.721.0200

2000

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

1 leg, top, drawer cabinet W564 x D725 x H800 mm (27 x 36E)

Drawer cabinet (Selection 75): 5 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 150 mm, 300 mm

386

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

workbenches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Model

Length (mm)

Depth (mm)

Height (mm)

Top Type

40.961.0100

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

40.961.0200

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

40.963.0100

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

40.963.0200

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

88.141.0100

1500

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

88.141.0200

1500

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

88.143.0100

2000

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

88.143.0200

2000

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

2 legs, top

Colour

2 legs, top, workbench drawer Model

Length (mm)

Depth (mm)

Height (mm)

Top Type

40.934.0100

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

40.934.0200

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

40.936.0100

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

40.936.0200

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.189.0100

1500

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.189.0200

1500

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.191.0100

2000

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.191.0200

2000

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

2 legs, top, suspended drawer cabinet W564 x D725 x H533 mm (27 x 36E)

Suspended drawer cabinet (Selection 75): 4 drawers Heights: 50 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 1 x 200 mm

Colour

Model

Length (mm)

Depth (mm)

Height (mm)

Top Type

Colour

59.019.0100

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.019.0200

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.040.0100

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.040.0200

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.008.0100

1500

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.008.0200

1500

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.013.0100

2000

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.013.0200

2000

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

Model

Length (mm)

Depth (mm)

Height (mm)

Top Type

59.039.0100

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.039.0200

1500

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.041.0100

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.041.0200

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.009.0100

1500

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.009.0200

1500

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.014.0100

2000

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.014.0200

2000

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

Top, 2 drawer cabinets W564 x D725 x H800 mm (27 x 36E)

Workbench drawer: 1 drawer (full extension) Height: 150 mm

1 leg, top, drawer cabinet W564 x D725 x H800 mm (27 x 36E)

Colour

Drawer cabinet (Selection 75): 4 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm

Model

Length (mm)

Depth (mm)

Height (mm)

Top Type

59.051.0100

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.051.0200

2000

750

840

Multiplex

Light grey (RAL 7035)

59.018.0100

2000

800

850

Beech

Light blue (RAL 5012)

59.018.0200

2000

800

850

Beech

Light grey (RAL 7035)

Left drawer cabinet (Selection 75): 5 drawers (full extension) Heights: 50 mm, 2 x 100 mm, 150 mm, 300 mm

Colour

Right drawer cabinet (Selection 75): 4 drawers (full extension) Heights: 2 x 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

387

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT WORKBENCHES

A flexible system meets your needs in regard to quality, efficiency and load: the modular workbench system

Save space, make room, utilise every square centimetre and set up surroundings under and over the work surface which are oriented towards the entire work process. The planning of your workstations is determined very strictly by the needs you define. The selection available on the way to an optimum workstation is extremely broad. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s worth viewing your own needs from the perspective of our specialists. We will be happy to assist you in your order with advice and help. Whether considering the rear panel, working height or labelling: Lista Premium guarantees you an ergonomic workplace designed according to the most up-to-date information.

388

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

workbenches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Lista Premium workbenches ( Tailor-made for your work )

Workbench leg assemblies Uniform structural load-bearing capacity is 400 kg. The strong sheet steel construction of our workbenches can take a lot. It was developed by Lista for the attaching of workbench tops, storage shelves and fl oor anchors. If requested we offer a height-adjustable variation.

Support pillars Bearing function: Lista support pillars are mounted directly on the table top or stabilisation profile using the included fastening materials (only for bench depth 800 mm). The support pillars made of steel profi les are designed for the holding of components..

Shelves with raised edging More area: The MDF board with three-sided, 8 mm protruding beech raised edging has a colourless priming all round. With the matching bracket made of rectangular steel tubing, your work surface can be additionally vertically adjusted to four levels.

Drawer cabinets Everything ready to hand: Proven Lista drawer cabinets are an ideal addition to your workbench.

Plain shelves and dividers We offer smooth shelves and also slotted plain shelves for partitioning with dividers. You can also order slip-resistant ribbed mats.a

Container strip mountings and storage bins These strip mountings can be hooked in simply and are suitable for polyethylene storage bins of the sizes 2, 3 and 4.

Rear panels Create more space quickly: Lista rear panels can be hung on the support pillars without screws. Rear panels are perforated to hold tool holders and hooks.

Diverse tops Multiplex, beech, urphen or hard laminate tops are available. Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll fi nd a suitable top surface with us for every purpose, each with its own special characteristics and advantages.

Storage shelves The multiplex top for your storage shelf is pre-drilled and includes fastening materials.

The workbench tops

Multiplex top

Urphen top

Beech top

This workbench top, made of steamed beech veneers, is suitable for general purpose work. It is glued in multiple layers and waterproof. The edges are bevelled, the surfaces are sanded and oiled.

If you need an assembly or inspection station in your workshop, then the workbench top made of pressureresistant, durable urphen with scratchproof UV coating is the right one for you.

This workbench top, made of steamed beech beams is suitable not only just for heavy-duty work in steel and machine construction, but also as a work surface in metalworking shops, automobile workshops or in schools.

Hard laminate top

In the laboratory, electronics area, for the office and desks you can depend on our hard laminate top. It is resistant to most chemicals. Its structured surface is easy to clean. The upper surface with hard laminate is 0.7 mm thick.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

389

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTMEDIUM DUTY BENCHES Benches Medium Duty Designed to meet the requirements of the assembly and workshop environments. • Available in a range of seven bench sizes with the choice of 3 styles of work tops and matching optional lower shelves (see page 83 for details). • The fully welded bench frames, with the legs produced from 60 x 30 x 1.6 mm RHS, are finished in stove enamel grey. • Benches are produced with a worktop height of 840 mm and fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface. • The lockable drawers and cupboard fronts are available in four stove enamel finish colours. Red Blue Green Grey Please specify when ordering. Optional Accessories • For additional 1, 2, 3 or 4 lockable drawer units and cupboards, plus other factory fitted accessories, please see optional extras. Medium Duty Work Top Options • 28 mm thick Vinyl faced blockboard with hardwood edging. • 25 mm thick laminated blockboard with hardwood edging. • 28 mm thick plastic laminated blockboard faced with Warerite or similar grey surface with formed edges.

AB157W shown with a range of optional extras.

Medium duty bench only

Medium duty bench complete with single lockable drawer

AB157W Top Options Length Width 1200 750 mm mm 900 mm 1500 750 mm mm 900 mm 610 mm 1800 750 mm mm 900 mm

AB257W 28 mm Vinyl Model Price AB127L POA AB129L POA AB157L POA AB159L POA AB186L POA AB187L POA AB189L POA

25 mm Blockboard Model Price AB127P POA AB129P POA AB157P POA AB159P POA AB186P POA AB187P POA AB189P POA

28 mm Warerite Model Price AB127W POA AB129W POA AB157W POA AB159W POA AB186W POA AB187W POA AB189W POA

Top Options Length Width 1200 750 mm mm 900 mm 1500 750 mm mm 900 mm 610 mm 1800 750 mm mm 900 mm

Medium duty bench complete with lockable cupboard

AB357W Top Options Length Width 1200 750 mm mm 900 mm 1500 750 mm mm 900 mm 610 mm 1800 750 mm mm 900 mm

390

25 mm Blockboard Model Price AB327P POA AB329P POA AB357P POA AB359P POA AB386P POA AB387P POA AB389P POA

28 mm Vinyl Model Price AB227L POA AB229L POA AB257L POA AB259L POA AB286L POA AB287L POA AB289L POA

25 mm Blockboard Model Price AB227P POA AB229P POA AB257P POA AB259P POA AB286P POA AB287P POA AB289P POA

28 mm Warerite Model Price AB227W POA AB229W POA AB257W POA AB259W POA AB286W POA AB287W POA AB289W POA

Medium duty bench complete with single lockable drawer & cupboard

AB457W

Please specify cupboard position - Left or Right. 28 mm Vinyl Model Price AB327L POA AB329L POA AB357L POA AB359L POA AB386L POA AB387L POA AB389L POA

Please specify drawer position - Left or Right.

28 mm Warerite Model Price AB327W POA AB329W POA AB357W POA AB359W POA AB386W POA AB387W POA AB389W POA

Top Options Length Width 1200 750 mm mm 900 mm 1500 750 mm mm 900 mm 610 mm 1800 750 mm mm 900 mm

Please specify drawer/cupboard position - Left or Right. 28 mm Vinyl Model Price AB427L POA AB429L POA AB457L POA AB459L POA AB486L POA AB487L POA AB489L POA

25 mm Blockboard Model Price AB427P POA AB429P POA AB457P POA AB459P POA AB486P POA AB487P POA AB489P POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

28 mm Warerite Model Price AB427W POA AB429W POA AB457W POA AB459W POA AB486W POA AB487W POA AB489W POA

Modular Workbenches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRE22M & PRSE2M

Available up to 1500mm deep to enable working from both sides Worktop height is adjustable in 25mm increments: 940mm Max Main benches are supplied fully assembled & extensions knock down Extension units are not available on their own 4colour options available for the drawers & cupboard Red

Grey

Blue

Green

please specify when ordering

MODULAR WORKBENCHES & EXTENSION UNITS

PR222M

Bench Bench mm 28mm Vinyl Length 1500 2000

Extension - only supplied with the main benches

Top Options

25mm MDF

25mm Plywood

28mm Vinyl

25mm MDF

25mm Plywood

Depth

Model

750

PR157L

PR157M

PR157P

PRE57L

PRE57M

PRE57P

900

PR159L

PR159M

PR159P

PRE59L

PRE59M

PRE59P

1250

PR222L

PR222M

PR222P

PRE22L

PRE22M

PRE22P

1500

PR225L

PR225M

PR225P

PRE25L

PRE25M

PRE25P

OPTIONAL LOWER SHELVES TO SUIT BENCHES & EXTENSION UNITS - factory fitted To Suit Bench mm Length 1500 2000

Shelf Size mm

Depth 750 900 1250 1500

Length 1500 2000

Lower Shelf to suit Bench

Lower Shelf to suit Extension

Top Options

28mm Vinyl

25mm MDF

25mm Plywood

28mm Vinyl

Depth

Model

25mm MDF Model

25mm Plywood Model

630

PRS57L

PRS57M

PRS57P

PRSE7L

PRSE7M

PRSE7P

780

PRS59L

PRS59M

PRS59P

PRSE9L

PRSE9M

PRSE9P

1130

PRS22L

PRS22M

PRS22P

PRSE2L

PRSE2M

PRSE2P

1380

PRS25L

PRS25M

PRS25P

PRSE5L

PRSE5M

PRSE5P

OPTIONAL EXTRAS - factory fitted Description

To Suit

Upper 2 Shelf

1500P

Upper 2 Shelf

2000P

Model RPT215Z RPT220Z

Light Rail - requires support legs

PRPT97Z

Tool Rail - requires support legs

PRPT99Z

Support Legs - for use with aboveP Electrical Powerpoint

RPT06Z PRPT98Z

Single Drawer: 440W x 570D x 155H mm

LeftP

RPT10ZL

RightP

RPT20ZR

Double Drawer: 440W x 570D x 300H mm

LeftP

RPT11ZL

RightP

RPT21ZR

Three Drawer: 440W x 570D x 445H mm

LeftP

RPT12ZL

RightP

RPT22ZR

Four Drawer: 440W x 570D x 590H mm

LeftP

RPT13ZL

RightP

RPT23ZR

Lockable Cupboard: 440W x 570D x 590H mm

LeftP

RPT14ZL

RightP

RPT24ZR

PR222M fitted with PRS22M, PRPT220Z, PRPT13ZL & PRPT21ZR

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

391

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT WORKSTATIONS WORKSTATIONS Solid 25mm Wood worktops Hard wearing powder coat finish Drawers operate onsmooth action runners Drawer External Size 446W x 420D x 100H mm Subject to availability

WSI03Z WSI13A

WSI02Z WSI12A

OverallS ize WxDx Hm m

Description 5D rawerU nit

838x 508 x 852

Lockable Cupboard Unit ShelfU nit

Self-Assembly

Fully Assembled

Weight kg

Model

WSI01Z

WSI11A

WSI02Z

WSI12A

WSI03Z

WSI13A

WSI01Z/WSI11A

WORKSTATIONS Solid 38mm Wood worktops Hard wearing powder coat finish Drawers operate onsmooth action runners Drawer External Size 446W x 420D x 100H mm Subject to availability

WSI06Z WSI16A

OverallS ize WxDx Hm m

Description WSI04Z WSI14A

WSI05Z/WSI15A

2 Drawer Unit Lockable Cupboard with 2 AdjustableS helves 5D rawerU nit with an AdjustableS helf

1372 x 508 x 865

Self Assembly

Fully Assembled

Weight kg

Model

WSI04Z

WSI14A

WSI05Z

WSI15A

WSI06Z

WSI16A

WORKSTATIONS Folds in seconds giving compact storage Can be opened & folded in seconds withminimum effort due to the use of 2 gas struts Incorporates a perforated panel& 15 hooks for you to be able to hook your tools on the bench Worktop Height - In Use: 870mmˆ Subject to availability

WBI09Z WBI09Z Folded OverallS ize- Open L xWxH mm 1330 x 680 x 1380

392

OverallS ize- Folded LxWxH mm 1330x3 70x 1380

Worktop Size Lx Wm m 1200x 650

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Weight kg 58

ModelP WBI09Z

WORKBENCHES

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCH Laminate worktop with a Rubber edge Constructed from Steel angle Half depth bottom shelf with rear lip

WBI01Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1520 x 760 x 760 to 880

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLEIN 25MM INCREMENTS

Weight kg 50

Model WBI01Z

ECONOMY WORKBENCH Constructed from sheet Steel & box section Worktop & full depth bottomshelf have rear & side lips Complete with a centrally positioned lockable drawer Subject to availability

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1500 x 640 x 860

Weight kg 82

WBI02Z

2000 x 640 x 860

WBI03Z

Model

WBI02Z

ECONOMY WORKBENCH Manufactured from strong 45 x 45mm Steel angle For transferring equipment between workbenches Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel brake 150mm castors Ideal for use with the WBI02/03Z Subject to availability

WHI04Y shown with WBI02Z Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 755 x 1220

Worktop Height mm 840

Weight kg 58

Model

WHI04Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

393

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTStandard Workbenches Standard Workbenches Fully welded bench frames with various optional extras to meet your individual working requirements Fitted with adjustable feetto ensure a level work surface Worktop Height: 840mm Max Load

300KG

LD157M

Standard Workbench shown with a range of optional extras

LD157M & OPT104ZL

WORKTOP OPTIONS

Vinyl

21mm Vinyl faced Plywood with Wood edging

Plywood

18mm exterior Plywood with Wood edging

MFC

18mm Grey MFC with PVC edging Top Options Length mm 1500 1800

21mm Vinyl

BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

18mm Plywood

18mm MFC

Depth mm

Model

750

LD157L

LD157P

LD157M

900

LD159L

LD159P

LD159M

750

LD187L

LD187P

LD187M

900

LD189L

LD189P

LD189M

Drawers

CUPBOARD Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4colour options available for the cupboard fronts

Factory fitted lockable drawers 4colour options available for the drawer fronts Red

Grey

Blue

Green

Red

Grey

Blue

please specify when ordering Green

please specify when ordering

394

No of Drawers

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

1 Drawer

440 x 570 x 155

OPT100ZL

OPT200ZR

2 Drawer

440 x 570 x 300

OPT101ZL

OPT201ZR

3 Drawer

440 x 570 x 445

OPT102ZL

OPT202ZR

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

4 Drawer

440 x 570 x 590

OPT103ZL

OPT203ZR

440 x 570 x 590

OPT104ZL

OPT204ZR

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

General Purpose Workbenches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT GENERAL PURPOSE BENCHES Fully welded bench frames meet the requirements of the assembly & workshop environments Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface Worktop Height: 840mm

Max Load

300KG AB157W

AB157W & OPT204ZR

General Purpose Workbench shown with a range of optional extras

WORKTOP OPTIONS

Vinyl

28mm Vinyl faced Plywood with Wood edging

WORKTOP OPTIONS

Plywood

25mm exterior Plywood with Wood edging 28mm Plastic chipboard faced with Warerite or similar Grey surface & edges

Top Options Length mm 1500 1800

28mm Vinyl

Warerite

BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

25mm Plywood

28mm Warerite

Depth mm

Model

750

AB157L

AB157P

AB157W

900

AB159L

AB159P

AB159W

750

AB187L

AB187P

AB187W

900

AB189L

AB189P

AB189W

CUPBOARD

Drawers Factory fitted lockable drawers 4colour options available for the drawer fronts Red

Grey

Blue

Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4colour options available for the cupboard fronts

Green

please specify when ordering

Red

Grey

Blue

Green

please specify when ordering

No of Drawers

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

1 Drawer

440 x 570 x 155

OPT100ZL

OPT200ZR

2 Drawer

440 x 570 x 300

OPT101ZL

OPT201ZR

3 Drawer

440 x 570 x 445

OPT102ZL

OPT202ZR

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

4 Drawer

440 x 570 x 590

OPT103ZL

OPT203ZR

440 x 570 x 590

OPT104ZL

OPT204ZR

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

395

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTCantilever Workbench CANTILEVER BENCHESs Work at this bench without the restraints of cross-members Fully welded bench frames meet the requirements of the assembly & workshop/laboratory environments Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure a level work surface Worktop Height: 840mm

Max Load

300KG

CL159W

Two Cantilever Workbenches shown back-to-back with a range of optional extras

CL159W & OPT104ZL

WORKTOP OPTIONS

28mm Vinyl faced Plywood with Wood edging 25mm exterior Plywood with Wood edging 28mm Plastic Chipboard faced with Warerite or similar Grey surface & edges Conductive Black Rubber Overlay Matting - available on request Top Options

Length mm 1500 1800

28mm Vinyl

BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

Vinyl Plywood Warerite

25mm Plywood

28mm Warerite

Depth mm

Model

750

CL157L

CL157P

CL157W

900

CL159L

CL159P

CL159W

750

CL187L

CL187P

CL187W

900

CL189L

CL189P

CL189W

Drawers

CUPBOARD Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4colour options available for the cupboard fronts

Factory fitted lockable drawers 4colour options available for the drawer fronts Red

Grey

Blue

Green Red

Grey

Blue

Green

please specify when ordering please specify when ordering

396

No of Drawers

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

1 Drawer

440 x 570 x 155

OPT100ZL

OPT200ZR

2 Drawer

440 x 570 x 300

OPT101ZL

OPT201ZR

3 Drawer

440 x 570 x 445

OPT102ZL

OPT202ZR

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

4 Drawer

440 x 570 x 590

OPT103ZL

OPT203ZR

440 x 570 x 590

OPT104ZL

OPT204ZR

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Heavy Duty benches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT HEAVY DUTY BENCHES Fully welded bench frames meet the heavy demandof a busy workshop Fitted with Steel feet enabling the bench tobe securely fastenedto the floor Worktop Height: 860mm

Max Load

300KG HD157S

Heavy Duty Workbench shownwith a range of optional extras

HD157S & OPT204ZR

WORKTOP OPTIONS

Steel

25mm Plywood with Wood edging

WORKTOP OPTIONS

Plywood

28mm Chipboard faced with Warerite surface & edging

Warerite

2mm Steel - stove enamel Grey finish

Top Options Length mm 1500 1800

28mm Vinyl

BESPOKE SIZES AVAILABLE CALL FOR DETAILS

25mm Plywood

28mm Warerite

Depth mm

Model

750

AB157L

AB157P

AB157W

900

AB159L

AB159P

AB159W

750

AB187L

AB187P

AB187W

900

AB189L

AB189P

AB189W

CUPBOARD

Drawers Factory fitted lockable drawers 4colour options available for the drawer fronts Red

Grey

Blue

Factory fitted lockable cupboard 4colour options available for the cupboard fronts

Green

please specify when ordering

Red

Grey

Blue

Green

please specify when ordering

No of Drawers

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

1 Drawer

440 x 570 x 155

OPT100ZL

OPT200ZR

2 Drawer

440 x 570 x 300

OPT101ZL

OPT201ZR

3 Drawer

440 x 570 x 445

OPT102ZL

OPT202ZR

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Left Model

Right Model

4 Drawer

440 x 570 x 590

OPT103ZL

OPT203ZR

440 x 570 x 590

OPT104ZL

OPT204ZR

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

397

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTErgonomic benches

Frames are epoxy powder coated Steel in Dark Grey RAL7045. The worktops are either 25mm Melamine-Laminateor 26mm ESD-Laminate on particle board. ESD benchesare earthed via a protective 1 mega-ohm resistor. Supplied knock down for self-assembly

WORKBENCH TP Worktop D x W mm 500 x 700

TP 507

ESD Model TP 507 ESD

500 x 1000

TP 510

TP 510 ESD

700 x 1000

TP 710

TP 710 ESD

700 x 1200

TP 712

TP 712 ESD

700 x 1500

TP 715

TP 715 ESD

700 x 1800

TP 718

TP 718 ESD

900 x 1500

TP 915

TP 915 ESD

900 x 1800

TP 918

TP 918 ESD

Model

Angle Extension 500 x 1000

TP 510 K

TP 510 K ESD

700 x 1200

TP 712 K

TP 712 K ESD

WORKBENCH WITH SHELF TPH Worktop D x W mm 700 x 1200

TPH 712

ESD Model TPH 712 ESD

700 x 1500

TPH 715

TPH 715 ESD

700 x 1800

TPH 718

TPH 718 ESD

900 x 1500

TPH 915

TPH 915 ESD

900 x 1800

TPH 918

TPH 918 ESD

Model

MOVEABLE BENCH SAP Worktop D x W mm 500 x 700

SAP 507

ESD Model SAP 507 ESD

700 x 1000

SAP 710

SAP 710 ESD

700 x 1500

SAP 715

SAP 715 ESD

Model

ESD protected workbenches are for use in the electronics industry & comply with EN61340-5-1

WORKBENCH WITH SHELF TPH Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm Can be also supplied as a line orangle extension

WORKBENCH WITH SHELF TPH Construction as TP with upright profiles& a 310 mm deep Laminate shelf Upper shelf is height adjustable from 1080 to 1550mm

MOVEABLE BENCH SAP Construction as TP but with 100mmswivel castors, 2 braked Height adjustable from 650 to 900mmLower shelf is an optional extra - Call for Details

Lower Shelf

398

500 x 700

AT 507

AT 507 ESD

700 x 1000

AT 710

AT 710 ESD

Workbench with shelf TPH

Workbench TP

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Movable Bench SAP

Accessories for TPH Benches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

METAL SHELF TH

BIN RAIL BP

For picking/stacking bins Height & angle adjusts Load Capacity: 30kg

AUXILIARY SHELF SH

For picking/stacking bins Aluminium profile Load Capacity: 30kg

No.

5&6

TOOL & LIGHTING SUPPORT KT Includes 1 x C-profile & sliding hook Order extra bar to mount tools & light

TOOL & LIGHTING SUPPORT KT Twin 54w flicker free fluorescent lights Pre-wired 3 metre cable to plug Built in diffuser

3 4

6 7

Overall Size D x W mm 145 x 1119

To Suit TPH bench length 1200

Standard Model TH 120

ESD Model TH 120 ESD

145 x 1419

1500

TH 150

TH 150 ESD

145 x 1719

1800

TH 180

TH 180 ESD

1115 Length

1200

BP 120

BP 120 ESD

1415 Length

1500

BP 150

BP 150 ESD

1715 Length

1800

BP 180

BP 180 ESD

310 x 1200

1200

SH 120

SH 120 ESD

310 x 1500

1500

SH 150

SH 150 ESD

310 x 1800

1800

SH 180

SH 180 ESD

210 x 460

CKV 400

CKV 400 ESD

1200 Length

1200

KT 120

1500 Length

1500

KT 150

1800 Length

1800

KT 180

1200 Length - Bar

1200

SPR 120

1500 Length - Bar

1500

SPR 150

1800 Length - Bar

1800

SPR 180

1200 Length

OL-254/E

1120 x 450

1200

LP 1200

1420 x 450

1500

LP 1500

1720 x 450

1800

LP 1800

72 x 72 x 1060

1200

TJK 1204

72 x 72 x 1360

1500

TJK 1504

72 x 72 x 1660

1800

TJK 1804

No.

Pre-wired 3 metre cable to plug 4x13A UK Sockets CE Approved

Epoxy coated Steel Single point locking Load capacity 30kg per drawer Not suitable for500mm deep benches

Order extra bar to mount tools & light

ELECTRICAL POWER CHANNELS

590mm long arm Angle adjustable Load Capacity: 15kg

For more than one shelf on your bench Load Capacity: 50kg

STEEL CABINETS ML

LOUVRED PANEL LP

SWIVEL ARM & TRAY CKV

Overall Size D x W x H mm 580 x 453 x 142

Drawer Height mm 1 x 140

ML 01

580 x 490 x 351

1 x 60 & 2 x 120

ML 02

580 x 490 x 532

1 x 60, 2 x 120 & 1 x 180

ML 03

580 x 490 x 670 - mobile

1 x 60, 2 x 120 & 1 x 180

ML 04

580 x 490 x 532

1 x 120 & 1 x 360

ML 05

580 x 490 x 532

1 x 480mm Cupboard

ML 05D

580 x 490 x 762

1 x 60, 3 x 120, 1 x 180

ML 06

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

399

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT ADJUSTABLE BENCHES ADJUSTABLE WORKBENCHES Stylish design with good leg room Height adjustable from 700 to 1000mm by Allen Key, Hand Crank or Electric Motor Flush bench foot print 25mm Laminate Particle Board Worktops Working Loads:250kg (Allen Key) 200kg (Hand Crank) 200kg Electric Motor Electric motor takes 19 secs. from minimum to maximum

IDEAL FOR STANDING OR SEATED WORK

ESD protected versions available Call for Details WB815EL shown with Accessories

WB815

Allen Key Adjustment

400

Electric Motor Adjustment

Hand Crank Adjustment

Worktop Sizes D x W mm

Allen Key Adjustment

Hand Crank Adjustment

Model

Electric Motor Adjustment Model

800 x 1073

WB-811

WB-811C

WB-811EL

800 x 1500

WB-815

WB-815C

WB-815EL

800 x 1800

WB-818

WB-818C

WB-818EL

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Accessories for Benches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

FULL WIDTH OVER BENCH ACCESSORIES ARE MOUNTED ONUPRIGHT PROFILES & SMALLER MODULES ON ACCESSORY FRAMES 1073mm wide benches can accept 1 x 100 module from the tilting shelf or bin rail options 1500mm wide benches can accept 2 x 70 modules from the tilting shelf or bin rail options 1800mm wide benches can accept one of each size, 70 & 100 tilting shelf or bin rail options UPRIGHTS

ACCESSORY FRAME

Needed for upright mounting accessories 2x900mm uprights & horizontal profile

UPPER SHELF

Needed for accessory mounting & accessories.1 x 500mm uprights horizontal profile

Height adjustable 25mm shelves. Mounts onupright. Load capacity: 50kg

Bench Width

Model

Bench Width

Model

Bench Width

Size mm

Model

1073 mm

AL2X110W

1073 mm

310 x 1073

ALH-110

1500 mm

AL2X150W

1500 mm

AKK-150

1500 mm

310 x 1500

ALH-150

1800 mm

AL2X180W

1800 mm

AKK-180

1800 mm

310 x 1800

ALH-180

OVERHEAD SUPPORT

OVERHEAD & SIDE LIGHT

Steel bracket for tools & OL light Mounts on upright

Pre-wired flicker free bulbs. Adjusts for angle. Side light mounts on upright

POWER CHANNEL

Pre-wired power channel with 4 x UK Sockets, 2 on each side. 3 metre cable to plug

Bench Width

Model

Item

Model

Bench Width

Features

Model

1073 mm

HSB-110

1800 mm

HSB-180

1200mm Overhead Light 2 x 54w Bulb

OL224E

1800 mm

Full Width Channel & 4 Sockets

TJK-904

HSB-150

SL224E

1073 mm

1500 mm

590mm Side Light 2 x 24w Bulb

BIN RAIL

TILTING SHELF

Adjusts for height, angle & depth. Mounts on accessory frame. Load capacity: 30kg

1500 mm

TJK-1504 TJK-1804

MONITOR ARMS

Aluminium profile bin rail. Mounts on accessory frame. Accepts most bins

Mounts on accessory frame. For LCD monitors with VESA 75 or 100 fittings. MA arm moves from 95-425mm. Load 5kg

Bench Width

Size mm

Model

Bench Width

Size mm

Model

Item

Model

1500/1800 mm

400 x 660

ASH-70

1500/1800 mm

685

BP-70

LCD Screen Bracket

1073/1800 mm

400 x 960

ASH-100

1073/1800 mm

985

BP-100

LCD Screen Bracket & Arm

PC STAND & KEYBOARD SHELF

Mounted under worktop. PC holder adjusts from 395-500H mm & 130-240W mm.Keyboard tray is 250 x 500 x 110 mm &includes Pull Out Mouse Mat Item

Model

Adjustable PC Holder

CPU

Pull Out Keyboard Shelf

NT-500ESD

CORNER UNIT

SIDE TABLE

Used with 2 x WB Benches to create 90ยบ angle. Not suitable with WBC or WBEL units. Load 50kg

Installed on left or right with brackets adjustable in height. Load 50kg

Size mm

Model

Size mm

Model

1153 x 1153

WB-1212CT

800 x 400

WB-804ST

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

401

Workshop WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT Mobile Products UNIVERSAL TROLLEY A versatile trolley for PC, printer or monitoring equipment Frames are epoxy powder coated Light Grey RAL7035 Vertical profiles are of Aluminium Worktops are of 25mm Laminated Particle Board Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

Product Trolley3

Includes Shelves

Overall Size D x W x H mm 650 x 650 x 1415

WTR 140

650 x 530

TS 605

650 x 530

TAS 605

460 x 370 x 345

LMC 02

Extra ShelfAdjustable Shelf Drawer Unit2

Adjustment for Height & Angle x 100mm drawers

Model

Pull-out Keyboard Tray

Mouse Mat

260 x 500 x 110

NT 500

Electrical Power Channel

4 x UK Sockets & 3 metre cable to plug

72 x 72 x 470

TJK-404

MOVEABLE BENCH

Max Load

150 KG

STEEL TROLLEY

Height adjustable from 690 to 990mm Integrated lower shelf Epoxy powder coated steel Light Grey RAL7035 Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

Max Load

75 KG

Per Shelf

Worktop Size D x W mm 700 x 500

Single point locking Drawer handle with label holder Epoxy powder coated steel Dark Grey RAL7045 Fluted Rubber mat Mobile on 100mm swivel castors, 2with brakes Load 30kg per drawer Overall Size D x W x H mm 580 x 490 x 670

Model C

TR 705

Model M L 04

INDUSTRIAL TROLLEY For use in production, repair or storage areas Frames are epoxy powder coated Dark Grey RAL7045 Bottom shelf of Steel with fluted Rubber mat Mobile on 125mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

Max Load

150 KG

Includes

Trolley

Shelves: 3 x ISS407 1 x ISS 607

625 x 777 x 1725

Adjustment for Height, Depth & Angle: 0 to 30o Front Retaining Lip Load Capacity: 40kg

400 x 680

ISS 407

600 x 680

ISS 607

Bin Rail

Double Profile

685 Length

BP 70

Perforated Panel

9mm Perforations at 38mm Centres

686 x 750

HPP 73

Cupboard Unit

Of Perforated Steel with lock, shelf & connectors

310 x 687 x 700

HCU 73

Steel Shelf

402

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Product

Model IT 170

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

IT 170 KIT

Maintenance Trolleys

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

MAINTENANCE TROLLEYS Roller bearing drawers with 50kg UDL capacity Lockable cupboards with adjustable Steel shelf Mobile on 4 x 125mm castors with 2 brakes Maximum Load Capacity: 200kg UDL

Individual drawer safety triggers to prevent accidental opening Choice of 30mm Multiplex Worktop or Steel top tray with a non-slip Rubber mat

Max Load

200 KG

16913241.11v

16913200.11v

Overall Size Worktop W x D x H mm Type 2 x 700mm Cupboard 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber each with a shelf 1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex Configuration

Model

Configuration

16913200.11v 16913201.11v

8 x 175mm Drawers

Overall Size Worktop W x D x H mm Type 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber

16913240.11v

1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex

16913241.11v

Model

Max Load

200 KG

16913221.11v please note the drawers are on the left hand side & the cupboard is on the right hand side

Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

16913223.11v please note the drawers are on the left hand side & the cupboard is on the right hand side

Worktop Type

1 x 700mm Cupboard 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber with a shelf & 4 x 1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex 175mm Drawers

Model 16913220.11v 16913221.11v

Configuration

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Worktop Type

1 x 700mm Cupboard 1000 x 550 x 925 Rubber with a shelf, 1 x 75 & 5 x 125mm Drawers 1000 x 550 x 955 Multiplex

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model 16913223.11v 16913224.11v

403

Weight WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT Industrial Scales INDUSTRIAL TROLLEY Accurate, easy to read display Large 25.4mm Backlit LCD display Functions include On/Off Zero Tare Auto shutdown feature turns off the weight display after 2minutes of none use Battery alert will display ‘LO’when the battery is weak This unit continues to display the weight after the item has been removed Ideal for weighing over sized goods Overall Size mm 278 x 318 x 56

Capacity

Model

45kg x 100g & 100lbs x 0.2lbs

GP45

110kg x 200g & 250lbs x 0.5lbs

GP110

Max Load

2500 KG

INDUSTRIAL TROLLEY Place the beams up to 2 metres apart Both beam are fitted with a lifting handle & adjustable feet Functions include On/Off Zero Tare Ideal for Pallets, Long Loads, Containers etc

404

INDICATOR Weights are clearly displayed in 7 x 20mm highdigits which is Backlit LCD for excellent viewing Scales will display Low Battery when the unit requires recharging. The battery lasts 15 hoursof continuous use & is charged via the charger.The display turns itself off after 2 minutes Overall Size mm

Capacity

Model

2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams

2500kg x 0.5kg

DP1200

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Industrial Weight Scales

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

ED JUNIOR CRANEWEIGHER IP55 rated for outdoors Sleep mode - maximise battery life Display - 6 digit LCD 26mm high digits Power - 2 x C cell replaceable batteries Units of measure - kg, tonnes, lbs & newtons Compact construction - minimal headroom loss Hooks & shackles - a choice of top & bottom fittings Peak hold facility - enables capture of peak readings of each weight

SLEEP MODE TO MAXIMISE THE BATTERY LIFE

Capacity

Top Shackle Bottom Shackle

Top Shackle Bottom Hook

Model

1000kg x 1kg

36190-0038

EDjr-2.5K-OS-NS-WC

2000kg x 2kg

36190-0046

EDjr-5K-OS-NS-WC

5000kg x 5kg

36190-0053

EDjr-10K-OS-NS-WC

10,000kg x 10kg

36190-0103

EDjr-25K-S-NS-WC

Max Load

3000 KG

BP PLATFORMS

FLOOR & DRUM WEIGHING SCALE Ideal for the weighing of Drums, Sack Trucks & Trolleys etc where ease of operation & accuracy is essential 6digit 20mm (0.8â&#x20AC;?) LED Display Powered by internal rechargable batteries which gives up to 30 hours of continuous use Functions include On/Off Zero Tare Capacity 500kg x 0.2g

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1050 x 1050 x 46

Indicator/Readout Stand

Low profile design: 90mm high Hard wearing powder coated finish Fitted with four swivel feet shear beam load cells Top access holes for installing, lifting & leveling Links to an indicator DP90 Give the ability to connect to a printer Functions include On/Off Zero Tare Mains or battery operated CE marked & WEE Directive compliant

DS1000

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1250 x 1250 x 90

Weight kg 111

BP-1250

816965002061

1500 x 1500 x 90

153

BP-1500

Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

405

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT PVC STRIP CURTAINS Swivel Hinge Headrail system • The Heavy duty Galvanised Swivel hinge headrail system is suitable for 300 mm and 400 mm wide pvc strips and is recommended where forklifts are in use.

Clear PVC Strip Size

Overlap %

Maximum Height

300 x 3

5500

300 x 3

6000

400 x 4

9000

400 x 4

100

10000

Price Sq M

Replacement PVC • All sizes of PVC are available from Stock including Standard, Polargrade, double ribbed, green and bronze welding and various colours. • The PVC can be supplied in 50 metre rolls or cut to your required length.

Sliding Track • If your situation requires the curtain to be moveable both systems can be supplied on sliding track. • The track is formed from cold rolled galvanised steel and can be provided with face or underside fixing brackets. CHAINSCREEN

FLYMESH

Hook-on Headrail system

• Hook-on headrail system available in Stainless Steel and Galvanised finishes. • Suitable for use with 200 mm, 300 mm and 400 mm wide pvc strips. • Recommended for pedestrian and pallet truck traffic. • Both the Swivel Hinge and Hook-on systems have a variety of overlaps to suit all applications.

Clear PVC Strip Size

406

Overlap %

Maximum Height

200 x 2

2400

200 x 2

2750

300 x 2

3000

300 x 2

4500

300 x 2

5500

300 x 3

3000

300 x 3

4500

300 x 3

6000

400 x 4

7500

400 x 4

9000

400 x 4

100

10000

Price Per Sq M Galv Stainless

50m Rolls std

Keep Flying Insects out Food preparation areas can be kept free of insects by choosing one of these two effective types of screening for doorways which allow good air flow but are simple to fit and clean. Chainscreen system Made from durable lightweight anodised aluminium chain. This wall of glittering metal will deter the vast majority of flying insects. Flymesh system Made from flexible black Suntex strips. This fine guage mesh screen has no equal when it comes to keeping out unwanted insects.

Anodised Aluminium Chain including ‘Z’ Hanging Rail 760 mm wide x 2100 mm high 900 mm wide x 2100 mm high

200 mm wide black suntex with weights on stainless Steel hook-on. 36% overlap. Other sizes available on request. 856 mm wide x 2100 mm high 1020 mm wide x 2100 mm high

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

SAFETY & SECURITY

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Securikey provides a range of convex mirrors to suit security & safety applications. Computer designed curvature & Pure silver coating gives them the sharpest & brightest image possible Mirrors Exterior

180 Degree

Mirrors Hemisphere

Features:

• Can be used internally or externally

• Suitable for retail & Industrial use

• Impact resistant acrylic face

• 180º wall mounting - Supplied with dome top screws

• Wall mounted can also be fixed to a post with optional fitting kit

• 360º ceiling mounting - With dome top screws. Can be suspended with kit included

• Sizes from 450 to 900mm • Moisture resistant • Galvanised fittings

Exterior 450mm dia. 600mm dia. 900mm dia.

• Impact resistant acrylic 360 Degree Hemisphere Model Price 600mm 180º M18535H 900mm 180º M18553H 600mm 360º M18585H 900mm 360º M18590H

Model Price M18044S M18062S M18114S

Mirrors Interior

Mirrors Fork Lift Rear View

Features: • Impact resistant acrylic face • ‘J’ Bracket mounting adjusts to any angle • Sizes from 300 to 900mm • Rectangular model for restricted spaces • Suits retail & Industrial use • View inaccessible areas

Features: • Prevents accidents and injuries • Clear & Bright reflection • Impact resistant acrylic • ‘T’ Bar back for internal use • ABS back for internal/external use

Interior Model Model Price 300mm dia. M18020J AED 472.45 AED 545.85 450mm dia. M18038J AED 826.20 600mm dia. M18056J AED 833.05 600 x 400mm M18330A

300

x 150 mm Model Price ‘T’ Bar back M19952T AED 431.85 ABS back M19952A AED 499.15

Vehicle / Laptop Security Box

Master Lock - Python Cable Lock

Key Storage Box

•S uitable for use in cars, boats or caravans

• Used on construction and industrial sites

• Never be locked out again

•F ix to anchor points in the boot with cable lock (not included) •S trong steel construction

• Suitable for use with the Vehicle / Laptop Box

• Ideal for maintenance teams, cleaning service employees, construction workers etc...

•E uro profile locking mechanism

• Fully adjustable to suit other applications

• 10,000 possible codes

•S turdy carrying handle

• Standard cable length 1.8m x 10mm dia

• Diecast construction to resist corrosion

•E xternal 405 x 355 x 120 mm eight 13 kg •W

Model SDLTS

• Additional cables available up to 9m

Price Model 8413D

Price AED 149.50

Model 5401D

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price

407

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT Hose Reels TOOL BALANCER Automatic Rewind Units come complete with a swivel bracket supplied loose for site assembly Positive Latching Mechanism - automatically locks hose at desired length Subject to availability

HRA01Z

HRA05Z

HRW04Z

HRA06Z Hose

Hose Colour

Hose Length

Hose Dia. mm

Case Size L x W x H mm

Polyurethane

Blue

8 metre

570 x 300 x 320

Rubber

Red

8 metre

430 x 200 x 370

Rubber

Red

15 metre

Rubber

Red

15 metre

Rubber

Red

15 metre

Case Colour

Case Material

Max Pressure

Weight kg

Model

Black

Polypropylene

300 Psi

HRA05Z

Blue

Polypropylene

300 Psi

HRA01Z

430 x 200 x 370

Blue

Polypropylene

300 Psi

10.5

HRA02Z

520 x 220 x 560

Black

Metal

300 Psi

HRA06Z

520 x 220 x 560

Black

Metal

300 Psi

HRA07Z

Polypropylene

10.5

HRW04Z

Air Hoses

Water Hoses PVC

Green

15 metre

430 x 200 x 370

Green

TOOL BALANCER For workshop use - reduce operator fatigue & cut down assembly time Ideal for assembly line jobs - from small tools to industrial guns etc Easily adjustable to suit exact weight of tool Spring operated rewind system Subject to availability

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628) HRB08Z

408

Capacity

Cable Travel

Cable Dia

0.4 - 1.8kg

1.25m

2 mm

Case Size L x W x H mm 150 x 40 x 220

Weight kg 0.45

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model HRB08Z

SAFETY MATTING

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT COBAMAT INTER

COBAMAT STANDARD

• Hole size 22mm x 22mm • Thickness 12mm • Added grip in both directions • Fights against operator fatigue •A vailable in Red, Black, Green & Blue

• Totally reversible • Flame retardent to DIN 4102 •R esistant to mild acids & alkalis • Conforms to BIA anti-slip test

Dimensions (L x W) 0.6m x 10m 0.9m x 10m 1.2m x 10m Edging per linear meter

WORKSTATION MAT

• Offers users comfort even in barefoot applications • Gives added cross grip in wet/oily areas • Available in Red, Black, Green & Blue

Dimensions (L x W) 0.6m x 10m 0.9m x 10m 1.2m x 10m Edging per linear meter

WORKSAFE MAT

anufactured from flexible vinyl • Products are supplied with a •M • Thickness 12mm y ellow bevelled edge to prevent • Gives a safe operating surface tripping as debris falls through the • Cross ribbed to prevent slipping product when oils are around • Helps to reduce fatigue • In black with yellow borders

• Hole size 30mm x 10mm • Thickness 12mm xtremely hygienic and pleasing •E to the eye asy to clean with mild •E detergent or pressure washer

Dimensions (L x W) 0.6m x 1.2m Standard 1.0m x 1.5m Standard 1.2m x 1.8m Standard 0.6m x 1.2m Heavy 1.0m x 1.5m Heavy 1.2m x 1.8m Heavy

• Manufactured from extremely hard wearing rubber • I deally suited to relieve operator fatigue • Moulded bevel edge increases safety

• Unique underside design p revents the mat from slipping on the floor • Allows swarf and other debris to fall through • In black or grease resistant blue

Dimensions (L x W) 0.9m x 1.5m Black (Grease Resistant) 0.9m x 1.5m Blue (Grease proof)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

409

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTSAFETY MATTING SOLID

BLACK

STANDARD ANTI FATIGUE

SAFETY ANTI FATIGUE

SOLID FATIGUE STEP AND FATIGUE STEP BLACK

• Manufactured from 100% closed cell vinyl foam • Designed to reduce operator fatigue, leading to increased productivity • Insulates against cold concrete floors • Ideal for assembly lines and packaging areas • Pebble surface allows ease of cleaning • Thickness 9mm • In Grey or Charcoal

• As Standard Anti Fatigue, but supplied with bright yellow borders to increase safety awareness whilst eliminating operator fatigue

• Manufactured from extremely durable rubber (Black only) • Designed to offer the highest comfort factor • 0.9m x 0.9m tiles interlock to form mat size and shape of your choice • Ideal for use where employees are standing for prolonged periods • Thickness 16mm • Optional extras: Corner units, bevelled edge units & connectors

• Made from hard wearing rubber • Soft yet resilient material offers excellent fatigue relief properties • Slip resistant •V ersatile units (0.9m x 0.9m) interlock to fit any size area. • High drainage properties • Thickness 16mm •O ptional extras: Corner units, bevelled edge units & connectors

Dimensions (L x W) 0.9m x 0.9m Black Corners Black Edging per 0.9m Black Connectors Black Edging per 0.9m Yellow Corners Yellow

Dimensions (L x W) 0.6m x 0.9m 0.9m x 1.5m 0.9m x 18.3m

Price

DECKPLATE

• Diamond surface provides greater traction and extended wear. • Foam back relieves employee fatigue • Resistant to many industrial chemicals • Top surface is easily cleaned • Thickness 14mm

Dimensions (L x W) 0.6m x 0.9m Black 0.9m x 1.5m Black 0.9m x 3m Black 0.9m x 6m Black

410

Price

Dimensions (L x W) 0.6m x 0.9m 0.9m x 1.5m 0.9m x 18.3m

Price

SAFETY DECKPLATE

• Yellow bordering edges for added safety • Self extinguishing and chemical resistant surface • Withstands the most demanding applications • Foam back offers superb ergonomic benefit • Thickness 14mm

Dimensions (L x W) Price 0.6m x 0.9m Black/Yellow Border 0.6m x 1.5m Black/Yellow Border 0.9m x 3m Black/Yellow Border 0.9m x 6m Black/Yellow Border

FLUTED ANTI FATIGUE

Price

• Durable PVC fluted surface for demanding industrial applications • Foam back to offer fatigue relief for long periods of standing

Dimensions (L x W) 0.6m x 0.9m 0.9m x 1.5m 0.9m x 3m

Price

• Bevelled edges prevent trips within the workplace • Thickness 10mm • In black only

Price

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

WORKSTATIONS

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

INDUSTRIAL WORKSTATIONS • Versatile workstations for the industrial environment • Epoxy Polyester coated all Steel construction • Writing desk, cubby hole & lockable drawer • 3 point locking secure cupboard • Rear panels are supplied separately for on-site assembly Basic Workstation 1219H x 914W x 457D mm Model: WWKGU Information Station 2000H x 915W x 457D mm Model: WISGU

Toolholder Station 2000H x 915W x 457D mm Model: WTSGU

Quality Control Station 2000H x 915W x 457D mm Model: WQSGU

COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS • Epoxy Polyester coated all Steel construction • Choice of designs for Standard or Flat Screen Monitors • Lockable Monitor & Keyboard units & Cupboards - Supplied with 2 Keys

Flat Top Compact Computer Station 1040H x 650W x 522D mm Model: WFCGU

Standard Compact Computer Station 1695H x 650W x 525D mm Model: WCCGU

Flat Screen Compact Computer Station 1695H x 650W x 525D mm Model: WSCGU

Flat Top Computer Station 1219H x 915W x 485D mm Model: WLCGU

Wide Computer Station 1794H x 915W x 525D mm Model: WTCGU

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

411

cloakrooms leisure products Cloakroom / leisure products Will not rust or corrode Constructed from Plastic & Aluminium Benches are fully demountable for storage Colour options available

Beige

Red

Blue

Green

White

please specify when ordering

Double Coat Bench with Hooks

Child Size Coat Bench

BASIC BENCH - O/H 450MM Size L x D mm 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

x x x x x

400 B 400 400 400 B 400

Model 1040S B1240S B1540S 1840S B2040S

Basic Bench

SINGLE COAT BENCH - O/H 1800MM DOUBLE COAT BENCH - O/H 1800MM Size L x D mm 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

x x x x x

STORAGE PEN

400 400 400 400 400

No of Hooks

Model

6C 9C 12 15 18

1040S 1240S C1540S C1840S C2050S

Size L x D mm 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

x x x x x

800 800 800 800 800

No of Hooks 6C 9C 12 15 18

Model 1080D 1280D C1580D C1880D C2080D

WALL RACK Available in Matching Colours

Overall Size W x D x H mm 800 x 800 x 850

412

Model PP08

Length mm 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

Depth mm 40 40 40 40 40

No of Hooks 5 6 7 9 10

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model WR1000 WR1200 WR1500 WR1800 WR2000

Cloakroom Equipment CLUB CLOAKROOM SEATING

cloakrooms

Ash seat slats (FSC approved source)fitted to a Steel seat support frame 45mm dia. round tube legs Sturdy Aluminium coat hooks Seat Height: 450mm Overall Height: 1750mm Colour options

Silver

B lue

Yellow

Black

Red

G reen

please specify when ordering

SINGLE SIDED BENCHES Length mm

Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

Bench

Optional Back Rest

Model

1000

400

RS10X

RSB10

RSR10M

1500

400

RS15X

RSB15

RSR15M

2000

400

RS20X

RSB20

RSR20M

2500

400

RS25X

RSB25

RSR25M

3000

400

RS30X

RSB30

RSR30M Optional Shoe Rack

SINGLE SIDED BENCHES

Optional Shoe Rack

Length mm

Depth mm

No of Hooks

Leg Sets

Bench

Optional Back Rest

Model

1000

800

RD10X

RDB10

RDR10M

1500

800

RD15X

RDB15

RDR15M

2000

800

RD20X

RDB20

RDR20M

2500

800

RD25X

RDB25

RDR25M

3000

800

RD30X

RDB30

RDR30M

MONO BENCH

FREESTANDING BENCHES

Floor/wall fixedbench 450mm high

Basic bench 450mm high

Length mm

Depth mm

Legs Sets

Mono Bench

Model

R10

1000

450

RM10

315

R15

1500

450

RM15

2000

315

R20

2000

450

RM20

2500

315

R25

2500

450

RM25

3000

315

R30

3000

450

RM30

Length mm

Depth mm

Legs Sets

1000

315

1500

Basic Bench

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

413

cloakrooms Cloakroom Equipment

SS12

SS10H

DS20H DS24

NOW SUPPLIED WITH UNBREAKABLE PLASTIC HOOKS Frames available in: Black, Grey, Red & BlueHooks available in: Red, Green, Blue, Yellow, Black & Grey

STORAGE PEN

Ash or Sapele Timber slats Single Sided Units: 400mm wide Double Sided Units: 762mm wide All units are 1803mm high

Single or Double Sided With Hooks or Hangers Shoe Baskets are available as an Optional Extra Bespoke units available- Call For Details

Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS Steel frame work. Tops & seat slats are of 70 x 32mm Sapele Timber,with four radiused corners, & have been sanded, sealed & polished with a tough, hardwearing lacquer

COMPLETE WITH HOOKS Length mm

COMPLETE WITH BLACK HANGERS

Single Sided No of Hooks

915

1220

1525

Double Sided No of Hooks

Model

Length mm

DS12

915

DS18

1220

DS24

1525

Model

SS12

Single Sided No of Hooks 6S 8S 10

Model

Double Sided No of Hooks

Model

S6H

DS12H

S8H

DS16H

DS20H

SS10H

BENCH SEATS & COAT RAILS Benches have Sapele timber slats with four radiused corners which have been sanded, sealed & polished Coat Rails are pre-drilled ready for wall mounting

Length mm

Benches 400H x 300W mm Model

CR12

Coat Rails 70 x 20mm Sapele Model

915

B36

CR6

1220

B48

CR9

1525

B60

CR12

B60

414

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

BENCHES

cloakrooms

EASy SERIES

Framework in steel tube 30 x 30 x 1,5 mm.Legs with rubber push rods. Seat made of varnished wooden laths 100x.20 mm. Painting, by depositing epoxy powders. Cross-linking in a kiln at 180 °C. Standard colour Grey RAL 7035.Material supplied assembled. Outfit • Back coat rack • Upper hat rack

BE0520LE

BE0315LE

BE0110LE

Model

Dim W x D x H

EASY10

100 x 35 x 45

EASY15

150 x 35 x 45

EASY20

200 x 35 x 45

FREESTYLE SERIES Steel framework bench - seat made of tubular steel covered with red PVC laths Outfit • Back coat rack

Model

Dim W x D x H

BE0210P

100 x 35 x 45

BE0615P

150 x 35 x 45

BE0820P

200 x 35 x 45

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

415

PREMISES ROPE & BELT BARRIERS ROPE BARRIERS High quality polished Stainless Steel postsfor a durable & aesthetic finish The ropes are made from Polyester Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels,airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc 4way connectivity SHL01Z

SRL21R

SPL21Z SPL11Z

your message goes here

SRL22B

SRL25B

SIMPLY BUY YOUR POST& ADD YOUR ROPE TO MEETYOUR REQUIREMENTS SIGN BOARD - create your own message

RSLS8Z

Description Sign Board

ROPE BARRIERS

Model RSLS8Z

ROPES - with silver polished ‘Q’ hooks

Stainless Steel Post with Ball Head

Post Size H x W mm 987 x 320

Stainless Steel Post with Top Hat Head

935 x 320

Wall Hook

Description

Post Size H x W mm 370 x 205

Rope Length mm

SPL11Z

Rope Colour Red

SPL21Z

Blue

1500

SHL01Z

Black

Model

Model SRL21R SRL22B SRL25B

ROPE BARRIERS High quality polished Stainless Steel postsfor a durable & aesthetic finish Also available in Black coated Steel post(models RPLB4R, )RPLB5B & RPLB6B The 2m retractable belt is made from Nylon Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses, offices,showrooms etc Belt Size: 50mm High& 1800mm Length 3way connectivity

Wall Mounted Belt Barrier RWLS9B

BELT BARRIERS Black Belt Barrier RPLB4R / RPLB5B / RPLB6B

Description

Post Size H x W mm

Red Retractable Belt Barrier Blue Retractable Belt Barrier Black Retractable Belt Barrier

930 x 350

Receiving End Post

Black Model

Stainless Steel Model

RPLB4R

RPLS1R

RPLB5B

RPLS2B

RPLB6B

RPLS3B

RRLB8P

RRLS9P

DOUBLE BELT BARRIER & WALL MOUNTEDBELT BARRIER Stainless Steel Belt Barrier RPLS1R / RPLS2B / RPLS3B

416

Double Belt Barrier RDLS7B

Description

Post Size H x W mm

Model

Double Retractable Belt Barrier - Blue

985 x 320

RDLS7B

Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier - Blue

RWLS9B

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Posts & Barriers

PREMISES

GUARDA - LIGHTWEIGHT CHAIN POSTS For quick & easy cordoning off space in warehouses etc Available in a choice of 3 base styles Triangular Plastic base filled with concrete for outdoor use Round Plastic hollow base to be filled with sand, water etc Square hard Rubber base Sets consist of 6 chain posts, 10M chain, 10 connecting links & 10 hooks

Version

Height mm

Colour

Red & White Triangular Plastic Base - Concrete Filled Black & Yellow Red & White

Square Hard Rubber Base

Black & Yellow

870

Red & White

Round Plastic Hollow Base

Black & Yellow

Base mm

Weight kg

300 SL

19.5

265 x 265

300 Ă¸

Model 175.16.146 175.13.735 175.19.176 175.17.668 175.15.850 175.17.247

TRAFFIC LINE - BELT POSTS

WALL MOUNTED BELT CARTRIDGES

Flexible system providing demarcation of public areas from traffic routes Powder coated Aluminium posts Moulded bases with reflective disks Secure 4 point fixing for permanent installation fixings not included Self-tensioning belts with retraction feature Overall Height: 985mm Post Dia: 60mm

Belt Colour

3000mm Belt Length Model

Model

Black & Yellow

179.14.759

179.22.511

Belt Colour

Model

Post Colour Yellow Red

For entrances, doorways, stairs etc Easy to fix bracket Black Cartridge Belt Length-3000mm Self tensioning

4000mm Belt Length

Yellow

179.17.353

179.26.335

Black/Yellow Striped

179.18.124

Red & White

179.19.970

179.28.335

Black/Yellow/Black

179.19.708

Red

179.15.362

179.24.575

Red/White Striped

179.13.738

Wall Clip

179.16.000

Black/Red/Black

179.16.023

Belt Link

179.17.430

Black/Silver/Black

179.18.931

PARKING POSTS

COMMANDER - DROPDOWN FRAME POST

CONTROLLER PLUS -DROP DOWN POST

68mm profile design requires minimum ground clearance Sturdy Steel post 70/50mm section Blocking width 780mm Hot dip Galvanised with Red reflective rings Cylinder lock supplied

Version Commander Controller Plus

Surface Fixing

Height mm 570

112.19.889

Fixing into Concrete

570 (330 below ground)

112.19.774

Surface Fix - Keyed Alike

950

114.19.490

Surface Fix - Individually Keyed

950

114.13.120

Mounting

Model

Semi-automatic foot controlled lockable post 68mm profile design requires minimum ground clearance Unlock & gently push the post, making it recline Press the foot pedal at the base to make the post rise & lock Anodised Aluminium with Red reflective strips Surface mounted on an Aluminium bracket plate

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

417

Barrier Systems PREMISES SITE MAINTENANCE TRAFFIC LINE - HEAVY DUTYPALLET RACKING PROTECTORS Conform to DIN 4844 Safety Guidelines Provide protection from vulnerable frame ends & uprights Made in Steel & powder coated Yellow with Black bands Can effectively be used to protect machines, partitioning,mezzanine support columns, concrete columns etc Right angle - for corner protection bolted on 2 sides U-Profile - for three sided protection bolted on 3 sides TUV tested for strength & build quality Description

Right Angle

U-Profile Surface Fixing Bolts1

Overall Size H x W x Gauge mm 400 x 160 x 5

Fixing Bolts Required per protector 4

Weight kg 8

197.15.928

400 x 160 x 6 800 x 160 x 6

197.13.182

197.14.605

1200 x 160 x 6

197.18.380

400 x 160 x 6

197.18.365

0.2

100.17.393

2 x 100

Model

TRAFFIC LINE -COLLISION PROTECTION BARS Protect your shelves, cabinets, machinery etc Low profile design allows easy access to pedestrians Size: 76mm Dia., 3mm wall thickness Surface mounted with extra strength base plates Powder coated in Yellow with Black bands Description Protection Bars Fixing Bolts (4 per guard)

Overall Size H x W mm 86 x 400

Weight kg 5

195.13.478

86 x 800

7.5

195.19.220

86 x 1200

195.14.143

12 x 100

0.2

100.17.393

Model

TRAFFIC LINE - IMPACT PROTECTION RAILING SYSTEM - TUV APPROVED Extremely strong & versatile protective railing system Manufactured in structural Steel & hot dip Galvanised finish with Yellow powder coat - ideal for external use TUV tested for strength & build quality Posts: 100 x 100mm section Base Plate: 200 x 200mm Surface fixing 4 bolts Lateral Rails: 120 x 80mm section

Description

Overall Size H x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Bollard

1000 x 100 x 100

194.13.700

End Post

500 x 100 x 100

194.15.765

Centre Post

500 x 100 x 100

10.5

194.18.142

90 Angle Post

500 x 100 x 100

10.5

End Post

1000 x 100 x 100

Centre Post

1000 x 100 x 100

90o Angle Post

1000 x 100 x 100

418

194.15.032

Cross Bar 120 x 80mm 1000

Weight kg 9.5

194.16.672

194.13.501

1200

11.5

194.14.863

194.13.894

1500

194.16.449

194.15.572

2000

194.13.826

)F o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n , v i s i t w w w . l o c 8 . a e o r c a l l t o l l f r e e 8 0 0 - L O C 8 ( 5 6 2 8

Model

PREMISES

SITE&MAINTENANCE Posts Barriers COMMANDER - DROPDOWN FRAME POST Constructed from 100mm welded heavy duty square tubular Steel Ideal for dividing manufacturing units & equipment in warehouses etc Mounted on square floor plates with pre-drilled fixing holes for fixing to the floor. fixings not supplied The corner rail gives the option of a protective cage around equipment Finish: Stove Enamel Yellow

Triple Rail

Corner Section

SBR304

SBR200

Single Rail SBR104 Double Rail

Rail Length

SBR204

Single Rail Height 380mm

Triple Rail Height 1120mm

Model

Weight

Model

Weight

Model

1220mm2

7 kg

SBR104

58 kg

SBR204

84 kg

SBR304

1830mm4

1 kg

SBR106

76 kg

SBR206

111 kg

SBR306

2440mm5

0 kg

SBR108

94 kg

SBR208

129 kg

SBR308

50 kg

SBR100

94 kg

SBR200

136 kg

SBR300

Corner Section 1m x 1m

Weight

Double Rail Height 750mm

COMMANDER - DROPDOWN FRAME POST The rails on this protective barrier system are easy to remove allowing cost efficient access to machinery Posts are constructed from 80mm heavy duty square tubular Steel, & the rails from 100 x 50mm tubular Steel Mounted on square floor plates which are pre-drilled for fixing to the floor, fixings not supplied Finish: Stove enamel Yellow

SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP11

4 x SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP21 & 1 x SBLP22 Weight kg 9

SBLR04

1830 mm

SBLR06

2440 mm

17.5

SBLR08

Corner Post6

3000 mm

21.5

SBLR10

In Line Post6

Rail Length 1220 mm

Model

Description End Post5

Single Rail - 500mm High Weight kg .5

Model

Double Rail - 1100mm High Weight kg

Model

SBLP11

SBLP21

SBLP12

10.5

SBLP22

SBLP13

10.5

SBLP23

COMMANDER - DROPDOWN FRAME POST

These units provide isolation for drums & machinery offering protection to products & operators Manufactured from rectangular hollow section Steel these units can be bolted together in a line or at right angles Pre-drilled base plates for fixing to the floor with 12mm bolts, not provided Extension units are supplied with 2 joining bolts Finished in a stoved enamel safety Yellow

Standard Unit

Description Standard Extension Standard Extension

Length mm 1000 1000 1500 1500

Extension Unit

Height mm 1000 1000 1000 1000

Model SB1000 SE1000 SB1500 SE1500

)F o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n , v i s i t w w w . l o c 8 . a e o r c a l l t o l l f r e e 8 0 0 - L O C 8 ( 5 6 2 8

419

PREMISES Bollards & Posts FIXED BOLLARDS

PUSHLOCK PARKING POSTS

Offer permanent restriction ofaccess & protection for buildings Can be supplied with locating eyes to enable chains to be attachedfor boundary demarcation Finish: Black/Yellow Complete with installation literature Fixings not included

EXCAVATED

SURFACE

Folding post which is ideal for driveways& individual parking spaces Features an integral lock which can be‘keyed alike’ in multiple quantities Finish: Yellow Powder Coat Complete with installation literature Fixings not included

INTEGRAL LOCK CAN BE ‘KEYED ALIKE’

Type Surface Excavated

Section 89mm

Above Ground 910mm

Below Ground -

Weight kg 9

SURFACE

400mm

EXCAVATED

Model

COLLAPSIBLE POSTS

420

Height mm 765

Weight kg 6

Height mm 625

Weight kg 6

Model PUSHLOCK

TELESCOPIC MOLE PARKING POSTS Designed to be lowered into the groundwhen not in use but simple to raiseinto position when required Integral weatherproof lock which can be‘keyed alike’ in multiple quantities the light duty version requires a shackle padlock Finish: Galvanised Complete with installation literature Fixings not included

Lock into position with a shackle lock Anchor plates available to give a moresecure fixing - Call for Details Complete with installation literature Finish: Galvanised Fixings not included

Section mm 60

PUSHLOCK

70mm

Above Below Ground Ground 590mm 720mm

Weight kg 12.5

LIGHTDUTY

89mm

700mm 400mm

17.5

HEAVYDUTY

Type

Section

Model

Light

COLLAPSIBLE

Heavy

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

Portable stores portable stores

Instant secure storage solution supplied in a flat pack form Can be linked together to create any size of store All panels are lightweight & easily handled by 2 people so no needfor hi-cab cranes or forklifts Can be dismantled & re-assembled again for transportation or site growth Fully Galvanised body with Green or Blue powder coat finish

Overall Size D x W mm 2075 x 2140

Door Size mm

Internal Depth mm 2000

3060 x 2140

1250

3000

KDC3

4000

KDC4

4050 x 2140

Model KDC2

Chemical stores Instant secure bunded storage solution supplied in a flat pack form Can be linked together to create any size of store All panels are lightweight & easily handled by 2 people so no need for hi-cab cranes or forklifts Can be dismantled & re-assembled again for transportation or site growthLifting eyes incorporated for lifting by a crane once fully assembled Fully welded sumped base to contain any spillage

Overall Size H x W mm 2160 x 2430 2160 x 3160 2160 x 4160

Door Size mm 800 each door

PREMISES

Internal Depth mm 2000K

Model DCC2

3000K

DCC3

4000K

DCC4

FLAT PACK OFFICE CABINS Instant low cost accommodation supplied in a flat pack form Can be linked together to create any size of cabin Double glazed windows completewith shutters for additional security Fitted with lights & sockets All panels are fully insulated Secure locking system White or Blue powder coat finish- please specify when ordering

Overall Size DxW 10ft x 8ftO 20ft x 8ftO

Model FC10 FC20 For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

421

PREMISES ground & raised dock tunnels GROUND & RAISED DOCK TUNNELS KDTR is used to cover large distances between vehicles & loading doors KDT rotates for applications where direct access cannot be achieved Can be supplied to fit specific size

Overall Size W x H x D mm

Model

3400 x 3500 x 3000

KDTR

3400 x 4500 x 3000

KDTR-G

4200 x 4500 x 1000

KDT

GROUND & RAISED DOCK TUNNELS Create a seal between dock opening & vehicle Help create a comfortable working environment& reduce costly heat loss Full height re-inforced dock shelters Double spring scissor action impact absorbers with heavy duty apron to prevent damage to the building Can be supplied to fit specific size

Overall Size W x H x D mm

Model

Raised Dock Shelter

3400 x 3500 x 650

KDRL

Ground Dock Shelter

3400 x 4500 x 700

KDG

Description

Warehouses & Dock Tunnels / Shelters Ideal for temporary storage Can be relocated as your business grows These warehouses are constructed using a Galvanised Steel frame & PVC fabric Highly versatile & strong structures that canbe used in all climates & conditions Very low costs - easily repaired & maintained No need for expensive & disruptive foundations Erected in just days creating minimaldisruption to your operations Fully compliant to British Standards for wind& snow loadings. Full technical support & civil engineering advice available

422

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

PVC Strip Curtains

PREMISES

SWIVEL HINGEHEADRAIL SYSTEM Heavy duty Galvanised swivel hinge headrail system which is suitable for 300 & 400mm strips Recommended where forklifts are in use Headrail comes pre-assembled & strips are cut to length ready to hang Variety of overlaps to suit your needs

Hook-on Headrail SyStem Hook-on headrail system available in Stainless Steel & Galvanised finishes Suitable for use with 200, 300 &400mm strips Recommended for pedestrian &pallet truck traffic Variety of overlaps to suit your needs

MaXBULLET HEADRAIL SYSTEM Headrail made from cross-linked Polymer Suitable for pedestrian doorways Kits are supplied 965W x 2000H mm complete with rails & strips cut to length & punched â&#x20AC;&#x201C;ready to hang

REPLACEMENT PVC All sizes of PVC are available including Standard, Polargrade, Double Ribbed, Green & Bronze welding & various colours The PVC can be supplied in 50m rolls or cut to your required length 50m PVC rolls

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

423

PREMISES TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ROCOL Traffic Management If you have responsibility for health and safety in your organisation, you will know how important it is to manage the speed and flow of traffic on your site. Health & Safety Executive figures place vehicle accidents as the second biggest killer in the workplace but unfortunately, it is often only when an accident occurs that the need for traffic management is addressed. It is difficult to raise speed awareness with drivers on private roads, so it’s important to introduce a traffic management system that reduces speed and is easy to alter when requirements on your site change. The Pacer® speed ramp is recognised internationally as an effective method of speed reduction. Speed ramps are recommended by the Workplace (Health, Safety & Welfare) Regulations 1992 as a ‘suitable speed retarder’ and the Pacer® range provides for speed reductions down to 10, 20 or 30 kmh. The Pacer® brand is recognised for its durability and effectiveness and with the addition of Pacer2® to the range, the scope of applications has increased to include all budgets and locations. Because of the modular construction of all Pacer® products, they are easy to relocate as traffic management needs alter or increase. ROCOL Site Safety‑Systems specialists are available to give free site surveys and easy to use layout guides assist in optimising the use of Pacer® systems. Pacer® traffic management systems have already proved a valuable asset to thousands of organisations and will clearly state to employees, customers and the public that safety is a priority on your site.

424

KMH

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

PREMISES

Pacer® & Mini Pacer® The Pacer® system has been successfully utilised worldwide as a speed deterrent for over 15 years. Its unique construction utilising hard, high impact virgin rubber guarantees an extremely durable product that has been tested with loads of up to 40 tonnes. The Pacer®system is ideal for areas of intense, heavy traffic such as manufacturing sites, large retail parks and hospitals. Available in standard or mini size, the features include: • Typical design life of ten years. • Modular construction which provides for easy installation and relocation to suit individual site requirements. Patented Expandaplug fixing system.

• Yellow and black rubber sections providing a highly visible speed deterrent. • Integrated red and green cats eyes which provide maximum visibility for the ramps at night and allow night time directional traffic flow. • A grooved surface assisting traction in wet and icy conditions. • An opening for a steel pole to align the modules, which can be substituted for cables and hoses in temporary applications. • Patented Expandaplug fixing system for use in concrete and asphalt. • End caps which allow for the safe passage of fork lift trucks and bicycles. • Standard size dimensions of 410 x 250 x 68mm.

10 KMH

Cats eye system for superior night time visibility.

KMH

• Mini size dimensions of 345 x 250 x 50mm.

Manufacturing Sites Distribution Depots Hospital Complexes Mass Transit Sites Utility Companies Service Areas

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

425

OFFICE COMPUTER CABINET

Pull out shelf

Computer cabinet - 40-602-2044 • The cabinet is ideal for use in manufacturing, engineering and other industrial environments. The monitor storage section has a door opening W x H 590 x 650 mm, with a Plexiglas window. • The lower storage section has lockable double doors, opening W x H 590 x 855 mm and is equipped with a movable shelf, an energy panel with 5 earthed sockets and a ventilation fan with filter. Inside depth of cabinet is 530 mm. The computer cabinet has 4 adjustable feet. Available in beige or blue (please state when ordering) • Pull out shelf fits in the bottom part of a computer cabinet. Fitted with telescopic guides which allow a 110% pull-out. Supplied complete with attachments. • Castor kit consists of 4 x 75mm castors two with brake. Attaches to the pre drilled threaded holes on the underside of a computer cabinet.

Castor Kit

Computer cabinet Mini- 40-601-2001 • The computer cabinet mini is designed for protecting computers against dust, knocks and bumps in industrial environments. The cabinet has an opening of 590 x 650mm with lockable door fitted with Plexiglas window, lockable, pull-out keyboard shelf and mouse mat with a pull out to the left or right. Available in beige or blue (please state colour when ordering) Computer cabinet Mini Description

426

Dimension W x D x H

Max load EDLPart No.

Model

Computer cabinet

150kg

642 x 545 x 1733 mm

40-602-2044

Additional pull-out shelf

50kg

560 x 400 mm

40-357-2001

Castor kit (4 castors)

150 kg

ø 75 mm

40-441-0004

Computer cabinet Mini

35kg

642 x 545 x 866

40-601-2001

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

NOTICE BOARDS

OFFICE

Felt Noticeboards

Corded Hessian Noticeboards

Bright, elegant and durable these aluminium framed felt noticeboards are pinnable and Velcro® friendly.

• 12mm pinboard core

• Aluminium framed as standard • Fabric is flame retardant to BS476 Class 1, BS5867,

• Felt is flame retardant to BS 476, Part 7, Class 1 • Choice of 6 felt colours

Part 2 and colourfast to BS1006, Level 5/6

• Choice of 8 fabric colours

Description Dimensions Model Price w x h mm 90 x 60 mm D201012 £24.00 1200 x 90 mm D201014 £34.25 Felt Noticeboards 1200 x 1200 mm D201015 £41.25 1800 x 1200 mm D201017 £54.85

Classic Showcases

Description Dimensions Model Price w x h 90 x 60 mm D209212 £25.25 Corded Hessian 1200 x 90 mm D209214 £36.65 Noticeboards 1200 x 1200 mm D209215 £44.50 1800 x 1200 mm D209217 £60.65

Prestige Showcases

• 12mm pinboard core • Anodised aluminium frame • Felt covered backboard - FR Class 1 • Felt covered 2mm pinboard core - FR Class 1

• 4mm toughened safety glass sliding doors

• Clear lockable polycarbonate glazed door - FR Class 1

• Doors are totally encapsulated within frame

• Discrete allen key locking mechanism

• Chrome finger pulls and push button lock

• Anodised aluminium frame

• Radius nylon reinforced safety corners

• Choice of 6 felt coloured backboards

• Choice of 6 felt backboard colours

• Supplied complete with fixing

• Supplied complete with fixings

Description Dimensions

Description Dimensions Model Price Model Price w x h w x h 90 x 60 mm D213100 £64.00 90 x 60 mm D215001 £133.50 1200 x 900 mm D213101 £85.75 1200 x 90 mm D215003 £176.00 Classic Showcases Prestige Showcases 1200 x 1200 mm D215004 £206.50 1200 x 1200 mm D213102 £102.85 1800 x 1200 mm D215008 £273.25 1800 x 1200 mm D213106 £171.50

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

427

OFFICE WHITEBOARDS Non Magnetic Whiteboards

• Double sided boards guaranteed for 5 years • Anodised aluminium frame • Supplied complete with fixings Description Non Magnetic Whiteboards

Dimensions Model Price w x h 0.9 x 0.6m W102033 £17.25 1.2 x 0.9m W102035 £22.85 1.8 x 1.2m W102039 £54.85 2.4 x 1.2m W102040 £68.65

Magnetic Whiteboards

• Single sided - surface guaranteed for 30 years • Alu zinc balancer on reverse for stability and flatness • Anodised aluminium frame • Lightweight honeycomb core • Supplied complete with fixings

Description MagneticWhiteboards

Dimensions Model Price w x h 0.9 x 0.6m W102063 £34.35 1.2 x 0.9m W102064 £57.25 1.2 x 1.2m W102067 £98.50 1.8 x 1.2m W102068 £125.75

Description

Model

Price

Whiteboard Accessories • Whiteboard Stater Pack includes - 6 markers, 1 pen holder, 1 felt eraser and 1 board renovator

Dry Marker Pens 0.3m Clip-on Pen Shelf Whiteboard Starter Pack

W906017 W900000 W904010

£3.85 £3.25 £10.95

Mobile Whiteboards

Portable Display Systems

• Double sided non magnetic dry-wipe surfaces • 5 year board guarantee

• Aluminium Frame - no detachable components

• Board rotates through 360O

• Velcro® friendly loop nylon panel size - 0.69 x 1.0m

• Powder coated steel frame

• Loop nylon is flame retardant to BS5876, Part 2

• Heavy duty rubber tyred castors will not mark floors

• 7 colours - option of colour combinations per side

• 4 castors - 2 lockable

Description

Description Mobile Whiteboards

428

Dimensions Model Price w x h 1.2 x 0.9m W106001 £160.75 1.5 x 1.2m W106003 £186.50 1.8 x 1.2m W106004

Single Sided - 6 Panel System Single Sided - 8 Panel System Double Sided - 6 Panel System Double Sided - 8 Panel System Carry Bag

Model

Price

D217001 D217004 D217002 D217005 D217003

£245.75 £331.50 £297.25 £388.50 £36.50

)F o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n , v i s i t w w w . l o c 8 . a e o r c a l l t o l l f r e e 8 0 0 - L O C 8 ( 5 6 2 8

Office Filing Systems

OFFICE

GRIP-A-STRIP

You know how it is with overcrowded memo and notice boards that soon become messy and unclear. Or there is the trick with the elastic band and drawing pins to keep something on the wall freed of that old, ugly notice board. The Grip-a-Strip is not only much easier and efficient to use, the aluminium clamping frame is also highly attractive. The Grip-a-Strip is available in three standard lengths: 60, 90 and 120 cm in the colour aluminium. The Grip-a-Strip is provided as standard with drilled holes and fastening material. This means: buy it, hang it up, use it! The Grip-a-Strip consists of an impact-resistant aluminium profile, with a running mechanism of small synthetic wheels. At the ends the profile is neatly finished with black caps. In no time at all you have your paper from A7 to A0 firmly attached. Maps, posters, drawings, memos, flip-over charts, offers, production statistics, etc. can all be simply slid into the Grip-a-Strip. Once in, the paper can no longer fall out of the profile. Once again, with a simple hand movement (pull the poster, drawing, etc. 90 o towards you) you bring it out of the Grip-a-Strip without any damage whatsoever. The applications of the Grip-a-Strip are many: in the office, for memos and info bulletins; at home, for posters and shopping lists; at school for drawings and work; in the production hall, for time statements and production statistics; in conference spaces, for flip-over charts and presentation drawings, etc. In short: the possibilities of use of the Grip-a-Strip are boundless. Description Stand. pack. / min. order qty. Grip-a-Strip of 600 mm 6/1 Grip-a-Strip of 900 mm 6/1 Grip-a-Strip of 1200 mm 6/1

Order no. 7980600 7980900 7981200

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

429

OFFICE Reception Furniture

INVITE RECEPTION • •

Ordering Information

Invite is a modular reception system These base units, complemented with counter tops, shelves & other accessories, create smart & professional reception units

To ensure the correct components are ordered,including cut-back legs in the correct positions, &tops suitably drilled for top boxes, a drawing of therequired arrangement must be provided with theorder. Help can be given by discussing your needswith our Sales or CAD department

Colour Options Available

• Oak

•

Beech Maple Other colour options available - Call for Details These Receptions are delivered built-up.Therefore you must complete a questionnaire about access

BASE UNITS

The base units are plain top units Drill holes for counter tops or shelves will be made if specified on your order, adding 10%

Rectangular Base Units W x D x H mm

Model

800 x 800 x 727

PRUT08-8P

1200 x 800 x 727

PRUT12-8P

1400 x 800 x 727

PRUT14-8P

1600 x 800 x 727

PRUT16-8P

1800 x 800 x 727

PRUT18-8P

Rectangular Base Units with Wheelchair Access W x D x H mm

Model

1600 x 800 x 727

PRUT16-8PW

1800 x 800 x 727

PRUT18-8PW

Convex Radius Base Units

COUNTER TOPS & ACCESSORIES Straight Counter Tops W x D x H mm Model 800 x 325 x 465 PRCT8 1200 x 325 x 465 PRCT12 1400 x 325 x 465 PRCT14 1600 x 325 x 465 PRCT16 1800 x 325 x 465 PRCT18 Convex Radius Counter Tops W x D x H mm

Model

900 radius x 325 x 465

PRCTR9

1200 radius x 325 x 465

PRCTR12

Hatch & Gate Module W x D x H mm

Model

1000 x 800 x 727

PRHM

Available Left or Right Hand (Right Hand Shown) Concave Radius Counter Tops W x D x H mm

Model

1200 radius x 325 x 465

PRCTCR12

Pigeon Hole Unit

W x D x H mm

Model

W x D x H mm

Model

900 radius x 727

PRUTR9-8P

560 x 300 x 439

PRPHU

1200 radius x 727

PRUTR12-8P

Convex Radius Base Unit with Wheelchair Access W x D x H mm

Model

1200 radius x 727

PRUTR12-8PW

Concave Radius Base Unit

430

When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch & Gate unit must be firmly secured to a wall.This is your responsibility & instructions will beleft with the unit

W x D x H mm

Model

1200 radius x 727

PRUTCR12-8P

Rectangular Reception Shelves W x D x H mm Model 800 x 300 x 305 PRS8 1200 x 300 x 305 PRS12 1400 x 300 x 305 PRS14 1600 x 300 x 305 PRS16 1800 x 300 x 305 PRS18 Radius Reception Shelves W x D x H mm

Model

900 radius x 300 x 465 1200 radius x 300 x 465

PRSR9 PRSR12

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Reception Seating

OFFICE

FORUM SEATING • •

A simple low cost range of modular reception seating Comfortable & practical solution for all reception areas

FRS

FR1

FR1A2

FR1AL

FR1AR

Forum Unit Chair

Overall Size W x D x H mm 560 x 820 x 910

Forum Unit Chair - Left Arm

660 x 820 x 910

FR1AL

Forum Unit Chair - Right Arm

660 x 820 x 910

FR1AR

Forum Unit Arm Chair

860 x 820 x 910

FR1A2

Forum Corner Segment

470 x 550 x 910

FRS

Forum Unit Table (Maple/Beech Top)

770 x 770 x 300

FRT

Description

Model FR1

FRT

ENCOUNTER SEATING • • •

These attractive tub chairs & sofas will enhanceany reception or informal meeting area Stylish & comfortable Choice of fabric or leather look finishes

Stock Colours

Leather Look

Blue Fabric

Overall Size W x D x H mm (D) Encounter Single Tub Seat Blue, Fully Upholstered 700 x 660 x 780 Black, Leather Look 700 x 660 x 780 (E) Encounter Sofa Tub Seat Blue, Fully Uphostered 1235 x 630 x 770 Black, Leather Look 1235 x 630 x 770 Description

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model EN3/F/BLUE EN1/PU/BLK EN4/F/BLUE EN2/PU/BLK

431

OFFICE Office Furniture IMPACT AFFORDABLE DESKING

STANDARD WORKSTATIONS (A) No Pedestals

(B) Single Pedestal Desk (2 Drawer)

(D) Double Pedestal Desk

• •

18mm worktops with 2mm PVC edging Comprehensive range of matching storage W x D x H mm Model (A) Standard - No Pedestal (OAK,MA,BCH) 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW12SPX2 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW16SPX2 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW18SPX2 (B) Standard - Single Pedestal - 2 Drawer (OAK,MA,BCH) 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW12SP2D 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW16SP2D 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW18SP2D (C) Standard - Single Pedestal - 3 Drawer (OAK,MA,BCH) 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW12SP3D 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW16SP3D 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIMSW18SP3D (D) Standard - Double Pedestal (OAK,MA,BCH) 1600 x 800 x 720 (2 x 2 Drawers) ZIMSW16/2X2D 1800 x 800 x 720 (2 x 2 Drawers) ZIMSW18/2X2D 1600 x 800 x 720 (2 x 3 Drawers) ZIMSW16/2X3D 1800 x 800 x 720 (2 x 3 Drawers) ZIMSW18/2X3D 1600 x 800 x 720 (2 & 3 Drawers) ZIMSW16/2D3D 1800 x 800 x 720 (2 & 3 Drawers) ZIMSW18/2D3D

CORE WORKSTATIONS (E) Core Workstation - Cantilever Leg Rectangular Workstation

W x D x H mm

(E) Core Workstation - Panel End

Model

Price

(E) Core Workstation Cantilever Leg (O/G,M/S,B/S) Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16LCF Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18LCF Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16RCF Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18RCF (E) Core Workstation Panel End (OAK,MA,BCH) Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16LP Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18LP Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM16RP Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 ZIM18RP

RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS

(F) Rectangular Workstation - Panel End

(F) Rectangular Workstation - Cantilever

Rectangular Workstation

Leg

W x D x H mm Model (F) Rectangular Workstation Cantilever Leg (O/G,M/S,B/S) 800 x 800 x 720 ZIM0808CF 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIM1208CF 1400 x 800 x 720 ZIM1408CF 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIM1608CF 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIM1808CF (F) Rectangular Workstation Panel End (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 800 x 720 ZIM0808P 1200 x 800 x 720 ZIM1208P 1400 x 800 x 720 ZIM1408P 1600 x 800 x 720 ZIM1608P 1800 x 800 x 720 ZIM1808P

WAVE WORKSTATIONS (G) Wave Workstation - Cantilever Leg

(G) Wave Workstation - Panel End

W x D x H mm

Model

(G) Wave Workstation Cantilever Leg (O/G,M/S,B/S) Left Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410LWC Left Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610LWC Right Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410RWC Right Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610RWC (G) Wave Workstation Panel End (OAK,MA,BCH) Left Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410LWP Left Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610LWP Right Hand 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1410RWP Right Hand 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 ZIM1610RWP

Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the productcode with the relevant code for the colour yourequire e.g. add B/S forBeech & Silver = ZIM16LCFB/S please refer to the swatches shown

432

O/G Oak & Graphite

M/S Maple & Silver

B/S Beech & Silver

OAK

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Office Furniture

OFFICE

STORAGE & TABLES OAK

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech

O/G

M/S

Oak & Graphite

B/S

Maple & Silver

OAK

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech

Beech & Silver

W x D x H mm

Model

(H) Low Mobile Pedestals (OAK,MA,BCH) 392 x 600 x 550 - 2 Drawer

MP2

392 x 600 x 550 - 3 Drawer

MP3

(I) Desk High Pedestals (OAK,MA,BCH) 392 x 600 x 720

IMDHP63

392 x 800 x 720

IMDHP83

)K(

)H(

(J) High Mobile Pedestals (OAK,MA,BCH) 392 x 600 x 680 - 3 Drawer

)M(

HMP3

(K) Low Mobile Steel Pedestals 400 x 575 x 580 - 3 Drawer

JMRP01SIL

)J(

)I(

)L(

Workmode / Jetstream Pedestals 392 x 600 x 727

DHP36

392 x 800 x 727

DHP38

W x D x H mm

Model

(L) Desk End Cupboard (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 500 x 720 - Locks Fitted

ZSU708DD

Shelf

SUS08

(M) Filing Cabinets - Locks Fitted (OAK,MA,BCH) 490 x 640 x 720 - 2 Drawer

SUFC2

490 x 640 x 1066 - 3 Drawer

SUFC3

490 x 640 x 1421 - 4 Drawer

SUFC4

)O(

)N(

(N) Bookcases (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 310 x 800 - 1 Shelf

ZIMBC800

800 x 310 x 1400 - 2 Shelves

ZIMBC1400

800 x 310 x 1600 - 3 Shelves

ZIMBC1600

800 x 310 x 1800 - 3 Shelves

ZIMBC1800

Extra Bookcase Shelf

IMBCS80

(P) Conference Tablewith Tubular Legs

(O) Desk High Bookcase (OAK,MA,BCH) 800 x 310 x 720 - 1 Shelf

ZIMBC728

Bookcase Shelf

IMBCS80

W x D x H mm

Model

(P) Rectangular Conference Tables (O/G,M/S,B/S) 1200 x 800 x 727

ZTABT12

1600 x 800 x 727

ZTABT16

(Q) Circular Conference Tables (OAK,MA,BCH) 1000 Diameter

ZTABTD10

1200 Diameter

ZTABTD12

(Q) Conference Table with Cruciform Leg

Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the productcode with the relevant code for the colour yourequire e.g. add BCH for Beech = ZIMBC800BCH- please refer to the swatches shown.

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

433

OFFICE Workmode Office Furniture - Cantilever Leg WORKMODE OFFICE FURNITURE REAL SYSTEMS DESKING • • •

25mm MFC worktops with cable ports Solid 3mm PVC edging Comprehensive range of matchingstorage & tables - Call for details Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the productcode with the relevant code for the colour yourequire e.g. add B/S forBeech & Silver = ZIM16LCFB/S please refer to the swatches shown

O/G

M/S

Oak & Graphite

Maple & Silver

B/S Beech & Silver

CORE WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm

Model

Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM16LC

Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM18LC

Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM16RC

Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM18RC

RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS

W x D x H mm

Model

800 x 800 x 727

ZWM8080C

1200 x 800 x 727

ZWM1280C

1400 x 800 x 727

ZWM1480C

1600 x 800 x 727

ZWM1680C

1800 x 800 x 727

ZWM1880C

WAVE WORKSTATIONS

W x D x H mm

Model

Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1410LWC

Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1610LWC

Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1410RWC

Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1610RWC

NARROW RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS

434

W x D x H mm

Model

800 x 600 x 727

ZWM8060C

1200 x 600 x 727

ZWM1260C

1600 x 600 x 727

ZWM1660C

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Workmode Office Furniture - Panel End

OFFICE

WORKMODE OFFICE FURNITURE REAL SYSTEMS DESKING • • •

25mm MFC worktops with cable ports Solid 3mm PVC edging Comprehensive range of matching storage & tables - Call for details Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the productcode with the relevant code for the colour yourequire e.g. add B/S forBeech & Silver = ZIM16LCFB/S please refer to the swatches shown

OAK

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech

CORE WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm

Model

Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM16LP

Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM18LP

Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM16RP

Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ZWM18RP

RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm

Model

800 x 800 x 727

ZWM8080P

1200 x 800 x 727

ZWM1280P

1400 x 800 x 727

ZWM1480P

1600 x 800 x 727

ZWM1680P

1800 x 800 x 727

ZWM1880P

WAVE WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm

Model

Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1410LWP

Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1610LWP

Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1410RWP

Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

ZWM1610RWP

NARROW RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm

Model

800 x 600 x 727

ZWM8060P

1200 x 600 x 727

ZWM1260P

1600 x 600 x 727

ZWM1660P

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

435

OFFICE Executive Office Furniture PRIME OFFICE FURNITURE RICH FINISH WITH FINE DETAILING the perfect solution for the executive office • • •

CORE WORKSTATIONS

36mm thick work surfaces Circular cable ports on desk Full depth modesty panels

W x D x H mm Model Bow Front Executive Desk (CH, HM) 1800 x 1050 x 750 ZWSPME389 Writing Pads Black PVC WSWP2150/PBLK

RETURN SHELF / CONNECTION TOPS

W x D x H mm

Model

(A) Return Shelf (CH, HM) 890 x 590 x 750 WSPME392 (B) Connection Top (CH, HM) Left Hand 900 x 1000 x 36 WSPMECT (L) Right Hand 900 x 1000 x 36 WSPMECT (R) (C) Metal Black Leg 75 diameter x 720 WSMLPL720-3E

PEDESTALS W x D x H mm Model (D) Under Desk Pedestals (CH, HM) (supplied without Top) 400 x 550 x 714 WSPM166 (E) Top for Pedestals 36mm thick WSPME166T

LOW STORAGE W x D x H mm

Model

(F) Double Door Cabinet (CH, HM) Supplied complete with 1 shelf 800 x 560 x 750 WSPME313 (G) 2 Drawer Lateral Filer (CH, HM) 800 x 560 x 750 WSPME312

Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add CH for Wildbrine Cherry = ZPME389CH- please refer to the swatches shown. Wildbrine Cherry

436

Lucida Pear

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Executive Office Furniture

HIGH STORAGE (H) High Cabinet with Wooden Doors

(I) High Cabinet with Glass Doors

OFFICE

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628) W x D x H mm

Model

(H) High Cabinet with Wooden Doors (CH, HM) Supplied complete with 4 shelves 800 x 450 x 2005 ZWSPM2080 (I) High Cabinet with Glass Doors (CH, HM) Supplied complete with 4 shelves 800 x 450 x 2005 ZWSPM2080GD

TABLES (J) Oval Conference Table W x D x H mm

Model

(J) Oval Conference Table (CH, HM) 1800 x 900 x 750 ZWSPM135 2400 x 1100 x 750 ZWSPM136 (K) Round Meeting Table (CH, HM) 1200 diameter x 750 ZWSPM123 1000 diameter x 750 ZWSPM127 (K) Round Meeting Table

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

437

OFFICE Jetstream Office Furniture JETSTREAM OFFICE FURNITURE UP TO THE MINUTE APPEARANCE • • •

25mm MFC worktops with cable ports Wood finish panels Comprehensive range of matching storage & tables - Call for details Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the productcode with the relevant code for the colour yourequire e.g. add B/S forBeech & Silver = ZIM16LCFB/S please refer to the swatches shown

M/S

B/S

Maple & Silver

Beech & Silver

CORE WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm

Model

Core Workstation (M/S, B/S) Left Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT16LCW Left Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT18LCW Right Hand 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT16RCW Right Hand 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 ZJT18RCW

RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm Model Rectangular Workstation (M/S, B/S) 800 x 800 x 727 ZJT8080CW 1200 x 800 x 727 ZJT1280CW 1400 x 800 x 727 ZJT1480CW 1600 x 800 x 727 ZJT1680CW 1800 x 800 x 727 ZJT1880CW

WAVE WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm

Model

Wave Workstation (M/S, Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

B/S) ZJT1410LWCW ZJT1610LWCW ZJT1410RWCW ZJT1610RWCW

NARROW RECTANGULAR WORKSTATIONS W x D x H mm Narrow Rect.Workstation 800 x 600 x 727 1200 x 600 x 727 1600 x 600 x 727

438

Model (M/S, B/S) ZJT8060CW ZJT1260CW ZJT1660CW

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Office Screens

OFFICE

DESK SCREENS • • • •

Provide privacy & noise reduction in your office 40mm depth with a fabric finish & a MFC core Brackets are supplied to fit to the desk tops 6 colour options: Blue

Black

Red

Charcoal

Burgundy

Overall Size W x H mm 1600 x 187/370

EDS160

1800 x 187/370

EDS180

2026 x 187/370

EDS202

2226 x 187/370

EDS222

Model

Green

WOODEN SCREENS • •

Ideal for transforming your Canteen area, Reception area, Waiting Roomsetc into cosy areas Supplied complete with silver feet

Line Design

Square Design

Plus Design

Design

Trellis Design

Solid Design

Model

Line

WSLI26

Square

WSSQ24

Plus Open Grid Design

Overall Size W x H mm

Open Grid

940 x 1720

WSPL25 WSOG62

Trellis

WSTR63

Solid

WSSO23

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

439

OFFICE Office cabinets CONTRACT STORAGE FILING CABINETS • • • •

Fitted with an anti-tilt device that prevents more than one drawer being open at a time Modern swan neck, flush, anti-snag handles Central locking on all cabinets Available in Coffee Cream, Goose Grey or Black

Ordering Information When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code for the colour you require e.g. add C/C for Coffee Cream = A0C4C/C - please refer to the swatches shown. No. of Drawers 2

Overall Size W x D x H mm 470 x 622 x 711

A0C2*

470 x 622 x 1016

A0C3*

470 x 622 x 1321

A0C4*

Model

CONTRACT STATIONERY CUPBOARDS •

•

1 & 3 shelf models available in a choice of Goose Grey or Coffee Cream, these double door units are supplied fitted with shelves & are ideal for storing everyday files & stationery itemsA Black dual purpose shelf is available as an optional extra

No. of Shelves 1

Overall Size W x D x H mm 914 x 400 x 1000

914 x 400 x 1806

E722A03*

914 x 400 x 1950

E782A04G/G*

Additional Dual Shelf

E198P1

Model E402A01*

CONTRACT SIDE OPENING TAMBOURS • • •

Tambour units are priced empty ready to accept storage fitments as shown Units are manufactured with a welded carcass for greater strength Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any Tambours on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly

Maple/Silver

Beech/Silver

Goose Grey

Overall Size W x D x H mm 1000 x 470 x 1016

IME101SOTG/G

1000 x 470 x 1651

IME161SOTG/G

1000 x 470 x 1968

IME191SOTG/G

Shelf

Grey, allow 60mm

BBSP1

Filing Rail

Allow 285mm with files

BUR

Description Tambours

440

Model

Oak/Graphite

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Drawing Hanger Systems TROLLEY CARRIER

TROLLEY CARRIER

•

• •

Maximise the number of drawings stored per square metre of floor space Easily manoeuvred around the office Holds a maximum of 20 hangers, with or without handles & offers a capacity of 2000* sheets*dependant on paper weight & thickness

Overall Size H x W x D mm 960 x 725 x 640

Capacity Sheets

1260 x 915 x 640

2000

1360 x 1000 x 640

Ideal for use in the office or project reference site Hangers can be flipped through like a book with out the need to open the hanger

Powerful Clamp Hinge

Optional Carry Handle

Model

Overall Hanger Length mm 720

Paper Clamping Length mm 650

TA1/TCADA1

910

841

TA0

720

650

TCADA0

995

925

TROLLEY CARRIER

•

Suitable for a permanent filing location, particularly if space is at a premium Holds a maximum of 10 hangers, with or withouthandles & offers a capacity of 500* sheets*dependant on paper weight & thickness

• •

OFFICE

Capacity Sheets

Model A1 A0

100

A1CAD A0CAD

Steel cabinet which holds up to 1000* sheets*dependant on paper weight & thickness Finished in 2 tone Grey or Coffee/Cream.Other colours are available upon request Planstrips are available - Call for Details

A0 4 PRONG

AT A0 2 PRONG

Overall Size Capacity Model H x W x D mm Sheets Standard Drawing & Plan Cabinet Overall Size H x W x D mm 182 x 730 x 285 182 x 920 x 285 182 x 730 x 285 1360 x 1005 x 640

Capacity Sheets

Model WA1

500

WA0 WCADA1 WCADA0

A1 4 PRONG

1105 x 740 x 430 1380 x 920 x 430

1000

A0 2 PRONG A0 4 PRONG

Anti-Tilt Drawing & Plan Cabinet 1380 x 920 x 430

800

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

AT A0 2 PRONG AT A0 4 PRONG

441

OFFICE ROTARY FILIN G SYSTEMS

ROTARY FILING SYSTEMS • • • • •

Laminated shelf design - no bowing Lightweight shelves rotate on needle bearings Central axle runs on needle bearings at every level Castor bases & high stands gives max loading on each shelf without the unit swaying 2 Shelf Colours Available 2 Stand/Castor Base Colours Available

Beech

W hite

Chrome

Black

Please specify colour when ordering Overall Size Dia. x H mm

Description

No of A4 Folders Held

Model RF2C05T

Rotary Filing System

442

2 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top

680 x 870

2 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top

850 x 870

RF2C08T

2 Shelves with High Stand - Without Top

680 x 1520

RF2H05N

2 Shelves with High Stand - With Top

680 x 1520

RF2H05T

3 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top

680 x 1240

RF3C08T

3 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top

850 x 1240

120

RF3C12T

4 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top

680 x 1620

108

RF4C10T

4 Shelves with Castor Base - Without Top

850 x 1620

160

RF4C16N

4 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top

850 x 1620

160

RF4C16T

5 Shelves with Castor Base - Without Top

850 x 1975

200

RF5C20N

5 Shelves with Castor Base - With Top

850 x 1975

200

RF5C20T

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Chair Mats

OFFICE

CLEARTEX ULTIMAT • • • •

Ideal for Home & Office Flooring The ultimate in quality, clarity & durability Manufactured from crystal clear Polycarbonate The toughest & most durable protection for floors

Mat Size L x W mm

Model

Gripper Backed Mat suitable for Carpeted Floors 1190 x 890

FC118923ER

1200 x 1500

FC1115223ER

Smooth Backed Mat suitable for Hard Floors 1190 x 890

FC128919ER

1200 x 1500

FC1215219ER

CLEARTEX ADVANTAGEMAT • • • •

Ideal for Home & Office Flooring Affordable, long lasting floor protection Manufactured from a unique PVC formulation for a more durable & clearer PVC mat The toughest & most durable protection for floors

Mat Size L x W mm

Model

Gripper Backed Mat suitable for Carpeted Floors 1200 x 900

FC119225EV

1200 x 1500

FC1115225EV

Smooth Backed Mat suitable for Hard Floors 1200 x 900

FC129225EV

1200 x 1500

FC1215225EV

COMPUTEX ANTI-STATIC • •

Protects your electrical equipment from the damaging effects of static Dissipates static electricity without the needfor a ground cordManufactured from a unique PVC formulation for the clearest, most durable anti-static mat

Mat Size L x W mm

Shape

Model

Gripper Backed Mat suitable for Carpeted Floors 1200 x 900 With Lip FC319225LV 1200 x 1500R ectangular FC3115225EV Smooth Backed Mat suitable for Hard Floors 1200 x 900 With Lip FC329232LV 1200 x 1500R

ectangular

FC3215232EV

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

443

OFFICE Office Seating PRISM OPERATOR CHAIRS • • •

Prism Stock Fabric Colours

Choice of tilting mechanisms Waterfall-front seat Seat depth: 440mm

Black

Blue

Red

Grey

Charcoal

PSM1 PSM3

PSM2 ZPSM1/FC1D Description

Model

High Back - Permanent Contact Back

PSM1

High Back Operator - Asynchro Tilt

PSM2

High Back Operator - Synchro Tilt

PSM3

High Back Draughting Chair

ZPSM1/FC1D

Fixed Arms - pair

PSMLA

Height Adjustable Arms - pair

PSMHA

Folding Arms - pair

PSMFA

Chrome Base

PSMCB

PSMLA

PSMHA

PSMFA

PSMCB

PRISM OPERATOR CHAIRS • • • •

Piveting lock tilt mechanism & added cushioning for executive levels of comfort Seat Size: 495W x 515D mm Back Size: 595H x 485W mm Seat Height: 425/515 mm

AM2HB/F/BLUE

AM3/PU/BLK Leather Stock Colours

Black

444

Fabric Stock Colours

Blue

Black

CO/PAB

Description

Model

Amber Fabric Chair - Blue Fabric

AM2HB/F/BLUE

Amber Fabric Chair - Black Fabric

AM2HB/F/BLK

Amber Fabric Chair - Black Leather

AM1HB/L/BLK

Amber Visitor Chair - Black Polyurethane

AM3/PU/BLK

Polished Base

CO/PAB

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

AM1HB/L/BLK

Multi-Purpose Furniture

OFFICE

BEAM BENCHES •

Heavy duty Polypropylene chairs mounted on a strong & durable Steel frame Seat Height: 450mm

•

BBT03Z

BBT04Z

3 Seater

Overall Size L x D x H mm 1670 x 550 x 790

Weight kg 15

BBT03Z

4 Seater

2235 x 550 x 790

BBT04Z

Description

FOLDING CHAIR

Model

CHAIR BULK LOAD SACK TRUCK

•

Manufactured from heavy duty blow moulded Plastic Ideal for use with the Folding Tables shown on page 440

•

• • •

•

Toe Plate Size: 565W x 150D mm Full welded Steel construction Mobile on 200 x 50mm Cushion Roller Bearing Wheels Ideal for moving stacked chairs

FFC00Z Overall Size W x D x H mm 405 x 400 x 450

Weight kg 4.5

Model FFC00Z

CHAIR BULK LOAD SACK TRUCK •

Overall Size W x D x H mm 1168 x 570 x 380

Weight kg 14.5

Model TS142H

FCBL46

Flexible collapsible chair with upholstered seat & back

‘STABIL’ FOLDING CHAIRS •

Stable & robust folding Chair with Plastic seat & back

FCBE46

Seat Size W x D x H mm

Colour

Model ‘Stabil’ Chairs

Extra Folding Chairs 380 x 290 x 460

Blue

FCBE46

Black

FCBL46

‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs Blue SCBE44 Black SCBL44 390 x 390 x 445 White SCWH44 ‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Holds 50 Chairs 485 x 1010 x 1700

SCT00Y

‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Complete with 50 Chairs 485 x 1010 x 1700

SCT50Y

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

445

OFFICE Canteen Tables BEAM BENCHES • •

•

Ideal for use in eating areas inoffices, halls, factories, warehouses& retail premises Seats are manufactured from moulded Polypropylene mounted on a strong Steel frame Table top is manufactured from Chipboard with a Melamine coating

CBT42Z

Description

No. of Seats

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Table Size L x W mm

Weight kg

Model

Peninsula Units - Access 1 Way

1690 x 510 x 790

600 x 600

CBT21Z

1690 x 915 x 790

1100 x 600

CBT41Z

1690 x 1495 x 790 1600 x 600

CBT61Z

1100 x 600

CBT42Z

1690 x 1495 x 790 1600 x 600

CBT62Z

Island Units - Access 2 Ways

THE HEAVY DUTY POLYPROPYLENE SEATS &HARDWEARING MELAMINE WORKTOP ARE MOUNTED ON A STRONG & DURABLE STEEL FRAME

446

1690 x 915 x 790

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Folding Tables & Chairs

OFFICE

FOLDING TABLES • • •

Manufactured from Heavy DutyBlow Moulded Plastic Models FFT03Z & FFT04Z easily foldfrom the centre of the tablemaking them easy to carry All models of tables have folding legs which fit neatly underneath the table for compact storage

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

4 x FFC00Z

From This

To This

Models FFT03Z Overall Size L x W x H mm

Folded Size L x W x H mm

& FFT04Z Only

Weight kg

Order in Multiples of

Model

FFC00Z

FST01Z

FFT03Z

Folding Chair 405 x 400 x 450

1040 x 460 x 215

4.5 Tables with Folding Legs

1200 x 600 x 740

1200 x 600 x 60

8.5

1830 x 760 x 720

1830 x 760 x 43

FST02Z

Folding Tables with Folding Legs 1200 x 600 x 740

610 x 600 x 90

1830 x 760 x 720

915 x 760 x 86

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

FFT04Z

447

OFFICE Lightweight Folding Tables CONTOUR FOLDING TABLES

PREMIER FOLDING TABLES

•

Constructed from lightweight Aluminium with a Laminated surface

Laminated surface with Polyurethane edging

gP57 Sparta gP57 Sparta

gP58 Japanese Beech

gP58 Japanese Beech Description

Folding Table

Stacking Bench

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 685 x 698

Weight kg 8

C/CB2

Model

1220 x 760 x 698

9.5

C/CA2

1830 x 685 x 698

C/AB2

1830 x 760 x 698

1220 x 254 x 483 1830 x 254 x 483

Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 685 x 698

Weight kg 13

P/CB3

1220 x 760 x 698

13.5

P/CA3

1830 x 685 x 698

P/AB3

C/AA2

1830 x 760 x 698

19.5

P/AA3

C/CF2

1220 x 254 x 483

6.5

P/CF3

C/AF2

1830 x 254 x 483

P/AF3

Folding Table

Stacking Bench

ALI TOPPED TABLES

TRANSPORTATION TROLLEYS

•

• • • • •

•

Model

Multi-purpose Aluminium table ideal foryour home, garden or outdoor catering Folds flat for ease of transportation

Ideal for storing & moving your folding tables Safety Features Include: Storage straps Braked castors Non-slip surface

Heat Resistant

A3001

A2501 Description Ali Top Table FastFold Folding Tool

448

Overall Size L x W x H mm 1220 x 610 x 698

AL/CC7B

Description

1220 x 610 x 760

AL/CC7A

Small Table Trolley7 Large Table Trolley1

Model

A9001

Tables Held 41

Overall Size L x W x H mm 875 x 745 x 1127 675 x 745 x 1127

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model A3001 A2501

Canteen Tables

OFFICE

Canteen Tables

Description Artist Chair Low Table - 4 Legs

Colour Polished Beechwood Walnut Veneer Beech Veneer Walnut Veneer

Description

Colour

Picasso Polyurethane Chair

Black

Low Table - Column Base

Beech Veneer Walnut Veneer

Overall Size Dia. x H mm 800 x 743

Overall Size Dia. x H mm 800 x 740

Model ART0514BCH ART0514WAL ZCC84BV ZCC84WV

Model CC61BLK ZCC80BV ZCC80WV

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

449

OFFICE Office Equipment FOLDING TROLLEY • • • • •

Attractive yet durable folding trolley Can be folded in one simple move Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel Rubber tyred castors, 2 with brakes Clearance between shelves: 300mm Overall Size when folded: 580 x 100 x 1080mm

CI203Y Folded

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight

Model

580 x 450 x 890

14 kg

CI203Y

FOLDING STEPS & BLUE FOAM HANDLE

PLASTIC KICK STEP • •

•

CI203Y

•

Strong & Durable Manufactured in quality durable Plastic, this stepis lightweight & easy to move The unit has 3 spring loaded castors that retract when weight is applied

Comply to EN-14183 Standard Tubular Steel frame with Plastic non-slip treads, non-slip feet & Blue Foam Rubber handle Tread Size:380W x260Dmm

•

FJS72Z FJS73Z KA007Z

Base Øm m

Top Øm m

450

Weight kg

Model

3.5

KA007Z

Overall Size when folded H x W x D mm

Wt kg

Model

490

830 x 470 x 550

1080 x 470 x 90

FJS72Z

720

1060 x 470 x 880

1350 x 470 x 90

FJS73Z

950

1295 x 470 x 1100

1620 x 470 x 90

FJS74Z

Height of top tread

2 3 4

WOODEN DECK TROLLEY

MULTI POSITION TROLLEY

• • •

•

Non-marking wheels Superb Quality This trolley has a quality Wooden deck & Chrome Plated folding handle Mobile on 2 fixed, & 2 swivel 100mm non-marking Rubber castors

• • •

Overall Size L x W x H mm 740 x 480 x 860

450

Overall Size when erected H x W x D mm

No. of Treads

Weight kg 11

Model GI110Y

Telescopic handle with an Aluminium expanding & contracting base Fits easily into a car boot/ van Corner buffers for added protection Mobile on 4 x100mm castors

O/A Size - Open L x W x H mm 725 x 420 x 960

O/A Size - Folded L x W x H mm 570 x 420 x 230

Weight kg 8.5

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model GI001Y

Office Storage Systems

OFFICE

OSU01Z OSU02Z OSU03Z

STORAGE UNITS • • • •

Practical storage solutions for your office Ideal for use in schools, office, mailrooms & receptions Storage options include suspension file drawers, small compartment drawers, cupboards & drawers Available in a choice of Beech or Birch finish

Description

Finish

6 Open Storage Spaces, 3 Cupboards, 4 Suspension File Drawers

Beech

3 Open Storage Spaces, 18 Pigeon Holes, 4 Suspension File Drawers

Beech

Shelves, Glass Doors & 12 Small Drawers

Birch Birch Beech Birch

Overall Size W x D x H mm 900 x 450 x 2000 900 x 450 x 2000 900 x 450 x 2000

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model OSU01Z OSU11Z OSU02Z OSU12Z OSU03Z OSU13Z

451

OFFICE Literature Display Systems WALL DISPLAYS

WALL DISPLAYS

• • •

• •

Economical & visually appealing Easy to assemble using the Aluminium wall bar provided Mix & match all dispenser sizes to create your own unique literature display

WD8A416TF

WD16TF

WD16A4

Description

Overall Size W x H mm

WD8A4

WWDA4

Model

WWDTF

WWDA5

8 x A4 Dispensers

450 x 760

WD8A4

Description

Overall Size D x W x H mm

16 x A4 Dispensers

900 x 760

WD16A4

A4 Dispenser

75 x 240 x 365

WWDA4

16 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers

450 x 680

WD16TF

A5 Dispenser

75 x 170 x 280

WWDA5

8 A4 & 16 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers

900 x 680

WD8A416TF

/3 A4 Dispenser

75 x 125 x 280

WWDTF

•

Attractive wall mounted display with A4 holders. All edges arepolished smooth Holders have fullheight sides to keep your literature upright Other colours available Callfor Details

•

• • • • WM4A4 White

WM4A4 Black

Lightweight yet sturdy with 5 legged base Assembled in minutes without tools Fully interchangeable brochure holders Transportable &visually striking Spinners rotate independently Complete with C36TF header sleeve

Description

Colour

4 x A4 Pockets

Black/White

130 x 240 x 750

WM4A4

18 x A5 Dispensers

8 x A4 Pockets

Black/White

130 x 450 x 750

WM8A4

36 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers

16 x A4 Pockets

Black/White

139 x 900 x 750

WM16A4

6 A4, 6 A5 & 12 x 1/3 A4 Dispensers

Model

WALL MOUNTED WALL DISPLAYS

• • •

F12A4

Description 6 x A4 Dispensers 12 x A4 Dispensers

Overall Size Base x H mm 550 x 1700

C18A4

Model

18 x A4 Dispensers

C18A4HS C18A5HS

550 x 1760

C36TFHS C6A46A512TF

WALL MOUNTED WALL DISPLAYS • • • • •

Lightweight yet sturdy legged base Assembled in minutes without tools Ideal for high traffic areas Easily transportable

C18A5

Overall Size Base x H mm

Description

Overall Size D x W x H mm

•

Model

FLOOR STANDING CAROUSELS

WALL MOUNTED WALL DISPLAYS

452

Strong & clear Acrylic holder for outdoor use Hinged lid keep all your literature dry

High quality brochure holder with tiered steps Consolidate your literature in one holder Re-inforced sides to eliminate breakages 35mm of storage in each pocket Available in packs or singles

F6A4

Description

Overall Size D x W x H mm

Pack Qty

Model

2 x A4 Pockets

120 x 230 x 320

SU2A4

4 x A4 Pockets

190 x 230 x 320

SU4A4

F6A4

4 x A5 Pockets

190 x 157 x 320

SU4A5

F12A4

4 x 1/3 A4 Pockets

190 x 110 x 320

SU4TF

Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

C6A46A512TF

Literature Display Systems

OFFICE

VERTICAL & ROTARY CON-TUR LITERATURE RACKS • • • •

Exclusive Con-Tur design totally eliminating paper curl Manufactured from prime Steel with a baked Enamel finish Vertical racks will wall mount with provided key hole slotsor can be used as stand alone units by using the optional legs 4 colour options:

Tan

Black

Putty

Con-Tur design keeps literatureup right.

Grey

please specify when ordering

Paper curl is eliminated.

VERTICAL RACKS TO ORGANISE & STORE YOUR LITERATURE

20 Pockets

11 Pockets

5 Pockets

ROTARY RACKS TO ORGANISE & STORE YOUR LITERATURE

360˚

20 Pockets

Optional Legs

Description

Overall Size W x H x D mm

44 Pockets

360˚

80 Pockets

Weight kg

Model

Vertical Racks Literature Rack - 5 Pockets

248 x 514 x 105

403

Literature Rack - 11 Pockets

248 x 914 x 105

7.5

402

Literature Rack - 20 Pockets

248 x 1473 x 105

11.5

400

Optional Legs

1.5

408-A

Rotary Racks Literature Rack - 20 Pockets3

59 x 587 x 359

409

Literature Rack - 44 Pockets3

59 x 1232 x 359

410

Literature Rack - 80 Pockets3

59 x 1737 x 359

415

HORIZONTAL LITERATURE RACKS • • • •

Steel construction For floor or desktop use Convenient storage for literature & file folders Colour : Tan (other colours available on request)

• • • •

Rigid racks - will NOT twist or warp Each opening can be easily labelled Rubber feet are provided Stackable with a modular design

Horizontal Literature Rack - 9 Openings

Overall Size W x D x H mm 859 x 281 x 275

Weight kg 12

431-75

Horizontal Literature Rack - 12 Openings

859 x 281 x 362

432-75

Horizontal Literature Rack - 15 Openings

859 x 281 x 450

434-75

Description

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

453

OFFICE Display Systems T-Card Planning System Kits OFFiCe PLAnneR KiT • •

Available in 5 standard sizes in 170gsm card T-CARDS packaged in boxes of 100, available in 10 colours - see below forthe colours & please specify when ordering

OFFiCe PLAnneR KiT

Dimensions (mm) B C D 28 49 16.5 45 53 35 60 85 48.5 92 120 80 124 180 112

Size

Panels & coloured T-cards may be used as daily/weekly, job planner/message centre. Contents: 7 x 24 slot panels, index panel, wall rails, Size 2 T-Cards. Size: 480 x 480mm

Model T-Cards

•

Model 29110

20010

1.5

20015

20020

20030

PRinTeR T-CARDS- Print T-Cards directly from your computer. Size 2, 180 per pack.Size 3, 80 per pack. Available in White, Yellow, Green, Blue & Pink - please specify

20040 Printer T-Cards

PTC-2

PTC-3

WORKLOAD PRODUCTION BOARD KIT

PLANNED MAINTENANCE KIT

Title each panel to preferred job stages & progress job T-Card stage by stage to produce a production overview board.

A simple & economical maintenance board scheduling yearly maintenance requirements by months.

Economical & simple yearly multi ap plication display board. Displays a yearly schedule by months & days

Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, wall rails,title strips, size 2 T-Cards.Size: 772W x 550Dmm

Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, wall supports, title strips, 5 boxes (size 2) T-cards. Size: 772W x 550Dmm 550Dmm

Contents: 12 x 54 slot panels, indexpanel, wall supports, day/month labels, 10 boxes (size 2), T-cards (10 colours).Size: 960W x 772Dmm

Model

WPMB-32

29112

- professionally display your documentation

MAGNETIC BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS •

Size A3

PLANNED MAINTENANCE KIT

WPDB-32

DOCUMENT DISPLAY POCKETS

454

Size 1 Size 1.5 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4

A 15 15 15 15 15

For whiteboard use, 5 per pack

Style

Model

Portrait

M8250A3P

Landscape

M8250A3L

MAGNETIC BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS •

Size A3

For felt noticeboard use, 5 per pack

Style

Model

Portrait

HL8250A3P

Landscape

HL8250A3L

MAGNETIC BACKED DOCUMENT POCKETS •

Size A3

Style

Model

Portrait

AD8250A3P

Landscape

AD8250A3L

Covers

8250301

Covers

8250301

Covers

8250301

M8250A4P

Portrait

HL8250A4P

Portrait

AD8250A4P

Landscape

M8250A4L

Landscape

HL8250A4L

Landscape

AD8250A4L

Covers

8250300

Covers

8250300

Covers

8250300

•

For general use, 5 per pack

Portrait

•

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

•

No more overloaded, untidy info displays Colour coded Plastic document pockets & covers ensure paperwork is secure & protected Document pocket packs available in White, Yellow, Red, Dark Blue, Green, Blue-Grey, Grey& Transparent-please specify

Display Systems

OFFICE

CASCADING DOCUMENT DISPLAY RACKS • •

All Steel, wall mounted document display racks 7 colour options available: Yellow

Grey White

Red

Blue

Green

2 Umbra Grey

Grey Alu

Add colour code to single colour rack reference. For mixed colour units the bottom 2 pockets must be the same colour. State on order coloured pocket sequence starting from bottom 2 upwards

No of Pockets

Document Size

A5 (Visible Edge: Portrait Style 45mm Landscape Style 38mm)

10 16

Document Format Portrait

CDUA5P4/..

Landscape

CDUA5L4/..

Portrait

CDUA5P10/..

Landscape

CDUA5L10/..

Portrait

CDUA5P16/..

Landscape

CDUA5L16/..

Model

819002

Magnetic Backing/Wall Fixing 4 pockets units only

No of Pockets

Document Size

A4 (Visible Edge: Portrait Style 68mm Landscape Style 45mm)

10 16

Document Format Portrait

Model CDUA4P4/..

Landscape

CDUA4L4/..

Portrait

CDUA4P10/..

Landscape

CDUA4L10/..

Portrait

CDUA4P16/..

Landscape

CDUA4L16/.. 819002

Magnetic Backing/Wall Fixing 4 pockets units only

PRINTED WHITEBOARDS Aluminium framed, dry wipe surface

WALL MOUNTED PRINTED WHITEBOARDS REVOLVING PRINTED WHITEBOARDS Overall Size L x H mm

Printed Surface Model

Non-Magnetic Whiteboards 900 x 600

ENM0906/PR

1200 x 900

ENM1209/PR

1500 x 1200

ENM1512/PR

1800 x 1200

ENM1812/PR

2400 x 1200

ENM2412/PR Magnetic Whiteboards

Printed single side revolving whiteboard complete with Steel stand & lockable castors Double side printing available - Call for Details Overall Size L x H mm

Printed Surface 1 x Printed & 1 x Plain Model

Non-Magnetic Revolving Whiteboards 1200 x 900

ENMR1209/PR

1500 x 1200

ENMR1512/PR

900 x 600

EM0906/PR

1200 x 900

EM1209/PR

1500 x 1200

EM1512/PR

1200 x 900

EMR1209/PR

1800 x 1200

EM1812/PR

1500 x 1200

EMR1512/PR

2400 x 1200

EM2412/PR

1800 x 1200

EMR1812/PR

1800 x 1200

ENMR1812/PR Magnetic Revolving Whiteboards

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

455

OFFICE Whiteboards SLIMLINE NON MAGNETIC WHITEBOARDS

SLIMLINE MAGNETIC WHITEBOARDS

• • •

Ideal for office & meeting room use Aluminium profile frame Single sided Description Non Magnetic Whiteboards

Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

Model

Description

W1500906X-AF W1501209X-AF W1501812X-AF W1502412X-AF

Magnetic Whiteboards

WHITEBOARD ACCESSORIES

Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

Model W1550906X-AF W1551209X-AF W1551812X-AF W1552412X-AF

Description

Model

Description

Model

Felt Eraser

W999010-F

Dry Marker Pens - Pack of 12

W999013-STAS

Pen Holder - 6 Pens

W999004

0.3m Clip on Pen Shelf

W999003-03XAF

Whiteboard Cleaner 400ml Foam

W999012-FA

MOBILE WHITEBOARDS

WHEELED FLIP CHART EASEL

• • • • • •

• •

Double sided non magnetic dry-wipe surfaces 5 year board guarantee Board rotates through 360 Powder coated Steel frame Heavy duty non-marking Rubber tyred castors 4 castors - 2 lockable O

Description Mobile Whiteboards

456

Versatile drywipe magnetic surface Aluminium profile frame Single sided

• • • •

Deluxe, height adjustable, wheeled Flip Chart Easel Dry wipe Steel blackboard which is suitable for use with magnets Magnet friendly arms fold out from the side of the board Integral pen shelf Pad size: A1 5 Lockable castors

Overall Size W x H mm 900 x 1200

W3500912-DWDW

1500 x 1200

W3501512-DWDW

Description

Model

1800 x 1200

W3501812-DWDW

Wheeled Flip Chart Easel

P100006

Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Key Cabinets

OFFICE

KEYSTOR • • • •

Sturdy Steel cabinets with a tough powder coated, light Grey finish Fixed coloured & numbered hook bars, with matching key tabs Removable key control index with the 3 larger models Key locking complete with 2 keys

K048 K030 K064

20 Hook Key Cabinet

Overall Size H x W x D mm 255 x 180 x 80K

30 Hook Key Cabinet

300 x 210 x 80

42 Hook Key Cabinet

320 x 245 x 80K

042

48 Hook Key Cabinet

350 x 300 x 80K

048

64 Hook Key Cabinet

450 x 300 x 80K

064

100 Hook Key Cabinet

550 x 380 x 80K

100

Description

Model 020 K030

K020

K042

COMBI CABINETS •

• •

Designed to offer secure storage for keys& personal belongings, such as mobile phones, cameras, purses & wallets Key Cabinets are secured by aprogrammable electronic lock Storage Cupboards are supplied with a security Cam Lock & 2 keys

KCC2004ZE

KCC0502ZE

Description

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Model

50 Hook Cabinet with 2 Cupboards & Shelves

550 x 380 x 205

KCC0502ZE

100 Hook Cabinet with 4 Cupboards

550 x 730 x 205

KCC1004ZE

200 Hook Cabinet with 4 Cupboards

550 x 730 x 205

KCC2004ZE

4 Cupboard Expander Unit

550 x 380 x 205

KCC0004Z

IDEAL TO SUITA VARIETY OF APPLICATIONS FROM OFFICES, SHOPS TO WAREHOUSES & COMMERCIAL SITES

KCC0004Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

457

MAILROOM

Mailroom Benches

CUPBOARD / LOCKER BENCHES • A continuation of the Durable Mailroom Benches, including all the attractive features of this range • Features include end panels & lockable sliding doors • 4 & 6 locker versions are also available, ideal for organised secure storage of equipment & supplies

MB1577D

Length mm 1200 1500 1800

Depth mm 750 750 750

MB1577L

Cupboard with Sliding Lockable Door

Height mm

4 Locker Unit

6 Locker Unit

Model

750

MB1277D

MB1277L

900

MB1279D

MB1279L

750

MB1577D

MB1577L

900

MB1579D

MB1579L

750

MB1877D

900

MB1879D

CLEARVIEW SORTING UNITS • Made from sturdy transparent Acrylic, clearview shelving provides an efficient way to sort mail • Shelves are adjustable within the vertical columns • Scalloped edge front slots make it easy to label each compartment

• Pack of 5 Extra Shelves MB1277B Shown with MBC1200 + Extra Shelves

Model MBES05

• Max 36 shelves (16 Included) Each compartment 335D x 277W x 100Hmm

458

MB1577D shown with MBC1500 + Extra Shelves

• Max 45 shelves (16 Included) Each compartment 335D x 277W x 100Hmm

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Model

Overall Size L x D x H mm

Model

1200 x 360 x 1048

MBC1200

1500 x 470 x 1048

MBC1500

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mailroom Sorting Systems

MAILROOM

POST LOCKERS • Manufactured from sheet Steel in Grey • Lockers are equipped with a masterdoor to allow authorised access • Supplied complete with cylinder locks(with 2 keys) & a master key forthe master door • Each compartment is 290W mm witha post hole which is 240W mm

PLW12Z

No of Boxes

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Model

Wall Mounted Unit 760 x 450 x 820

PLW12Z

Floor Standing Unit 380 x 450 x 1910

PLF15Z

760 x 450 x 1910

PLF30Z

PLF15Z

POST LOCKERS • Manufactured from sheet Steel in Grey • Complete with 14 compartments - idealfor sorting post, brochures etc • Compartment Size:245W x 340D x 105H mm

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Overall Size W x D x H mm

Colour

Model

300 x 350 x 1800

Aluminium Lacquer Black

MSA30Z MSB35Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

2xMSB25Z

459

MAILROOM

Mailroom Sorting Systems

MAIL SORTING SHELF UNITS • Practical yet stylish sorting units which are ideal for post sorting • Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged with a slanted Aluminium profile which makes labelling easier • Finished in a Hardwearing Beech Laminate • Supplied with a pack of 20 labels

AVAILABLE WITH 18 OR 54 SHELVES. IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR MAIL SORTING NEEDS

Overall Size W x D x H mm

No of Shelves

Model

Mail Sorting Shelf Unit 315 x 400 x 1880

MSS18Z

915 x 400 x 1880

MSS54Z

Accessories Extra Shelf - 280W x 365D mm

MSSS28

Pack of 20 Labels

MSSL20

MSS54Z MSS18Z

DOCUMENT & SORTING SHELVES • Practical yet stylish sorting units which are ideal for document & post sorting • Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged with an Aluminium profile which makes labelling easier • The units are finished in a Hardwearing Beech Laminate

AVAILABLE WITH 42 OR 84 SHELVES. IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR MAIL SORTING NEEDS

Overall Size W x D x H mm

No of Shelves

Model

Document & Sorting Shelves 830 x 400 x 1880 DSS42Z

DSS42Z

DSS84Z

Accessories Extra Shelves to fit the above units

460

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

DSSS48

Mailroom Sorting Systems

MAILROOM

MAIL SORTING SYSTEM • ‘See through’ design prevents mail being overlooked • Compartment Size: 340 x 145mm • This modern sorting system has been especially designed to offer an effective way of ensuring all mail is correctly sorted • Each compartment clearly identified • Manufactured from light gauge mesh & is lightweight & ideal for mounting on a table

No. of Compartments 18 24

Overall Size W x D x H 1085 x 420 x 955 1445 x 420 x 955

Weight kg

Model

MT960Z

MT961Z

MT960Z

MT964Y MT962Z

STATIC MAIL SORTER

MOBILE MAIL SORTER

• This unit is available either free standing on its own stand or for bench mounting if required • It has 20 easily identified compartments • Stand is manufactured from 25mm square tubular Steel

• This mail sorter has 12 easily identified compartments & is available with or without a mobile trolley • The trolley is mobile on 100mm Rubber castors

Description Post Sorter & Stand Post Sorter only

Overall Size mm WxDxH 1450 x 457 x 1830 1450 x 457 x 1525

Compartment Size mm WxDxH 355 x 457 x 297 355 x 457 x 297

Weight kg

Model

MT962Z

MT963Z

Description Post Sorter & Trolley Post Sorter only

Overall Size mm WxDxH 1375 x 380 x 1610 1065 x 380 x 1220

Compartment Size mm WxDxH 355 x 380 x 305 355 x 380 x 305

Weight kg

Model

MT964Y

MT965Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

461

MAILROOM

Mail Distribution Trolleys

MT988Y

PB800Z

SC983Y & PB800Z

MT987Y

POST BAG HOLDERS

POST DISTRIBUTION STAIRCLIMBER

• Manufactured from strong tubular Steel • Notches on the top of the frames hold postal bags into place (postal bags not included) • Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking castors

• Manufactured from strong tubular Steel • Supplied with 2 Plastic coated mesh baskets • Mobile on 3 x 150mm wheels in a tri-wheel mount. These are mounted inside the frame

Postal Bags Held 1 2

Overall Size W x D x H mm 390 x 390 x 1130 390 x 770 x 1130

Weight kg 8 12

Model MT987Y MT988Y

Overall Size W x D x H mm 535 x 920 x 940

Basket Size W x D x H mm 470 x 370 x 320

Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420

Weight kg 23

SC983Y

PB800Z

Model

POST ROOM TROLLEY • Manufactured in tubular Steel with 50 x 50mm mesh infil • 6 mesh compartments & a storage tray • Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking castors with Plastic corner buffers

GS9126

GS9125

POST BAG HOLDERS • GS9125: Re-inforced Heavy Duty PVC bag • GS9126: Constructed from Galvanised Steel sides & ends • Fully welded frame & exterior grade Plywood deck • Unloaded Height: Bag - 650mm & Box - 800mm Overall Size L x W x H mm

Wheels

935 x 730 x 932

125mm Cushion

Load Weight Capacity kg

MT991Y Model

Self Levelling Trolleys - Bag 100 kg

GS9125

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

GS9126

1020 x 500 x 1020

MT991Y

Self Levelling Trolleys - Box 935 x 730 x 932

462

125mm Cushion

100 kg

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Mail Distribution Trolleys

MAILROOM

MT964Y MT985Y & PB800Z

Zinc Rails to facilitate hanging files

Wheels situated inside the frame

PB800Z

MAIL SORTING SYSTEM • Manufactured from strong tubular Steel • Supplied with 2 Plastic coated mesh baskets • Mobile on 2 x 200mm fixed Grey non-marking wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel Grey non-marking castors. The 200mm wheels are fitted within the frame of the unit to helpprevent damage to furniture & doorways • These units also incorporate 2 removable Zinc rails in each basket. This allows the units to facilitate hanging files

CHROME PLATED WIRE TRAY TROLLEY

Overall Size W x D x H mm 530 x 820 x 910

Basket Size W x D x H mm 470 x 370 x 320

Weight kg 18

MT983Y

530 x 950 x 910

470 x 520 x 320

MT984Y

530 x 1230 x 910

470 x 770 x 320

MT985Y

PB800Z

Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420

Model

WIRE BASKET PARTS TROLLEY • Manufactured from mild Steel • Load Capacity: 25kg per basket maximum of 150kg per trolley • Comes complete with 4 Plastic coated mesh baskets constructed from 25 x 25mm mesh • Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm Nylon castors

• Hygienic - Easy to clean • Removable centre shelffor bulky loads • Mobile on 2large fixed200 mm wheels & 2 swivel braked 125 mm castors

2xSPB99Z SP100Y & 2 x SPB99Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

860 x 660 x 990

17.5

SWI52Y

Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 450 x 1500

Basket Size L x W x H mm 430 x 175 x 180

Weight kg 26

SP100Y

SPB99Z

Extra Basket

Braked Castors - Factory Fitted to Swivel Castors

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model

SP000Z

463

MAILROOM MAIL DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS

MT962Z

MT964Y

static MAIL sorter

mobile MAIL sorter

This unit is available either free standing on its own stand or for bench mounting if required. It has 20 easily identified compartments. Stand is manufactured from 25 mm square tubular steel. Finish: Epoxy powder coated: Red.

This mail sorter has 12 easily identified compartments and is available with or without a mobile trolley. The mobile trolley is fitted with 100 mm rubber castors. Finish: Epoxy powder coated: Red.

Description

Overall Compartment Size mm Size mm D x W x H D x W x H

Description

Overall Compartment Size mm Size mm D x W x H D x W x H

Post Sorter and Stand

457 x 1450 x 1830

Post Sorter only

457 x 1450 x 1525

Weight kg

Model

Price

457 x 355 x 297

MT962Z

POA

Post Sorter and Trolley

380 x 1375 x 1610

457 x 355 x 297

MT963Z

POA

Post Sorter only

380 x 1065 x 1220

MT960Z

Weight kg

Model

Price

380 x 355 x 305

MT964Y

POA

380 x 355 x 305

MT965Z

POA

MAIL SORTING SYSTEM • ‘See through’ design prevents mail being ••overlooked • Each compartment clearly identified • Space saving • Lightweight and sturdy This modern sorting system has been especially designed to offer an effective way of ensuring all mail is correctly sorted. The unit is manufactured from light gauge mesh and is therefore lightweight and ideal for mounting on a table. Finish: Epoxy powder coated: Red. Number of Compartment Overall compartments Size Size mm HxWxD

464

Model

Price

18 340 x 145

955 x 1085 MT960Z x 420

POA

24 340 x 145

955 x 1445 MT961Z x 420

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MAILROOM SORTING SYSTEMS

MAILROOM

GS885Y

MAIL DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS Constructed in strong tubular steel, these mail trolleys are supplied complete with 2 white plastic coated removable wire baskets. The generous 200 mm wheels are fitted within the frame to prevent damage to furniture and doorways. Finish:â&#x20AC;&#x2C6;Red Epoxy Powder Coated Frame.

GS883Y Overall Dimensions W x D x H mm

Basket Dimensions Wheels W x D x H mm

Maximum Load kg

Weight kg

Model

Price

520 x 740

450 x 355

2 x 75 mm

x 920

x 280

Swivel castors

100

GS883Y

POA

455 x 760 x 280

2 x 200 mm Fixed Wheels

130

GS885Y

POA

520 x 1140 x 920

GS880Y

GS881Y

MAIL DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS Constructed in strong tubular steel, these trolleys are fitted with 2 large and 1 small plastic coated removable wire baskets. The 2 off large non-marking wheels are fitted within the frame, and the front non-marking castors are fitted with non-marking buffers to prevent damage to furniture and doorways.

Overall Dimensions W x D x H mm

Basket Dimensions Wheels W x D x H mm mm

Maximum Load Weight kg kg

Model

Price

620 x 1100

x 970

1 off 270 x 180 x 360

2 off 450 x 355 x 280 2 x 100 grey rubber swivel castors

200

GS880Y

POA

620 x 1460 x 995

2 off 455 x 760 x 280 1 off 270 x 180 x 360

2 x 200 Grey rubber Wheels

200

GS881Y

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

465

VISITOR MANAGEMENT

contractor management

staff ID

Systems adaptable to all working environments: • Offices • Warehouses • Manufacturing Facilities • Schools/Universities • Hospitals • Banks

466

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

visitor control

VISITOR MANAGEMENT your access to visitor management

and inspection systems

inspection

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

467

VISITOR MANAGEMENTVISITOR PASS

The simplest way to manage your visitors • Projects a professional corporate image whilst giving you complete control over the management of your visitors. • Identifies and validates every visitor to your site • Can also be used to control vehicles or identify temporary staff. • Comply with health & safety regulations by ensuring every visitor has the relevant health & safety information for your site. • Easy to use. The visitor or host writes the details once and they are copied on to the register for future reference or to form a fire register in an emergency.

Your logo here

Each pass is individually numbered

Discretion sheet to protect information from view

Wristbands

468

Site health & Safety procedures

Landscape Card Holder

Stock Lanyard

Multi-lingual

Personalised Lanyard

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

INSPECTION SYSTEM

VISITOR MANAGEMENT

Inspecting equipment on a regular basis can help ensure that accidents and danger to employees and sometimes the public, is kept to a minimum. LOC8 has a suite of inspection systems available to help organisations streamline their processes and meet these legal obligations. Two of the more popular inspection systems include: • Fork Lift Truck Inspection System – Safe-truck • Scaffold Inspection System – Safe-scaff

Safe-truck • The simplest way to inspect your lift trucks • Ensure that all of your trucks receive pre-shift inspections • Build an inspection history. • Provide a permanent record of all your inspections • Provide a visual safety status indicator so that you can see at a glance if a truck is safe to use. • Ensure that you comply with HSE best practice guidelines (as described in its publication, Safety in Working with Lift Trucks) that trucks should be inspected at the beginning of each shift.

Safe-scaff Scaffold inspecting made easy… Ensure that inspections are carried out and recorded at regular intervals Build an inspection history. Provide a permanent record of all your inspections. Provide a visual safety status indicator so that you can see at a glance if the scaffold is safe to use. Ensure that you comply with the Work at Height Regulations 2005 Easy to use. The simple checklist ensures that no components are forgotten. Safe-scaff enables you to inspect all scaffold and scaffold towers in accordance with the Working at Height Regulations 2005. The system provides a checklist to record all inspections at appropriate intervals as well as a visible identification for all workers as to the safety status of the scaffold. At the same time as the report is completed, it automatically updates the Scaffold Inspection Log which is the chronological record of all inspections carried out. This report not only lists all inspections but can highlight recurring faults identified at inspection time. Our suite of inspection systems also include: • Safe-tower : Scaffold tower inspections • Safe-rack : Pallet racking inspections • Safe-ladder : Ladder inspections • Safe-crane : Pendulum crane inspections • Safe-fleet : Fleet & pool vehicle inspections • Safe-vehicle : HGV inspections • Safe-MEWP : Mobile Elevated Work Platform inspections • Safe-station : Work station inspections

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

469

ACCESS

ACCESS STEPS

KA003Z

KiCk - StepS are manufactured from quality steel for maximum safety and durability. Snap-lock quick assembly, mounted on 3 retractable polypropylene castors. The rubber base ring holds firmly to the floor and the Kick - Step will not slide, roll or tip over. Finish: Stove enamelled steel.

Available in 5 colours, red, blue, black, grey and green. Please specify when ordering.

Loaded Unloaded Base Top Weight Model Height mm Height mm Ø mm Ø mm kg 415

425

410

280

4.5

KA003Z

HS501Z

Plastic step - up

• All Weather Strong Injection Moulding

• Stackable

• Non slip feet... • Grey or Black - Please specify colour when ordering. This versatile step is manufactured from injection moulded plastic Complete with non-slip feet. Lightweight and stackable. Platform Height mm

470

240

Platform size W x D mm

Overall Size mm

Weight kg

Model

Price

425 x 280

480 x 330

HS501Z

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Price POA

Steps

HEAVY DUTY Handy Steps

Handy Steps

A super range of lightweight static step units fitted with all weather non-slip injection moulded treads. Finish: Beige powder coated.

6 Colour Options Available: Please specify colour when ordering.

Steps

ACCESS

H x W x D mm

1 285 x 400 x 400 2 405 x 415 x 730 2 with post 1400 x 415 x 730 • Strong Steel Frame • Stable • Nestable

Weight

Model

Price

3 kg 5 kg 5.5 kg

HS301Z HS302Z HS312Z

POA POA POA

Blue Green

Red

Beige

• Stable • Lightweight This range of Handy Steps is constructed from tubular steel and manufactured and approved to European GS standard. Fitted with all weather non-slip injected moulded treads. Tread size: W 400 mm x D 200 mm. Finish: Powder coated.

HS302Z

GS311Z

GS312Z

HS312Z

HS301Z

Yellow Grey

Steps 1 1 with post 2 2 with post

H x W x D mm 266 x 457 x 370 1200 x 457 x 370 432 x 515 x 638 1330 x 515 x 638

Weight 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 6 kg

Model GS301Z GS311Z GS302Z GS312Z

Price POA POA POA POA

Handy Steps 4 Color Options Available:

Blue

Red

Grey

Yellow

Please specify color when ordering.

• Lightweight This handy step is constructed from tubular steel and fitted with all weather non-slip injected moulded treads. Of all welded construction with its own lifting/ support handle. Fitted with non-marking grey rubber feet and finished in epoxy powder coating.

HS322Z

Overall Height mm

Overall Width mm

Overall Depth mm

1300

515

638

Weight kg

Model

HS322Z

Price

POA

• 4 Colour Options Available Please specify colour when ordering.

Blue

Red

Green

Beige

HS3212

MS7312

double sided steps These units are fitted with all weather non-slip injected moulded treads and grey rubber feet. Mobile models are fitted with 4 80mm sprung retractable swivel castors which retract when weight is applied. Tread Size: 400 x 200mm Description

Platform

Overall

Weight

Height mm

H x W x L mm

Model

Price

Mobile 2 step without handle

500

575 x 490 x 610

MS7212

POA

Mobile 2 step with handle

500

1245 x 490 x 610

MS7312

POA

Static 2 step without handle

500

555 x 460 x 610

HS3212

POA

Static 2 step with handle

500

1225 x 460 x 610

HS3312

POA

HS9222

Mobile Step - TILT AND PULL This double sided 2 step unit has non-slip ribbed rubber treads. Tubular steel frame fitted with 2 swivel castors and handle on one side for ease of manoeuvrability. Finish epoxy powder coated red. Top Overall Overall Tread Step Width Depth Height Size Weight Model Price 390 mm 400 mm 410 mm 1120 mm 290 x 160 mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

7 kg

HS9222

POA

471

ACCESS ALUMINIUM STEPS TAURUS TME • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Enclosed hinge system provides extra stability & allows closure & storage in restricted space • Large handrails & 850mm guardrails for extra safety • The wheels allow easy movement around warehousing • Integral tool tray in the guardrail enabling safestorage of tools & materials when in use

profile of double tread section designed to give maximum strength, durability & total reliability No. of Treads 6

Platform Overall Size Overall Weight Height - In Use Height when kg mm H x W x D mm folded mm 1410 2272 x 620 x 1182 2441 16

Model ALT-193206

1645

2507 x 650 x 1330

2691

ALT-193207

2115

2977 x 710 x 1627

3191

ALT-193209

2585

3447 x 770 x 1924

3691

ALT-193211

TAURUS TDO • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Large Rubber anti-slip feet for increased stability • Benefit from a Black powder coatedfinish - keep your hands warm & clean • Red top tread to indicate the maximum recommended step height • Enclosed hinge system which stops the unit from unexpectedly closing, • providing greater strength • Subject to availability

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Platform Height mm 950

1200

1250 x 520 x 1045

1725

ALT-192505

1400

1500 x 550 x 1215

2025

12.5

ALT-192506

1900

2000 x 615 x 1555

2525

16.5

ALT-192508

2350

2500 x 675 x 1900

3025

ALT-192510

2800

3000 x 730 x 2240

3525

ALT-192512

No. of Treads

472

Overall Size Overall Height Weight In Use when folded kg H x W x D mm mm 1000 x 490 x 870 1525 9.5

ALT-192504

Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ALT-192506

ALUMINIUM STEPS

ACCESS

VERA • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Large Platform Size: 450 x 500mm • Integral tool tray in the guardrail • Welded ribbed Aluminium, this quality folding warehouse stepladder is comfortable, sturdy& includes a large platform, whichallows safe work at height • Equipped with two reinforcing arms, which prevent sudden unwanted openingor closing & are used to move theladder via two 125mm Rubber wheels

No. of Treads

Platform Overall Overall Size - In Use Height Height when H x W x D mm mm folded mm

Weight kg

Model SV-VERA-6

1400

2200 x 700 x 1640

2460

SV-VERA-6

1900

2660 x 740 x 1970

2970

SV-VERA-8

2300

3100 x 780 x 2340

3460

SV-VERA-10

2800

3570 x 820 x 2700

3940

SV-VERA-12

CASTELLANA • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Unit incorporates a Tool Tray • Large handrails for increased safety • Welded ribbed Aluminium folding ladder with a large platform featuring kickplates, 1000mm guardrail & handrail allowing you to workin a • comfortable & safe manner • Subject to availability

SV-CAST-8

No. of Treads

Platform Height mm

Overall Overall Size - In Use Weight Height when H x W x D mm kg folded mm

1600

2600 x 1010 x 1600

2850

2150

3150 x 1170 x 1920

3360

SV-CAST-8

2650

3650 x 1170 x 2200

3950

SV-CAST-10

3160

4160 x 1330 x 2500

4510

SV-CAST-12

3750

4750 x 1500 x 2800

5060

SV-CAST-14

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model SV-CAST-6

473

ACCESS

ALUMINIUM STEPS

DOUBLE SIDED PICKING STEPS • Comply to EN-131 standard • Ideal for a wide variety of environments • Double sided for good access • 4 x 100mm castors fitted either sideof the step for greater manoeuvrability • This unit incorporates a double handrail either side of the unit as well as a guardrail for optimum safety

IDEAL FOR ACCESS TO YOUR SHELVING

No. of Treads 4

Overall Size H x W x D mm 1600 x 468 x 1097

Platform Height mm 985

Weight kg 9.5

SV-DCS004

1830 x 490 x 1285

1240

10.5

SV-DCS005

2065 x 515 x 1465

1490

11.5

SV-DCS006

2295 x 545 x 1670

1740

12.5

SV-DCS007

2525 x 570 x 1860

1990

13.5

SV-DCS008

2750 x 593 x 2055

2240

SV-DCS009

2980 x 620 x 2290

2490

SV-DCS010

3195 x 640 x 2490

2740

17.5

SV-DCS011

3665 x 695 x 2855

3240

21.5

SV-DCS013

Model

ALUMINIUM WAREHOUSE STEPS • Comply to EN-131 standard • Wheels at the back of the unit make this range of steps easy to manoeuvre • Constructed from Aluminiumwith heavy duty back supports& side handrails

IDEAL FOR MANY APPLICATIONS &INDUSTRIES

474

No. of Treads 4

Open Height to Platform mm 1000

Weight kg 10

ALW04Z

1220

ALW05Z

1460

ALW06Z

1710

ALW07Z

1950

ALW08Z

2440

ALW10Z

2930

ALW12Z

3420

ALW14Z

Model

ALW05Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

ALW14Z

Glass fibre steps

ACCESS

GLASS FIBRE WIDE STEPS • Certified to BS EN-131 • Manufactured from a Glass Fibre frame with Aluminium treads • Wheels at the back of the unitmake this range of steps easy to manoeuvre • The unit incorporates a safety chain at the front of the platform for increased safety • Platform size: 400D x 600W mm

SAFETY CHAIn

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628) GLF26Z No. of Treads

Open Height mm

Platform Height mm

Closed Height mm

Weight kg

Model

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1410 1625 1855 2050 2260 2470 2700

385 610 835 1050 1260 1480 1710

1570 1750 2020 2225 2490 2730 2965

8G 9G 11 14 16 18 20

LF22Z LF23Z GLF24Z GLF25Z GLF26Z GLF27Z GLF28Z

GLF24Z

GLASS FIBRE FOLDING STEPS WITH LARGE PLATFORM • Large working platform with handrails • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Space between rungs: 300mm • Fitted with serrated Aluminium treads & anti-slip Rubber feet • Platform size: 575D x 400Wmm • Handles are supplied loose for easy assembly

LARGE DOUBLE HANDRAILS

LARGE WORKING PLATFORM

IDEAL FOR ALL ACCESS & MAINTENANCE APPLICATIONS FJG04Z

FJG03Z

No. of Height of Treads Top Tread mm 3 890

Overall Size - In Use H x W x D mm 1790 x 642 x 1147

Overall Size - Folded H x W x D mm 1932 x 642 x 170

Weight kg 12.5

FJG03Z

Model

1154

2054 x 679 x 1346

2232 x 679 x 170

FJG04Z

1433

2333 x 716 x 1536

2532 x 716 x 170

15.5

FJG05Z

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

475

ACCESS Glass Fibre Steps GLASS FIBRE LADDER • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder & freestanding extension ladder.Unique sliding mechanism makes conversion between modes easy • Manufactured from a Glass Fibre framewith Aluminium rungs & Nylon support strap • Non-slip treads for comfort & safety • Wide base & heavy dutyfeet for stability & grip • Insulated to 10,000V • Ideal for use in an electrical environment

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

GFL07Z

No. of Treads

Folded Height mm

Stepladder Height mm

Extension Ladder Length mm

Weight kg

Model

1690

2393

3375

GFL06Z

1975

2925

4220

14.5G

GFL07Z

FL07Z

GLASS FIBRE LADDER • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Locking Mechanism to ensure increased safety • Roller Wheels for ease of movement on a building/against a wall • Tested to 100,000V - far beyond most products • Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder

wall wheels stabiliser bar

No. of Treads

476

Closed Extended Overall Weight Length Length Height in aa kg mm mm position mm

Model

3x8

2400

5470

2300

SV-V3-3x8

3 x 10

3000

7450

2900

SV-V3-3x10

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

3 WAY ALUMINIUM STEPS

ACCESS

• PROFESSIONAL

3 WAY COMBINATION LADDER WITH WORK TRAY

• • A stepladder, an extension ladder and a stairwell ladder in one product! Suitable for both professional and domestic use, the unique sliding, mechanism enables easy conversion into each mode. The wide splayed base and heavy duty feet give stability and grip. The strong work tray is useable in all positions and takes loads up to 12 kg. • • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Complete with strong work tray • Load Capacity: 130kg • Closed Length: 1900 mm SVEUR3-3x8

Extension Stepladder

Stairwell Ladder

Model

Extended Ladder Length

Weight (kg)

AFA15Z

2740 mm

7.5

EUR0 3

Three-section combination ladder can be used as stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing combination (‘reform’) ladder and as a 3 part extension ladder- equipped with sliding wall wheels from 3x8 model upwards. When used as a stepladder, the third section serves only as a guardrail.

Wall Wheels

Base Stabiliser

Model

No. of Rungs

Overall Height (mm)

Platform Height (mm)

Weight (kg)

SVEUR3-3x6

3x6

1800

1700

SVEUR3-3x8

3x8

2400

2300

SVEUR3-3x10

3 x 10

3000

2900

SVEUR3-3x12

3 x 12

3500

3400

SVEUR3-3x14

3 x 14

4100

4000

LUXE 3

SVLX3-7+8+8

This premium quality professional aluminium combination ladder is available for use as a stepladder. extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder, and for use on stairwells. This is a superior professional quality ladder, which features wall wheels as standard and a unique patented adjustable stabiliser. Featuring large comfortable rungs, which are flat at the correct usage angle of 70 degrees. Strong, safe, durable and versatile, this is one ladder that gives the user a variety of capabilities and options. Comply to EN-131 Standard • Wall Wheels as Standard • Unique Patented Adjustable Stabiliser

Unique Patented Stabiliser

Model

No. of Rungs

Overall Height (mm)

Platform Height (mm)

Weight (kg)

SVLX3-6+7+7

6+7+7

2250

2100

16.5

SVLX3-7+8+8

7+8+8

2550

2400

18.5

SVLX3-8+9+9

8+9+9

2850

2700

SVLX3-9+10+10

9 + 10 + 10

3100

3000

SVLX3-10+11+11

10 + 11 + 11

3400

3300

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

477

ACCESS EXTENSION 3 WAY LADDERS MOUNTER • Unit has Roller Wheels for easy movement on a building • Large stabilizer bar to stop the unit sinking in the ground • Comply to EN-131 Standard This premium quality professional aluminium combination ladder enables the user to benefit from a black powder coated finish, which keeps the users hands warm and prevents dirt accumulation, caused by oxidisation of bare metal. Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding extension ladder, this is a superior professional quality ladder which features wall wheels as standard and a large sturdy stabiliser. The stabiliser ensures safe easy use in the most demanding circumstances. Featuring large comfortable flat ‘D’ rungs, which are 45mm deep and are flat at the correct usage angle of 70 degrees, there is no product comparable in the market today. Strong, safe, durable and versatile, this is one ladder that gives the user a variety of capabilities and options and keeps the users hands warm and clean at the same time.

Superior Mechanism

Model

Wall Wheels

No. of Rungs

Large Stabilizer

Maximum Height (mm)

Weight (kg)

ALT-123610

3 x 10

6900

ALT-123612

3 x 12

8000

ALT-123614

3 x 14

9350

ALT-123610

PROFESSIONAL 5 WAY COMBINATION LADDER This versatile combination ladder can be used as a stepladder. an extension ladder, a stairwell ladder, a level platform and a stairwell platform. Suitable for nrofessional and domestic use, the unit is of rigid construction with a wide base stabiliser. Quick and easy to set up, the unit has twist lock adjustment for easy height adjustment and a level platform in any position • Comply to EN-131 Standard • Complete with large non-slip platform • Load Capacity: 150kg

Model

Stepladder Top Rung Height

Extension Platform Height

Maximum Platform Height

Weight (kg)

AFA59Z

1560 mm

2740 mm

1200 mm

16.5

Level Platform

StepLadder

Extension Ladder Twist lock system

478

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Portable STEPS

ACCESS

• Tread Size: 500mm wide x 150mm deep • Platform Size: 500mm wide x 300mm deep • Rubber Treads • 2 x 150mm Nylon wheels • 600mm high rear handrail

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

• GS Approved version also available

Fort Steel framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

MS0608

MS0605

MS0603

Access Heights Safely

FORT ARROW RANGE OF STEPS • 3 Colour Options Available

Blue

Red

Grey

Available in two versions - as a standard step and also the GS version which is manufactured and approved to the European GS Standard. This medium duty range of steps is ideal for warehouses, shops, offices etc. Tubular steel construction with non-slip rubber treads. Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply use the handles to lift the front and wheel into position. Standard Version

GS Version

No. of Steps

Platform Height (mm)

Overall Dimensions when erected H x W x D (mm)

Weight (kg)

MS0603

GS0603

750

1450 x 640 x 1110

MS0604

GS0604

1000

1700 x 670 x 1220

MS0605

GS0605

1250

1950 x 700 x 1535

MS0606

GS0606

1500

2200 x 730 x 1745

MS0607

GS0607

1750

2450 x 760 x 1955

MS0608

GS0608

2000

2700 x 790 x 2165

GS0608

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

479

ACCESS HEAVY DUTY MOBILE STEPS MANUFACTURED AND APPROVED TO EUROPEAN GS STANDARDS • Large Working Top Platform • Safe • Sturdy • 3 to 15 steps • Tread Size: 590mm wide x 128mm deep

Fort Steel framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

Heavy duty steel framed mobile steps with platform heights from 0.69 to 3.45 metres. Robust design gives maximum rigidity stability yet highly manoeuvrable. Lifting step feature deters access until steps are safely grounded. UNIQUE SAFETY ACTION Single action lever raises castors and lowers bottom step when unit is positioned for use. Handle mechanism is fitted to the right hand side as standard. Platform Size: Width 540 x Depth 590 mm Finish:- Blue durable high gloss powder coated 6 Step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect. OPTIONAL EXTRAS TOOL TRAY/ WIRE MESH BASKET The steel tool tray or wire mesh basket hooks on to the top guard rail. Epoxy powder coated - blue.

GS9306R

Model

Description

Overall Dimensions L x W x H mm

BSK93M

Wire mesh basket for GS step

615 x 260 x 210

BSK93T

Tool tray for GS step

615 x 260 x 210

BSK58M

Wire mesh basket for MS step

650 x 260 x 210

BSK58T

Tool tray for MS step

650 x 260 x 210

BSK69M

Wire mesh basket for MS step, wider

895 x 260 x 210

BSK69T

Tool tray for MS step, wider

895 x 260 x 210

Model

480

Rubber Covered nonslip treads Platform

Expanded Steel Treads Platform

Aluminium non-slip treads Platform

No. of Steps

Platform Height (mm)

Step Width (mm)

Overall Dimensions when erected H x W x D (mm)

Weight (kg)

GS9303R

GS9303M

GS9303A

690

490

1790 x 680 x 972

GS9304R

GS9304M

GS9304A

920

490

2020 x 680 x 1104

GS9305R

GS9305M

GS9305A

1150

490

2250 x 910 x 1237

GS9306R

GS9306M

GS9306A

1380

490

2480 x 960 x 1370

GS9307R

GS9307M

GS9307A

1610

490

2710 x 1010 x 1503

GS908R

GS9308M

GS9308A

1840

490

2940 x 1060 x 1635

GS9309R

GS9309M

GS9309A

2070

490

3170 x 1110 x 1768

GS9310R

GS9310M

GS9310A

2300

490

3400 x 1160 x 1901

105

GS9311R

GS9311M

GS9311A

2530

490

3630 x 1210 x 2034

114

GS9312R

GS9312M

GS9312A

2760

490

3860 x 1260 x 2167

123

GS9313R

GS9313M

GS9313A

2990

490

4090 x 1370 x 2299

132

GS9314R

GS9314M

GS9314A

3220

490

4320 x 1420 x 2432

140

GS9315R

GS9315M

GS9315A

3450

490

4550 x 1425 x 2565

149

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Access Platforms

ACCESS

FORT EASY SLOPE PLATFORMS • Easy Slope 48oIncline - for safe & easy use • Extra Wide Treads: 750W x 180Dmm • Platform Size: 800W x 1200Dmm • Removable platform chains on three sides for access • Fitted with grip lift mechanism fitted to the right hand side, to facilitate movement on the castors • Available powder coated Blue or Galvanised

Fort Steel Framed Steps for Safety, Strength & Durability

No. of Platform Steps Height mm 3 4 5 6

Overall Size H x W x D mm

Weight kg

690

1690 x 950 x 1826

920

1920 x 950 x 2033

1150

2150 x 950 x 2240

1380

2380 x 950 x 2447

82 90 98

Finish

Model

Powder Coated

MS9103M

Galvanised

MS9103G

Powder Coated

MS9104M

Galvanised

MS9104G

Powder Coated

MS9105M

Galvanised

MS9105G

Powder Coated

MS9106M

Galvanised

MS9106G

MS9106M

FORT EASY SLOPE PLATFORMS • Manufactured & approved to the recognised European GS standard • Easy Slope 48 Inc line - for safe & easy use • Extra Wide Treads: 750W x 180D mm • Inward opening gates on 3 sides of the platform • Fitted with grip lift mechanism to facilitate movement on the castors • Platform Size: 800W x 1200L mm

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier to the front (entry) of the platform of these steps.

Model SB910GS

No. of Steps 2

Platform Height 460 mm

Overall Size H x W x D mm 1460 x 960 x 1479

Weight kg 62

GS9102M

690 mm

1690 x 960 x 1686

GS9103M

920 mm

1920 x 960 x 1893

GS9104M

1150 mm

2150 x 960 x 2100

101

GS9105M

1380 mm

2380 x 980 x 2307

115

GS9106M

1610 mm 2610 x 1030 x 2514

130

GS9107M

1840 mm 2840 x 1080 x 2721

144

GS9108M

Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

GS9108M

481

ACCESS ACCESS tOWERS EASY SLOPE PLATFORMS • Comply to EN-1298 • The enclosed hinge system provides easy folding & unfolding with extra stability • Large anti-slip feetprovide extra strength • Working Height is approx. 2mabove the Platform Height • This compact folding tower hasbasic size of 750D x 1850Wmm • The base fits between standarddoors without dis-assembly

ALTK 2-3.8M - shown with 2 stabilisers but comes with 4

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Toeboards & 4 x Stabilisers supplied as standard with 3.8M platform& above

OTHER CONFIGURATIONS AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS

K2 Folded

ALTK 2-0.7M - shown with 3 x Horizontal Braces

482

K2 Base unit fits through standard doorways.

Description

Model

Folding Base to 700mm

ALTK2-0.7M

Horizontal Braces (included in 3 Systems below)

ALTK2-HB

System to 1800mm Platform Height

ALTK2-1.8M

System to 3800mm Platform Height

ALTK2-3.8M

System to 5800mm Platform Height

ALTK2-5.8M

Toeboard Set (included in 2 systems above)

ALTK2-TB

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

access towers

ACCESS

ROLLER S

JollY

• Folding Base Unit fits through standard doors • 4 Swivel Castors for increased manoeuvrability • Comply to EN1004 - Part 3 Standard • Lightweight Aluminium foldable tower • Overall size: 1600 x 800mm

• The base unit folds to fit through door ways • Comply to EN1004 - Part 3 Standard • Quick & easy installation • Made of lightweight Aluminium tubular alloy (ø 50 mm) with non skid knurled rungs • Toeboards are included with System C & above

Roller S being Folded

Roller S Folded

Simply lean the hook on the rung & pressslightly to fix the brace immediately

Description

Plat. Height mm

Model

System A

950

SV-JOL0.95M

Model

System B

1620

SV-JOL1.62M

Base Pack - 1m Plat. Height

Weight kg 25

SV-ROLLER

System C

3420

SV-JOL3.42M

System to 2.45m Plat. Height

SV-ROL2.45M

System D

5220

SV-JOL5.22M

System to 3.95m Plat. Height

63.5

SV-ROL3.95M

System E

7020

SV-JOL7.02M

System to 6m Plat. Height

84.5

SV-ROL6.00M

System F

8820

SV-JOL8.82M

Toeboard (included in 3.95/6m Systems)

SV-ROLLER-TB

System G

10620

SV-JOL10.62M

Description

MTB SYSTEM - MODULAR TRIANGLE BRIDGE • Comply to EN-12811 • Quick & easy construction • Compact for storage & transport • Levellers available for uneven surfaces - CALL FOR DETAILS • This system has been equipped with unique stackable trusses, available in lengths of 2000, 3000 & 4000mm • The lightweight Triangle Bridge can be assembled on floor level & brought to the height required by a hand winch ASSEMBLED AT GROUND LEVEL FOR ULTIMATE SAFETY DEMONSTRATIONS AVAILABLE THROUGH YOUR LOCAL ACCESS SPECIALIST 00:03

00:06

showing how the unique trusses stack neatly for transport due to their unique ‘v’ shape design

00:09

00:12

FROM THE GROUND TO 5 METRES IN 12 MINUTES For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

483

ACCESS

MOBILE STEPS

The two step model MS7112 complete with removable handle for left or right fitting

MS7112

MS7013 MS7014

Mobile Steps • All Weather Non-slip Injected Moulded Treads. Available as a standard version and also as a GS version which is manufactured and approved to the European GS Standard. Strong tubular steel frame fitted with 4 sprung retractable swivel castors. These give the steps their easy mobility but when body weight is added they retract and remain firm and safe on rubber feet. Wheels 80 mm dia swivel rubber tyred non marking. COLOUR OPTIONS AVAILABLE: Please specify when ordering

Standard Version: • 4 Colour Options Available GS7014

Blue

Green

Red

Beige

GS Version: • 2 Colour Options Available

GS7013

GS7012

484

Blue

Red

Platform Platform Overall Size Weight Description Height mm Dim W x D mm L x W x H mm kg Standard Version 2 step without handle 500 400 x 200 510 x 520 x 575 8 Handle only for above 2 step with handle 500 400 x 200 510 x 520 x 1245 11 3 step 770 400 x 400 840 x 550 x 1470 22 4 step 1020 400 x 400 1040 x 550 x 1720 25 5 step 1140 400 x 460 1160 x 665 x 1980 28 6 step 1370 400 x 460 1320 x 750 x 2210 31 GS Version 2 step with handle 470 400 x 200 620 x 510 x 1330 15 3 step 735 400 x 400 870 x 620 x 1445 17 4 step 980 400 x 400 1040 x 650 x 1690 23

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MS8116 Model Price

MS7012 MS003Z MS7112 MS7013 MS7014 MS8115 MS8116

POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

GS7012 GS7013 GS7014

POA POA POA

PREMIER MOBILE STEPS

ACCESS

MS6012 fitted with MS002Z

MS6014

MS6013

THE PREMIER RANGE OF Mobile Steps • Large Working Platform • Epoxy Powder Coated • All Weather Non-slip Injected Moulded Treads • 4 Colour Options Available. Blue Green Please specify colour when ordering.

Red

Inset sprung loaded roller

Beige

The ultimate in safety. The feet have inset rollers that give greater mobility, but grip firmly to the floor when body weight is applied. The 2 step model is available with or without post.

Description

2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step

Platform Height mm 508 762 1016 1290

Platform Size mm 400 x 200 400 x 400 400 x 400 400 x 400

Overall Size Weight L x W x H mm Kg 584 x 533 x 635 7 813 x 533 x 1473 13 1016 x 533 x 1702 20 1440 x 560 x 1950 25

Model Price MS6012 MS6013 MS6014 MS6015

Optional extra safety post with handgrip for two step model. Height from floor 1350 mm

POA POA POA POA

MS002Z

Mobile Steps WITH BARRIERS Close up of Safety Barrier

• 4 Colour Options Available Please specify when ordering

Blue

Green

Red

Beige

MS6015

Similar in design to the above units, these steps are fitted with 1 metre high platform rails, deep kick plates and safety barriers. No Platform of Height Steps mm 3 762 4 1016 5 1290

FD6013

Platform Size W x D mm 400 x 400 400 x 400 400 x 400

Overall Weight H x W x D kg Model Price mm 1762 x 22 FD6013 POA 533 x 813 2016 x 25 FD6014 POA 533 x1016 2290 x 28 FD6015 POA 560 x1440

MS6015 For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

485

ACCESS TILT ‘N’ PUSh STEPS

MS7814P fitted with MS710Z

• Standard or GS version available • Galvanised or Blue painted finish • Large Platform size: 490 x 600 mm • Optional extra: inward opening rear gate GS7815P

Please specify when ordering

• Low maintenance • Robust Available in two versions - As a standard step and also the GS version which is manufactured and approved to the European GS Standard. Both versions are available either in Galvanised finish or Blue epoxy powder coated finish. The large working top platform and optional extra of a factory fitted inward opening rear gate makes them ideal for loading and unloading items. The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for lifting. This facilitates mobility of the unit on the two fixed rear nylon 100 mm castors. • Platform rail height: 1000 mm • Tread Size: 490 x 160 mm

No Platform Overall Weight of Height Dimensions kg Treads mm H x W x D mm

Galvanised Units

Blue Painted Units

MS700Z

Model Price Model Price

Optional Inward Opening Gate

Standard Version 3 750

1750 x 660 x 1235

MS7803G

POA

4 1000

2000 x 660 x 1420

MS7804G

POA MS7814P POA

5 1250

2250 x 660 x 1605

MS7805G

POA MS7815P POA

6 1500

2500 x 660 x 1790

MS7806G

POA MS7816P POA

Inward Opening gate - factory fitted to the rear

MS7813P

POA

MS700Z

POA

MS710Z

POA

GS7803G

POA

GS7813P

POA

GS Version 3 750

1750 x 820 x 1235

4 1000

2000 x 820 x 1420 48 GS7804G POA GS7814P POA

5 1250

2250 x 1020 x 1605

2500 x 1120 60 x 1790 factory fitted Inward Opening gate to the rear 6 1500

486

GS7805G

POA

GS7815P

POA

GS7806G

POA

GS7816P

POA

GS700Z

POA

GS710Z

POA

Hardwearing Galvanised Model

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MS7806G

FOLDABLE STEPS

ACCESS

contract economy range • Thread Size: 450mm wide x 145mm deep • Platform Size: 450mm wide x 300mm deep • Expanded Steel Threads • 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels Constructed from tabular steel with expanded steel threads. The steps are mademobile with the use of the lever operated retractable front castors. Finish: Expoxy Powder Coated Blue

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

Lever operated retractable castors.

MS0508

No. of Steps

Platform Height (mm)

Overall Size HxWxD (mm)

Weight kg

Model

Price

750

1450x650x895

MS0503

POA

1000

1700x650x1040

MS0504

POA

1250

1950x690x1185

MS0505

POA

1500

2200x720x1330

MS0506

POA

1750

2450x770x1475

MS0507

POA

2000

2700x790x1620

MS0508

POA

2250

2950x810x1765

MS0509

POA

2500

3200x840x1910

MS05010

POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

487

ACCESS

FOLDING Steps

FGS7805M shown folded

FGS7808M

FGS7805M

QUICK FOLDING STEPS • • • •

Approved to European GS Standard Tread Size: 450mm wide x 145mm deep Expanded Steel Treads Folds and unfolds without the use of nuts and bolts

• Platform Size: 450mm wide x 300mm deep • 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels

Manufactured and approved to the recognised European GS Standard. Constructed from tubular steel with two handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips, which facilitate movement when the unit is erect. The units have a unique mechanism allowing the unit to be folded and un-folded quickly without the use of nuts and bolts. No of Platform Steps Height mm

Overall Dimensions when erected H x W x D mm

1000

1700 x 650 x 1310

930 x 650 x 1830

FGS7804M

POA

1250

1950 x 690 x 1520

930 x 690 x 2120

FGS7805M

POA

1500

2200 x 720 x 1730

930 x 720 x 2410

FGS7806M

POA

1750

2450 x 770 x 1940

930 x 770 x 2700

FGS7807M

POA

2000

2700 x 790 x 2150

930 x 790 x 2990

FGS7808M

POA

488

Dimensions Weight when Folded Model Price kg H x W x D mm

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

MEDIUM DUTY STEPS

ACCESS

MEDIUM DUTY MOBILE STEPS • Tread Size: 490 x 130mm • Platform Size: - Standard Version: 540 x 460mm Deep GS Version: 540 x 300mm Deep

Available in two versions - as a standard step and also the GS version which is manufactured and approved to the European GS Standard. Fully welded construction with expanded mild steel mesh treads. The lever operated safety bar helps deter access when steps are mobile. Finish: Epoxy Powder Coated Blue / Red Safety Bar Rear Platform Handrail height: Standard Version: 1000mm GS Version: 600mm Wheels: 2 x 200mm Black Rubber Tyred 1 x 100mm Polypropylene castor

GS Version GS0408M

No of Weight Steps kg Standard Version 5 38 6 48 7 58 8 68 9 78 GS Version 5 43 6 48 7 52 8 57 9 61

Standard Version MS0406M

Platform Height mm

Overall size L x W x H mm

1150 1380 1610 1840 2070

1150 x 700 x 2150 1285 x 700 x 2380 1420 x 700 x 2610 1550 x 700 x 2840 1685 x 700 x 3070

MS0405M MS0406M MS0407M MS0408M MS0409M

POA POA POA POA POA

1150 1380 1610 1840 2070

1210 x 730 x 1850 1415 x 750 x 2080 1600 x 780 x 2310 1790 x 810 x 2540 1985 x 830 x 2770

GS0405M GS0406M GS0407M GS0408M GS0409M

POA POA POA POA POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model Price

489

ACCESS HEAVY DUTY MOBILE Steps • Safe • Tread Size 165 x 490 mm • Strong • Two Sizes of Platform Available • 3 to 18 Steps • Choice of Treads This range of steel framed mobile steps is easily manoeuvrable. Available with a choice of either non-slip rubber or expanded mesh treads. Fitted with lever operated retractable front castors and a safety bar which deters access to steps when in the mobile position. Finish: Epoxy Powder Coated - Red. 6 Step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect. Platform Handrail Height 1000 mm x 200 mm Black Rubber Tyred Wheels:- 2 2 x 100 mm Nylon Castors

Optional Plywood Shelf As shown below an optional plywood storage shelf is available on this range of steps. To Suit 3 - 6 Steps 7 - 12 Steps 13 - 18 Steps

Model MS990B MS991B MS992B

Price

MS9808M

Platform size: 460 mm Depth x 540 mm Width No Platform Weight Expanded Steel Treads Rubber covered Treads of Height Overall Size kg Steps mm L x W x H mm Model Price Model Price 3 22 690 890 x 700 x 1690 MS9803M POA MS9803R POA 4 32 920 1100 x 700 x 1920 MS9804M POA MS9804R POA 5 42 1150 1200 x 700 x 2150 MS9805M POA MS9805R POA 6 52 1380 1370 x 700 x 2380 MS9806M POA MS9806R POA 7 62 1610 1530 x 700 x 2610 MS9807M POA MS9807R POA 8 72 1840 1700 x 700 x 2840 MS9808M POA MS9808R POA 9 82 2070 1860 x 700 x 3070 MS9809M POA MS9809R POA 10 92 2300 2020 x 700 x 3300 MS9810M POA MS9810R POA 11 107 2530 2190 x 800 x 3530 MS9811M POA MS9811R POA 12 122 2760 2360 x 800 x 3760 MS9812M POA MS9812R POA 13 137 2990 2520 x 1150 x 3990 MS9813M POA MS9813R POA 14 152 3220 2690 x 1230 x 4220 MS9814M POA MS9814R POA 15 167 3450 2850 x 1230 x 4450 MS9815M POA MS9815R POA 16 182 3680 2920 x 1230 x 4680 MS9816M POA MS9816R POA 17 197 3910 3180 x 1400 x 4910 MS9817M POA MS9817R POA 18 212 4140 3350 x 1400 x 5140 MS9818M POA MS9818R POA

490

Platform Size: 590 mm Depth x 540 mm Width Expanded Steel Treads Rubber covered Treads Overall Size L x W x H mm Model Price Model Price 1060 x 700 x 1690 MS9903M POA MS9903R POA 1270 x 700 x 1920 MS9904M POA MS9904R POA 1370 x 700 x 2150 MS9905M POA MS9905R POA 1540 x 700 x 2380 MS9906M POA MS9906R POA 1700 x 700 x 2610 MS9907M POA MS9907R POA 1870 x 700 x 2840 MS9908M POA MS9908R POA 2030 x 700 x 3070 MS9909M POA MS9909R POA 2190 x 700 x 3300 MS9910M POA MS9910R POA 2360 x 800 x 3530 MS9911M POA MS9911R POA 2530 x 800 x 3760 MS9912M POA MS9912R POA 2690 x 1230 x 3990 MS9913M POA MS9913R POA 2860 x 1230 x 4220 MS9914M POA MS9914R POA 3020 x 1230 x 4450 MS9915M POA MS9915R POA 3190 x 1230 x 4680 MS9916M POA MS9916R POA 3350 x 1400 x 4910 MS9917M POA MS9917R POA 3520 x 1400 x 5140 MS9918M POA MS9918R POA

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

HEAVY DUTY MOBILE Steps

ACCESS

• Safe • Strong • Platform Height .69 to 4 m • Large working top platform 600 x 540 or 600 x 820 mm • From 3 to 18 steps One of the safest, most complete range currently available. The strongly constructed steps are highly manoeuvrable and stable. Finish: Blue durable high gloss powder coated. 6 Step units and above are sent folded for delivery - easy to erect.

Red Safety Barrier

MS5822 MS5831

No. Weight Platform Step Overall Rubber covered Expanded steel Aluminium of (kg) Height Width Dimensions non-slip treads Price treads and Price non-slip Steps (m) (m) L x W x H (m) platform Model platform Model tread Model 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

* * * * * * * *

25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95 110 125 140 155 170 185 200 215 150 170 190 210 230 250 270

0.69 0.92 1.15 1.38 1.61 1.84 2.07 2.30 2.53 2.76 2.99 3.22 3.45 3.68 3.91 4.14 2.53 2.76 2.99 3.22 3.45 3.68 3.91

.490 1.06x.700x1.69 .490 1.27x.700x1.92 .490 1.37x.700x2.15 .490 1.54x.700x2.38 .490 1.70x.700x2.61 .490 1.87x.700x2.84 .490 2.03x.700x3.07 .490 2.19x.700x3.30 .490 2.36x.800x3.53 .490 2.53x.800x3.76 .490 2.69x1.15x3.99 .490 2.86x1.23x4.22 .490 3.02x1.23x4.45 .490 3.19x1.23x4.68 .490 3.35x1.40x4.91 .490 3.52x1.40x5.14 .770 2.36x.950x3.53 .770 2.53x.950x3.76 .770 2.69x1.15x3.99 .770 2.86x1.23x4.22 .770 3.02x1.23x4.45 .770 3.19x1.23x4.68 .770 3.35x1.40x4.91

MS5781 MS5791 MS5801 MS5811 MS5821 MS5831 MS5841 MS5851 MS5861 MS5871 MS5881 MS5891 MS5901 MS5111 MS5121 MS5131 MS6961 MS6971 MS6981 MS6991 MS6901 MS6911 MS6921

POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA POA

MS5782 MS5792 MS5802 MS5812 MS5822 MS5832 MS5842 MS5852 MS5862 MS5872 MS5882 MS5892 MS5902 MS5112 MS5122 MS5132 MS6962 MS6972 MS6982 MS6992 MS6902 MS6912 MS6922

280 4.14 .770 3.52x1.40x5.14 MS6931

POA

MS6932

Price

POA MS5783 POA POA MS5793 POA POA MS5803 POA POA MS5813 POA POA MS5823 POA POA MS5833 POA POA MS5843 POA POA MS5853 POA POA MS5863 POA POA MS5873 POA POA MS5883 POA POA MS5893 POA POA MS5903 POA POA MS5113 POA POA MS5123 POA POA MS5133 POA POA MS6963 POA POA MS6973 POA POA MS6983 POA POA MS6993 POA POA MS6903 POA POA MS6913 POA POA MS6923 POA POA POA MS6933

OPTIONAL EXTRAS SAFETY BARRIER A red safety barrier as shown can be fitted to this range of steps.

REAR INWARD OPENING GATE To allow access from the rear of the platform an inward opening gate can be fitted to the rear of the platform handrail.

Description Safety Barrier to suit steps 490mm wide Safety Barrier to suit steps 770mm wide Inward Opening Gate to suit steps 490mm wide Inward Opening Gate to suit steps 770mm wide

Model FD500Z FD600Z MS500Z MS600Z

Price

Unique Safety Action This feature lifts the bottom step preventing access until the unit is grounded and safe to use. This also prevents knocked shins when wheeling the steps between locations.

PLEASE ENSURE TO CHECK THE OVERALL HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

491

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT First Aid Kits BS-8599-1 COMPLIANTWORKPLACE FIRSTAID KITS

BURNS KIT • Burns Kits in a soft bag or hard case

• Contained in a high-density Plastic box witha wall mounting bracket

CB551 First Aid Kits

Description

First Aid Kit Refills

Model

Small First Aid Kit

CB551

CB560

Medium First Aid Kit

CB552

CB561

Large First Aid Kit

CB553

CB562

FW001B

Contents

Small First Kid Kit

Medium First Kid Kit

Large First Kid Kit

Assorted Washproof Plasters

100

Self Adhesive Finger Bandage (35 x 35mm)

HSE First Aid Dressing (120 x 120mm)

HSE First Aid Dressing (180 x 180mm)

No. 16 HSE Eye Pad Dressing - Boxed

Disposable Non-woven Triangular Bandage

Kayform Conforming Bandage - (75mm x 4.5M)

Description

Model

Burns Kit in Soft Bag

FW001B

Burns Kit in Hard Case

FW001D

Burns Kit Refills

FW001C

Kaypore Tape - (25mm x 10M)

Contents

Quantity

Kays Alcohol Free Antiseptic Wipes

Burn Gel Dressing (50 x 150mm)

Universal Tough Cut Scissors

Burn Gel Dressing (100 x 100mm)

Blue Nitrile powder free Disposable Gloves - Lge

6 Pairs

9 Pairs

12 Pairs

Burn Gel Dressing (200 x 200mm)

Foil Blanket - (2150 x 1500mm)

Burn Blot Sachet (3.5g)

Resuscitation Aid with One-way Valve

Burn Gel Bottle (125ml)

First Aid Guidance Leaflet

Conforming Bandage (75mm x 4M)

Safety Pins

Large Universal Shears

Burn Gel Dressing - (100 x 100mm)

Disposable Gloves

1 Pair

F C B E

1410

RES310 CO250 CO253

CO266 Product A B

Model

25 x 20ml

CO266

500ml

CO250

Eye Wash Station

10 x 20ml Pods & 2 Boxed Eye Pods

1410

Eye Wash Poster

CO253

100 Wipes

BL196

50ml Alcohol-Free Sanitizer

RES310

500ml Alcohol Sanitizer

RES600

Washproof

DT393

Fabric

DT409

E F

H I

492

Eye Wash

Description

Anti-bacterial Wipes & Spray Assorted Plasters

Blue (Kitchens)

DT400

Disposable Medical Gloves

100 Small

AWD201

100 Medium

AWD202

100 Large

AWD203

First Aid Sign

100 x 250mm

FA00619S

BL196

AWD202

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

FA00619S

Visible Storage

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT

VisibLe stORaGe Cabinets • 6mm toughened safety glass: BS6206 • Strong welded construction from 0.9mm Steel • Re-inforced double skin doors with maximum area viewing panels • 3 way chrome lever locking handle with semi-concealed internal mechanism • Steel Shelf Capacity: 75kg UDL • Glass Shelf Capacity: 50kg UDL • 4 colour options available with the Grey Body: Red

white

Blue

Green

please specify when ordering

Solid single colour unit salso available - Light Grey, Blue, Green, Red & White

88V894 88V994 88V793

Cabinets Overall Size H x W x D mm 1830 x 915 x 460 1830 x 1220 x 460 915 x 460 x 460 915 x 915 x 460

88V944

Shelves 3 Steel 2 Steel

Model

EXTRA SHELVES

88V894

Overall Size W x D mm

88V824 88V944

460 x 460

88V994

Wall Visible Cabinet 712 x 915 x 300

2 Steel

915 x 460

88V793

Split Visible Cabinet 1830 x 915 x 460

2 Steel & 2 Glass

1220 x 460

88S894

Shelves

Model

Steel

88ES44V

Glass

88ES44G

Steel

88ES94V

Glass

88ES94G

Steel

88ES24V

Glass

88ES24G

• Strong welded construction from 0.9mm Steel • Re-inforced mesh panel door(s) • Suitable for PPE, tools, computer peripherals etc • Secured by 3 way Chrome lever locking handle • 4 colour options available with the Grey Body:

MesH DOOR Cabinets

Red

Yellow

Blue

Green

please specify when ordering

Solid single colour units also available in the above colours & Dark Grey

give ventilation & visibility whilst maintaining security 88MD894L 88MD894R

Overall Size H x W x D mm 1830 x 915 x 459 1830 x 459 x 459 915 x 915 x 459 915 x 459 x 459

88MD844

88MD894L

Shelf Configuration

Model

1/2 Louvred 2 Shelves 88MD894L Centre Divider, 88MD894R Hanging Rail & 3 Shelves 3 Shelves 88MD894 3 Shelves 1 Shelf

88MD844 88MD994 88MD944

88MD944

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

88MD994

493

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTHealthcare Trolleys Healthcare Trolleys - with a 10 Year Guarantee Healthcare Trolleys

MEDICAL/BOOK TROLLEY

• Strong Polyethylene moulded trolleys • Non-conductive & resistant to most substances • Mobile on 2 x 200mm rear castors & 2 x 100mm braked swivel castors with corner buffers

• Six slanted shelves for easy access • Strong heavy gauge Steel trolleys • Clearance between slanted shelves: 280mm • Mobile on 4 quiet & easy running 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes • Subject to availability

Max Load

180 KG

GIM23L

GIB40L

Overall Size L x W x H mm 813 x 610 x 1067

Size Between Shelves 380 mm

Weight kg 24

Model GIB40L

DEEP TRAY TROLLEYS

Overall Size L x W x H mm 730 x 432 x 1041

Shelf Depth mm 165

Weight kg 28

Model GIM23L

GREY SHELF TROLLEYS • Super Strong Polyethylene Moulded Trolleys • Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean • These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in healthcare applications such as hospitals & surgeries • Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

• 70mm deep trays • Strong Polyethylene moulded trolleys • Non-conductive & resistant to most substances • GI627L - clearance between shelves: 660mm • GI637L - clearance between shelves: 305mm • Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm castors, 2 with brakes

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

GI541L GI543L GI637L

Description 2 Tray Unit 3 Tray Unit

494

Overall Size L x W x H mm 610 x 460 x 980 610 x 460 x 1000

Weight kg 10.5 14

Model GI627L GI637L

No of Shelves 36

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Clearance Between Shelves

Weight kg

Model

10 x 458 x 840

305 mm

GI541L

10 x 458 x 915

222 mm

GI542L

10 x 458 x 915

159 mm

GI543L

10 x 458 x 1143

159 mm

GI544L

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

healthcare Trolleys

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT

SHELF TROLLEYS

COLLECTOR TROLLEY

• Clearance between shelves: 280mm • Complete with Grey Aluminium uprights • 25mm lip on 3 sides & a 5mm rim on 1 side • Mobile on 4 swivel 75mm ‘quietcastors’

• Mobile on 4 x swivel castors - 2 with brakes • 3 Grey Plastic containers & 2 bins, all removable

Max Load

100 KG

GIC816

HI424Y &HI004Z Description

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Grey 3 Shelf Trolley

800 x 410 x 790

HI424Y

Optional Buckets 332 x 232 x 172 to fit the above model 336 x 236 x 562

HI004Z

Overall Size L x W x H mm 800 x 440 x 930

Weight kg 15

Model GIC816

PCI09Y

IDEAL FOR BULKY ITEMS PCI08Y

Overall Size - L x W x H mm External

Internal

Capacity Litres

Weight kg

Model

1210 x 710 x 820

940 x 620 x 610

250

PCI08Y

350

PCI09Y

1420 x 750 x 860 1150 x 650 x 640

CONTAINER TRUCKS • Removable Polypropylene containers • Push/pull handle & 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm Rubber castors make the units manoeuvrable

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

495

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT

laundry trolleys

VErsaCarEsYsTEMs - servo-X • Quickly & easily folded so ideal for use where space is a premium • The bags incorporate drag handles, top closure system & are easily removed from the frame • Mobile on 4 x 75mm non-marking wheels

Capacity Litres 100

Bag Variations 1 x 100L Bag

Overall Size L x W x H mm 460 x 390 x 960

NX-1001

150

1 x 150L Bag

760 x 460 x 760

NX-1501

200

2 x 100L Bag

760 x 460 x 960

NX-1002

200

1 x 200L Bag

760 x 460 x 960

NX-2001

NX-1501

Modeli

NX-1001

XTRA SYSTEMS - NUSAX • Ideal for many environments including,office, hotels, hospitals etc • Unit incorporates 2 spacious trays to accommodate your onboard cleaning materials • Permit basic cleaning duties to be achieved with waste collection - save time & improve standards • Mobile on 4 x 200mm non-marking wheels

Capacity Litres

Bag Variations

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

260

1 x 120L Bag & 2 x 70L Bags

1125 x 665 x 980

NSX-260

VERSACARESYSTEMS - NUBAG • Provide a collection & separation system for all your laundry facilities - inside or out • Ideal for many environments including,office, hotels, hospitals etc • The bags incorporate drag handles, top closure system & are easily removed from the trolley • Mobile on 4 x 200mm non-marking wheels

Call us for full prices and details 800-LOC8 (5628)

496

Capacity Litres

Bag Variations

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Model

300

3 x 100L Bags

1110 x 665 x 1115

NB-3003

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

hygiene trolleys

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT LAUNDRY TROLLEYS • Strong, removable Canvas sack] • Chrome Plated Steel tubular frame • Base frame to support the sack • Mobile on 4 x 70mm swivel non-marking Rubber castors • Model HI552Y folds forcompact storage

Max Load

150 KG

HI551Y HI552Y

Overall Size Folded Size L x W x H mm H x W x D mm Rectangular Model9 20 x 560 x 880 Folding X Type Model 685 x 590 x 10301 200 x 590 x 380 Description

Weight kg 14 9

Model HI551Y HI552Y

FOLDING LAUNDRY TROLLEY

HEAVY DUTY FOLDING LAUNDRY TROLLEY

• Strong Plastic frame & PVC sack • Base frame to support the sack • Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel Rubber castors

• Strong Zinc Plated frame • PVC bag: 232 Litres • Lightweight & folds for compact storage • Mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel Rubber castors • Burst strength of bag:160lb/sq. in

Max Load

70 KG

HI513Y

GS4212 Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded L x W x H mm L x W x H mm 682 x 583 x 835 682 x 178 x 1030

Weight kg 10

Overall Size L x W x H mm 710 x 660 x 950

Model GS4212

Weight kg 9

Model HI513Y

LAUNDRY TROLLEYS • Strong rigid frame supporting a re-inforced PVC sack • Unit is able to turn in its own length • Cubic capacity: 370 Litres

Max Load

250 KG

IDEAL FOR LAUNDRY SHOPS GS427H

Overall Size - Bag L x W x H mm 910 x 610 x 660

Overall Size - Frame L x W x H mm 980 x 710 x 1010

Wheels - 2 Fixed Centrally & 2 Sliding each End 200 x 50 Cushion Roller Bearing 200 x 50 Nylon

Weight kg 35

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model GS427H GS427N

497

HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT Vacuum Cleaners HENRY & HETTY • Strong, removable Canvas sack • Chrome Plated Steel tubular frame • Base frame to support the sack • Mobile on 4 x 70mm swivelnon-marking Rubber castors • Model HI552Y folds forcompact storage

Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

340 x 340 x 370

6.9

Disposable Bags - Pack of 10

JAMES - ECO FRIENDLY

CHARLES

• Complete with tools • Energy Saving Hi/Lo switch 800/500 Watts of power- 230 volts • Caddy top providesspace for cable & tools • 3 Aluminium pipes • Two stage Microflo’dust bags • 8 Litre Capacity

• Complete with tools • 1200 Watts of power- 240 volts • 2 Aluminium pipes • Big filters & disposable dust bags for dry use • Safety float valve for wet use • 16 Litre Capacity - Dry • 9 Litre Capacity - Wet

HENRY HETTY 604015

Airflow

Range M

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

Airflow

Range M

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Model

30 l/sec

26.8

340 x 340 x 340

5.2J

AMES

40 l/sec

26.8

355 x 355 x 500

7.1

CHARLES

• WV900: 1200 Watts WVD902: 2 x 1200 Watts • Complete with tools • Structofoam container - will NOT dent or scratch • 2 year warranty • Other colours available- Call for Details

• NVQ570: 1200 Watts • NVDQ570: 2 x 1200 Watts • Complete with tools • Structofoam container - will NOT dent or scratch • 2 year warranty • Other colours available- Call for Details

Motor Single Twin

Capacity Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm

415 x 415 x 615

Disposable Bags - Pack of 10

498

Model

Weight kg 12

Model

Motor

NVQ570

Single

14.5

NVDQ572 604017

Capacity Dry Wet

40 30 Twin Litres Litres

Overall Size L x W x H mm 720 x 490 x 880

Weight kg 20 22.5W

Disposable Bags - Pack of 10

For more information, visit www.loc8.ae or call toll free 800-LOC8 (5628)

Model WV900 VD902 604018

Improving your warehouse operation has never been easier!

We provide AutoCAD design services to help our clients maximise their warehousing facilities to save time, space and money. For your free consultation, call 800-LOC8 (5628)